As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 8, 2010

                              FILE NO. 333-158183

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM S-1
                       POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

                               NEW YORK 36-2608394
                  (State or Other Jurisdiction (I.R.S. Employer
            of Incorporation or Organization) Identification Number)

                                      6300
            (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)

                                100 MOTOR PARKWAY
                                    SUITE 132
                            HAUPPAUGE, NEW YORK 11788
                                  631/357-8920
            (Address and Phone Number of Principal Executive Office)

                                 SUSAN L. LEES
                        DIRECTOR, VICE PRESIDENT,
                          GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                                3100 SANDERS ROAD
                           NORTHBROOK, ILLINOIS 60062
                                  847/402-5000
       (Name, Complete Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

                                   COPIES TO:

                              JOCELYN LIU, ESQUIRE
                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                           3100 SANDERS ROAD SUITE J5B
                              NORTHBROOK, IL 60062

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the Public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [X]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]




If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See
definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller
reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ ]   Accelerated filer [ ]

Non-accelerated filer [X] (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company [ ]

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as
may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the
Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become
effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may
determine.



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                         Supplement Dated May 1, 2010
                To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented

                ALLSTATE PROVIDER PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2002
               SELECTDIRECTIONS PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005
               AIM LIFETIME PLUS PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005
             AIM LIFETIME PLUS II PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005
               CUSTOM PORTFOLIO PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005

   The following information supplements the prospectus for your variable
annuity contract issued by Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York.

                        SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION ABOUT
                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                                     INDEX



                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                   ----
                                                                                             
Item 11(a)  Description of Business...............................................................   1
Item 11(b)  Description of Property...............................................................   3
Item 11(c)  Legal Proceedings.....................................................................   3
Item 11(e)  Financial Statements and Notes to Financial Statements................................   4
Item 11(f)  Selected Financial Data...............................................................  58
Item 11(h)  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.  58
Item 11(i)  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.. 100
Item 11(j)  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk............................ 100
Item 11(k)  Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons.......................... 100
Item 11(l)  Executive Compensation................................................................ 103
Item 11(m)  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management........................ 130
Item 11(n)  Transactions with Related Persons, Promoters and Certain Control Persons.............. 132
Other Information................................................................................. 134
            Filing of Reports..................................................................... 134
            Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities... 134
            Experts............................................................................... 135


ITEM 11(A).DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

   Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Allstate Life of New York,"
"Allstate New York" or "ALNY") was incorporated in 1967 as a stock life
insurance company under the laws of the State of New York. In 1984, Allstate
Life of New York was purchased by Allstate Life Insurance Company ("ALIC").
Allstate Life of New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of ALIC, a stock life
insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois. ALIC is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), a stock
property-liability insurance company organized under the laws of the State of
Illinois. All of the outstanding capital stock of AIC is owned by Allstate
Insurance Holdings, LLC, which is wholly owned by The Allstate Corporation (the
"Corporation" or "Allstate"), a publicly owned holding company incorporated
under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Allstate Corporation is the
largest publicly held personal lines insurer in the United States. Widely known
through the "You're In Good Hands With Allstate(R)" slogan, Allstate is
reinventing protection and retirement to help individuals in approximately
17 million households protect what they have today and better prepare for
tomorrow. Customers can access Allstate products and services such as auto
insurance and homeowners insurance through more than 14,000 exclusive Allstate
agencies and financial representatives in the United States and Canada.
Allstate is the 2/nd/ largest personal property and casualty insurer in the
United States on the basis of 2008 statutory direct premiums earned. In
addition, according to A.M. Best, it is the nation's 16/th/ largest issuer of
life insurance business on the basis of 2008 ordinary life insurance in force
and 17/th/ largest on the basis of 2008 statutory admitted assets.



   To achieve its goals in 2010, Allstate is focused on three priorities:
improve customer loyalty, reinvent protection and retirement for the consumer,
and grow its businesses.

   In our reports, we occasionally refer to statutory financial information.
All domestic United States insurance companies are required to prepare
statutory-basis financial statements. As a result, industry data is available
that enables comparisons between insurance companies, including competitors
that are not subject to the requirement to prepare financial statements in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America ("GAAP"). We frequently use industry publications containing
statutory financial information to assess our competitive position.

   We provide life insurance, retirement and investment products, and voluntary
accident and health insurance products. Our principal products are fixed
annuities, including deferred and immediate; interest-sensitive, traditional
and variable life insurance; and voluntary accident and health insurance.

   We sell products through multiple intermediary distribution channels,
including Allstate exclusive agencies and exclusive financial specialists,
independent agents (including workplace enrolling agents), specialized
structured settlement brokers and, through March 31, 2010, banks and
broker-dealers.

   We compete on a wide variety of factors, including the scope of our
distribution systems, the types of our product offerings, the recognition of
our brand, our financial strength and ratings, our differentiated product
features and prices, and the level of customer service that we provide.

   The market for life insurance, retirement and investment products continues
to be highly fragmented and competitive. As of December 31, 2009, there were
approximately 480 groups of life insurance companies in the United States, most
of which offered one or more similar products. In addition, because many of
these products include a savings or investment component, our competition
includes domestic and foreign securities firms, investment advisors, mutual
funds, banks and other financial institutions. Competitive pressure continues
to grow due to several factors, including cross marketing alliances between
unaffiliated businesses, as well as consolidation activity in the financial
services industry.

   Allstate Life of New York is subject to extensive regulation, primarily, but
not exclusively, from the New York State Insurance Department. The method,
extent and substance of such regulation generally has its source in statutes
that establish standards and requirements for conducting the business of
insurance and that delegate regulatory authority to the New York State
Insurance Department. In general, such regulation is intended for the
protection of those who purchase or use our insurance products. These rules
have a substantial effect on our business and relate to a wide variety of
matters including insurance company licensing and examination, agent licensing,
price setting, trade practices, policy forms, accounting methods, corporate
governance, the nature and amount of investments, claims practices,
participation in guaranty funds, reserve adequacy, insurer solvency,
transactions with affiliates, the payment of dividends, and underwriting
standards. For a discussion of statutory financial information, see Note 13 of
the Financial Statements. For a discussion of regulatory contingencies, see
Note 11 of the Financial Statements. Notes 11 and 13 are incorporated in this,
Item 11(a) by reference.

   In recent years, the state insurance regulatory framework has come under
increased federal scrutiny. Legislation that would provide for increased
federal regulation of insurance, including the federal chartering of insurance
companies, has been proposed. Moreover, as part of an effort to strengthen the
regulation of the financial services market, the federal government has
proposed a set of regulatory reforms, including the establishment of an Office
of National Insurance within the Treasury Department. The reforms could
increase the regulation of large insurance conglomerates whose failure could
pose a systemic risk to the financial system. In addition, state legislators
and insurance regulators continue to examine the appropriate nature and scope
of state insurance regulation. We cannot predict whether any specific state or
federal measures will be adopted to change the nature or scope of the
regulation of the insurance or financial services business or what effect any
such measures would have on Allstate Life of New York.

                                      2



ITEM 11(B).DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

   Allstate Life of New York occupies office space in Hauppauge, New York and
Northbrook, Illinois that is owned or leased by Allstate Insurance Company.
Expenses associated with these facilities are allocated to us on both a direct
and indirect basis, depending on the nature and use. We believe that these
facilities are suitable and adequate for our operations.

ITEM 11(C).LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   Information required for Item 11(c) is incorporated by reference to the
discussion under the headings "Regulation and Compliance" and under the heading
"Legal and regulatory proceedings and inquiries" in Note 11 of the Financial
Statements.

                                      3



ITEM 11(E).FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

               STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME



                                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                -----------------------------
                                                                                  2009       2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                                --------  ---------  --------
                                                                                            
REVENUES
Premiums (net of reinsurance ceded of $29,907, $18,215 and $21,020)............ $ 47,659  $  59,248  $ 69,124
Contract charges (net of reinsurance ceded of $25,999, $18,780 and
  $21,158).....................................................................   51,834     61,108    59,530
Net investment income..........................................................  372,395    402,931   386,738
Realized capital gains and losses:
   Total other-than-temporary impairment losses................................  (52,207)  (117,790)   (6,793)
   Portion of loss recognized in other comprehensive income....................    1,131         --        --
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
       Net other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in
         earnings..............................................................  (51,076)  (117,790)   (6,793)
   Sales and other realized capital gains and losses...........................  196,544     40,585     5,962
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
       Total realized capital gains and losses.................................  145,468    (77,205)     (831)
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
                                                                                 617,356    446,082   514,561
COSTS AND EXPENSES
Contract benefits (net of reinsurance ceded of $5,510, $40,307 and
  $16,913).....................................................................  170,075    184,192   181,803
Interest credited to contractholder funds (net of reinsurance ceded of $8,757,
  $10,485 and $13,058).........................................................  201,549    191,208   177,407
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs..............................  148,450     17,778    53,445
Operating costs and expenses...................................................   41,183     40,869    37,624
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
                                                                                 561,257    434,047   450,279
(Loss) gain on disposition of operations.......................................       --       (358)      429
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE...............................   56,099     11,677    64,711
Income tax expense.............................................................   19,729      4,005    22,802
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
NET INCOME.....................................................................   36,370      7,672    41,909

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), AFTER-TAX
Change in unrealized net capital gains and losses..............................  153,340   (174,102)  (12,850)
                                                                                --------  ---------  --------
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS).................................................... $189,710  $(166,430) $ 29,059
                                                                                ========  =========  ========



                      See notes to financial statements.

                                      4



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                       STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION



                                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               ----------------------
                                                                                  2009        2008
($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PAR VALUE DATA)                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                                     
ASSETS
Investments
   Fixed income securities, at fair value (amortized cost $6,073,235 and
     $5,776,451).............................................................. $6,073,765  $5,496,365
   Mortgage loans.............................................................    543,007     700,268
   Equity securities, at fair value (cost $100,168 and $--)...................    123,311          --
   Short-term, at fair value (amortized cost $348,456 and $409,737)...........    348,453     409,802
   Policy loans...............................................................     40,569      39,672
   Other......................................................................     10,292       2,478
                                                                               ----------  ----------
       Total investments......................................................  7,139,397   6,648,585
Cash..........................................................................      8,977       4,965
Deferred policy acquisition costs.............................................    213,325     538,248
Reinsurance recoverables......................................................    327,173     367,957
Accrued investment income.....................................................     69,557      61,581
Current income taxes receivable...............................................     18,032          --
Deferred income taxes.........................................................         --      65,397
Other assets..................................................................     24,686      64,440
Separate Accounts.............................................................    587,044     533,760
                                                                               ----------  ----------
              TOTAL ASSETS.................................................... $8,388,191  $8,284,933
                                                                               ==========  ==========
LIABILITIES
Contractholder funds.......................................................... $4,990,879  $5,086,965
Reserve for life-contingent contract benefits.................................  1,875,579   1,953,157
Deferred income taxes.........................................................     37,887          --
Current income taxes payable..................................................         --      12,769
Other liabilities and accrued expenses........................................    180,061     172,286
Payable to affiliates, net....................................................      6,591       8,457
Reinsurance payable to parent.................................................      3,266         971
Separate Accounts.............................................................    587,044     533,760
                                                                               ----------  ----------
              TOTAL LIABILITIES...............................................  7,681,307   7,768,365
                                                                               ----------  ----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (NOTE 11)

SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Common stock, $25 par value, 100 thousand shares authorized, issued and
  outstanding.................................................................      2,500       2,500
Additional capital paid-in....................................................    140,529     140,000
Retained income...............................................................    539,805     482,982
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses:
       Unrealized net capital losses on fixed income securities with OTTI.....     (2,452)         --
       Other unrealized net capital gains and losses..........................     18,038    (180,877)
       Unrealized adjustment to DAC, DSI and insurance reserves...............      8,464      71,963
                                                                               ----------  ----------
          Total unrealized net capital gains and losses.......................     24,050    (108,914)
                                                                               ----------  ----------
              Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).............     24,050    (108,914)
                                                                               ----------  ----------
              TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY......................................    706,884     516,568
                                                                               ----------  ----------
              TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY...................... $8,388,191  $8,284,933
                                                                               ==========  ==========


                      See notes to financial statements.

                                      5



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                      STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY



                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ------------------------------
                                                             2009       2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                          ---------  ---------  --------
                                                                       
COMMON STOCK............................................. $   2,500  $   2,500  $  2,500
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------

ADDITIONAL CAPITAL PAID-IN
Balance, beginning of year...............................   140,000    140,000   140,000
Forgiveness of payable due to an affiliate (see Note 4)..       529         --        --
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------
Balance, end of year.....................................   140,529    140,000   140,000
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------
RETAINED INCOME
Balance, beginning of year...............................   482,982    473,184   432,458
Net income...............................................    36,370      7,672    41,909
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle......    20,376         --    (1,183)
Forgiveness of payable due to an affiliate (see Note 4)..        77         --        --
Gain on purchase of investments from parent (see Note 4).        --      2,126        --
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------
Balance, end of year.....................................   539,805    482,982   473,184
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Balance, beginning of year...............................  (108,914)    65,188    78,038
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle......   (20,376)        --        --
Change in unrealized net capital gains and losses........   153,340   (174,102)  (12,850)
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------
Balance, end of year.....................................    24,050   (108,914)   65,188
                                                          ---------  ---------  --------

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY............................... $ 706,884  $ 516,568  $680,872
                                                          =========  =========  ========



                      See notes to financial statements.

                                      6



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                           STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



                                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       ---------------------------------
                                                                           2009        2008       2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                      
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income............................................................ $    36,370  $   7,672  $  41,909
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
  activities:
   Amortization and other non-cash items..............................     (50,399)   (80,807)   (75,534)
   Realized capital gains and losses..................................    (145,468)    77,205        831
   Loss (gain) on disposition of operations...........................          --        358       (429)
   Interest credited to contractholder funds..........................     201,549    191,208    177,407
   Changes in:
       Policy benefit and other insurance reserves....................     (20,919)    (7,034)    13,877
       Deferred policy acquisition costs..............................     115,890    (33,612)     5,871
       Income taxes...................................................     (10,125)       383         69
       Other operating assets and liabilities.........................     (21,232)   (16,998)   (39,455)
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash provided by operating activities...................     105,666    138,375    124,546
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from sales
   Fixed income securities............................................   1,850,519    640,634    409,552
   Equity securities..................................................         204         --         --
   Mortgage loans.....................................................      12,580     12,175         --
Investment collections
   Fixed income securities............................................     309,185    162,268    108,565
   Mortgage loans.....................................................     141,726     52,030     61,128
Investment purchases
   Fixed income securities............................................  (2,250,840)  (668,526)  (762,846)
   Equity securities..................................................    (100,215)        --         --
   Mortgage loans.....................................................     (10,000)   (41,141)   (77,854)
Change in short-term investments, net.................................      95,366   (421,483)    55,621
Change in policy loans and other investments, net.....................      21,425      7,585      2,509
Disposition of operations.............................................          --     (2,500)      (243)
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities.........      69,950   (258,958)  (203,568)
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Contractholder fund deposits..........................................     296,991    615,564    542,517
Contractholder fund withdrawals.......................................    (468,595)  (497,372)  (463,229)
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------
          Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.........    (171,604)   118,192     79,288
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH.......................................       4,012     (2,391)       266
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR.............................................       4,965      7,356      7,090
                                                                       -----------  ---------  ---------
CASH AT END OF YEAR................................................... $     8,977  $   4,965  $   7,356
                                                                       ===========  =========  =========



                      See notes to financial statements.

                                      7



                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. GENERAL

  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

   The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Allstate Life
Insurance Company of New York (the "Company"), a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Life Insurance Company ("ALIC"), which is wholly owned by Allstate
Insurance Company ("AIC"). All of the outstanding common stock of AIC is owned
by Allstate Insurance Holdings, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Allstate
Corporation (the "Corporation"). These financial statements have been prepared
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America ("GAAP").

   To conform to the current year presentation, certain amounts in the prior
years' financial statements and notes have been reclassified.

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported
in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.

  NATURE OF OPERATIONS

   The Company sells life insurance, retirement and investment products, and
voluntary accident and health insurance to customers in the State of New York.
The principal products are fixed annuities; traditional, interest-sensitive and
variable life insurance; and voluntary accident and health insurance. The
following table summarizes premiums and contract charges by product.



                                                   2009     2008     2007
     ($ IN THOUSANDS)                             ------- -------- --------
                                                          
     PREMIUMS
     Traditional life insurance/(1)/............. $20,159 $ 29,597 $ 24,997
     Immediate annuities with life contingencies.  17,934   21,451   37,491
     Accident and health.........................   9,566    8,200    6,636
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL PREMIUMS..............................  47,659   59,248   69,124

     CONTRACT CHARGES
     Interest-sensitive life insurance/(1)/......  47,071   54,972   51,155
     Fixed annuities.............................   4,763    6,136    8,375
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL CONTRACT CHARGES......................  51,834   61,108   59,530
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL PREMIUMS AND CONTRACT CHARGES......... $99,493 $120,356 $128,654
                                                  ======= ======== ========

- --------
(1)Beginning in 2008, certain ceded reinsurance premiums previously included as
   a component of traditional life insurance premiums were reclassified
   prospectively to be reported as a component of interest-sensitive life
   insurance contract charges. In 2007, these ceded reinsurance premiums were
   $2.5 million.

   The Company distributes its products to individuals through multiple
distribution channels, including Allstate exclusive agencies, which include
exclusive financial specialists, independent agents (including master brokerage
agencies and workplace enrolling agents), specialized structured settlement
brokers and, through March 31, 2010, financial services firms, such as banks
and broker-dealers. Effective March 31, 2010, the Company will no longer
wholesale or provide distribution support to banks and broker-dealers. Although
the Company will continue to service inforce contracts sold through these
channels, the Company will no longer solicit new sales through the Company's
direct relationships with banks and broker-dealers. Certain of the Company's
master brokerage agencies and independent agents may continue to wholesale the
Company's products to banks and broker-dealers through their relationships.

                                      8



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The Company has exposure to market risk as a result of its investment
portfolio. Market risk is the risk that the Company will incur realized and
unrealized net capital losses due to adverse changes in interest rates, credit
spreads or equity prices. Interest rate risk is the risk that the Company will
incur a loss due to adverse changes in interest rates relative to the interest
rate characteristics of its interest bearing assets and liabilities. This risk
arises from many of the Company's primary activities, as it invests substantial
funds in interest-sensitive assets and issues interest-sensitive liabilities.
Interest rate risk includes risks related to changes in U.S. Treasury yields
and other key risk-free reference yields. Credit spread risk is the risk that
the Company will incur a loss due to adverse changes in credit spreads. This
risk arises from many of the Company's primary activities, as the Company
invests substantial funds in spread-sensitive fixed income assets. Equity price
risk is the risk that the Company will incur losses due to adverse changes in
the general levels of the equity markets.

   The Company monitors economic and regulatory developments that have the
potential to impact its business. The ability of banks to affiliate with
insurers may have a material adverse effect on all of the Company's product
lines by substantially increasing the number, size and financial strength of
potential competitors. The Company currently benefits from agreements with
financial services entities that market and distribute its products; change in
control of these non-affiliated entities could negatively impact the Company's
sales. Furthermore, federal and state laws and regulations affect the taxation
of insurance companies and life insurance and annuity products. Congress and
various state legislatures have considered proposals that, if enacted, could
impose a greater tax burden on the Company or could have an adverse impact on
the tax treatment of some insurance products offered by the Company, including
favorable policyholder tax treatment currently applicable to life insurance and
annuities. Legislation that reduced the federal income tax rates applicable to
certain dividends and capital gains realized by individuals, or other
proposals, if adopted, that reduce the taxation or permit the establishment of
certain products or investments that may compete with life insurance or
annuities, could have an adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
ability to sell such products and could result in the surrender of some
existing contracts and policies. In addition, changes in the federal estate tax
laws could negatively affect the demand for the types of life insurance used in
estate planning.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

  INVESTMENTS

   Fixed income securities include bonds, asset-backed securities ("ABS"),
residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS"), commercial mortgage-backed
securities ("CMBS") and redeemable preferred stocks. Fixed income securities,
which may be sold prior to their contractual maturity, are designated as
available for sale and are carried at fair value. The difference between
amortized cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, certain deferred
policy acquisition costs ("DAC"), certain deferred sales inducement costs
("DSI") and certain reserves for life-contingent contract benefits, is
reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income. Cash
received from calls, principal payments and make-whole payments is reflected as
a component of proceeds from sales and cash received from maturities and
pay-downs is reflected as a component of investment collections within the
Statements of Cash Flows.

   Equity securities include index-based securities. Equity securities are
classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. The difference
between cost and fair value, net of deferred income taxes, is reflected as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income.

   Mortgage loans are carried at outstanding principal balances, net of
unamortized premium or discount and valuation allowances. Valuation allowances
are established for impaired loans when it is probable that contractual
principal and interest will not be collected. Valuation allowances for impaired
loans reduce the carrying value to the fair value of the collateral or the
present value of the loan's expected future repayment cash flows discounted at
the loan's original effective interest rate.

                                      9



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   Short-term investments, including money market funds, commercial paper and
other short-term investments, are carried at fair value. Policy loans are
carried at the respective unpaid principle balances. Other investments consist
of a note due from a related party and derivative financial instruments.

   Investment income consists primarily of interest and dividends, and income
from certain derivative transactions. Interest is recognized on an accrual
basis using the effective yield method and dividends are recorded at the
ex-dividend date. Interest income for certain asset backed-securities,
residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed
securities is determined considering estimated principal repayments obtained
from third party data sources and internal estimates. Actual prepayment
experience is periodically reviewed and effective yields are recalculated when
differences arise between the prepayments originally anticipated and the actual
prepayments received and currently anticipated. For beneficial interests in
securitized financial assets not of high credit quality, the effective yield is
recalculated on a prospective basis. For all other asset-backed securities,
residential mortgage-backed securities and commercial mortgage-backed
securities, the effective yield is recalculated on a retrospective basis. For
other-than-temporarily impaired fixed income securities, the effective yield
method utilizes the difference between the amortized cost basis at impairment
and the cash flows expected to be collected. Accrual of income is suspended for
other-than-temporarily impaired fixed income securities when the timing and
amount of cash flows expected to be received is not reasonably estimable.
Accrual of income is suspended for mortgage loans that are in default or when
full and timely collection of principal and interest payments is not probable.

   Realized capital gains and losses include gains and losses on investment
sales, write-downs in value due to other-than-temporary declines in fair value
and periodic changes in the fair value and settlements of certain derivatives
including hedge ineffectiveness. Realized capital gains and losses on
investment sales include calls and prepayments and are determined on a specific
identification basis.

   The Company recognizes other-than-temporary impairment losses on fixed
income securities when the decline in fair value is deemed other than temporary
including when the Company has made the decision to sell or it is more likely
than not the Company will be required to sell the fixed income security before
recovery of its amortized cost basis. Additionally, if the Company does not
expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost
basis of the fixed income security, the credit loss component of the impairment
is recorded in earnings, with the remaining amount of the unrealized loss
deemed to be related to other factors and recognized in other comprehensive
income ("OCI"). Fixed income securities subject to other-than-temporary
impairment write-downs continue to earn investment income when future expected
payments are reasonably estimable, and any discount or premium is recognized
using the effective yield method over the expected life of the security;
otherwise income recognition is discontinued. The Company recognizes
other-than-temporary impairment losses on equity securities when the decline in
fair value is deemed other than temporary including when the Company does not
have a positive intent and ability to hold an impaired security until recovery.

  DERIVATIVE AND EMBEDDED DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   Derivative financial instruments include interest rate swaps and caps,
foreign currency swaps, and a re-investment related risk transfer reinsurance
agreement with ALIC that meet the accounting definition of a derivative (see
Note 4). Derivatives that are required to be separated from the host instrument
and accounted for as derivative financial instruments ("subject to
bifurcation") are embedded in reinsured variable annuity contracts (see Note 7).

   All derivatives are accounted for on a fair value basis and reported as
other investments, other assets, other liabilities and accrued expenses or
contractholder funds. Embedded derivative instruments subject to bifurcation
are also accounted for on a fair value basis and are reported together with the
host contract. The change in fair value of derivatives embedded in annuity
product contracts and subject to bifurcation is reported in contract benefits.
Cash flows from embedded derivatives requiring bifurcation and derivatives
receiving hedge accounting

                                      10



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

are reported consistently with the host contracts and hedged risks respectively
within the Statements of Cash Flows. Cash flows from other derivatives are
reported in cash flows from investing activities within the Statements of Cash
Flows.

   When derivatives meet specific criteria, they may be designated as
accounting hedges and accounted for as fair value, cash flow, foreign currency
fair value or foreign currency cash flow hedges. The hedged item may be either
all or a specific portion of a recognized asset, liability or an unrecognized
firm commitment attributable to a particular risk for the fair value hedges. At
the inception of the hedge, the Company formally documents the hedging
relationship and risk management objective and strategy. The documentation
identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk
being hedged and the methodology used to assess the effectiveness of the
hedging instrument in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item's
fair value attributable to the hedged risk. In the case of a cash flow hedge,
this documentation includes the exposure to changes in the variability in cash
flows attributable to the hedged risk. The Company does not exclude any
component of the change in fair value of the hedging instrument from the
effectiveness assessment. At each reporting date, the Company confirms that the
hedging instrument continues to be highly effective in offsetting the hedged
risk. Ineffectiveness in fair value hedges and cash flow hedges, if any, is
reported in realized capital gains and losses.

   Cash flow hedges For hedging instruments used in cash flow hedges, the
changes in fair value of the derivatives representing the effective portion of
the hedge are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. Amounts are
reclassified to net investment income or realized capital gains and losses as
the hedged or forecasted transaction affects net income. Accrued periodic
settlements on derivatives used in cash flow hedges are reported in net
investment income. The amount reported in accumulated other comprehensive
income for a hedged transaction is limited to the lesser of the cumulative gain
or loss on the derivative less the amount reclassified to net income, or the
cumulative gain or loss on the derivative needed to offset the cumulative
change in the expected future cash flows on the hedged transaction from
inception of the hedge less the derivative gain or loss previously reclassified
from accumulated other comprehensive income to net income. If the Company
expects at any time that the loss reported in accumulated other comprehensive
income would lead to a net loss on the combination of the hedging instrument
and the hedged transaction which may not be recoverable, a loss is recognized
immediately in realized capital gains and losses. If an impairment loss is
recognized on an asset or an additional obligation is incurred on a liability
involved in a hedge transaction, any offsetting gain in accumulated other
comprehensive income is reclassified and reported together with the impairment
loss or recognition of the obligation.

   Termination of hedge accounting If, subsequent to entering into a hedge
transaction, the derivative becomes ineffective (including if the hedged item
is sold or otherwise extinguished, the occurrence of a hedged forecasted
transaction is no longer probable or the hedged asset becomes
other-than-temporarily impaired), the Company may terminate the derivative
position. The Company may also terminate derivative instruments or redesignate
them as non-hedge as a result of other events or circumstances.

   When a derivative instrument used in a cash flow hedge of an existing asset
or liability is no longer effective or is terminated, the gain or loss
recognized on the derivative is reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive income to net income as the hedged risk impacts net income. If
the derivative instrument is not terminated when a cash flow hedge is no longer
effective, the future gains and losses recognized on the derivative are
reported in realized capital gains and losses. When a derivative instrument
used in a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction is terminated because the
forecasted transaction is no longer probable, the gain or loss recognized on
the derivative is immediately reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive
income to realized capital gains and losses in the period that hedge accounting
is no longer applied.

   Non-hedge derivative financial instruments Based upon the type of derivative
instrument and strategy, the income statement effects, including fair value
gains and losses and accrued periodic settlements, of derivatives for which
hedge accounting is not applied are reported in a single line item with the
results of the associated risk.

                                      11



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


  SECURITIES LOANED

   The Company's business activities include securities lending transactions,
which are used primarily to generate net investment income. The proceeds
received are reinvested in short-term investments or fixed income securities.
These transactions are short-term in nature, usually 30 days or less.

   The Company receives cash collateral for securities loaned in an amount
generally equal to 102% of the fair value of securities and records the related
obligations to return the collateral in other liabilities and accrued expenses.
The carrying value of these obligations approximates fair value because of
their relatively short-term nature. The Company monitors the market value of
securities loaned on a daily basis and obtains additional collateral as
necessary under the terms of the agreements to mitigate counterparty credit
risk. The Company maintains the right and ability to redeem the securities
loaned on short notice. Substantially all of the Company's securities loaned
are placed with large banks.

  RECOGNITION OF PREMIUM REVENUES AND CONTRACT CHARGES, AND RELATED BENEFITS
  AND INTEREST CREDITED

   Traditional life insurance products consist principally of products with
fixed and guaranteed premiums and benefits, primarily term and whole life
insurance products. Premiums from these products are recognized as revenue when
due from policyholders. Benefits are reflected in contract benefits and
recognized in relation to premiums, so that profits are recognized over the
life of the policy.

   Immediate annuities with life contingencies, including certain structured
settlement annuities, provide insurance protection over a period that extends
beyond the period during which premiums are collected. Premiums from these
products are recognized as revenue when received at the inception of the
contract. Benefits and expenses are recognized in relation to premiums. Profits
from these policies come from investment income, which is recognized over the
life of the contract.

   Interest sensitive life contracts, such as universal life and single premium
life, are insurance contracts whose terms are not fixed and guaranteed. The
terms that may be changed include premiums paid by the contractholder, interest
credited to the contractholder account balance and contract charges assessed
against the contractholder account balance. Premiums from these contracts are
reported as contractholder fund deposits. Contract charges consist of fees
assessed against the contractholder account balance for the cost of insurance
(mortality risk), contract administration and early surrender. These contract
charges are recognized as revenues when assessed against the contractholder
account balance. Contract benefits include life-contingent benefit payments in
excess of the contractholder account balance.

   Contracts that do not subject the Company to significant risk arising from
mortality or morbidity are referred to as investment contracts. Fixed
annuities, including market value adjusted annuities and immediate annuities
without life contingencies, are considered investment contracts. Consideration
received for such contracts is reported as contractholder fund deposits.
Contract charges for investment contracts consist of fees assessed against the
contractholder account balance for maintenance, administration and surrender of
the contract prior to contractually specified dates, and are recognized when
assessed against the contractholder account balance.

   Interest credited to contractholder funds represents interest accrued or
paid on interest-sensitive life contracts and investment contracts. Crediting
rates for certain fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life contracts are
adjusted periodically by the Company to reflect current market conditions
subject to contractually guaranteed minimum rates. Interest credited also
includes amortization of DSI expenses. DSI is amortized into interest credited
using the same method used to amortize DAC.

   Contract charges for variable life and variable annuity products consist of
fees assessed against the contractholder account values for contract
maintenance, administration, mortality, expense and early surrender. Contract
benefits incurred for variable annuity products include guaranteed minimum
death, income, withdrawal

                                      12



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

and accumulation benefits. All of the Company's variable annuity business is
ceded through reinsurance agreements, and the contract charges and contract
benefits related thereto are reported net of reinsurance ceded.

  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION AND SALES INDUCEMENT COSTS

   Costs that vary with and are primarily related to acquiring life insurance
and investment contracts are deferred and recorded as DAC. These costs are
principally agents' and brokers' remuneration and certain underwriting
expenses. DSI costs, which are deferred and recorded as other assets, relate to
sales inducements offered on sales to new customers, principally on annuities
and primarily in the form of additional credits to the customer's account value
or enhancements to interest credited for a specified period which are in excess
of the rates currently being credited to similar contracts without sales
inducements. All other acquisition costs are expensed as incurred and included
in operating costs and expenses on the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income. Amortization of DAC is included in amortization of
deferred policy acquisition costs on the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income and is described in more detail below. DSI is amortized to
income using the same methodology and assumptions as DAC and is included in
interest credited to contractholder funds on the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income. DAC and DSI are periodically reviewed for recoverability
and adjusted if necessary.

   For traditional life insurance, DAC is amortized over the premium paying
period of the related policies in proportion to the estimated revenues on such
business. Assumptions used in amortization of DAC and reserve calculations are
established at the time the policy is issued and are generally not revised
during the life of the policy. Any deviations from projected business in force
resulting from actual policy terminations differing from expected levels and
any estimated premium deficiencies may result in a change to the rate of
amortization in the period such events occur. Generally, the amortization
periods for these policies approximates the estimated lives of the policies.

   For interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment contracts,
DAC and DSI are amortized in proportion to the incidence of the total present
value of gross profits, which includes both actual historical gross profits
("AGP") and estimated future gross profits ("EGP") expected to be earned over
the estimated lives of the contracts. The amortization is net of interest on
the prior period DAC balance and uses rates established at the inception of the
contracts. Actual amortization periods generally range from 15-30 years;
however, incorporating estimates of customer surrender rates, partial
withdrawals and deaths generally results in the majority of the DAC being
amortized during the surrender charge period, which is typically 20 years for
interest-sensitive life and 5-10 years for fixed annuities. The cumulative DAC
and DSI amortization is reestimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or
credit to results of operations when there is a difference between the
incidence of actual versus expected gross profits in a reporting period or when
there is a change in total EGP. When DAC or DSI amortization or a component of
gross profits for a quarterly period is potentially negative (which would
result in an increase of the DAC or DSI balance) as a result of negative AGP,
the specific facts and circumstances surrounding the potential negative
amortization are considered to determine whether it is appropriate for
recognition in the financial statements. Negative amortization is only recorded
when the increased DAC or DSI balance is determined to be recoverable based on
facts and circumstances. Recapitalization of DAC and DSI is limited to the
originally deferred costs plus interest.

   AGP and EGP consist primarily of the following components: contract charges
for the cost of insurance less mortality costs and other benefits; investment
income and realized capital gains and losses less interest credited; and
surrender and other contract charges less maintenance expenses. The principal
assumptions for determining the amount of EGP are investment returns, including
capital gains and losses on assets supporting contract liabilities, interest
crediting rates to contractholders, and the effects of persistency, mortality,
expenses, and hedges if applicable. For products exposed to investment credit
losses in excess of the Company's expectations that may cause periodic AGP to
become temporarily negative, EGP and AGP utilized in DAC and DSI amortization
may be modified to exclude the higher credit losses.

                                      13



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The Company performs quarterly reviews of DAC and DSI recoverability for
interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment contracts in the
aggregate using current assumptions. If a change in the amount of EGP is
significant, it could result in the unamortized DAC and DSI not being
recoverable, resulting in a charge which is included as a component of
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs or interest credited to
contractholder funds, respectively, on the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income.

   The DAC and DSI balances presented include adjustments to reflect the amount
by which the amortization of DAC and DSI would increase or decrease if the
unrealized capital gains or losses in the respective product portfolios were
actually realized. The adjustments are recorded net of tax in accumulated other
comprehensive income. DAC, DSI and deferred income taxes detemined on
unrealized capital gains and losses and reported in accumulated other
comprehensive income recognize the impact on shareholder's equity consistently
with the amounts that would be recognized in the income statement on realized
capital gains and losses.

   Customers of the Company may exchange one insurance policy or investment
contract for another offered by the Company, or make modifications to an
existing life or investment contract issued by the Company. These transactions
are identified as internal replacements for accounting purposes. Internal
replacement transactions that are determined to result in replacement contracts
that are substantially unchanged from the replaced contracts are accounted for
as continuations of the replaced contracts. Unamortized DAC and DSI related to
the replaced contract continue to be deferred and amortized in connection with
the replacement contract. For interest-sensitive life insurance and investment
contracts, the EGP of the replacement contract is treated as a revision to the
EGP of the replaced contract in the determination of amortization of DAC and
DSI. For traditional life insurance policies, any changes to unamortized DAC
and benefit reserves that result from the replacement contract are treated as
prospective revisions. Any costs associated with the issuance of the
replacement contract are characterized as maintenance costs and expensed as
incurred.

   Internal replacement transactions that are determined to result in a
substantial change to the replaced contracts are accounted for as an
extinguishment of the replaced contracts, and any unamortized DAC and DSI
related to the replaced contracts are eliminated with a corresponding charge to
the Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.

  REINSURANCE

   In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to limit aggregate and
single exposure to losses on large risks by purchasing reinsurance (see Note
9). The Company has also used reinsurance to effect the disposition of certain
blocks of business. The amounts reported in the Statements of Financial
Position as reinsurance recoverables include amounts billed to reinsurers on
losses paid as well as estimates of amounts expected to be recovered from
reinsurers on insurance liabilities and contractholder funds that have not yet
been paid. Reinsurance recoverables on unpaid losses are estimated based upon
assumptions consistent with those used in establishing the liabilities related
to the underlying reinsured contracts. Insurance liabilities are reported gross
of reinsurance recoverables. Reinsurance premiums are generally reflected in
income in a manner consistent with the recognition of premiums on the reinsured
contracts. Reinsurance does not extinguish the Company's primary liability
under the policies written. Therefore, the Company regularly evaluates the
financial condition of its reinsurers and establishes allowances for
uncollectible reinsurance recoverables as appropriate.

   The Company has a reinsurance treaty with ALIC through which it primarily
cedes re-investment related risk on its structured settlement annuities. The
terms of the treaty meet the accounting definition of a derivative.
Accordingly, the treaty is recorded in the Statement of Financial Position at
fair value. Changes in the fair value of the treaty and premiums paid to ALIC
are recognized in realized capital gains and losses (see Note 4).

                                      14



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


  INCOME TAXES

   The income tax provision is calculated under the liability method. Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recorded based on the difference between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities at the enacted tax
rates. The principal assets and liabilities giving rise to such differences are
unrealized capital gains and losses on certain investments, DAC, differences in
tax bases of invested assets and insurance reserves. A deferred tax asset
valuation allowance is established when there is uncertainty that such assets
will be realized.

  RESERVE FOR LIFE-CONTINGENT CONTRACT BENEFITS

   The reserve for life-contingent contract benefits payable under insurance
policies, including traditional life insurance, life-contingent immediate
annuities and voluntary health products, is computed on the basis of long-term
actuarial assumptions of future investment yields, mortality, morbidity, policy
terminations and expenses (see Note 8). These assumptions, which for
traditional life insurance are applied using the net level premium method,
include provisions for adverse deviation and generally vary by characteristics
such as type of coverage, year of issue and policy duration. To the extent that
unrealized gains on fixed income securities would result in a premium
deficiency had those gains actually been realized, the related increase in
reserves for certain immediate annuities with life contingencies is recorded
net of tax as a reduction of unrealized net capital gains included in
accumulated other comprehensive income.

  CONTRACTHOLDER FUNDS

   Contractholder funds represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the
sale of products, such as interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities.
Contractholder funds are comprised primarily of deposits received and interest
credited to the benefit of the contractholder less surrenders and withdrawals,
mortality charges and administrative expenses (see Note 8). Contractholder
funds also include reserves for certain guarantees on reinsured variable
annuity contracts.

  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

   Separate accounts assets are carried at fair value. The assets of the
separate accounts are legally segregated and available only to settle separate
account contract obligations. Separate accounts liabilities represent the
contractholders' claims to the related assets and are carried at an amount
equal to the separate accounts assets. Investment income and realized capital
gains and losses of the separate accounts accrue directly to the
contractholders and therefore, are not included in the Company's Statements of
Operations and Comprehensive Income. Deposits to and surrenders and withdrawals
from the separate accounts are reflected in separate accounts liabilities and
are not included in cash flows.

   Absent any contract provision wherein the Company provides a guarantee,
variable annuity and variable life insurance contractholders bear the
investment risk that the separate accounts' funds may not meet their stated
investment objectives. All of the Company's variable annuity business was
reinsured to Prudential beginning in 2006.

  ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

  Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments

   In April 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance for the recognition
of other-than-temporary impairments ("OTTI") of debt securities. If the fair
value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost basis at the reporting
date, an entity shall assess whether the impairment is an OTTI. When an entity
intends to sell an impaired security or more likely than not will be required
to sell an impaired security before recovery of its

                                      15



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

amortized cost basis, an OTTI is recognized in earnings. If the entity does not
expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of an impaired debt security,
even if it does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than
not that it would be required to sell the security before recovery of its
amortized cost basis, the entity must consider, based upon an estimate of the
present value of cash flows expected to be collected on the debt security as
compared to its amortized cost basis, whether a credit loss exists. The portion
of the total OTTI related to a credit loss shall be recognized in earnings
while the portion of the total OTTI related to factors other than credit shall
be recognized in OCI. The statement of operations is required to present the
total OTTI with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized
in OCI. The statement disclosing accumulated other comprehensive income
("AOCI") is required to separately present amounts recognized for debt
securities for which a portion of an OTTI has been recognized in earnings.

   The new guidance expands disclosure requirements for both debt and equity
securities and requires a more detailed, risk-oriented breakdown of security
types and related information. In addition, new disclosures are required about
significant inputs used in determining credit losses as well as a rollforward
of credit losses. The disclosures are not required for earlier periods
presented for comparative purposes. The new guidance applies to existing and
new investments held as of the beginning of the period of adoption.

   The Company adopted the provisions of the new guidance as of April 1, 2009.
The adoption resulted in the reclassification of $44.9 million of previously
recorded OTTI write-downs from retained income to unrealized capital losses.
The cumulative effect of adoption, net of related DAC, DSI and tax adjustments,
was an increase in retained income of $20.4 million and a decrease in
unrealized net capital gains and losses of $20.4 million. The adoption did not
have an impact on the Company's Statement of Operations and Comprehensive
Income. The effect of the adoption on net income for the 2009 period after
adoption is not determinable. The accounting standard incorporates management's
intent as a critical component to the determination of the amount recorded and
this assessment process was changed as of April 1, 2009 to an intent to sell
model from an intent to hold model.

  Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or
  Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are
  Not Orderly

   In April 2009, the FASB issued new accounting guidance relating to fair
value measurements to provide additional guidance for estimating fair value
when the volume and level of activity for an asset or liability have
significantly decreased. Guidance on identifying circumstances that indicate a
transaction is not orderly is also provided. If it is concluded that there has
been a significant decrease in the volume and level of market activity for an
asset or liability in relation to normal market activity, transaction or quoted
prices may not be determinative of fair value and further analysis of
transaction or quoted prices may be necessary. Determination of whether a
transaction is orderly is based on the weight of relevant evidence.

   The disclosure requirements are expanded to include the inputs and valuation
techniques used to measure fair value and a discussion of changes in valuation
techniques and related inputs during the reporting period. Disclosures of
assets and liabilities measured at fair value are to be presented by major
security type. Disclosures are not required for earlier periods presented for
comparative purposes. Revisions resulting from a change in valuation technique
or its application shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate
and disclosed, along with the total effect of the change in valuation technique
and related inputs, if practicable, by major category. The Company adopted the
provisions of the new guidance as of April 1, 2009. The adoption had no effect
on the Company's results of operations or financial position.

  Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

   In March 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance, which amends and
expands the disclosure requirements for derivatives. The new disclosures are
designed to enhance the understanding of how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments and how derivative instruments affect an entity's financial
position, results of

                                      16



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

operations, and cash flows. The standard requires quantitative disclosures
about the potential cash outflows associated with the triggering of
credit-risk-contingent features, if any; tabular disclosures about the
classification and fair value amounts of derivative instruments reported in the
statement of financial position; disclosure of the location and amount of gains
and losses on derivative instruments reported in the statement of operations;
and qualitative information about how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect the
entity's financial statements. Disclosures are not required for earlier periods
presented for comparative purposes. The new guidance affects disclosures only
and therefore the adoption as of March 31, 2009 had no impact on the Company's
results of operations or financial position.

  PENDING ACCOUNTING STANDARD

  Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements

   In January 2010, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which expands
disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements. The guidance adds
requirements for disclosing amounts of and reasons for significant transfers
into and out of Levels 1 and 2 and requires gross rather than net disclosures
about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements relating to Level 3
measurements. The guidance also provides clarification that fair value
measurement disclosures are required for each class of assets and liabilities.
Disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair
value for measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3 are also
required. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are
effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for disclosures
about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward of
activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are required for fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 2010. Disclosures are not required for
earlier periods presented for comparative purposes. The new guidance affects
disclosures only and therefore its adoption will have no impact on the
Company's results of operations or financial position.

3. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

   Non-cash investment exchanges, including modifications of certain fixed
income securities, totaled $53.6 million and $162 thousand for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2007, respectively. There were no non-cash investment
exchanges or modifications in 2008.

   Liabilities for collateral received in conjunction with the Company's
securities lending business activities were $149.4 million, $117.3 million and
$198.1 million at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and are
reported in other liabilities and accrued expenses in the Statements of
Financial Position. The accompanying cash flows are included in cash flows from
operating activities in the Statements of Cash Flows along with the activities
resulting from management of the proceeds, which for the years ended
December 31 are as follows:



                                                  2009       2008       2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            
NET CHANGE IN PROCEEDS MANAGED
Net change in fixed income securities......... $      --  $  36,778  $ (73,464)
Net change in short-term investments..........   (32,065)    44,063     74,812
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
   Operating cash flow (used) provided........ $ (32,065) $  80,841  $   1,348
                                               =========  =========  =========

NET CHANGE IN LIABILITIES
Liabilities for collateral, beginning of year. $(117,297) $(198,138) $(199,486)
Liabilities for collateral, end of year.......  (149,362)  (117,297)  (198,138)
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
   Operating cash flow provided (used)........ $  32,065  $ (80,841) $  (1,348)
                                               =========  =========  =========


                                      17



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   In 2009, the Company sold mortgage loans with a carrying value of $8.3
million to an affiliate in exchange for a note receivable with a principal sum
equal to the mortgage loans (see Note 4). In addition, in 2009, a payable
associated with postretirement benefit obligations due to AIC totaling $606
thousand was forgiven. The forgiveness of the payable reflects a non-cash
financing activity.

4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  BUSINESS OPERATIONS

   The Company uses services performed by its affiliates, AIC, ALIC and
Allstate Investments LLC, and business facilities owned or leased and operated
by AIC in conducting its business activities. In addition, the Company shares
the services of employees with AIC. The Company reimburses its affiliates for
the operating expenses incurred on behalf of the Company. The Company is
charged for the cost of these operating expenses based on the level of services
provided. Operating expenses, including compensation, retirement and other
benefit programs, allocated to the Company (see Note 14) were $50.4 million,
$54.3 million and $54.5 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A portion
of these expenses relate to the acquisition of business, which are deferred and
amortized into income as described in Note 2.

  STRUCTURED SETTLEMENT ANNUITIES

   The Company issued $9.1 million, $12.9 million and $12.7 million of
structured settlement annuities, a type of immediate annuity, in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively, at prices determined using interest rates in effect at the
time of purchase, to fund structured settlements in matters involving AIC. Of
these amounts, $806 thousand, $866 thousand and $1.5 million relate to
structured settlement annuities with life contingencies and are included in
premium income for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   In most cases, these annuities were issued under a "qualified assignment"
whereby prior to July 1, 2001 Allstate Settlement Corporation ("ASC"), and on
and subsequent to July 1, 2001 Allstate Assignment Corporation ("AAC"), both
wholly owned subsidiaries of ALIC, purchased annuities from the Company and
assumed AIC's obligation to make future payments.

   Reserves recorded by the Company for annuities issued to ASC and AAC,
including annuities to fund structured settlements in matters involving AIC,
were $1.99 billion and $1.97 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.

  BROKER-DEALER AGREEMENTS

   The Company has a service agreement with Allstate Distributors, LLC.
("ADLLC"), a broker-dealer company owned by ALIC, whereby ADLLC promotes and
markets the fixed annuities sold by the Company to unaffiliated financial
services firms. In return for these services, the Company recorded commission
expense of $2.5 million, $4.1 million and $4.0 million for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   The Company receives distribution services from Allstate Financial Services,
LLC ("AFS"), an affiliated broker-dealer company, for certain variable life
insurance contracts sold by Allstate exclusive agencies. For these services,
the Company incurred $358 thousand, $838 thousand and $971 thousand of
commission and other distribution expenses for the years ending December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

  REINSURANCE TRANSACTIONS

   The Company has reinsurance agreements with unaffiliated reinsurers and ALIC
in order to limit aggregate and single exposure on large risks. A portion of
the Company's premiums and policy benefits are ceded to ALIC

                                      18



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

and reflected net of such reinsurance in the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income. Reinsurance recoverables and the related reserve for
life-contingent contract benefits and contractholder funds are reported
separately in the Statements of Financial Position. The Company continues to
have primary liability as the direct insurer for risks reinsured (see Note 9).

   In 2008, additional expenses were recorded relating to a rescission of
reinsurance coverage due to the nonpayment of premium for certain traditional
and interest-sensitive life insurance policies reinsured to ALIC in accordance
with an agreement between the Company and ALIC (the "rescission"). The
rescission resulted in a reduction to 2008 net income of $4.1 million, which
included contract benefits of $7.1 million, accretion of DAC of $876 thousand
and an income tax benefit of $2.2 million. The Company paid $8.7 million to
ALIC in order to return amounts previously received from ALIC for ceded
contract benefits on policies subject to the rescission of coverage.

   The Company has a reinsurance treaty through which it primarily cedes
re-investment related risk on its structured settlement annuities to ALIC.
Under the terms of the treaty, the Company pays a premium to ALIC that varies
with the aggregate structured settlement annuity statutory reserve balance. In
return, ALIC guarantees that the yield on the portion of the Company's
investment portfolio that supports structured settlement annuity liabilities
will not fall below contractually determined rates. The Company ceded premium
related to structured settlement annuities to ALIC of $3.4 million, $3.3
million and $3.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the carrying value of the
structured settlement reinsurance treaty was $(5.1) million and $(1.8) million,
respectively, which is recorded in other assets. The premiums ceded and changes
in the fair value of the reinsurance treaty are reflected as a component of
realized capital gains and losses on the Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income as the treaty is recorded as a derivative instrument.

  INTERCOMPANY LOAN AGREEMENT

   The Company has an intercompany loan agreement with the Corporation. The
amount of intercompany loans available to the Company is at the discretion of
the Corporation. The maximum amount of loans the Corporation will have
outstanding to all its eligible subsidiaries at any given point in time is
limited to $1.00 billion. The Corporation may use commercial paper borrowings,
bank lines of credit and repurchase agreements to fund intercompany borrowings.
The Company had no amounts outstanding under the intercompany loan agreement at
December 31, 2009 and 2008.

  NOTE RECEIVABLE-INVESTMENT SALE

   In September 2009, in accordance with an asset purchase agreement between
the Company and Road Bay Investments, LLC ("RBI"), a subsidiary of ALIC, the
Company sold to RBI mortgage loans with a carrying value of $8.3 million on the
date of sale. As payment, RBI issued a 7.00% note due September 25, 2016 to the
Company for the same amount. As security for the performance of RBI's
obligations under the agreement and note, RBI granted a pledge of and security
interest in RBI's right, title and interest in the mortgage loans and their
proceeds. The note due from RBI is classified as other investments in the
Statements of Financial Position. In 2009, the Company recorded net investment
income of $154 thousand on the note due from RBI.

  INVESTMENT PURCHASE

   In September 2008, the Company purchased investments from its parent ALIC.
The Company paid $199.1 million in cash for the investments, which included
fixed income securities with a fair value on the date of sale of $197.5 million
and $1.6 million of accrued investment income. Since the transaction was
between affiliates under common control, the fixed income securities were
recorded at the amortized cost basis on the date of sale of

                                      19



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

$200.8 million. The difference between the fair value and the amortized cost
basis of these investments on the date of sale, was recorded as an increase to
retained income of $2.1 million after-tax ($3.3 million pre-tax).

  INCOME TAXES

   The Company is a party to a federal income tax allocation agreement with the
Corporation (see Note 12).

  POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS

   Effective September 30, 2009, the Corporation became the sponsor of a group
medical plan and a group life insurance plan to provide covered benefits to
certain retired employees ("postretirement benefits"). Prior to September 30,
2009, AIC was the sponsor of these plans. In connection with the change in the
sponsorship, amounts payable by the Company to the previous plan sponsor, AIC,
totaling $606 thousand were forgiven. The forgiveness of this liability was
recorded as an increase in additional capital paid-in of $529 thousand and an
increase to retained income of $77 thousand.

5. INVESTMENTS

  FAIR VALUES

   The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value for
fixed income securities are as follows:



                                                GROSS UNREALIZED
  ($ IN THOUSANDS)                  AMORTIZED  ------------------    FAIR
                                      COST      GAINS     LOSSES     VALUE
  -                                 ---------- -------- ---------  ----------
                                                       
  AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
  U.S. government and agencies..... $  534,590 $ 51,977 $    (365) $  586,202
  Municipal........................    929,688   12,502   (63,780)    878,410
  Corporate........................  3,173,030  158,579   (60,407)  3,271,202
  Foreign government...............    241,141   50,715    (1,000)    290,856
  RMBS.............................    666,118   11,539   (25,985)    651,672
  CMBS.............................    472,835    1,884  (127,978)    346,741
  ABS..............................     46,588        5    (6,549)     40,044
  Redeemable preferred stock.......      9,245       --      (607)      8,638
                                    ---------- -------- ---------  ----------
     Total fixed income securities. $6,073,235 $287,201 $(286,671) $6,073,765
                                    ========== ======== =========  ==========

  AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
  U.S. government and agencies..... $  676,655 $241,196 $    (120) $  917,731
  Municipal........................    462,664    4,442   (81,725)    385,381
  Corporate........................  3,158,588   55,307  (326,758)  2,887,137
  Foreign government...............    262,307  109,235        --     371,542
  RMBS.............................    456,452    9,953   (26,360)    440,045
  CMBS.............................    721,707       --  (252,839)    468,868
  ABS..............................     28,788       --    (8,586)     20,202
  Redeemable preferred stock.......      9,290       --    (3,831)      5,459
                                    ---------- -------- ---------  ----------
     Total fixed income securities. $5,776,451 $420,133 $(700,219) $5,496,365
                                    ========== ======== =========  ==========


                                      20



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


  SCHEDULED MATURITIES

   The scheduled maturities for fixed income securities are as follows at
December 31, 2009:



                                                 AMORTIZED    FAIR
                                                   COST       VALUE
         ($ IN THOUSANDS)                        ---------- ----------
                                                      
         Due in one year or less................ $  144,768 $  146,996
         Due after one year through five years..  1,602,668  1,662,456
         Due after five years through ten years.  1,255,890  1,357,590
         Due after ten years....................  2,357,203  2,215,007
                                                 ---------- ----------
                                                  5,360,529  5,382,049
         RMBS and ABS...........................    712,706    691,716
                                                 ---------- ----------
            Total............................... $6,073,235 $6,073,765
                                                 ========== ==========


   Actual maturities may differ from those scheduled as a result of prepayments
by the issuers. Because of the potential for prepayment on RMBS and ABS, they
are not categorized by contractual maturity. The CMBS are categorized by
contractual maturity because they generally are not subject to prepayment risk.

  NET INVESTMENT INCOME

   Net investment income for the years ended December 31 is as follows:



                                              2009      2008      2007
      ($ IN THOUSANDS)                      --------  --------  --------
                                                       
      Fixed income securities.............. $338,563  $362,671  $358,547
      Mortgage loans.......................   36,658    41,949    40,916
      Equity securities....................    1,751        --        --
      Short-term and other.................    5,038    12,949    14,487
                                            --------  --------  --------
         Investment income, before expense.  382,010   417,569   413,950
         Investment expense................   (9,615)  (14,638)  (27,212)
                                            --------  --------  --------
             Net investment income......... $372,395  $402,931  $386,738
                                            ========  ========  ========


  REALIZED CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

   Realized capital gains and losses by security type for the years ended
December 31 are as follows:



                                               2009      2008      2007
       ($ IN THOUSANDS)                      --------  --------  -------
                                                        
       Fixed income securities.............. $114,122  $(55,775) $ 3,614
       Mortgage loans.......................   (5,327)   (2,049)     (86)
       Equity securities....................      110        --       --
       Derivatives..........................   36,526   (19,381)  (4,359)
       Other................................       37        --       --
                                             --------  --------  -------
          Realized capital gains and losses. $145,468  $(77,205) $  (831)
                                             ========  ========  =======


                                      21



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   Realized capital gains and losses by transaction type for the years ended
December 31 are as follows:



                                               2009       2008      2007
     ($ IN THOUSANDS)                        --------  ---------  -------
                                                         
     Impairment write-downs/(1)/............ $(30,255) $ (38,528) $    --
     Change in intent write-downs/(2)/......  (20,821)   (79,262)  (6,793)
                                             --------  ---------  -------
     Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings.  (51,076)  (117,790)  (6,793)
     Sales..................................  160,294     59,966   10,321
     Valuation of derivative instruments....   29,831    (29,525)  (8,166)
     Settlement of derivative instruments...    6,419     10,144    3,807
                                             --------  ---------  -------
        Realized capital gains and losses... $145,468  $ (77,205) $  (831)
                                             ========  =========  =======

- --------
(1)Beginning April 1, 2009 for fixed income securities, impairment write-downs
   reflect the credit loss component of issue specific other-than-temporary
   declines in fair value where the amortized cost basis is not expected to be
   entirely recovered. For periods prior to April 1, 2009 for fixed income
   securities and all periods for equity securities, impairment write-downs
   reflect issue specific other-than-temporary declines in fair value,
   including instances where the Company could not reasonably assert that the
   recovery period would be temporary.
(2)Beginning April 1, 2009 for fixed income securities, change in intent
   write-downs reflect instances where the Company has made a decision to sell
   the security or it is more likely than not the Company will be required to
   sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. For periods
   prior to April 1, 2009 for fixed income securities and all periods for
   equity securities, change in intent write-downs reflect instances where the
   Company could not assert a positive intent to hold until recovery.

   Gross gains of $180.8 million, $62.4 million and $2.9 million and gross
losses of $23.1 million, $8.8 million and $6.3 million were realized on sales
of fixed income securities during 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   Other-than-temporary impairment losses by asset type for the year ended
December 31 are as follows:



                                                           2009
     ($ IN THOUSANDS)                          ---------------------------
                                                         INCLUDED
                                                 TOTAL    IN OCI     NET
     -                                         --------  -------- --------
                                                         
     Fixed income securities:
        Municipal............................. $ (2,298) $    --  $ (2,298)
        Corporate.............................  (17,993)    (938)  (18,931)
        RMBS..................................   (6,494)   3,895    (2,599)
        CMBS..................................  (19,458)  (1,826)  (21,284)
                                               --------  -------  --------
            Total fixed income securities.....  (46,243)   1,131   (45,112)
     Mortgage loans...........................   (5,950)      --    (5,950)
     Equity securities........................      (14)      --       (14)
                                               --------  -------  --------
     Other-than-temporary impairment losses... $(52,207) $ 1,131  $(51,076)
                                               ========  =======  ========


                                      22



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The total amount of other-than-temporary impairment losses included in
accumulated other comprehensive income for fixed income securities at
December 31, 2009, which were not included in earnings, are presented in the
following table. The amount excludes $8.7 million of net unrealized gains
related to changes in valuation of the fixed income securities subsequent to
the impairment measurement date.



                          ($ IN THOUSANDS)
                                         
                             Corporate..... $ (1,197)
                             RMBS..........  (11,296)
                                            --------
                               Total....... $(12,493)
                                            ========


   A rollforward of the amount recognized in earnings related to credit losses
for fixed income securities is presented in the following table.



($ IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                      
Beginning balance of cumulative credit loss for securities held at April 1, 2009........ $(33,493)
Additional credit loss for securities previously other-than-temporarily impaired........   (3,328)
Additional credit loss for securities not previously other-than-temporarily impaired....  (17,665)
Reduction in credit loss for securities disposed or collected...........................   28,993
Reduction in credit loss for securities other-than-temporarily impaired to fair value...       --
Change in credit loss due to accretion of increase in cash flows and time value of cash
  flows for securities previously other-than-temporarily impaired.......................       --
                                                                                         --------
Ending balance at December 31, 2009..................................................... $(25,493)
                                                                                         ========


   The Company uses its best estimate of future cash flows expected to be
collected from the fixed income security discounted at the security's original
or current effective rate, as appropriate, to calculate a recovery value and
determine whether a credit loss exists. The determination of cash flow
estimates is inherently subjective and methodologies may vary depending on
facts and circumstances specific to the security. All reasonably available
information relevant to the collectability of the security, including past
events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable assumptions and
forecasts, are considered when developing the estimate of cash flows expected
to be collected. That information generally includes, but is not limited to,
the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, foreign
exchange rates, the financial condition of the issue or issuer(s), expected
defaults, expected recoveries, the value of underlying collateral and current
subordination levels, vintage, geographic concentration, available reserves or
escrows, third party guarantees and other credit enhancements. Additionally,
other information, such as industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector
credit ratings, financial condition of the bond insurer for insured fixed
income securities, and other market data relevant to the realizability of
contractual cash flows, may also be considered. The estimated fair value of
collateral may be used to estimate recovery value if the Company determines
that the security is dependent on the liquidation of collateral for ultimate
settlement. If the estimated recovery value is less than the amortized cost of
the security, a credit loss exists and an other-than-temporary impairment for
the difference between the estimated recovery value and amortized cost is
recorded in earnings. The unrealized loss deemed to be related to factors other
than credit remains classified in OCI. If the Company determines that the fixed
income security does not have sufficient cash flow or other information to
determine a recovery value for the security, the Company may conclude that the
entire decline in fair value is deemed to be credit related and is recorded in
earnings.

                                      23



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


UNREALIZED NET CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

   Unrealized net capital gains and losses included in accumulated other
comprehensive income are as follows:



                                                                   GROSS UNREALIZED
                                                         FAIR     ------------------  UNREALIZED NET
                                                         VALUE     GAINS     LOSSES   GAINS (LOSSES)
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                       ---------- -------- ---------  --------------
AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
                                                                          
Fixed income securities/(1)/.......................... $6,073,765 $287,201 $(286,671)    $    530
Equity securities.....................................    123,311   23,143        --       23,143
Short-term investments................................    348,453        1        (4)          (3)
Derivative instruments................................         --      309        --          309
                                                                                         --------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, pre-tax...                                     23,979

Amounts recognized for:
   Insurance reserves/(2)/............................                                    (40,551)
   DAC and DSI/(3)/...................................                                     53,572
                                                                                         --------
   Amounts recognized.................................                                     13,021
   Deferred income taxes..............................                                    (12,950)
                                                                                         --------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, after-tax.                                   $ 24,050
                                                                                         ========

- --------
(1)Unrealized net capital gains and losses for fixed income securities as of
   December 31, 2009 comprises $(3.8) million related to unrealized net capital
   losses on fixed income securities with OTTI and $4.3 million related to
   other unrealized net capital gains and losses.
(2)The insurance reserves adjustment represents the amount by which the reserve
   balance would increase if the net unrealized gains in the applicable product
   portfolios were realized and reinvested at current lower interest rates,
   resulting in a premium deficiency. Although the Company evaluates premium
   deficiencies on the combined performance of life insurance and immediate
   annuities with life contingencies, the adjustment primarily relates to
   structured settlement annuities with life contingencies, in addition to
   certain payout annuities with life contingencies.
(3)The DAC and DSI adjustment balance represents the amount by which the
   amortization of DAC and DSI would increase or decrease if the unrealized
   gains or losses in the respective product portfolios were realized.



                                                                   GROSS UNREALIZED
                                                         FAIR     ------------------  UNREALIZED NET
                                                         VALUE     GAINS     LOSSES   GAINS (LOSSES)
AT DECEMBER 31, 2008                                   ---------- -------- ---------  --------------
                                                                          
Fixed income securities............................... $5,496,365 $420,133 $(700,219)   $(280,086)
Short-term investments................................    409,802       77       (12)          65
Derivative instruments................................      1,749    1,749        --        1,749
                                                                                        ---------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, pre-tax...                                   (278,272)

Amounts recognized for:
   Insurance reserves.................................                                   (155,935)
   DAC and DSI........................................                                    266,647
                                                                                        ---------
   Amounts recognized.................................                                    110,712
   Deferred income taxes..............................                                     58,646
                                                                                        ---------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, after-tax.                                  $(108,914)
                                                                                        =========


                                      24



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


CHANGE IN UNREALIZED NET CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES

   The change in unrealized net capital gains and losses for the years ended
December 31 is as follows:



                                                                2009       2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                             ---------  ---------  --------
                                                                          
Fixed income securities..................................... $ 280,616  $(622,315) $ (2,683)
Equity securities...........................................    23,143         --        --
Short-term investments......................................       (68)        65        --
Derivative instruments......................................    (1,440)     2,515       126
                                                             ---------  ---------  --------
   Total....................................................   302,251   (619,735)   (2,557)

Amounts recognized for:
   Insurance reserves.......................................   115,384    105,911   (26,190)
   DAC and DSI..............................................  (213,075)   245,975     8,978
                                                             ---------  ---------  --------
       (Decrease) increase in amounts recognized............   (97,691)   351,886   (17,212)
   Deferred income taxes....................................   (71,596)    93,747     6,919
                                                             ---------  ---------  --------
   Increase (decrease) in unrealized net capital gains and
     losses................................................. $ 132,964  $(174,102) $(12,850)
                                                             =========  =========  ========


  PORTFOLIO MONITORING

   The Company has a comprehensive portfolio monitoring process to identify and
evaluate each fixed income and equity security whose carrying value may be
other-than-temporarily impaired.

   For each fixed income security in an unrealized loss position, the Company
assesses whether management with the appropriate authority has made a decision
to sell or whether it is more likely than not the Company will be required to
sell the security before recovery of the amortized cost basis for reasons such
as liquidity, contractual or regulatory purposes. If a security meets either of
these criteria, the security's decline in fair value is deemed other than
temporary and is recorded in earnings.

   If the Company has not made the decision to sell the fixed income security
and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the
fixed income security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the Company
evaluates if it expects to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire
amortized cost basis of the security by comparing the estimated recovery value
calculated by discounting the best estimate of future cash flows at the
security's original or current effective rate, as appropriate, with the
amortized cost of the security. If the Company does not expect to receive cash
flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the fixed income
security, the credit loss component of the impairment is recorded in earnings,
with the remaining amount of the unrealized loss deemed to be related to other
factors and recognized in OCI.

   For equity securities, the Company considers various factors, including
whether the Company has the intent and ability to hold the equity security for
a period of time sufficient to recover its cost basis. Where the Company lacks
the intent and ability to hold to recovery, or believes the recovery period is
extended, the equity security's decline in fair value is considered other than
temporary and is recorded in earnings. For equity securities managed by a third
party, the Company has contractually retained its decision making authority as
it pertains to selling equity securities that are in an unrealized loss
position.

   The Company's portfolio monitoring process includes a quarterly review of
all securities through a screening process which identifies instances where the
fair value compared to amortized cost for fixed income securities and cost for
equity securities is below established thresholds, and also includes the
monitoring of other criteria such as ratings, ratings downgrades or payment
defaults. The securities identified, in addition to other

                                      25



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

securities for which the Company may have a concern, are evaluated for
potential other-than-temporary impairment using all reasonably available
information relevant to the collectability or recovery of the security.
Inherent in the Company's evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment for
these fixed income and equity securities are assumptions and estimates about
the financial condition of the issue or issuer and its future earnings
potential. Some of the factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in
fair value is other than temporary are: 1) the length of time and extent to
which the fair value has been less than amortized cost for fixed income
securities, or cost for equity securities; 2) the financial condition,
near-term and long-term prospects of the issue or issuer, including relevant
industry specific market conditions and trends, geographic location and
implications of rating agency actions and offering prices; and 3) the specific
reasons that a security is in a significant unrealized loss position, including
overall market conditions which could affect liquidity.

   The following table summarizes the gross unrealized losses and fair value of
fixed income securities by the length of time that individual securities have
been in a continuous unrealized loss position. There are no equity securities
with gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2009.



                                           LESS THAN 12 MONTHS             12 MONTHS OR MORE
                                     ------------------------------  ----------------------------    TOTAL
                                     NUMBER OF   FAIR     UNREALIZED NUMBER OF  FAIR    UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
                                      ISSUES     VALUE      LOSSES    ISSUES    VALUE     LOSSES     LOSSES
($ IN THOUSANDS)                     --------- ---------- ---------- --------- -------- ---------- ----------
AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
                                                                              
Fixed income securities
   U.S. government and agencies.....      9    $  209,201 $    (365)     --    $     -- $      --  $    (365)
   Municipal........................     31       258,153    (8,197)     46     244,537   (55,583)   (63,780)
   Corporate........................     83       401,910   (11,534)     77     343,942   (48,873)   (60,407)
   Foreign government...............      3        36,618    (1,000)     --          --        --     (1,000)
   RMBS.............................     24        68,199    (1,158)     41      81,536   (24,827)   (25,985)
   CMBS.............................      3        20,648      (339)     34     239,448  (127,639)  (127,978)
   ABS..............................      6        20,200      (105)      3      17,776    (6,444)    (6,549)
   Redeemable preferred stock.......     --            --        --       1       8,639      (607)      (607)
                                        ---    ---------- ---------     ---    -------- ---------  ---------
Total fixed income securities/(1)/..    159    $1,014,929 $ (22,698)    202    $935,878 $(263,973) $(286,671)
                                        ===    ========== =========     ===    ======== =========  =========
Investment grade fixed income
 securities.........................    151    $  995,984 $ (19,518)    150    $837,804 $(227,091) $(246,609)
Below investment grade fixed income
 securities.........................      8        18,945    (3,180)     52      98,074   (36,882)   (40,062)
                                        ---    ---------- ---------     ---    -------- ---------  ---------
Total fixed income securities.......    159    $1,014,929 $ (22,698)    202    $935,878 $(263,973) $(286,671)
                                        ===    ========== =========     ===    ======== =========  =========
AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
Fixed income securities
   U.S. government and agencies.....      1    $   24,844 $    (120)     --    $     -- $      --  $    (120)
   Municipal........................     62       273,931   (75,612)      4      17,482    (6,113)   (81,725)
   Corporate........................    369     1,526,621  (204,006)    103     369,897  (122,752)  (326,758)
   RMBS.............................     13        43,388    (7,479)     37      61,209   (18,881)   (26,360)
   CMBS.............................     69       410,165  (112,645)     19      52,917  (140,194)  (252,839)
   ABS..............................      1         6,185    (2,651)      3      14,015    (5,935)    (8,586)
   Redeemable preferred stock.......      1         5,458    (3,831)     --          --        --     (3,831)
                                        ---    ---------- ---------     ---    -------- ---------  ---------
Total fixed income securities.......    516    $2,290,592 $(406,344)    166    $515,520 $(293,875) $(700,219)
                                        ===    ========== =========     ===    ======== =========  =========
Investment grade fixed income
 securities.........................    472    $2,209,606 $(386,500)    139    $476,712 $(275,226) $(661,726)
Below investment grade fixed income
 securities.........................     44        80,986   (19,844)     27      38,808   (18,649)   (38,493)
                                        ---    ---------- ---------     ---    -------- ---------  ---------
Total fixed income securities.......    516    $2,290,592 $(406,344)    166    $515,520 $(293,875) $(700,219)
                                        ===    ========== =========     ===    ======== =========  =========

- --------
(1)Gross unrealized losses resulting from factors other than credit on fixed
   income securities with other-than-temporary impairments for which the
   Company has recorded a credit loss in earnings total $464 thousand for the
   less than 12 month category and $6.1 million for the 12 months or greater
   category.

                                      26



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   As of December 31, 2009, $80.8 million of unrealized losses are related to
securities with an unrealized loss position less than 20% of amortized cost,
the degree of which suggests that these securities do not pose a high risk of
being other-than-temporarily impaired. Of the $80.8 million, $76.0 million are
related to unrealized losses on investment grade fixed income securities.
Investment grade is defined as a security having a rating of Aaa, Aa, A or Baa
from Moody's, a rating of AAA, AA, A or BBB from Standard & Poor's ("S&P"),
Fitch, Dominion or Realpoint, a rating of aaa, aa, a or bbb from A.M. Best, or
a comparable internal rating if an externally provided rating is not available,
which is consistent with the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
("NAIC") rating. Unrealized losses on investment grade securities are
principally related to rising interest rates or changes in credit spreads since
the securities were acquired.

   As of December 31, 2009, the remaining $205.9 million of unrealized losses
are related to securities in unrealized loss positions greater than or equal to
20% of amortized cost. Investment grade securities comprising $170.6 million of
these unrealized losses were evaluated based on factors such as discounted cash
flows, the financial condition and near-term and long-term prospects of the
issue or issuer and were determined to have adequate resources to fulfill
contractual obligations, such as recent financings or bank loans, cash flows
from operations, collateral or the position of a subsidiary with respect to its
parent's bankruptcy. Of the $205.9 million, $35.3 million are related to below
investment grade fixed income securities. Of this amount, $29.1 million had
been in an unrealized loss position for a period of twelve or more consecutive
months as of December 31, 2009. Unrealized losses on below investment grade
securities are principally related to RMBS and CMBS and were the result of
wider credit spreads than at initial purchase which was largely due to the
impact of macroeconomic conditions and credit market deterioration on real
estate valuations. Securities in an unrealized loss position were evaluated
based on discounted cash flows and credit ratings, as well as the performance
of the underlying collateral relative to the securities' positions in the
securities' respective capital structure. RMBS and ABS in an unrealized loss
position were evaluated with credit enhancements from bond insurers where
applicable. Municipal bonds in an unrealized loss position were evaluated based
on the quality of the underlying security, as well as with credit enhancements
from bond insurers, where applicable.

   As of December 31, 2009, the Company has not made a decision to sell and it
is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell fixed income
securities with unrealized losses before recovery of the amortized cost basis.

  MORTGAGE LOAN IMPAIRMENT

   A mortgage loan is impaired when it is probable that the Company will not
collect the contractual principal and interest. The net carrying value of
impaired loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $24.0 million and $3.4
million, respectively. Total valuation allowances of $4.3 million and $449
thousand were held on impaired loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The Company recognized $5.3 million and $449 thousand of realized
capital losses related to increases in the valuation allowances on impaired
loans for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were
no valuation allowances prior to December 31, 2008. Realized capital losses
recognized on mortgage loans held for sale totaled $686 thousand, $2.0 million
and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
respectively.

   Interest income for impaired loans is recognized on an accrual basis if
payments are expected to continue to be received. Accrual of income is
suspended for mortgage loans that are in default or when full and timely
collection of principal and interest payments is not probable. The Company
recognized interest income on impaired loans of $598 thousand and $202 thousand
during 2009 and 2008, respectively. The average balance of impaired loans was
$17.0 million and $1.9 million during 2009 and 2008, respectively. There were
no impaired loans in 2007.

                                      27



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


  INVESTMENT CONCENTRATION FOR MUNICIPAL BOND AND COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE PORTFOLIOS

   The Company maintains a diversified portfolio of municipal bonds. The
following table shows the principal geographic distribution of municipal bond
issuers represented in the Company's portfolio. No other state represents more
than 5% of the portfolio at December 31.



                                                          2009  2008
          (% OF MUNICIPAL BOND PORTFOLIO CARRYING VALUE)  ----  ----
                                                          
                           California.................... 21.7% 25.6%
                           Texas......................... 10.8  10.9
                           Illinois......................  8.7   1.8
                           Delaware......................  3.1   7.0
                           Virginia......................  1.8   5.4


   The Company's mortgage loans are collateralized by a variety of commercial
real estate property types located throughout the United States. Substantially
all of the commercial mortgage loans are non-recourse to the borrower. The
following table shows the principal geographic distribution of commercial real
estate represented in the Company's mortgage portfolio. No other state
represented more than 5% of the portfolio at December 31.



                                                             2009  2008
        (% OF COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO CARRYING VALUE)  ----  ----
                                                             
                           California....................... 24.8% 22.1%
                           Illinois......................... 13.9  11.9
                           Arizona..........................  7.0   5.5
                           Pennsylvania.....................  7.0   8.8
                           New Jersey.......................  5.0   6.1
                           Ohio.............................  4.8   5.0
                           New York.........................  3.8   5.5
                           Texas............................  2.8   5.3


   The types of properties collateralizing the commercial mortgage loans at
December 31 are as follows:



                                                             2009   2008
       (% OF COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE PORTFOLIO CARRYING VALUE)  -----  -----
                                                             
                       Warehouse...........................  39.8%  34.0%
                       Office buildings....................  31.4   28.7
                       Retail..............................  15.7   19.5
                       Apartment complex...................  10.0   15.3
                       Other...............................   3.1    2.5
                                                            -----  -----
                          Total............................ 100.0% 100.0%
                                                            =====  =====


   The contractual maturities of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio as of
December 31, 2009 for loans that were not in foreclosure are as follows:



                                    NUMBER OF CARRYING
                                      LOANS    VALUE   PERCENT
                  ($ IN THOUSANDS)  --------- -------- -------
                                              
                    2010...........     11    $ 58,607   10.8%
                    2011...........     15      66,925   12.3
                    2012...........      9      41,087    7.6
                    2013...........     14      64,671   11.9
                    Thereafter.....     63     311,717   57.4
                                       ---    --------  -----
                       Total.......    112    $543,007  100.0%
                                       ===    ========  =====


                                      28



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   In 2009, $39.2 million of commercial mortgage loans were contractually due.
Of these 87% were paid as due and 13% were extended generally for less than one
year. As of December 31, 2009, the Company has $4.8 million of delinquent loans
that are not in the process of foreclosure. None were in the process of
refinancing or restructuring discussions.

  CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

   At December 31, 2009, the Company is not exposed to any credit concentration
risk of a single issuer and its affiliates greater than 10% of shareholder's
equity.

  SECURITIES LOANED

   The Company's business activities include securities lending programs with
third parties, mostly large banks. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, fixed income
securities with a carrying value of $145.0 million and $113.6 million,
respectively, were on loan under these agreements. In return, the Company
receives cash that it invests and includes in short-term investments and fixed
income securities, with an offsetting liability recorded in other liabilities
and accrued expenses to account for the Company's obligation to return the
collateral. Interest income on collateral, net of fees, was $681 thousand, $5.1
million and $1.4 million, for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.

  OTHER INVESTMENT INFORMATION

   Included in fixed income securities are below investment grade assets
totaling $227.4 million and $139.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.

   At December 31, 2009, fixed income securities and short-term investments
with a carrying value of $2.6 million were on deposit with regulatory
authorities as required by law.

   At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of fixed income securities that
were non-income producing was $5 thousand. No other investments were non-income
producing at December 31, 2009

6. FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

   Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company
principally uses the market approach which generally utilizes market
transaction data for the same or similar instruments. To a lesser extent, the
Company uses the income approach which involves determining fair values from
discounted cash flow methodologies.

   The hierarchy for inputs used in determining fair value maximizes the use of
observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring
that observable inputs be used when available. Assets and liabilities recorded
on the Statements of Financial Position at fair value are categorized in the
fair value hierarchy based on the observability of inputs to the valuation
techniques as follows:


       
Level 1:  Assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or
          liabilities in an active market that the Company can access.

Level 2:  Assets and liabilities whose values are based on the following:
          a)Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
          b)Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or
          c)Valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of
            the asset or liability.


                                      29



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


       
Level 3:  Assets and liabilities whose values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that
          are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs
          reflect the Company's estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the
          assets and liabilities.


   The availability of observable inputs varies by instrument. In situations
where fair value is based on internally developed pricing models or inputs that
are unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more
judgment. The degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair
value is typically greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. In many
instances, valuation inputs used to measure fair value fall into
different levels of the fair value hierarchy. The category level in the fair
value hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is
significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The Company uses
prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during
periods of market disruption. In periods of market disruption, the ability to
observe prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition
could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2, or from
Level 2 to Level 3.

   Certain assets are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis, including
investments such as mortgage loans and policy loans. Accordingly, such
investments are only included in the fair value hierarchy disclosure when the
investment is subject to remeasurement at fair value after initial recognition
and the resulting remeasurement is reflected in the financial statements. As of
December 31, 2009, 85.2% of total assets are measured at fair value and 0.3% of
total liabilities are measured at fair value.

  Summary of significant valuation techniques for assets and liabilities
  measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Level 1 measurements

    .  Fixed income securities: Comprise U.S. Treasuries. Valuation is based on
       unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that the
       Company can access.

    .  Equity securities: Comprise indexed-based securities. Valuation is based
       on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in active markets that
       the Company can access.

    .  Short-term: Comprise actively traded money market funds that have daily
       quoted net asset values for identical assets that the Company can access.

    .  Separate account assets: Comprise actively traded mutual funds that have
       daily quoted net asset values for identical assets that the Company can
       access. Net asset values for the actively traded mutual funds in which
       the separate account assets are invested are obtained daily from the
       fund managers.

Level 2 measurements

    .  Fixed income securities:

       U.S. government and agencies: Valued based on inputs including quoted
       prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active.

       Municipal: Externally rated municipals are valued based on inputs
       including quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that
       are not active.

       Corporate, including privately placed: Valued based on inputs including
       quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not
       active. Also includes privately placed securities valued using a
       discounted cash flow model that is widely accepted in the financial
       services industry and uses market observable inputs and inputs derived
       principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. The
       primary inputs to the discounted cash flow model include an interest
       rate curve, as well as published credit spreads for similar assets in
       markets that are not active that incorporate the credit quality and
       industry sector of the issuer.

                                      30



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


       Foreign government; RMBS--U.S. government sponsored entities ("U.S.
       Agency"), Prime residential mortgage-backed securities ("Prime") and
       Alt-A residential mortgage-backed securities ("Alt-A"); ABS; Redeemable
       preferred stock: Valued based on inputs including quoted prices for
       identical or similar assets in markets that are not active.

       CMBS: Valuation is principally based on inputs including quoted prices
       for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active.

    .  Short-term: Commercial paper and other short-term investments are valued
       based on quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that
       are not active or amortized cost.

    .  Other investments: Free-standing exchange listed derivatives that are
       not actively traded are valued based on quoted prices for identical
       instruments in markets that are not active.

       Over-the-counter ("OTC") derivatives, including interest rate swaps and
       foreign currency swaps, are valued using models that rely on inputs such
       as interest rate yield curves, currency rates and adjustment for
       counterparty credit risks that are observable for substantially the full
       term of the contract. The valuation techniques underlying the models are
       widely accepted in the financial services industry and do not involve
       significant judgment.

Level 3 measurements

    .  Fixed income securities:

       Municipal: Auction rate securities ("ARS") backed by student loans that
       have become illiquid due to failures in the auction market are valued
       based on a discounted cash flow model with certain inputs to the
       valuation model that are significant to the valuation, but are not
       market observable, including estimates of future coupon rates if auction
       failures continue, maturity assumptions, and illiquidity premium.
       Municipal bonds that are not rated by third party credit rating agencies
       but are generally rated by the NAIC are valued based on valuation models
       that are widely accepted in the financial services industry and are
       categorized as Level 3 as a result of the significance of non-market
       observable inputs, which may include projections of future cash flows.

       Corporate, including privately placed: Valued based on non-binding
       broker quotes or based on models that are widely accepted in the
       financial services industry with certain inputs to the valuation model
       that are significant to the valuation, but are not market observable.

       RMBS--Subprime residential mortgage-backed securities ("Subprime") and
       Alt-A: Subprime and certain Alt-A are principally valued based on inputs
       including quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that
       exhibit less liquidity relative to those markets supporting Level 2 fair
       value measurements. Certain Subprime and Alt-A are valued based on
       non-binding broker quotes. Due to the reduced availability of actual
       market prices or relevant observable inputs as a result of the decrease
       in liquidity that has been experienced in the market for these
       securities, Subprime and certain Alt-A are categorized as Level 3.

       CMBS: Valued based on inputs including quoted prices for identical or
       similar assets in markets that exhibit less liquidity relative to those
       markets supporting Level 2 fair value measurements. Due to the reduced
       availability of actual market prices or relevant observable inputs as a
       result of the decrease in liquidity that has been experienced in the
       market for these securities, certain CMBS are categorized as Level 3.

       ABS--Collateralized debt obligations ("CDO"): Valued based on
       non-binding broker quotes received from brokers who are familiar with
       the investments. Due to the reduced availability of actual market prices
       or relevant observable inputs as a result of the decrease in liquidity
       that has been experienced in the market for these securities, all CDO
       are categorized as Level 3.

                                      31



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


    .  Other investments: Certain OTC derivatives, such as interest rate caps,
       are valued using valuation models that are widely accepted in the
       financial services industry. Non-market observable inputs such as
       volatility assumptions may be significant to the valuation of the
       instruments.

    .  Other assets: Includes a structured settlement annuity reinsurance
       agreement accounted for as a derivative instrument. Valued internally
       utilizing a model that uses interest rate and volatility assumptions to
       generate stochastically determined cash flows. This item is categorized
       as Level 3 as a result of the significance of non-market observable
       inputs.

    .  Contractholder funds: Derivatives embedded in certain annuity contracts
       are valued internally using models widely accepted in the financial
       services industry that determine a single best estimate of fair value
       for the embedded derivatives within a block of contractholder
       liabilities. The models use stochastically determined cash flows based
       on the contractual elements of embedded derivatives and other applicable
       market data. These are categorized as Level 3 as a result of the
       significance of non-market observable inputs.

  Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis

   Mortgage loans written-down to fair value in connection with recognizing
other-than-temporary impairments are valued using valuation models that are
widely accepted in the financial services industry. Inputs to the valuation
models include non-market observable inputs such as credit spreads.

   The following table summarizes the Company's assets and liabilities measured
at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2009:



                                                QUOTED PRICES SIGNIFICANT
                                                  IN ACTIVE      OTHER    SIGNIFICANT  COUNTERPARTY
                                                 MARKETS FOR  OBSERVABLE  UNOBSERVABLE   AND CASH   BALANCE AS OF
                                                  IDENTICAL     INPUTS       INPUTS     COLLATERAL  DECEMBER 31,
                                                  (LEVEL 1)    (LEVEL 2)   (LEVEL 3)     NETTING        2009
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                ------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -------------
                                                                                     
ASSETS:
   Fixed income securities:
       U.S. government and agencies............  $  335,264   $  250,938    $     --                 $  586,202
       Municipal...............................          --      754,667     123,743                    878,410
       Corporate...............................          --    3,069,927     201,275                  3,271,202
       Foreign government......................          --      290,856          --                    290,856
       RMBS....................................          --      612,548      39,124                    651,672
       CMBS....................................          --      173,647     173,094                    346,741
       ABS.....................................          --       22,268      17,776                     40,044
       Redeemable preferred stock..............          --        8,638          --                      8,638
                                                 ----------   ----------    --------                 ----------
          Total fixed income securities........     335,264    5,183,489     555,012                  6,073,765
   Equity securities...........................     123,311           --          --                    123,311
   Short-term investments......................      11,247      337,206          --                    348,453
   Other investments:
       Free-standing derivatives...............          --          368       2,013      $(344)          2,037
   Separate account assets.....................     587,044           --          --                    587,044
   Other assets................................          --           --      (5,059)                    (5,059)
                                                 ----------   ----------    --------      -----      ----------
       TOTAL RECURRING BASIS ASSETS............   1,056,866    5,521,063     551,966       (344)      7,129,551
   Non-recurring basis/(1)/....................          --           --      13,861                     13,861
                                                 ----------   ----------    --------      -----      ----------
TOTAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE.....................  $1,056,866   $5,521,063    $565,827      $(344)     $7,143,412
                                                 ==========   ==========    ========      =====      ==========
% of total assets at fair value................        14.8%        77.3%        7.9%        --           100.0%


                                      32



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED



                                             QUOTED PRICES SIGNIFICANT
                                               IN ACTIVE      OTHER    SIGNIFICANT  COUNTERPARTY
                                              MARKETS FOR  OBSERVABLE  UNOBSERVABLE   AND CASH   BALANCE AS OF
                                               IDENTICAL     INPUTS       INPUTS     COLLATERAL  DECEMBER 31,
                                               (LEVEL 1)    (LEVEL 2)   (LEVEL 3)     NETTING        2009
($ IN THOUSANDS)                             ------------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -------------
                                                                                  
LIABILITIES:
   Contractholder funds:
       Derivatives embedded in annuity
         contracts..........................     $ --        $    --     $(13,211)                 $(13,211)
   Other liabilities:
       Free-standing derivatives............       --         (3,917)      (2,885)     $ 344         (6,458)
                                                 ----        -------     --------      -----       --------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE.............     $ --        $(3,917)    $(16,096)     $ 344       $(19,669)
                                                 ====        =======     ========      =====       ========
% of total liabilities at fair value........      -- %          19.9%        81.8%      (1.7)%        100.0%

- --------
(1)Includes mortgage loans written-down to fair value in connection with
   recognizing other-than-temporary impairments.

   The following table summarizes the Company's assets and liabilities measured
at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2008:



                                                      QUOTED PRICES SIGNIFICANT
                                                        IN ACTIVE      OTHER    SIGNIFICANT
                                                       MARKETS FOR  OBSERVABLE  UNOBSERVABLE BALANCE AS OF
                                                        IDENTICAL     INPUTS       INPUTS    DECEMBER 31,
                                                        (LEVEL 1)    (LEVEL 2)   (LEVEL 3)       2008
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                      ------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
                                                                                 
ASSETS
   Fixed income securities:
       U.S. government and agencies..................   $154,119    $  763,612   $       --   $  917,731
       Municipal.....................................         --       287,597       97,784      385,381
       Corporate.....................................         --     1,795,022    1,092,115    2,887,137
       Foreign government............................         --       371,542           --      371,542
       RMBS..........................................         --       361,843       78,202      440,045
       CMBS..........................................         --       422,632       46,236      468,868
       ABS...........................................         --            --       20,202       20,202
       Redeemable preferred stock....................         --         5,459           --        5,459
                                                        --------    ----------   ----------   ----------
          Total fixed income securities..............    154,119     4,007,707    1,334,539    5,496,365
   Short-term investments............................     33,315       376,487           --      409,802
   Other investments:
       Free-standing derivatives.....................         --         1,764          714        2,478
   Separate account assets...........................    533,760            --           --      533,760
   Other assets......................................         --            --       (1,829)      (1,829)
                                                        --------    ----------   ----------   ----------
       TOTAL RECURRING BASIS ASSETS..................    721,194     4,385,958    1,333,424    6,440,576
   Non-recurring basis/(1)/..........................         --            --       10,589       10,589
                                                        --------    ----------   ----------   ----------
TOTAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE...........................   $721,194    $4,385,958   $1,344,013   $6,451,165
                                                        ========    ==========   ==========   ==========
% of total assets at fair value......................       11.2%         68.0%        20.8%       100.0%

LIABILITIES
   Contractholder funds:
       Derivatives embedded in annuity contracts.....   $     --    $       --   $  (30,051)  $  (30,051)
   Other liabilities:
       Free-standing derivatives.....................         --       (20,849)      (5,450)     (26,299)
                                                        --------    ----------   ----------   ----------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE......................   $     --    $  (20,849)  $  (35,501)  $  (56,350)
                                                        ========    ==========   ==========   ==========
% of total liabilities at fair value.................        -- %         37.0%        63.0%       100.0%

- --------
(1)Includes mortgage loans written-down to fair value in connection with
   recognizing other-than-temporary impairments.

                                      33



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   When the inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the
fair value hierarchy, the categorization is based on the lowest level input
that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Thus, a
Level 3 fair value measurement may include inputs that are observable (Level 1
or Level 2) and unobservable (Level 3).

   The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value during the
year ended December 31, 2009 of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair
value on a recurring basis. Net transfers in and/or out of Level 3 are reported
as having occurred at the beginning of the quarter the transfer occurred;
therefore, for all transfers into Level 3, all realized and changes in
unrealized gains and losses in the quarter of transfer are reflected in the
table below.





                                        TOTAL REALIZED AND UNREALIZED
                                        GAINS (LOSSES) INCLUDED IN:
                                        -----------------------------
                                                          OCI ON          PURCHASES,        NET
                          BALANCE AS OF                 STATEMENT      SALES, ISSUANCES TRANSFERS IN  BALANCE AS OF
                          DECEMBER 31,     NET         OF FINANCIAL          AND        AND/OR (OUT)  DECEMBER 31,
                              2008      INCOME/(1)/      POSITION      SETTLEMENTS, NET  OF LEVEL 3       2009
($ IN THOUSANDS)          ------------- ----------     ------------    ---------------- ------------ -------------
                                                                                   
ASSETS
Fixed income securities:
   Municipal.............  $   97,784    $   (150)       $  6,371         $  (3,932)     $  23,670     $ 123,743
   Corporate.............   1,092,115      11,445         121,540          (111,828)      (911,997)      201,275
Foreign government.......          --          --              42             4,974         (5,016)           --
   RMBS..................      78,202      (1,877)          4,014           (17,839)       (23,376)       39,124
   CMBS..................      46,236     (27,157)         82,059           (10,148)        82,104       173,094
   ABS...................      20,202          13           2,142            (4,581)            --        17,776
                           ----------    --------        --------         ---------      ---------     ---------
Total fixed income
 securities..............   1,334,539     (17,726)        216,168          (143,354)      (834,615)      555,012
Other investments:
   Free-standing
    derivatives, net.....      (4,736)      2,045              --             1,819             --          (872)/(2)/
   Other assets..........      (1,829)     (3,230)             --                                         (5,059)
                           ----------    --------        --------         ---------      ---------     ---------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 ASSETS.......  $1,327,974    $(18,911)       $216,168         $(141,535)     $(834,615)    $(549,081)
                           ==========    ========        ========         =========      =========     =========
LIABILITIES
Contractholder funds:
Derivatives embedded in
 annuity contracts.......  $  (30,051)   $ 15,975        $     --         $     865      $      --     $ (13,211)
                           ----------    --------        --------         ---------      ---------     ---------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES..  $  (30,051)   $ 15,975        $     --         $     865      $      --     $ (13,211)
                           ==========    ========        ========         =========      =========     =========



                               TOTAL
                          GAINS (LOSSES)
                          INCLUDED IN NET
                            INCOME FOR
                            ASSETS AND
                            LIABILITIES
                           STILL HELD AT
                           DECEMBER 31,
                             2009/(3)/
($ IN THOUSANDS)          ---------------
                       
ASSETS
Fixed income securities:
   Municipal.............    $   (160)
   Corporate.............       4,091
Foreign government.......          --
   RMBS..................      (1,846)
   CMBS..................     (17,109)
   ABS...................          --
                             --------
Total fixed income
 securities..............     (15,024)
Other investments:
   Free-standing
    derivatives, net.....       4,280
   Other assets..........      (3,230)
                             --------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 ASSETS.......    $(13,974)
                             ========
LIABILITIES
Contractholder funds:
Derivatives embedded in
 annuity contracts.......    $ 15,975
                             --------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES..    $ 15,975
                             ========

- --------
(1)The effect to net income totals $(2.9) million and is reported in the
   Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income as follows: $(27.5)
   million in realized capital gains and losses, $8.6 million in net investment
   income and $(16.0) million in contract benefits.
(2)Comprises $2.0 million of assets and $(2.9) million of liabilities.
(3)The amounts represent gains and losses included in net income for the period
   of time that the asset or liability was determined to be in Level 3. These
   gains and losses total $2.0 million and are reported in the Statements of
   Operations and Comprehensive Income as follows: $(22.2) million in realized
   capital gains and losses, $8.2 million in net investment income and $(16.0)
   million in contract benefits.

                                      34



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The following table provides a summary of changes in fair value during the
year ended December 31, 2008 of Level 3 assets and liabilities held at fair
value on a recurring basis.





                                         TOTAL REALIZED AND UNREALIZED
                                         GAINS (LOSSES) INCLUDED IN:
                                         ----------------------------
                                                             OCI ON        PURCHASES,        NET
                           BALANCE AS OF                  STATEMENT OF  SALES, ISSUANCES TRANSFERS IN  BALANCE AS OF
                            JANUARY 1,                     FINANCIAL          AND        AND/OR (OUT)  DECEMBER 31,
                               2008      NET INCOME/(1)/    POSITION    SETTLEMENTS, NET  OF LEVEL 3       2008
($ IN THOUSANDS)           ------------- --------------   ------------  ---------------- ------------ -------------
                                                                                    
ASSETS
Fixed income securities:
   Municipal..............  $   33,200      $     --       $ (11,066)      $ (22,250)      $ 97,900    $   97,784
   Corporate..............   1,249,898         5,947        (115,386)        (76,075)        27,731     1,092,115
   RMBS...................     119,238        (7,847)        (12,879)        (20,310)            --        78,202
   CMBS...................      36,794       (29,092)        (57,164)        (23,105)       118,803        46,236
   ABS....................      30,768           269          (7,549)         (3,286)            --        20,202
                            ----------      --------       ---------       ---------       --------    ----------
Total fixed income
 securities...............   1,469,898       (30,723)       (204,044)       (145,026)       244,434     1,334,539
Other investments:
   Free-standing
    derivatives, net......        (980)       (7,124)             --           3,368             --        (4,736)/(2)/
   Other assets...........      (1,733)          (96)             --              --             --        (1,829)
                            ----------      --------       ---------       ---------       --------    ----------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 ASSETS........  $1,467,185      $(37,943)      $(204,044)      $(141,658)      $244,434    $1,327,974
                            ==========      ========       =========       =========       ========    ==========
LIABILITIES
Contractholder funds:
   Derivatives embedded
    in annuity
    contracts.............  $      174      $(30,389)      $      --       $     164       $     --    $  (30,051)
                            ----------      --------       ---------       ---------       --------    ----------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES...  $      174      $(30,389)      $      --       $     164       $     --    $  (30,051)
                            ==========      ========       =========       =========       ========    ==========



                                TOTAL
                           GAINS (LOSSES)
                           INCLUDED IN NET
                             INCOME FOR
                             ASSETS AND
                             LIABILITIES
                            STILL HELD AT
                            DECEMBER 31,
                              2008/(3)/
($ IN THOUSANDS)           ---------------
                        
ASSETS
Fixed income securities:
   Municipal..............    $     --
   Corporate..............      (7,065)
   RMBS...................      (7,655)
   CMBS...................     (22,438)
   ABS....................          --
                              --------
Total fixed income
 securities...............     (37,158)
Other investments:
   Free-standing
    derivatives, net......      (1,424)
   Other assets...........         (96)
                              --------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 ASSETS........    $(38,678)
                              ========
LIABILITIES
Contractholder funds:
   Derivatives embedded
    in annuity
    contracts.............    $(30,389)
                              --------
   TOTAL RECURRING
    LEVEL 3 LIABILITIES...    $(30,389)
                              ========

- --------
(1)The effect to net income totals $(68.3) million and is reported in the
   Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income as follows:
   $(45.9) million in realized capital gains and losses, $8.0 million in net
   investment income, and $30.4 million in contract benefits.
(2)Comprises $0.7 million of assets and $(5.4) million of liabilities.
(3)The amounts represent gains and losses included in net income for the period
   of time that the asset or liability was determined to be in Level 3. These
   gains and losses total $(69.1) million and are reported in the Statements of
   Operations and Comprehensive Income as follows: $(46.5) million in realized
   capital gains and losses, $7.8 million in net investment income and $30.4
   million in contract benefits.

   Presented below are the carrying values and fair value estimates of
financial instruments not carried at fair value.

  FINANCIAL ASSETS



                                     DECEMBER 31, 2009 DECEMBER 31, 2008
                                     ----------------- -----------------
                                     CARRYING  FAIR    CARRYING  FAIR
                                      VALUE    VALUE    VALUE    VALUE
        ($ IN THOUSANDS)             -------- -------- -------- --------
                                                    
        Mortgage loans.............. $543,007 $431,116 $700,268 $629,394
        Note due from related party.    8,255    8,243       --       --


   The fair value of mortgage loans is based on discounted contractual cash
flows or if the loans are impaired due to credit reasons, the fair value of
collateral less costs to sell. Risk adjusted discount rates are selected using

                                      35



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
characteristics, using similar types of properties as collateral. The fair
value of the note due from related party is based on discounted cash flow
calculations using current interest rates for instruments with comparable terms.

  FINANCIAL LIABILITIES



                                                DECEMBER 31, 2009     DECEMBER 31, 2008
                                              --------------------- ---------------------
                                               CARRYING    FAIR      CARRYING    FAIR
                                                VALUE      VALUE      VALUE      VALUE
($ IN THOUSANDS)                              ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                                   
Contractholder funds on investment contracts. $4,082,995 $3,974,490 $4,181,874 $3,832,699
Liability for collateral.....................    149,362    149,362    117,297    117,297


   The fair value of contractholder funds on investment contracts is based on
the terms of the underlying contracts utilizing prevailing market rates for
similar contracts adjusted for credit risk. Deferred annuities included in
contractholder funds are valued using discounted cash flow models which
incorporate market value margins, which are based on the cost of holding
economic capital, and the Company's own credit risk. Immediate annuities
without life contingencies are valued at the present value of future benefits
using market implied interest rates which include the Company's own credit
risk. The liability for collateral is valued at carrying value due to its
short-term nature.

7. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   The Company primarily uses derivatives for risk management. In addition, the
Company has derivatives embedded in non-derivative "host" contracts, which are
required to be separated from the host contracts and accounted for at fair
value as derivative instruments. With the exception of non-hedge embedded
derivatives, all of the Company's derivatives are evaluated for their ongoing
effectiveness as either accounting hedge or non-hedge derivative financial
instruments on at least a quarterly basis. The Company does not use derivatives
for trading purposes. Non-hedge accounting is generally used for "portfolio"
level hedging strategies where the terms of the individual hedged items do not
meet the strict homogeneity requirements to permit the application of hedge
accounting.

   Asset-liability management is a risk management strategy that is principally
employed to balance the respective interest-rate sensitivities of the Company's
assets and liabilities. Depending upon the attributes of the assets acquired
and liabilities issued, derivative instruments such as interest rate swaps and
caps are acquired to change the interest rate characteristics of existing
assets and liabilities to ensure the relationship is maintained within
specified ranges and to reduce exposure to rising or falling interest rates.

   The Company uses foreign currency swaps primarily to reduce foreign currency
risk associated with holding foreign currency denominated investments. The
Company also has a reinsurance treaty that is recorded as a derivative
instrument, under which it primarily cedes re-investment related risk on its
structured settlement annuities to ALIC.

   When derivatives meet specific criteria, they may be designated as
accounting hedges and accounted for as fair value, cash flow, foreign currency
fair value or foreign currency cash flow hedges. The Company designates certain
of its foreign currency swap contracts as cash flow hedges when the hedging
instrument is highly effective in offsetting the exposure of variations in cash
flows for the hedged risk that could affect net income. Amounts are
reclassified to net investment income or realized capital gains and losses as
the hedged item affects net income.

   The Company's primary embedded derivatives are guaranteed minimum
accumulation and withdrawal benefits related to the Company's variable annuity
business, which is fully reinsured.

                                      36



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The notional amounts specified in the contracts are used to calculate the
exchange of contractual payments under the agreements and are generally not
representative of the potential for gain or loss on these agreements.

   Fair value, which is equal to the carrying value, is the estimated amount
that the Company would receive (pay) to terminate the derivative contracts at
the reporting date. The carrying value amounts for OTC derivatives have been
further adjusted for the effects, if any, of legally enforceable master netting
agreements and are presented on a net basis in the Statements of Financial
Position.

   The net impact to pre-tax income for derivatives includes valuation and
settlements of derivatives. For cash flow hedges, gains and losses amortized
from accumulated other comprehensive income are reported in net income.

   The following table provides a summary of the volume and fair value
positions of derivative instruments as well as their reporting location in the
Statements of Financial Position at December 31, 2009.



                                                               ASSET DERIVATIVES
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Volume-     Fair
                                                                        notional   value,     Gross     Gross
                                         Balance sheet location          amount      net      asset   liability
($ in thousands)                  ------------------------------------- -------- ----------- -------  ---------
                                                                                       
DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS
  ACCOUNTING HEDGING
  INSTRUMENTS
INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS
Interest rate cap agreements               Other investments            $ 52,000  $  1,670   $ 1,670  $     --
FOREIGN CURRENCY CONTRACTS
Foreign currency swap agreements           Other investments               3,103       367       367        --
OTHER CONTRACTS
Structured settlement annuity
  reinsurance agreement                       Other assets                    --    (5,059)   (5,059)       --
                                                                        --------  --------   -------  --------
TOTAL DERIVATIVE ASSETS                                                 $ 55,103  $ (3,022)  $(3,022) $     --
                                                                        ========  ========   =======  ========

                                                             LIABILITY DERIVATIVES
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        Volume-
                                                                        notional Fair value,  Gross     Gross
                                         Balance sheet location          amount      net      asset   liability
($ in thousands)                  ------------------------------------- -------- ----------- -------  ---------
DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS
  ACCOUNTING HEDGING
  INSTRUMENTS
INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS
Interest rate swap agreements     Other liabilities & accrued expenses  $400,000  $ (3,917)  $    --  $ (3,917)
Interest rate cap agreements      Other liabilities & accrued expenses   275,500    (2,541)      344    (2,885)
EMBEDDED DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
  INSTRUMENTS
Guaranteed accumulation benefits          Contractholder funds           186,459   (11,024)       --   (11,024)
Guaranteed withdrawal benefits            Contractholder funds            43,469    (2,187)       --    (2,187)
                                                                        --------  --------   -------  --------
TOTAL DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES                                            $905,428  $(19,669)  $   344  $(20,013)
                                                                        ========  ========   =======  ========
TOTAL DERIVATIVES                                                       $960,531  $(22,691)
                                                                        ========  ========


                                      37



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The following table summarizes the notional amount, fair value and carrying
value of the Company's derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2008.



                                                                           CARRYING VALUE
                                                                    -----------------------
                                                 NOTIONAL   FAIR
                                                  AMOUNT    VALUE      ASSETS    (LIABILITIES)
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                 -------- --------  -------      -------------
                                                                     
INTEREST RATE CONTRACTS
   Interest rate swap agreements................ $400,000 $(20,849) $    --        $(20,849)
   Interest rate cap agreements.................  334,300   (4,736)     714          (5,450)
                                                 -------- --------  -------        --------
       Total interest rate contracts............  734,300  (25,585)     714         (26,299)

FOREIGN CURRENCY CONTRACTS
   Foreign currency swap agreements.............    7,500    1,764    1,764              --

EMBEDDED DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
   Guaranteed accumulation benefits.............  160,310  (24,033)      --         (24,033)
   Guaranteed withdrawal benefits...............   37,639   (6,018)      --          (6,018)
                                                 -------- --------  -------        --------
       Total embedded derivative financial
         instruments............................  197,949  (30,051)      --         (30,051)

OTHER DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT
   Structured settlement annuity reinsurance
     agreement..................................       --   (1,829)  (1,829)             --
                                                 -------- --------  -------        --------
TOTAL DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS.......... $939,749 $(55,701) $   649/(1)/   $(56,350)/(2)/
                                                 ======== ========  =======        ========

- --------
(1)Presented in the Statements of Financial Position as $2.5 million other
   investments and $(1.8) million other assets.
(2)Presented in the Statements of Financial Position as $30.1 million
   contractholder funds and $26.3 million other liabilities and accrued
   expenses.

   The following table provides a summary of the impacts of the Company's
foreign currency contracts in cash flow hedging relationships in the Statements
of Operations and Comprehensive Income and the Statements of Financial
Position. Amortization of net gains from accumulated other comprehensive income
related to cash flow hedges is expected to be $7 thousand during the next
twelve months.



                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          2009
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                      ------------
EFFECTIVE PORTION
                                                                   
Loss recognized in OCI on derivatives during the period..............   $(1,107)
Gain recognized in OCI on derivatives during the term of the hedging
  relationship.......................................................   $   309
Gain reclassified from AOCI into income (net investment income)......   $    57
Gain reclassified from AOCI into income (realized capital gains
  and losses)........................................................   $   276

INEFFECTIVE PORTION AND AMOUNT EXCLUDED FROM EFFECTIVENESS TESTING
Gain recognized in income on derivatives (realized capital gains
  and losses)........................................................   $    --


                                      38



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   For cash flow hedges, unrealized net pre-tax gains and losses included in
accumulated other comprehensive income were $309 thousand and $1.7 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The net pre-tax changes in
accumulated other comprehensive income due to cash flow hedges were $(1.4)
million, $2.5 million and $126 thousand in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   Gains and losses from valuation and settlements on derivatives not
designated as accounting hedging instruments recorded in realized capital gains
and losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were $42.9 million related to
interest rate contracts and $(6.6) million related to the structured settlement
annuity reinsurance agreement. Also, gains of $16.8 million were recorded in
contract benefits related to embedded derivative financial instruments, which
in turn were ceded under reinsurance agreements. There was no hedge
ineffectiveness in 2009, 2008 or 2007.

   The Company manages its exposure to credit risk by utilizing highly rated
counterparties, establishing risk control limits, executing legally enforceable
master netting agreements ("MNAs") and obtaining collateral where appropriate.
The Company uses MNAs for OTC derivative transactions, including interest rate
swap, foreign currency swap and interest rate cap agreements. These agreements
permit either party to net payments due for transactions covered by the
agreements. Under the provisions of the agreements, collateral is either
pledged or obtained when certain predetermined exposure limits are exceeded. As
of December 31, 2009, the Company pledged $4.5 million in securities to
counterparties which includes $3.0 million of collateral posted under MNAs for
contracts containing credit-risk-contingent provisions that are in a liability
position and $1.5 million of collateral posted under MNAs for contracts without
credit-risk-contingent liabilities. The Company has not incurred any losses on
derivative financial instruments due to counterparty nonperformance.

   Counterparty credit exposure represents the Company's potential loss if all
of the counterparties concurrently fail to perform under the contractual terms
of the contracts and all collateral, if any, becomes worthless. This exposure
is measured by the fair value of OTC derivative contracts with a positive fair
value at the reporting date reduced by the effect, if any, of legally
enforceable master netting agreements.

   The following table summarizes the counterparty credit exposure by
counterparty credit rating at December 31 as it relates to interest rate swap,
foreign currency swap and interest rate cap agreements.



                                       2009                                             2008
($ IN THOUSANDS)  ----------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------
                  Number of                          Exposure,     Number of                          Exposure,
                  counter-  Notional    Credit         net of      counter-  Notional    Credit         net of
RATING/(1)/        parties   amount  exposure/(2)/ collateral/(2)/  parties   amount  exposure/(2)/ collateral/(2)/
- ----------        --------- -------- ------------  --------------  --------- -------- ------------  --------------
                                                                            
       A.........     1     $55,103     $2,037         $2,037          1     $59,500     $2,478         $2,478

- --------
(1)Rating is the lower of S&P or Moody's ratings.
(2)Only OTC derivatives with a net positive fair value are included for each
   counterparty.

   Market risk is the risk that the Company will incur losses due to adverse
changes in market rates and prices. Market risk exists for all of the
derivative financial instruments the Company currently holds, as these
instruments may become less valuable due to adverse changes in market
conditions. To limit this risk, the Company's senior management has established
risk control limits. In addition, changes in fair value of the derivative
financial instruments that the Company uses for risk management purposes are
generally offset by the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged
risk component of the related assets, liabilities or forecasted transactions.

   Certain of the Company's derivative instruments contain
credit-risk-contingent termination events, cross-default provisions and credit
support annex agreements. Credit-risk-contingent termination events allow the
counterparties to terminate the derivative on certain dates if the Company's
financial strength credit ratings by Moody's or S&P fall below a certain level
or in the event the Company is no longer rated by both Moody's and S&P.
Credit-risk-contingent cross-default provisions allow the counterparties to
terminate the derivative

                                      39



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

instruments if the Company defaults by pre-determined threshold amounts on
certain debt instruments. Credit-risk-contingent credit support annex
agreements specify the amount of collateral the Company must post to
counterparties based on the Company's financial strength credit ratings by
Moody's or S&P, or in the event the Company is no longer rated by both Moody's
and S&P.

   The following summarizes the fair value of derivative instruments with
termination, cross-default or collateral credit-risk-contingent features that
are in a liability position as of December 31, 2009, as well as the fair value
of assets and collateral that are netted against the liability in accordance
with provisions within legally enforceable MNAs.



($ IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                                 
Gross liability fair value of contracts containing credit-risk-contingent features................. $ 3,327
Gross asset fair value of contracts containing credit-risk-contingent features and subject to MNAs.     (12)
Collateral posted under MNAs for contracts containing credit-risk-contingent features..............  (2,999)
                                                                                                    -------
Maximum amount of additional exposure for contracts with credit-risk-contingent features if all
  features were triggered concurrently............................................................. $   316
                                                                                                    =======


  OFF-BALANCE-SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

   There were no off-balance-sheet financial instruments at December 31, 2009
or 2008.

8. RESERVE FOR LIFE-CONTINGENT CONTRACT BENEFITS AND CONTRACTHOLDER FUNDS

   At December 31, the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits consists
of the following:



                                                            2009       2008
                                                         ---------- ----------
 ($ IN THOUSANDS)
                                                              
 Immediate fixed annuities:
    Structured settlement annuities..................... $1,701,522 $1,792,808
    Other immediate fixed annuities.....................     14,913     12,553
 Traditional life insurance.............................    150,400    140,121
 Accident and health....................................      6,286      5,570
 Other..................................................      2,458      2,105
                                                         ---------- ----------
    Total reserve for life-contingent contract benefits. $1,875,579 $1,953,157
                                                         ========== ==========


   The following table highlights the key assumptions generally used in
calculating the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits:



       PRODUCT              MORTALITY         INTEREST RATE      ESTIMATION METHOD
- ---------------------- -------------------  ----------------- -----------------------
                                                     
Structured settlement  U.S. population      Interest rate     Present value of
annuities              with projected       assumptions range contractually specified
                       calendar year        from 2.7% to 9.2% future benefits
                       improvements;
                       mortality rates
                       adjusted for each
                       impaired life based
                       on reduction in
                       life expectancy


                                      40



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED



         PRODUCT                 MORTALITY         INTEREST RATE       ESTIMATION METHOD
- --------------------------- -------------------- ------------------ -----------------------
                                                           
Other immediate fixed       1983 group annuity   Interest rate      Present value of
annuities                   mortality table;     assumptions range  expected future
                            Annuity 2000         from 1.8% to 11.5% benefits based on
                            mortality table                         historical experience
                            with internal
                            modifications; 1983
                            individual annuity
                            mortality table
                            with internal
                            modifications

Traditional life insurance  Actual company       Interest rate      Net level premium
                            experience plus      assumptions range  reserve method using
                            loading              from 4.0% to 8.0%  the Company's
                                                                    withdrawal experience
                                                                    rates

Accident and health         Actual company                          Unearned premium;
                            experience plus                         additional contract
                            loading                                 reserves for mortality
                                                                    risk

Other:
  Variable annuity          100% of Annuity      Interest rate      Projected benefit ratio
  guaranteed minimum        2000 mortality table assumptions range  applied to cumulative
  death benefits/(1)/                            from 4.5% to 5.5%  assessments

- --------
(1)In 2006, the Company disposed of its variable annuity business through
   reinsurance agreements with Prudential Financial, Inc. and its subsidiary,
   The Prudential Insurance Company of America (collectively "Prudential").

   To the extent that unrealized gains on fixed income securities would result
in a premium deficiency had those gains actually been realized, a premium
deficiency reserve is recorded for certain immediate annuities with life
contingencies. A liability of $40.6 million and $155.9 million is included in
the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits with respect to this
deficiency as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The offset to this
liability is recorded as a reduction of the unrealized net capital gains
included in accumulated other comprehensive income.

   At December 31, contractholder funds consist of the following:



                                                    2009       2008
          ($ IN THOUSANDS)                       ---------- ----------
                                                      
          Interest-sensitive life insurance..... $  627,362 $  576,167
          Investment contracts:
             Fixed annuities....................  4,345,165  4,477,278
             Other investment contracts.........     18,352     33,520
                                                 ---------- ----------
                 Total contractholder funds..... $4,990,879 $5,086,965
                                                 ========== ==========



                                      41



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

   The following table highlights the key contract provisions relating to
contractholder funds:



               PRODUCT                            INTEREST RATE              WITHDRAWAL/SURRENDER CHARGES
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------  --------------------------------
                                                                      
Interest-sensitive life insurance       Interest rates credited range from  Either a percentage of account
                                        2.7% to 5.0%                        balance or dollar amount
                                                                            grading off generally over 20
                                                                            years

Fixed annuities                         Interest rates credited range from  Either a declining or a level
                                        1.4% to 9.2% for immediate          percentage charge generally
                                        annuities and 0.5% to 6.9% for      over nine years or less.
                                        other fixed annuities               Additionally, approximately
                                                                            10.8% of fixed annuities are
                                                                            subject to a market value
                                                                            adjustment for discretionary
                                                                            withdrawals

Other investment contracts:
  Guaranteed minimum income,            Interest rates used in              Withdrawal and surrender
  accumulation and withdrawal           establishing reserves range from    charges are based on the terms
  benefits on variable annuities/(1)/   1.8% to 10.3%                       of the related variable annuity

- --------
(1)In 2006, the Company disposed its variable annuity business through
   reinsurance agreements with Prudential.

   Contractholder funds activity for the years ended December 31 is as follows:



                                                 2009        2008
          ($ IN THOUSANDS)                    ----------  ----------
                                                    
          Balance, beginning of year......... $5,086,965  $4,848,461
          Deposits...........................    296,990     612,004
          Interest credited..................    182,665     190,945
          Benefits...........................   (160,351)   (161,813)
          Surrenders and partial withdrawals.   (308,244)   (335,521)
          Contract charges...................    (57,157)    (54,138)
          Net transfers to separate accounts.         --         (38)
          Other adjustments..................    (49,989)    (12,935)
                                              ----------  ----------
          Balance, end of year............... $4,990,879  $5,086,965
                                              ==========  ==========


   The Company offered various guarantees to variable annuity contractholders.
Liabilities for variable contract guarantees related to death benefits are
included in the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits and the
liabilities related to the income, withdrawal and accumulation benefits are
included in contractholder funds in the Statements of Financial Position. All
liabilities for variable contract guarantees are reported on a gross basis on
the balance sheet with a corresponding reinsurance recoverable asset.

   Absent any contract provision wherein the Company guarantees either a
minimum return or account value upon death, a specified contract anniversary
date, partial withdrawal or annuitization, variable annuity and variable life
insurance contractholders bear the investment risk that the separate accounts'
funds may not meet their stated investment objectives. The account balances of
variable annuities contracts' separate accounts with guarantees included $547.3
million and $491.7 million of equity, fixed income and balanced mutual funds
and $41.0 million and $45.1 million of money market mutual funds at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

                                      42



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The table below presents information regarding the Company's variable
annuity contracts with guarantees. The Company's variable annuity contracts may
offer more than one type of guarantee in each contract; therefore, the sum of
amounts listed exceeds the total account balances of variable annuity
contracts' separate accounts with guarantees.



                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------
                                                            2009      2008
   ($ IN MILLIONS)                                        --------- ---------
                                                              
   In the event of death
      Separate account value............................. $   588.3 $   536.8
      Net amount at risk/(1)/............................ $   105.5 $   236.1
      Average attained age of contractholders............  62 years  62 years

   At annuitization (includes income benefit guarantees)
      Separate account value............................. $    41.2 $    36.0
      Net amount at risk/(2)/............................ $    11.1 $    21.2
      Weighted average waiting period until
        annuitization options available..................   4 years   5 years
   For cumulative periodic withdrawals
      Separate account value............................. $    42.9 $    37.0
      Net amount at risk/(3)/............................ $     1.7 $     8.6

   Accumulation at specified dates
      Separate account value............................. $   186.5 $   160.3
      Net amount at risk/(4)/............................ $    12.1 $    34.7
      Weighted average waiting period until guarantee
        date.............................................   7 years   8 years

- --------
(1)Defined as the estimated current guaranteed minimum death benefit in excess
   of the current account balance at the balance sheet date.
(2)Defined as the estimated present value of the guaranteed minimum annuity
   payments in excess of the current account balance.
(3)Defined as the estimated current guaranteed minimum withdrawal balance
   (initial deposit) in excess of the current account balance at the balance
   sheet date.
(4)Defined as the estimated present value of the guaranteed minimum
   accumulation balance in excess of the current account balance.

   The liability for death and income benefit guarantees is equal to a benefit
ratio multiplied by the cumulative contract charges earned, plus accrued
interest less contract benefit payments. The benefit ratio is calculated as the
estimated present value of all expected contract benefits divided by the
present value of all expected contract charges. The establishment of reserves
for these guarantees requires the projection of future separate account fund
performance, mortality, persistency and customer benefit utilization rates.
These assumptions are periodically reviewed and updated. For guarantees related
to death benefits, benefits represent the current guaranteed minimum death
benefit payments in excess of the current account balance. For guarantees
related to income benefits, benefits represent the present value of the minimum
guaranteed annuitization benefits in excess of the current account balance.

   Projected benefits and contract charges used in determining the liability
for certain guarantees are developed using models and stochastic scenarios that
are also used in the development of estimated expected gross profits.
Underlying assumptions for the liability related to income benefits include
assumed future annuitization elections based on factors such as the extent of
benefit to the potential annuitant, eligibility conditions and the annuitant's
attained age. The liability for guarantees is re-evaluated periodically, and
adjustments are made to the liability balance through a charge or credit to
contract benefits.

   Guarantees related to withdrawal and accumulation benefits are considered to
be derivative financial instruments; therefore, the liability for these
benefits is established based on its fair value.

                                      43



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   As of December 31, 2009, reserves for variable annuity contracts related to
death, income, accumulation and withdrawal benefits were $2.3 million, $5.1
million, $11.0 million and $2.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2008,
reserves for variable annuity contracts related to death, income, accumulation
and withdrawal benefits were $2.0 million, $3.5 million, $24.0 million and $6.0
million, respectively. All of these reserves are ceded to Prudential.

9. REINSURANCE

   The Company reinsures certain of its risks to unaffiliated reinsurers and
ALIC under yearly renewable term, coinsurance and modified coinsurance
agreements. These agreements result in a passing of the agreed-upon percentage
of risk to the reinsurer in exchange for negotiated reinsurance premium
payments. Modified coinsurance is similar to coinsurance, except that the cash
and investments that support the liability for contract benefits are not
transferred to the assuming company and settlements are made on a net basis
between the companies. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 35.0% and 34.9%,
respectively, of our face amount of life insurance in force was reinsured to
non-affiliates and ALIC. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, for certain term
life insurance policies, we ceded up to 90% of the mortality risk depending on
the year of policy issuance. Further, we ceded the mortality risk associated
with coverage in excess of $250 thousand per life to ALIC.

   In addition, the Company has used reinsurance to effect the disposition of
certain blocks of business. The Company had reinsurance recoverables of $287.5
million and $335.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, due
from Prudential related to the disposal of its variable annuity business that
was effected through reinsurance agreements. In 2009, premiums and contract
charges of $11.7 million, contract benefits of $(11.6) million, interest
credited to contractholder funds of $8.8 million, and operating costs and
expenses of $1.2 million were ceded to Prudential. In 2008, premiums and
contract charges of $16.3 million, contract benefits of $35.5 million, interest
credited to contractholder funds of $10.5 million, and operating costs and
expenses of $2.5 million were ceded to Prudential. In 2007, premiums and
contract charges of $21.2 million, contract benefits of $2.9 million, interest
credited to contractholder funds of $13.5 million, and operating costs and
expenses of $4.8 million were ceded to Prudential. In addition, as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had reinsurance recoverables of $429
thousand and $690 thousand, respectively, due from a subsidiary of Citigroup
(Triton Insurance Company) in connection with the disposition of the direct
response distribution business in 2003.

   As of December 31, 2009, the gross life insurance in force was $34.62
billion of which $462.5 million and $11.65 billion was ceded to affiliated and
unaffiliated reinsurers, respectively.

   The effects of reinsurance on premiums and contract charges for the years
ended December 31 are as follows:



                                                     2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                   --------  --------  --------
                                                              
PREMIUMS AND CONTRACT CHARGES
Direct............................................ $154,440  $156,187  $169,559
Assumed--non-affiliate............................      959     1,164     1,273
Ceded
   Affiliate......................................  (26,250)   (4,470)   (3,982)
   Non-affiliate..................................  (29,656)  (32,525)  (38,196)
                                                   --------  --------  --------
       Premiums and contract charges, net of
         reinsurance.............................. $ 99,493  $120,356  $128,654
                                                   ========  ========  ========


                                      44



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The effects of reinsurance on contract benefits for the years ended
December 31 are as follows:



                                                    2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                  --------  --------  --------
                                                             
CONTRACT BENEFITS
Direct........................................... $174,909  $223,859  $197,929
Assumed--non-affiliate...........................      676       640       787
Ceded
   Affiliate/(1)/................................   (6,225)    7,022    (3,830)
   Non-affiliate.................................      715   (47,329)  (13,083)
                                                  --------  --------  --------
       Contract benefits, net of reinsurance..... $170,075  $184,192  $181,803
                                                  ========  ========  ========

- --------
(1)The Company recorded additional expenses for contract benefits in 2008
   relating to a rescission of reinsurance coverage for certain traditional and
   interest-sensitive life insurance policies provided in accordance with an
   agreement between the Company and ALIC. These contract benefits are
   reflected as a component of contract benefits ceded to affiliate for 2008
   and totaled $7.1 million. See Note 4 for further details.

   The effects of reinsurance on interest credited to contractholder funds for
the years ended December 31 are as follows:



                                                              2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                            --------  --------  --------
                                                                       
INTEREST CREDITED TO CONTRACTHOLDER FUNDS
Direct..................................................... $210,289  $201,661  $190,882
Assumed--non-affiliate.....................................       17        32        33
Ceded
   Affiliate...............................................       --        --        --
   Non-affiliate...........................................   (8,757)  (10,485)  (13,508)
                                                            --------  --------  --------
       Interest credited to contractholder funds, net
         of reinsurance.................................... $201,549  $191,208  $177,407
                                                            ========  ========  ========


   In addition to amounts included in the table above are reinsurance premiums
ceded to ALIC of $3.4 million, $3.3 million and $3.2 million during 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively, under the terms of the structured settlement annuity
reinsurance agreement (see Note 4).

                                      45



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


10. DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION AND SALES INDUCEMENT COSTS

   Deferred policy acquisitions costs for the years ended December 31 are as
follows:



                                                                             2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                          ---------  --------  --------
                                                                                      
Balance, beginning of year............................................... $ 538,248  $278,664  $278,625
Impact of adopting new OTTI accounting guidance before unrealized
  impact/(1)/............................................................   (11,825)       --        --
Impact of adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance effect of unrealized
  capital gains and losses/(2)/..........................................    11,825        --        --
Impact of adoption of new internal replacements accounting guidance/(3)/.        --        --    (1,577)
Acquisition costs deferred...............................................    32,560    51,390    47,575
Amortization charged to income...........................................  (148,450)  (17,778)  (53,445)
Effect of unrealized gains and losses....................................  (209,033)  225,972     7,486
                                                                          ---------  --------  --------
Balance, end of year..................................................... $ 213,325  $538,248  $278,664
                                                                          =========  ========  ========

- --------
(1)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance on April 1, 2009 resulted in an
   adjustment to DAC to reverse previously recorded DAC accretion related to
   realized capital losses that were reclassified to other comprehensive income
   upon adoption.
(2)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance resulted in an adjustment to
   DAC due to the change in unrealized capital gains and losses that occurred
   upon adoption on April 1, 2009 when previously recorded realized capital
   losses were reclassified to other comprehensive income. The adjustment was
   recorded as an increase of the DAC balance and unrealized capital gains and
   losses.
(3)The adoption of new accounting guidance related to internal replacements
   resulted in a $1.6 million adjustment to unamortized DAC related to the
   impact on future estimated gross profits from the changes in accounting for
   certain costs associated with contract continuations that no longer qualify
   for deferral.

   DSI activity, which primarily relates to fixed annuities, for the years
ended December 31 was as follows:



                                                                                2009      2008     2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                              --------  -------  -------
                                                                                        
Balance, beginning of year................................................... $ 47,319  $27,991  $24,731
Impact of adopting new OTTI accounting guidance before unrealized
  impact/(1)/................................................................   (1,732)      --       --
Impact of adopting new OTTI accounting guidance effect of unrealized capital
  gains and losses/(2)/......................................................    1,732       --       --
Impact of adoption of new internal replacements accounting guidance/(3)/.....       --       --     (243)
Sales inducements deferred...................................................    3,454    7,579    8,511
Amortization charged to income...............................................  (22,337)  (7,843)  (6,500)
Effect of unrealized gains and losses........................................  (17,345)  19,592    1,492
                                                                              --------  -------  -------
Balance, end of year......................................................... $ 11,091  $47,319  $27,991
                                                                              ========  =======  =======

- --------
(1)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance on April 1, 2009 resulted in an
   adjustment to DSI to reverse previously recorded DSI accretion related to
   realized capital losses that were reclassified to other comprehensive income
   upon adoption.
(2)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance resulted in an adjustment to
   DSI due to the change in unrealized capital gains and losses that occurred
   upon adoption on April 1, 2009 when previously recorded realized capital
   losses were reclassified to other comprehensive income. The adjustment was
   recorded as an increase of the DSI balance and unrealized capital gains and
   losses.
(3)The adoption of new accounting guidance related to internal replacements
   resulted in a $243 thousand adjustment to unamortized DSI related to the
   impact on future estimated gross profits from the changes in accounting for
   certain costs associated with contract continuations that no longer qualify
   for deferral.

                                      46



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

11. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

  GUARANTY FUNDS

   Under state insurance guaranty fund laws, insurers doing business in a state
can be assessed, up to prescribed limits, for certain obligations of insolvent
insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Amounts assessed to each
company are typically related to its proportion of business written in each
state. The Company's policy is to accrue a guaranty fund assessment when the
entity for which the insolvency relates has met its state of domicile's
statutory definition of insolvency and the amount of the loss is reasonably
estimable. In most states, the definition is met with a declaration of
financial insolvency by a court of competent jurisdiction. In certain states
there must also be a final order of liquidation. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, the liability balance included in other liabilities and accrued expenses
was $790 thousand and $806 thousand, respectively. The related premium tax
offsets included in other assets were $739 thousand and $752 thousand as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

   The New York Liquidation Bureau (the "Bureau") has publicly reported that
Executive Life Insurance Company of New York ("Executive Life") is currently
under its jurisdiction as part of a 1992 court-ordered rehabilitation plan.
However, Executive Life does not have a liquidity problem at this time, and an
order of liquidation has not been sought by the Bureau. The current publicly
available estimated shortfall from the Bureau is $1.27 billion.

   If Executive Life were to be declared insolvent in the future, the Company
may have exposure to future guaranty fund assessments. The Company's exposure
will ultimately depend on the level of guaranty fund system participation, as
well as the viability of a plan of the Bureau to obtain voluntary
contributions, primarily from the original insurance companies that acquired
structured settlement annuity contracts from Executive Life. New York law
currently contains an aggregate limit on guaranty funds under the Life
Insurance Corporation of New York of $500 million, of which approximately $40
million has been used. Under current law, the Company may be allowed to recoup
a portion of the amount of any additional guaranty fund assessment in periods
subsequent to the recognition of the assessment by offsetting future premium
taxes. The Company's average market share for New York, based on assessable
premiums, was approximately 3.1% in 2009.

  GUARANTEES

   Related to the disposal through reinsurance of our variable annuity business
to Prudential Financial, Inc. and its subsidiary in 2006, the Company, ALIC and
the Corporation have agreed to indemnify Prudential for certain pre-closing
contingent liabilities (including extra-contractual liabilities of the Company
and liabilities specifically excluded from the transaction) that the Company
and ALIC have agreed to retain. In addition, the Company, ALIC and the
Corporation will each indemnify Prudential for certain post-closing liabilities
that may arise from the acts of the Company and ALIC and their agents,
including in connection with the Company's and ALIC's provision of transition
services. The reinsurance agreements contain no limitations or indemnifications
with regard to insurance risk transfer, and transferred all of the future risks
and responsibilities for performance on the underlying variable annuity
contracts to Prudential, including those related to benefit guarantees.
Management does not believe this agreement will have a material adverse effect
on results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company.

   In the normal course of business, the Company provides standard
indemnifications to contractual counterparties in connection with numerous
transactions, including acquisitions and divestitures. The types of
indemnifications typically provided include indemnifications for breaches of
representations and warranties, taxes and certain other liabilities, such as
third party lawsuits. The indemnification clauses are often standard
contractual terms and are entered into in the normal course of business based
on an assessment that the risk of loss would be remote. The terms of the
indemnifications vary in duration and nature. In many cases, the maximum
obligation is

                                      47



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

not explicitly stated and the contingencies triggering the obligation to
indemnify have not occurred and are not expected to occur. Consequently, the
maximum amount of the obligation under such indemnifications is not
determinable. Historically, the Company has not made any material payments
pursuant to these obligations.

   The aggregate liability balance related to all guarantees was not material
as of December 31, 2009.

  REGULATION AND COMPLIANCE

   The Company is subject to changing social, economic and regulatory
conditions. From time to time, regulatory authorities or legislative bodies
seek to impose additional regulations regarding agent and broker compensation
and otherwise expand overall regulation of insurance products and the insurance
industry. The Company has established procedures and policies to facilitate
compliance with laws and regulations, to foster prudent business operations,
and to support financial reporting. The Company routinely reviews its practices
to validate compliance with laws and regulations and with internal procedures
and policies. As a result of these reviews, from time to time the Company may
decide to modify some of its procedures and policies. Such modifications, and
the reviews that led to them, may be accompanied by payments being made and
costs being incurred. The ultimate changes and eventual effects of these
actions on the Company's business, if any, are uncertain.

  LEGAL AND REGULATORY PROCEEDINGS AND INQUIRIES

  BACKGROUND

   The Company and certain affiliates are involved in a number of lawsuits,
regulatory inquiries, and other legal proceedings arising out of various
aspects of its business. As background to the "Proceedings" subsection below,
please note the following:

    .  These matters raise difficult and complicated factual and legal issues
       and are subject to many uncertainties and complexities, including the
       underlying facts of each matter; novel legal issues; variations between
       jurisdictions in which matters are being litigated, heard, or
       investigated; differences in applicable laws and judicial
       interpretations; the length of time before many of these matters might
       be resolved by settlement, through litigation or otherwise; the fact
       that some of the lawsuits are putative class actions in which a class
       has not been certified and in which the purported class may not be
       clearly defined; the fact that some of the lawsuits involve multi-state
       class actions in which the applicable law(s) for the claims at issue is
       in dispute and therefore unclear; and the current challenging legal
       environment faced by large corporations and insurance companies.

    .  The outcome of these matters may be affected by decisions, verdicts, and
       settlements, and the timing of such decisions, verdicts, and
       settlements, in other individual and class action lawsuits that involve
       the Company, other insurers, or other entities and by other legal,
       governmental, and regulatory actions that involve the Company, other
       insurers, or other entities. The outcome may also be affected by future
       state or federal legislation, the timing or substance of which cannot be
       predicted.

    .  In the lawsuits, plaintiffs seek a variety of remedies including
       equitable relief in the form of injunctive and other remedies and
       monetary relief in the form of contractual and extra-contractual
       damages. In some cases, the monetary damages sought include punitive
       damages. Often specific information about the relief sought, such as the
       amount of damages, is not available because plaintiffs have not
       requested specific relief in their pleadings. In the Company's
       experience, when specific monetary demands are made in pleadings, they
       bear little relation to the ultimate loss, if any, to the Company.

    .  In connection with regulatory examinations and proceedings, government
       authorities may seek various forms of relief, including penalties,
       restitution and changes in business practices. The Company may not be
       advised of the nature and extent of relief sought until the final stages
       of the examination or proceeding.

                                      48



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


    .  For the reasons specified above, it is often not possible to make
       meaningful estimates of the amount or range of loss that could result
       from the matters described below in the "Proceedings" subsection. The
       Company reviews these matters on an ongoing basis and follows
       appropriate accounting guidance when making accrual and disclosure
       decisions. When assessing reasonably possible and probable outcomes, the
       Company bases its decisions on its assessment of the ultimate outcome
       following all appeals.

    .  Due to the complexity and scope of the matters disclosed in the
       "Proceedings" subsection below and the many uncertainties that exist,
       the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot be reasonably predicted. In
       the event of an unfavorable outcome in one or more of these matters, the
       ultimate liability may be in excess of amounts currently reserved, if
       any, and may be material to the Company's operating results or cash
       flows for a particular annual period. However, based on information
       currently known to it, management believes that the ultimate outcome of
       all matters described below, as they are resolved over time, is not
       likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of
       the Company.

  PROCEEDINGS

   Legal proceedings involving Allstate agencies and AIC may impact the
Company, even when the Company is not directly involved, because the Company
sells its products through a variety of distribution channels including
Allstate agencies. Consequently, information about the more significant of
these proceedings is provided in the following paragraph.

   AIC is defending certain matters relating to its agency program
reorganization announced in 1999. These matters are in various stages of
development.

    .  These matters include a lawsuit filed in 2001 by the U.S. Equal
       Employment Opportunity Commission ("EEOC") alleging retaliation under
       federal civil rights laws (the "EEOC I" suit) and a class action filed
       in 2001 by former employee agents alleging retaliation and age
       discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act ("ADEA"),
       breach of contract and ERISA violations (the "Romero I" suit). In 2004,
       in the consolidated EEOC I and Romero I litigation, the trial court
       issued a memorandum and order that, among other things, certified
       classes of agents, including a mandatory class of agents who had signed
       a release, for purposes of effecting the court's declaratory judgment
       that the release is voidable at the option of the release signer. The
       court also ordered that an agent who voids the release must return to
       AIC "any and all benefits received by the [agent] in exchange for
       signing the release." The court also stated that, "on the undisputed
       facts of record, there is no basis for claims of age discrimination."
       The EEOC and plaintiffs asked the court to clarify and/or reconsider its
       memorandum and order and in January 2007, the judge denied their
       request. In June 2007, the court granted AIC's motions for summary
       judgment. Following plaintiffs' filing of a notice of appeal, the U.S.
       Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit ("Third Circuit") issued an order
       in December 2007 stating that the notice of appeal was not taken from a
       final order within the meaning of the federal law and thus not
       appealable at this time. In March 2008, the Third Circuit decided that
       the appeal should not summarily be dismissed and that the question of
       whether the matter is appealable at this time will be addressed by the
       Third Circuit along with the merits of the appeal. In July 2009, the
       Third Circuit vacated the decision which granted AIC's summary judgment
       motions, remanded the cases to the trial court for additional discovery,
       and directed that the cases be reassigned to another trial court judge.

    .  A putative nationwide class action has also been filed by former
       employee agents alleging various violations of ERISA, including a worker
       classification issue. These plaintiffs are challenging certain
       amendments to the Agents Pension Plan and are seeking to have exclusive
       agent independent contractors treated as employees for benefit purposes.
       This matter was dismissed with prejudice by the trial court, was the
       subject of further proceedings on appeal, and was reversed and remanded
       to the trial court in 2005. In June 2007, the court granted AIC's motion
       to dismiss the case. Following plaintiffs'

                                      49



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

      filing of a notice of appeal, the Third Circuit issued an order in
       December 2007 stating that the notice of appeal was not taken from a
       final order within the meaning of the federal law and thus not
       appealable at this time. In March 2008, the Third Circuit decided that
       the appeal should not summarily be dismissed and that the question of
       whether the matter is appealable at this time will be addressed by the
       Third Circuit along with the merits of the appeal. In July 2009, the
       Third Circuit vacated the decision which granted AIC's motion to dismiss
       the case, remanded the case to the trial court for additional discovery,
       and directed that the case be reassigned to another trial court judge.

   In all of these various matters, plaintiffs seek compensatory and punitive
damages, and equitable relief. AIC has been vigorously defending these lawsuits
and other matters related to its agency program reorganization.

  OTHER MATTERS

   Various other legal, governmental, and regulatory actions, including state
market conduct exams, and other governmental and regulatory inquiries are
currently pending that involve the company and specific aspects of its conduct
of business. Like other members of the insurance industry, the Company is the
target of a number of lawsuits and other types of proceedings, some of which
involve claims for substantial or indeterminate amounts. These actions are
based on a variety of issues and target a range of the Company's practices. The
outcome of these disputes is currently unpredictable. One or more of these
matters could have an adverse effect on the Company's operating results or cash
flows for a particular annual period. However, based on information currently
known to it, Management believes that the ultimate outcome of all matters
described in this "Other Matters" subsection, in excess of amounts currently
reserved, if any, as they are resolved over time is not likely to have a
material effect on the operating results, cash flows or financial position of
the Company.

12. INCOME TAXES

   The Company joins with the Corporation and its other domestic subsidiaries
(the "Allstate Group") in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax
return and is party to a federal income tax allocation agreement (the "Allstate
Tax Sharing Agreement"). Under the Allstate Tax Sharing Agreement, the Company
pays to or receives from the Corporation the amount, if any, by which the
Allstate Group's federal income tax liability is affected by virtue of
inclusion of the Company in the consolidated federal income tax return.
Effectively, this results in the Company's annual income tax provision being
computed, with adjustments, as if the Company filed a separate return.

   The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") is currently examining the Allstate
Group's 2007 and 2008 federal income tax returns. The IRS has completed its
examination of the Allstate Group's federal income tax returns filed for
2005-2006 and the case is under consideration at the IRS Appeals Office. The
Allstate Group's tax years prior to 2005 have been examined by the IRS and the
statute of limitations has expired on those years. Any adjustments that may
result from IRS examinations of tax returns are not expected to have a material
effect on the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the
Company.

   The Company had no liability for unrecognized tax benefits at December 31,
2009 or 2008, and believes it is reasonably possible that the liability balance
will not significantly increase within the next twelve months. No amounts have
been accrued for interest or penalties.

                                      50



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


   The components of the deferred income tax assets and liabilities at
December 31 are as follows:



                                                      2009      2008
         ($ IN THOUSANDS)                           --------  --------
                                                        
         DEFERRED ASSETS
         Life and annuity reserves................. $ 17,820  $ 54,957
         Unrealized net capital losses.............       --    58,646
         Difference in tax bases of investments....       --    19,226
         Other assets..............................      701     1,065
                                                    --------  --------
            Total deferred assets..................   18,521   133,894
                                                    --------  --------
         DEFERRED LIABILITIES
         DAC.......................................  (23,825)  (67,126)
         Unrealized net capital gains..............  (12,950)       --
         Difference in tax bases of investments....  (18,594)       --
         Other liabilities.........................   (1,039)   (1,371)
                                                    --------  --------
            Total deferred liabilities.............  (56,408)  (68,497)
                                                    --------  --------
                Net deferred (liability) asset..... $(37,887) $ 65,397
                                                    ========  ========


   Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely
than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized based on the Company's
assessment that the deductions ultimately recognized for tax purposes will be
fully utilized.

   The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31 are as
follows:



                                           2009     2008      2007
            ($ IN THOUSANDS)             -------  --------  -------
                                                   
            Current..................... $  (946) $ 16,537  $23,448
            Deferred....................  20,675   (12,532)    (646)
                                         -------  --------  -------
               Total income tax expense. $19,729  $  4,005  $22,802
                                         =======  ========  =======


   The Company paid income taxes of $29.9 million, $3.6 million and $22.7
million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective
income tax rate on income from operations for the years ended December 31 is as
follows:



                                                     2009  2008  2007
                                                     ----  ----  ----
                                                        
          Statutory federal income tax rate......... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
          State income tax expense..................  2.8  13.1   2.1
          Dividends received deduction.............. (1.1) (6.0) (1.3)
          Tax credits............................... (1.0) (4.6) (0.1)
          Adjustment for prior year tax liabilities. (0.5) (3.4) (0.5)
          Other.....................................   --   0.2    --
                                                     ----  ----  ----
             Effective income tax rate.............. 35.2% 34.3% 35.2%
                                                     ====  ====  ====


                                      51



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED


13. STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   The Company prepares its statutory-basis financial statements in conformity
with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the State of New York. The
State of New York requires insurance companies domiciled in its state to
prepare statutory-basis financial statements in conformity with the NAIC
Accounting Practices and Procedures Manual, subject to any deviations
prescribed or permitted by the State of New York Insurance Superintendent.
Prescribed statutory accounting practices include a variety of publications of
the NAIC, as well as state laws, regulations and general administrative rules.
Permitted statutory accounting practices encompass all accounting practices not
so prescribed.

   Statutory accounting practices differ from GAAP primarily since they require
charging policy acquisition and certain sales inducement costs to expense as
incurred, establishing life insurance reserves based on different actuarial
assumptions, and valuing certain investments and establishing deferred taxes on
a different basis.

   Statutory net (loss) income for 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $(8.6) million,
$(18.9) million and $38.2 million, respectively. Statutory capital and surplus
was $506.3 million and $410.5 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.

  DIVIDENDS

   The ability of the Company to pay dividends is dependent on business
conditions, income, cash requirements of the Company and other relevant
factors. The payment of shareholder dividends by the Company without the prior
approval of the state insurance regulator is limited to formula amounts based
on net income and capital and surplus, determined in conformity with statutory
accounting practices, as well as the timing and amount of dividends paid in the
preceding twelve months. The Company did not pay any dividends in 2009. Based
on the Company's statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2009, the
maximum amount of dividends that the Company will be able to pay without prior
approval of the New York State Insurance Department at a given point in time
during 2010 is $25.0 million, less dividends paid during the preceding twelve
months measured at that point in time

14. BENEFIT PLANS

  PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT PLANS

   The Company utilizes the services of AIC employees. AIC and the Corporation
provide various benefits, described in the following paragraphs, to its
employees. The Company is allocated an appropriate share of the costs
associated with these benefits in accordance with a service and expense
agreement.

   Defined benefit pension plans, sponsored by AIC, cover most full-time
employees and certain part-time employees. Benefits under the pension plans are
based upon the employee's length of service and eligible annual compensation.
The Company uses the accrual method for its defined benefit plans in accordance
with accepted actuarial methods. The allocated cost to the Company for the
pension plans in 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $1.4 million, $1.8 million and $2.3
million, respectively.

   The Corporation provides certain health care subsidies for eligible
employees hired before January 1, 2003 when they retire and their eligible
dependents and certain life insurance benefits for eligible employees hired
before January 1, 2003 when they retire ("postretirement benefits"). Qualified
employees may become eligible for these benefits if they retire in accordance
with Corporation's established retirement policy and are continuously insured
under Corporation's group plans or other approved plans in accordance with the
plan's participation requirements. The Corporation shares the cost of the
retiree medical benefits with non Medicare-eligible retirees based on years of
service, with the Corporation's share being subject to a 5% limit on annual
medical cost inflation after retirement.

                                      52



                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--CONTINUED

During 2009, the Corporation decided to change its approach for delivering
benefits to Medicare-eligible retirees. The Corporation will no longer offer
medical benefits for Medicare-eligible retirees but will instead provide a
fixed company contribution (based on years of service and other factors), which
is not subject to adjustments for inflation. The allocated cost to the Company
was $206 thousand, $339 thousand and $566 thousand for postretirement benefits
other than pension plans in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   AIC and the Corporation have reserved the right to modify or terminate their
benefit plans at any time or for any reason.

  ALLSTATE 401(K) SAVINGS PLAN

   Employees of AIC are eligible to become members of the Allstate 401(k)
Savings Plan. The Corporation's contributions are based on the Corporation's
matching obligation and certain performance measures. The allocated cost to the
Company for the 401(k) Savings Plan was $912 thousand, $667 thousand and $1.5
million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

15. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

   The components of other comprehensive income (loss) on a pre-tax and
after-tax basis for the years ended December 31 are as follows:



                                                                                       2009
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                          PRE-TAX      TAX     AFTER-TAX
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                      
Unrealized net holding gains arising during the period, net of related
  offsets............................................................... $ 337,657  $(118,180) $ 219,477
Less: reclassification adjustment of realized capital gains and losses..   101,749    (35,612)    66,137
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Unrealized net capital gains and losses.................................   235,908    (82,568)   153,340
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Other comprehensive income.............................................. $ 235,908  $ (82,568) $ 153,340
                                                                         =========  =========  =========

                                                                                       2008
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                          PRE-TAX      TAX     AFTER-TAX
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period, net of related
  offsets............................................................... $(323,776) $ 113,321  $(210,455)
Less: reclassification adjustment of realized capital gains and losses..   (55,927)    19,574    (36,353)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Unrealized net capital gains and losses.................................  (267,849)    93,747   (174,102)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Other comprehensive loss................................................ $(267,849) $  93,747  $(174,102)
                                                                         =========  =========  =========

                                                                                       2007
                                                                         -------------------------------
                                                                          PRE-TAX      TAX     AFTER-TAX
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Unrealized net holding losses arising during the period, net of related
  offsets............................................................... $ (15,895) $   5,563  $ (10,332)
Less: reclassification adjustment of realized capital gains and losses..     3,874     (1,356)     2,518
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Unrealized net capital gains and losses.................................   (19,769)     6,919    (12,850)
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
Other comprehensive loss................................................ $ (19,769) $   6,919  $ (12,850)
                                                                         =========  =========  =========


                                      53



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                      SCHEDULE I--SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS
                   OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS IN RELATED PARTIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 2009



                                                                                     AMOUNTS AT
                                                                                        WHICH
                                                                 COST/                SHOWN IN
                                                               AMORTIZED    FAIR     THE BALANCE
                                                                 COST       VALUE       SHEET
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                               ---------- ---------- -----------
                                                                            
Type of investment
Fixed Maturities:
   Bonds:
       United States government, government agencies and
         authorities.......................................... $  534,590 $  586,202 $  586,202
       States, municipalities and political subdivisions......    929,688    878,410    878,410
       Foreign governments....................................    241,141    290,856    290,856
       Public utilities.......................................    683,334    721,708    721,708
       All other corporate bonds..............................  2,489,696  2,549,494  2,549,494
   Asset-backed securities....................................     46,588     40,044     40,044
   Residential mortgage-backed securities.....................    666,118    651,672    651,672
   Commercial mortgage-backed securities......................    472,835    346,741    346,741
   Redeemable preferred stocks................................      9,245      8,638      8,638
                                                               ---------- ---------- ----------
       Total fixed maturities.................................  6,073,235 $6,073,765  6,073,765
                                                               ---------- ========== ----------
Equity securities:
   Common stocks:
       Industrial, miscellaneous and all other................    100,168 $  121,311    123,311
                                                                          ==========
Mortgage loans on real estate.................................    543,007 $  431,116    543,007
                                                                          ==========
Policy loans..................................................     40,569                40,569
Derivative instruments........................................      2,037 $    2,037      2,037
                                                                          ==========
Other long-term investments...................................      8,255                 8,255
Short-term investments........................................    348,456 $  348,453    348,453
                                                               ---------- ========== ----------
   Total investments.......................................... $7,115,727            $7,139,397
                                                               ==========            ==========



                                      54



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                           SCHEDULE IV--REINSURANCE



                                                                                   PERCENTAGE
                                               CEDED TO      ASSUMED               OF AMOUNT
                                   GROSS         OTHER      FROM OTHER    NET       ASSUMED
                                   AMOUNT    COMPANIES/(1)/ COMPANIES    AMOUNT      TO NET
($ IN THOUSANDS)                 ----------- -------------  ---------- ----------- ----------
                                                                    
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
Life insurance in force......... $33,925,356  $12,115,820    $695,124  $22,504,660    3.1%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========
Premiums and contract charges:
   Life and annuities........... $   142,563  $    53,595    $    959  $    89,927    1.1%
   Accident and health..........      11,877        2,311          --        9,566     --
                                 -----------  -----------    --------  -----------
   Total premiums and contract
     charges.................... $   154,440  $    55,906    $    959  $    99,493    1.0%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
Life insurance in force......... $32,704,176  $11,655,410    $737,572  $21,786,338    3.4%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========
Premiums and contract charges:
   Life and annuities........... $   145,521  $    34,529    $  1,164  $   112,156    1.0%
   Accident and health..........      10,666        2,466          --        8,200     --
                                 -----------  -----------    --------  -----------
   Total premiums and contract
     charges.................... $   156,187  $    36,995    $  1,164  $   120,356    1.0%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
Life insurance in force......... $30,804,623  $12,578,676    $772,742  $18,998,689    4.1%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========
Premiums and contract charges:
   Life and annuities........... $   159,811  $    39,066    $  1,273  $   122,018    1.0%
   Accident and health..........       9,748        3,112          --        6,636     --
                                 -----------  -----------    --------  -----------
   Total premiums and contract
     charges.................... $   169,559  $    42,178    $  1,273  $   128,654    1.0%
                                 ===========  ===========    ========  ===========

- --------
(1)No reinsurance or coinsurance income was netted against premium ceded in
   2009, 2008 or 2007.

                                      55



                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

           SCHEDULE V--VALUATION ALLOWANCES AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



                                                                  ADDITIONS
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                             --------------------
                                                  BALANCE AT CHARGED TO                      BALANCE AT
                                                  BEGINNING  COSTS AND    OTHER                END OF
DESCRIPTION                                       OF PERIOD   EXPENSES  ADDITIONS DEDUCTIONS   PERIOD
- -----------                                       ---------- ---------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                                              
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2009
Allowance for estimated losses on mortgage loans.    $449      $5,264      $--      $1,463     $4,250

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008
Allowance for estimated losses on mortgage loans.    $ --      $  449      $--      $   --     $  449

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007
Allowance for estimated losses on mortgage loans.    $ --      $   --      $--      $   --     $   --


                                      56



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
Hauppauge, NY

We have audited the accompanying Statements of Financial Position of Allstate
Life Insurance Company of New York (the "Company"), an affiliate of The
Allstate Corporation, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related
Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income, Shareholder's Equity, and
Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009.
Our audits also included Schedule I-Summary of Investments-Other Than
Investments in Related Parties, Schedule IV-Reinsurance, and Schedule
V-Valuation Allowances and Qualifying Accounts. These financial statements and
financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not
required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal
control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that
are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial
reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also, in our opinion, Schedule I-Summary of
Investments-Other Than Investments in Related Parties, Schedule IV-Reinsurance,
and Schedule V-Valuation Allowances and Qualifying Accounts, when considered in
relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its
recognition and presentation for other-than-temporary impairments of debt
securities in 2009.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 12, 2010

                                      57



ITEM 11(F).SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

                  ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

                   5-YEAR SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA



                                                  2009       2008        2007        2006        2005
($ IN THOUSANDS)                               ---------- ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                               
OPERATING RESULTS
Premiums...................................... $   47,659 $   59,248  $   69,124  $   84,313  $   68,538
Contract charges..............................     51,834     61,108      59,530      63,426      66,280
Net investment income.........................    372,395    402,931     386,738     373,064     356,162
Realized capital gains and losses.............    145,468    (77,205)       (831)    (22,085)     (5,192)
Total revenues................................    617,356    446,082     514,561     498,718     485,788
Net income....................................     36,370      7,672      41,909      34,342      34,521

FINANCIAL POSITION
Investments................................... $7,139,397 $6,648,585  $7,057,629  $6,779,874  $6,726,547
Total assets..................................  8,388,191  8,284,933   8,785,177   8,619,988   8,088,681
Reserve for life-contingent contract benefits
  and contractholder funds....................  6,866,458  7,040,122   6,865,432   6,634,920   6,219,270
Shareholder's equity..........................    706,884    516,568     680,872     652,996     667,433


ITEM 11(H).MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
           RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

   The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing the
financial position and results of operations of Allstate Life Insurance Company
of New York (referred to in this document as "we", "ALNY", "our", "us" or the
"Company"). It should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and
related notes found under Item 11(e) contained herein. We operate as a single
segment entity based on the manner in which we use financial information to
evaluate business performance and determine the allocation of resources.

   The most important factors we monitor to evaluate the financial condition
and performance of our company include:

    .  For operations: benefit and investment spread, amortization of deferred
       policy acquisition costs, expenses, net income, invested assets,
       premiums and deposits, and new business returns;

    .  For investments: credit quality/experience, realized capital gains and
       losses, investment income, unrealized capital gains and losses,
       stability of long-term returns, total returns, cash flows, and asset and
       liability duration; and

    .  For financial condition: liquidity, financial strength ratings,
       operating leverage, and return on equity.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") requires
management to adopt accounting policies and make estimates and assumptions that
affect amounts reported in the financial statements. The most critical
estimates include those used in determining:

    .  Fair value of financial assets

    .  Impairment of fixed income and equity securities

    .  Deferred policy acquisition costs ("DAC") amortization

    .  Reserve for life-contingent contract benefits estimation

                                      58



   In making these determinations, management makes subjective and complex
judgments that frequently require estimates about matters that are inherently
uncertain. Many of these policies, estimates and related judgments are common
in the insurance and financial services industries; others are specific to our
businesses and operations. It is reasonably likely that changes in these
estimates could occur from period to period and result in a material impact on
our financial statements.

   A brief summary of each of these critical accounting estimates follows. For
a more detailed discussion of the effect of these estimates on our financial
statements, and the judgments and assumptions related to these estimates, see
the referenced sections of this document. For a complete summary of our
significant accounting policies, see Note 2 of the financial statements.

   FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS Fair value is defined as the price that would
be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We categorize
our financial assets measured at fair value into a three-level hierarchy based
on the observability of inputs to the valuation techniques as follows:


       
Level 1:  Financial assets are based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets in an active market that we
          can access.

Level 2:  Financial assets values are based on the following:

          (a)Quoted prices for similar assets in active markets;

          (b)Quoted prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active; or

          (c)Valuation models whose inputs are observable, directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term
             of the asset.

Level 3:  Financial assets values are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both
          unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs reflect our
          estimates of the assumptions that market participants would use in valuing the financial assets.


   Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market
participants would use in valuing financial assets that are developed based on
market data obtained from independent sources. In the absence of sufficient
observable inputs, unobservable inputs reflect our estimates of the assumptions
market participants would use in valuing financial assets and are developed
based on the best information available in the circumstances. The degree of
management judgment involved in determining fair values is inversely related to
the availability of market observable information. If valuation inputs used to
measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the
categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the
fair value measurement in its entirety.

   We are responsible for the determination of fair value of financial assets
and the supporting assumptions and methodologies. We gain assurance on the
overall reasonableness and consistent application of valuation input
assumptions, valuation methodologies and compliance with accounting standards
for fair value determination through the execution of various processes and
controls designed to ensure that our financial assets are appropriately valued.
We monitor fair values received from third parties and those derived internally
on an ongoing basis.

   We employ independent third-party valuation service providers, broker quotes
and internal pricing methods to determine fair values, which provide a single
quote or price for each financial instrument. We obtain or calculate only one
quote or price per instrument.

   Valuation service providers typically obtain data about market transactions
and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources and, through the use
of proprietary algorithms, produce valuation information in the form of a
single fair value for individual securities for which a fair value has been
requested under the terms of our agreements. For certain equity securities,
valuation service providers provide market quotations for completed

                                      59



transactions on the measurement date. For other security types, fair values are
derived from the valuation service providers' proprietary valuation models. The
inputs used by the valuation service providers include, but are not limited to,
market prices from recently completed transactions and transactions of
comparable securities, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, liquidity
spreads, currency rates, and other information, as applicable. Credit and
liquidity spreads are typically implied from completed transactions and
transactions of comparable securities. Valuation service providers also use
proprietary discounted cash flow models that are widely accepted in the
financial services industry and similar to those used by other market
participants to value the same financial instruments. The valuation models take
into account, among other things, market observable information as of the
measurement date, as described above, as well as the specific attributes of the
security being valued including its term, interest rate, credit rating,
industry sector, and where applicable, collateral quality and other issue or
issuer specific information. Executing valuation models effectively requires
seasoned professional judgment and experience. In cases where market
transactions or other market observable data is limited, the extent to which
judgment is applied varies inversely with the availability of market observable
information.

   For certain of our financial assets carried at fair value, where our
valuation service providers cannot provide fair value determinations, we obtain
a single non-binding price quote from a broker familiar with the security who,
similar to our valuation service providers, may consider transactions or
activity in similar securities, as applicable, among other information. The
brokers providing price quotes are generally from the brokerage divisions of
leading financial institutions with market making, underwriting and
distribution expertise regarding the security subject to valuation.

   The fair value of certain financial assets, including privately placed
corporate securities, Auction Rate Securities ("ARS") backed by student loans,
and certain free-standing derivatives, where our valuation service providers or
brokers do not provide fair value determinations, is determined using valuation
methods and models widely accepted in the financial services industry.
Internally developed valuation models, which include inputs that may not be
market observable and as such involve some degree of judgment, are considered
appropriate for each class of security to which they are applied.

   Our internal pricing methods are primarily based on models using discounted
cash flow methodologies that develop a single best estimate of fair value. Our
models generally incorporate inputs that we believe are representative of
inputs other market participants would use to determine fair value of the same
instruments, including yield curves, quoted market prices of comparable
securities, published credit spreads, and other applicable market data.
Additional inputs that are used to model fair value include internally-derived
assumptions such as liquidity premium and credit ratings, as well as
instrument-specific characteristics that include, but are not limited to,
coupon rate, expected cash flows, sector of issuer, and call provisions.
Internally assigned credit ratings are generally consistent with external
ratings published by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners
("NAIC"); however, they are developed at a more finite level. For example, an
NAIC rating of 1 includes securities rated triple, double and single A by at
least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization ("NRSRO"). We
believe our internal ratings provide for a more reliable estimate of fair value
since we can more precisely match these ratings to other market observable
valuation inputs, such as credit and sector spreads, when performing these
valuations. Due to the existence of non-market observable inputs, such as
liquidity premiums, judgment is required in developing these fair values. As a
result, the fair value of these financial assets may differ from the amount
actually received to sell an asset in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. Moreover, the use of different valuation
assumptions may have a material effect on the financial assets' fair values.

   For the majority of our financial assets measured at fair value, all
significant inputs are based on market observable data and significant
management judgment does not affect the periodic determination of fair value.
The determination of fair value using discounted cash flow models involves
management judgment when significant model inputs are not based on market
observable data. However, where market observable data is available, it takes
precedence, and as a result, no range of reasonably likely inputs exists from
which the basis of a sensitivity analysis could be constructed.

                                      60



   There is one primary situation where a discounted cash flow model utilizes a
significant input that is not market observable. It relates to the
determination of fair value for our ARS backed by student loans. The
significant input is the assumption about the anticipated date liquidity will
return to this market (that is, when auction failures will cease).
Determination of this assumption allows for matching to market observable
inputs when performing these valuations.

   The following table displays the sensitivity of reasonably likely changes in
the assumption about the anticipated date liquidity will return to the ARS
backed by student loans market as of December 31, 2009. The selection of these
hypothetical scenarios represents an illustration of the estimated potential
proportional effect of alternate assumptions and should not be construed as
either a prediction of future events or an indication that it would be
reasonably likely that all securities would be similarly affected.



     ($ IN THOUSANDS)
                                                              
     ARS BACKED BY STUDENT LOANS AT FAIR VALUE.................. $99,115
     PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE RESULTING FROM:
        Decrease in assumption by four months for the
          anticipated date liquidity will return to this market.     0.4%
        Increase in assumption by four months for the
          anticipated date liquidity will return to this market.    (0.4)%


   We believe our most significant exposure to changes in fair value is due to
market risk. Our exposure to changes in market conditions is discussed fully in
the Market Risk section of the MD&A.

   We employ specific control processes to determine the reasonableness of the
fair values of our financial assets. Our processes are designed to ensure that
the values received or internally estimated are accurately recorded and that
the data inputs and the valuation techniques utilized are appropriate,
consistently applied, and that the assumptions are reasonable and consistent
with the objective of determining fair value. For example, on a continuing
basis, we assess the reasonableness of individual security values received from
valuation service providers and those derived from internal models that exceed
certain thresholds as compared to previous values received from those valuation
service providers or derived from internal models. In addition, we may validate
the reasonableness of fair values by comparing information obtained from our
valuation service providers to other third party valuation sources for selected
securities. For internal pricing models, we have implemented price validation
procedures such as back-testing of actual sales, which corroborates the various
model inputs to market observable data. When fair value determinations are
expected to be more variable, we validate them through reviews by members of
management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged
with executing investment transactions.

   We also perform an analysis to determine whether there has been a
significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset when
compared to normal market activity, and if so, whether transactions may not be
orderly. Among the indicators we consider in determining whether a significant
decrease in the volume and level of market activity for a specific asset has
occurred include the level of new issuances in the primary market, trading
volume in the secondary market, level of credit spreads over historical levels,
bid-ask spread, and price consensuses among market participants and sources. If
evidence indicates that prices are based on transactions that are not orderly,
we place little, if any, weight on the transaction price and will estimate fair
value using an internal pricing model. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did
not alter fair values provided by our valuation service providers or brokers or
substitute them with an internal pricing model.

                                      61



   The following table identifies fixed income and equity securities and
short-term investments as of December 31, 2009 by source of value determination:



                                                      FAIR     PERCENT
                                                      VALUE    TO TOTAL
         ($ IN THOUSANDS)                           ---------- --------
                                                         
         Fair value based on internal sources...... $1,088,149   16.6%
         Fair value based on external sources/(1)/.  5,457,380   83.4
                                                    ----------  -----
         Total..................................... $6,545,529  100.0%
                                                    ==========  =====

- --------
(1)Includes $98.2 million that are valued using broker quotes.

   For more detailed information on our accounting policy for the fair value of
financial assets and the financial assets by level in the fair value hierarchy,
see Notes 2 and 6 of the financial statements.

   IMPAIRMENT OF FIXED INCOME AND EQUITY SECURITIES For investments classified
as available for sale, the difference between fair value and amortized cost for
fixed income securities and cost for equity securities, net of certain other
items and deferred income taxes (as disclosed in Note 5), is reported as a
component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the Statements of
Financial Position and is not reflected in the operating results of any period
until reclassified to net income upon the consummation of a transaction with an
unrelated third party or when the decline in fair value is deemed other than
temporary. We have a comprehensive portfolio monitoring process to identify and
evaluate each fixed income and equity security whose carrying value may be
other-than-temporarily impaired.

   For each fixed income security in an unrealized loss position, we assess
whether management with the appropriate authority has made a decision to sell
or whether it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security
before recovery of the amortized cost basis for reasons such as liquidity,
contractual or regulatory purposes. If a security meets either of these
criteria, the security's decline in fair value is deemed other than temporary
and is recorded in earnings.

   If we have not made the decision to sell the fixed income security and it is
not more likely than not we will be required to sell the fixed income security
before recovery of its amortized cost basis, we evaluate whether we expect to
receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the
security. We use our best estimate of future cash flows expected to be
collected from the fixed income security discounted at the security's original
or current effective rate, as appropriate, to calculate a recovery value and
determine whether a credit loss exists. The determination of cash flow
estimates is inherently subjective and methodologies may vary depending on
facts and circumstances specific to the security. All reasonably available
information relevant to the collectability of the security, including past
events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable assumptions and
forecasts, are considered when developing the estimate of cash flows expected
to be collected. That information generally includes, but is not limited to,
the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, foreign
exchange rates, the financial condition of the issue or issuer(s), expected
defaults, expected recoveries, the value of underlying collateral and current
subordination levels, vintage, geographic concentration, available reserves or
escrows, third party guarantees and other credit enhancements. Additionally,
other information, such as industry analyst reports and forecasts, sector
credit ratings, financial condition of the bond insurer for insured fixed
income securities, and other market data relevant to the realizability of
contractual cash flows, may also be considered. The estimated fair value of
collateral may be used to estimate recovery value if we determine that the
security is dependent on the liquidation of collateral for ultimate settlement.
If the estimated recovery value is less than the amortized cost of the
security, a credit loss exists and an other-than-temporary impairment for the
difference between the estimated recovery value and amortized cost is recorded
in earnings. The unrealized loss deemed to be related to factors other than
credit remains classified in other comprehensive income. If we determine that
the fixed income security does not have sufficient cash flow or other
information to determine a recovery value for the security, we may conclude
that the entire decline in fair value is deemed to be credit related and is
recorded in earnings.

                                      62



   There are a number of assumptions and estimates inherent in evaluating
impairments of equity securities and determining if they are other than
temporary, including: 1) our ability and intent to hold the investment for a
period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in value; 2) the
length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost; 3)
the financial condition, near-term and long-term prospects of the issue or
issuer, including relevant industry specific market conditions and trends,
geographic location and implications of rating agency actions and offering
prices; and 4) the specific reasons that a security is in a significant
unrealized loss position, including overall market conditions which could
affect liquidity.

   Once assumptions and estimates are made, any number of changes in facts and
circumstances could cause us to subsequently determine that a fixed income or
equity security is other than temporarily impaired, including: 1) general
economic conditions that are worse than previously forecasted or that have a
greater adverse effect on a particular issuer or industry sector than
originally estimated; 2) changes in the facts and circumstances related to a
particular issue or issuer's ability to meet all of its contractual
obligations; and 3) changes in facts and circumstances that result in changes
to management's intent to sell or result in our assessment that it is more
likely than not we will be required to sell before recovery of the amortized
cost of a fixed income security or causes a change in our ability or intent to
hold an equity security until it recovers in value. Changes in assumptions,
facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to earnings in
future periods to the extent that losses are realized. The charge to earnings,
while potentially significant to net income, would not have a significant
effect on shareholder's equity, since the majority of our portfolio is
designated as available-for-sale and carried at fair value and as a result, any
related unrealized loss, net of deferred income taxes, DAC, deferred sales
inducements ("DSI") and reserves for life-contingent contract benefits, would
already be reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income
in shareholder's equity.

   The determination of the amount of impairment is an inherently subjective
process based on periodic evaluation of the factors described above. Such
evaluations and assessments are revised as conditions change and new
information becomes available. We update our evaluations regularly and reflect
changes in other-than-temporary impairments in results of operations as such
evaluations are revised. The use of different methodologies and assumptions in
the determination of the amount of impairments may have a material effect on
the amounts presented within the financial statements.

   Fixed income securities subject to other-than-temporary impairment
write-downs continue to earn investment income when future expected payments
are reasonably estimable, and any discount or premium is recognized using the
effective yield method over the expected life of the security; otherwise income
recognition is discontinued.

   For additional detail on investment impairments, see Note 5 of the financial
statements.

   DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS AMORTIZATION We incur significant costs in
connection with acquiring insurance policies and investment contracts. In
accordance with GAAP, costs that vary with and are primarily related to
acquiring insurance policies and investment contracts are deferred and recorded
as an asset on the Statements of Financial Position.

   DAC related to traditional life insurance is amortized over the premium
paying period of the related policies in proportion to the estimated revenues
on such business. Significant assumptions relating to estimated premiums,
investment returns, as well as mortality, persistency and expenses to
administer the business are established at the time the policy is issued and
are generally not revised during the life of the policy. The assumptions for
determining the timing and amount of DAC amortization are consistent with the
assumptions used to calculate the reserve for life-contingent contract
benefits. Any deviations from projected business in force resulting from actual
policy terminations differing from expected levels and any estimated premium
deficiencies may result in a change to the rate of amortization in the period
such events occur. Generally, the amortization periods for these policies
approximates the estimated lives of the policies. The recovery of DAC is
dependent upon the future profitability of the business. We periodically review
the adequacy of reserves and recoverability

                                      63



of DAC for these policies on an aggregate basis using actual experience. We
aggregate all traditional life insurance products and immediate annuities with
life contingencies in the analysis. In the event actual experience is
significantly adverse compared to the original assumptions, a premium
deficiency is deemed to exist and any remaining unamortized DAC balance must be
expensed to the extent not recoverable and a premium deficiency reserve may be
required if the remaining DAC balance is insufficient to absorb the deficiency.
In 2009, 2008 and 2007, our reviews concluded that no premium deficiency
adjustments were necessary.

   DAC related to interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and other investment
contracts is amortized in proportion to the incidence of the total present
value of gross profits, which includes both actual historical gross profits
("AGP") and estimated future gross profits ("EGP") expected to be earned over
the estimated lives of the contracts. The amortization is net of interest on
the prior period DAC balance using rates established at the inception of the
contracts. Actual amortization periods generally range from 15-30 years;
however, incorporating estimates of customer surrender rates, partial
withdrawals and deaths generally results in the majority of the DAC being
amortized during the surrender charge period, which is typically 20 years for
interest-sensitive life and 5-10 years for fixed annuities. The cumulative DAC
amortization is reestimated and adjusted by a cumulative charge or credit to
results of operations when there is a difference between the incidence of
actual versus expected gross profits in a reporting period or when there is a
change in total EGP.

   AGP and EGP consist primarily of the following components: contract charges
for the cost of insurance less mortality costs and other benefits (benefit
margin); investment income and realized capital gains and losses less interest
credited (investment margin); and surrender and other contract charges less
maintenance expenses (expense margin). The principal assumptions for
determining the amount of EGP are investment returns, including capital gains
and losses on assets supporting contract liabilities, interest crediting rates
to contractholders, and the effects of persistency, mortality, expenses, and
hedges if applicable, and these assumptions are reasonably likely to have the
greatest impact on the amount of DAC amortization. Changes in these assumptions
can be offsetting and we are unable to reasonably predict their future
movements or offsetting impacts over time.

   Each reporting period, DAC amortization is recognized in proportion to AGP
for that period adjusted for interest on the prior period DAC balance. This
amortization process includes an assessment of AGP compared to EGP, the actual
amount of business remaining in-force and realized capital gains and losses on
investments supporting the product liability. The impact of realized capital
gains and losses on amortization of DAC depends upon which product liability is
supported by the assets that give rise to the gain or loss. If the AGP is
greater than EGP in the period, but the total EGP is unchanged, the amount of
DAC amortization will generally increase, resulting in a current period
decrease to earnings. The opposite result generally occurs when the AGP is less
than the EGP in the period, but the total EGP is unchanged. However, when DAC
amortization or a component of gross profits for a quarterly period is
potentially negative (which would result in an increase of the DAC balance) as
a result of negative AGP, the specific facts and circumstances surrounding the
potential negative amortization are considered to determine whether it is
appropriate for recognition in the financial statements. Negative amortization
is only recorded when the increased DAC balance is determined to be recoverable
based on facts and circumstances. Negative amortization was not recorded for
certain fixed annuities during 2009 and 2008 periods in which significant
capital losses were realized on their related investment portfolio. For
products exposed to investment credit losses in excess of our expectations that
may cause periodic AGP to become temporarily negative, EGP and AGP utilized in
DAC amortization may be modified to exclude the higher credit losses.

   Annually, we review and update all assumptions underlying the projections of
EGP, including investment returns, comprising investment income and realized
capital gains and losses, interest crediting rates, persistency, mortality,
expenses and the effect of any hedges. At each reporting period, we assess
whether any revisions to assumptions used to determine DAC amortization are
required. These reviews and updates may result in amortization acceleration or
deceleration, which are commonly referred to as "DAC unlocking". If the update
of assumptions causes total EGP to increase, the rate of DAC amortization will
generally decrease, resulting in a current period increase to earnings. A
decrease to earnings generally occurs when the assumption update causes the
total EGP to decrease.

                                      64



   Over the past three years, our most significant DAC assumption updates that
resulted in a change to EGP and the amortization of DAC have been revisions to
expected future investment returns, primarily realized capital losses,
mortality, expenses and the number of contracts in force or persistency. The
following table provides the effect on DAC amortization of changes in
assumptions relating to the gross profit components of investment margin,
benefit margin and expense margin during the years ended December 31.



                                     2009      2008     2007
                ($ IN THOUSANDS)   --------  -------  --------
                                             
                Investment margin. $(50,219) $(9,358) $ 18,720
                Benefit margin....    7,483    4,029     3,491
                Expense margin....      812   (3,762)  (28,029)
                                   --------  -------  --------
                Net acceleration.. $(41,924) $(9,091) $ (5,818)
                                   ========  =======  ========


   DAC amortization acceleration related to changes in the EGP component of
investment margin in the first quarter of 2009 was primarily due to an increase
in the level of expected realized capital losses in 2009 and 2010. The
deceleration related to benefit margin was due to more favorable projected life
insurance mortality. DAC amortization acceleration related to changes in the
EGP component of investment margin in 2008 was primarily due to the level of
realized capital losses impacting actual gross profits in 2008 and the impact
of realized capital losses on expected gross profits in 2009. The deceleration
related to benefit margin was due to more favorable projected life insurance
mortality. The acceleration related to expense margin resulted from current and
expected expense levels higher than previously projected. DAC amortization
deceleration related to changes in the EGP component of investment margin in
2007 was due to higher yields from repositioning of the investment portfolio
and reduced interest crediting rates on annuities. The deceleration related to
benefit margin was due to more favorable projected life insurance mortality.
The acceleration related to expense margin was a result of expenses being
higher than expected.

   The following table displays the sensitivity of reasonably likely changes in
assumptions included in the gross profit components of investment margin or
benefit margin to amortization of the DAC balance as of December 31, 2009.



                                                               DECEMBER 31, 2009
                                                          INCREASE/(REDUCTION) IN DAC
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                          ---------------------------
                                                       
Increase in future investment margins of 25 basis points.           $ 2,766
Decrease in future investment margins of 25 basis points.           $(2,998)

Decrease in future life mortality by 1%..................           $ 1,457
Increase in future life mortality by 1%..................           $(1,497)


   Any potential changes in assumptions discussed above are measured without
consideration of correlation among assumptions. Therefore, it would be
inappropriate to add them together in an attempt to estimate overall
variability in amortization.

   For additional detail related to DAC, see the Operations section of this
document.

   RESERVE FOR LIFE-CONTINGENT CONTRACT BENEFITS ESTIMATION Due to the long
term nature of these policies, benefits are payable over many years;
accordingly, the reserves are calculated as the present value of future
expected benefits to be paid, reduced by the present value of future expected
net premiums. Long-term actuarial assumptions of future investment yields,
mortality, morbidity, policy terminations and expenses are used when
establishing the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits payable under
insurance policies including traditional life insurance, life-contingent
immediate annuities and voluntary health products. These assumptions, which for
traditional life insurance are applied using the net level premium method,
include provisions for adverse deviation and generally vary by such
characteristics as type of coverage, year of issue and policy duration. Future
investment yield assumptions are determined based upon prevailing investment
yields as well as

                                      65



estimated reinvestment yields. Mortality, morbidity and policy termination
assumptions are based on our experience and industry experience. Expense
assumptions include the estimated effects of inflation and expenses to be
incurred beyond the premium-paying period. These assumptions are established at
the time the policy is issued, are consistent with assumptions for determining
DAC amortization for these policies, and are generally not changed during the
policy coverage period. However, if actual experience emerges in a manner that
is significantly adverse relative to the original assumptions, adjustments to
DAC or reserves may be required resulting in a charge to earnings which could
have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial
condition. We periodically review the adequacy of these reserves and
recoverability of DAC for these policies on an aggregate basis using actual
experience. In the event that actual experience is significantly adverse
compared to the original assumptions, a premium deficiency is deemed to exist
and any remaining unamortized DAC balance must be expensed to the extent not
recoverable and the establishment of a premium deficiency reserve may be
required. In 2009, 2008 and 2007, our reviews concluded that no premium
deficiency adjustments were necessary. We anticipate that mortality, investment
and reinvestment yields, and policy terminations are the factors that would be
most likely to require premium deficiency adjustment to these reserves or
related DAC.

   For further detail on the reserve for life-contingent contract benefits, see
Note 8 of the financial statements.

OPERATIONS

   OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY We are a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life
Insurance Company ("ALIC"), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate
Insurance Company ("AIC"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Insurance
Holdings, LLC, which is wholly owned by The Allstate Corporation (the
"Corporation"). We provide life insurance, retirement and investment products,
and voluntary accident and health insurance. We serve our customers through
Allstate exclusive agencies and non-proprietary distribution channels. Our
strategic vision is to reinvent protection and retirement for the consumer. We
plan to offer a suite of products that are easy for middle market and emerging
affluent consumers to understand, meet their protection needs and help them
better prepare for retirement.

   To achieve our vision and reach our financial goals, our primary objectives
are to deepen financial services relationships with Allstate customers and
improve profitability through operational excellence and portfolio
optimization. We plan to bring value to our ultimate parent, The Allstate
Corporation (the "Corporation"), in three principal ways: through profitable
growth of our products, improving the economics of the Corporation's
property-liability insurance business through increased customer loyalty and
renewal rates by cross selling our products to their customers, and by
attracting new customers to Allstate. We plan to continue to shift our product
mix by decreasing sales of our spread based products, principally fixed
annuities, and by growing sales of underwritten products having mortality or
morbidity risk, principally life insurance. In addition to focusing on higher
return markets, products, and distribution channels, we will continue to
emphasize capital efficiency and enterprise risk and return management
strategies and actions.

   Our strategy provides a platform to profitably grow our business. Based upon
Allstate's strong financial position and brand, our customers seek assistance
in meeting their protection and retirement needs through trusted relationships.
We have unique access to potential customers through cross-sell opportunities
within the Allstate exclusive agencies.

   Our products include fixed annuities such as deferred and immediate
annuities; interest-sensitive, traditional and variable life insurance; and
voluntary accident and health insurance. Our products are sold through multiple
distribution channels including Allstate exclusive agencies, which include
exclusive financial specialists, independent agents (including master brokerage
agencies and workplace enrolling agents), specialized structured settlement
brokers and, through March 31, 2010, financial service firms such as banks and
broker-dealers. Effective March 31, 2010, we will no longer wholesale or
provide distribution support to banks and broker-dealers. Although we will
continue to service inforce contracts sold through these channels, we will no
longer solicit new sales through our direct relationships with banks and
broker-dealers. Certain of our master brokerage

                                      66



agencies and independent agents may continue to wholesale our products to banks
and broker-dealers through their relationships.

   SUMMARY ANALYSIS Summarized financial data for the years ended December 31
is presented in the following table.



                                               2009        2008        2007
 ($ IN THOUSANDS)                           ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                           
 REVENUES
 Premiums.................................. $   47,659  $   59,248  $   69,124
 Contract charges..........................     51,834      61,108      59,530
 Net investment income.....................    372,395     402,931     386,738
 Realized capital gains and losses.........    145,468     (77,205)       (831)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
 Total revenues............................    617,356     446,082     514,561
 COSTS AND EXPENSES
 Contract benefits.........................   (170,075)   (184,192)   (181,803)
 Interest credited to contractholder funds.   (201,549)   (191,208)   (177,407)
 Amortization of DAC.......................   (148,450)    (17,778)    (53,445)
 Operating costs and expenses..............    (41,183)    (40,869)    (37,624)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
 Total costs and expenses..................   (561,257)   (434,047)   (450,279)

 (Loss) gain on disposition of operations..         --        (358)        429
 Income tax expense........................    (19,729)     (4,005)    (22,802)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
 Net income................................ $   36,370  $    7,672  $   41,909
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========
 Investments at December 31................ $7,139,397  $6,648,585  $7,057,629
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========


   Net income was $36.4 million, $7.7 million and $41.9 million in 2009, 2008
and 2007, respectively. The increase of $28.7 million in 2009 compared to 2008
was primarily the result of net realized capital gains in 2009 compared to net
realized capital losses in 2008, partially offset by higher amortization of DAC
and decreased net investment income.

   The decrease in net income of $34.2 million in 2008 compared to 2007 was the
result of higher net realized capital losses and, to a much lesser extent,
higher interest credited to contractholder funds, lower premiums, and higher
operating cost and expenses, partially offset by lower amortization of DAC,
increased net investment income and higher contract charges.

   Net income in 2008 included additional expenses for contract benefits
relating to a rescission of reinsurance coverage for certain traditional and
interest-sensitive life insurance policies in accordance with an agreement
between the Company and ALIC (the "rescission"). The rescission reduced net
income by $4.1 million in 2008. For further detail on the rescission, see Note
4 to the financial statements.

   ANALYSIS OF REVENUES Total revenues increased 38.4% or $171.3 million in
2009 compared to 2008 due primarily to a $222.7 million improvement in realized
capital gains and losses, partially offset by a $30.5 million decrease in net
investment income and a $20.9 million decrease in premiums and contract
charges. Total revenues decreased 13.3% or $68.5 million in 2008 compared to
2007, due primarily to an increase in net realized capital losses, partially
offset by an increase in net investment income.

   Premiums represent revenues generated from traditional life insurance,
immediate annuities with life contingencies, and accident and health insurance
products that have significant mortality or morbidity risk.

                                      67



   Contract charges are revenues generated from interest-sensitive and variable
life insurance and fixed annuities for which deposits are classified as
contractholder funds or separate accounts liabilities. Contract charges are
assessed against the contractholder account values for maintenance,
administration, cost of insurance and surrender prior to contractually
specified dates. As a result, changes in contractholder funds are considered in
the evaluation of growth and as indicators of future levels of revenues.

   The following table summarizes premiums and contract charges by product.



                                                   2009     2008     2007
     ($ IN THOUSANDS)                             ------- -------- --------
                                                          
     PREMIUMS
     Traditional life insurance/(1)/............. $20,159 $ 29,597 $ 24,997
     Immediate annuities with life contingencies.  17,934   21,451   37,491
     Accident and health.........................   9,566    8,200    6,636
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL PREMIUMS..............................  47,659   59,248   69,124

     CONTRACT CHARGES
     Interest-sensitive life insurance/(1)/......  47,071   54,972   51,155
     Fixed annuities.............................   4,763    6,136    8,375
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL CONTRACT CHARGES/(2)/.................  51,834   61,108   59,530
                                                  ------- -------- --------
     TOTAL PREMIUMS AND CONTRACT CHARGES......... $99,493 $120,356 $128,654
                                                  ======= ======== ========

- --------
(1)Beginning in 2008, certain ceded reinsurance premiums previously included as
   a component of traditional life insurance premiums were reclassified
   prospectively to be reported as a component of interest-sensitive life
   insurance contract charges. In 2007, these ceded reinsurance premiums were
   $2.5 million.
(2)Total contract charges for 2009, 2008 and 2007 include contract charges
   related to the cost of insurance totaling $26.7 million, $36.8 million and
   $35.2 million, respectively.

   Total premiums decreased 19.6% in 2009 compared to 2008 due to lower
premiums on traditional life insurance and immediate annuities with life
contingencies. The decline in premiums on traditional life insurance was
primarily the result of higher premiums ceded to ALIC due to a greater
utilization of reinsurance. The decline in premiums on immediate annuities with
life contingencies was due to lower sales.

   Total premiums decreased 14.3% in 2008 compared to 2007 due to lower
premiums on immediate annuities with life contingencies resulting from highly
competitive market conditions and our continued focus on returns. This decline
was partially offset by higher premiums on traditional life insurance and, to a
lesser extent, accident and health products. The increase in premiums on
traditional life insurance included the impact of a prospective reporting
reclassification for certain ceded reinsurance premiums and higher renewal
premium. Excluding the impact of the reporting reclassification, total premiums
decreased 17.3% in 2008 compared to 2007.

   Total contract charges decreased 15.2% in 2009 compared to 2008 due
primarily to lower contract charges on interest-sensitive life insurance
policies resulting from higher cost of insurance contract charges ceded to ALIC
due to a greater utilization of reinsurance, partially offset by increased
contract charge rates and growth in business in force.

   Total contract charges increased 2.7% in 2008 compared to 2007. This
increase included the impact of the prospective reporting reclassification for
certain ceded reinsurance premiums. Excluding the impact of this
reclassification, total contract charges increased 7.2% in 2008 due to higher
contract charges on interest-sensitive life insurance policies resulting from
increased contract charge rates and growth in business in force, partially
offset by decreased contract charges on fixed annuities.

   Contractholder funds represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the
sale of fixed annuities, interest-sensitive life insurance policies and
variable life deposits allocated to fixed accounts. The balance of

                                      68



contractholder funds is equal to the cumulative deposits received and interest
credited to the contractholder less cumulative contract maturities, benefits,
surrenders, withdrawals and contract charges for mortality or administrative
expenses. The following table shows the changes in contractholder funds.



                                                       2009        2008        2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                   
CONTRACTHOLDER FUNDS, BEGINNING BALANCE............ $5,086,965  $4,848,461  $4,708,428

DEPOSITS
Fixed annuities....................................    180,327     509,146     431,832
Interest-sensitive life insurance..................    116,543     102,752     105,854
Variable life deposits allocated to fixed accounts.        120         106          69
                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
Total deposits.....................................    296,990     612,004     537,755

INTEREST CREDITED..................................    182,665     190,945     179,417

BENEFITS, WITHDRAWALS AND OTHER ADJUSTMENTS
Benefits...........................................   (160,351)   (161,813)   (146,828)
Surrenders and partial withdrawals.................   (308,244)   (335,521)   (316,399)
Contract charges...................................    (57,157)    (54,138)    (49,086)
Net transfers to separate accounts.................         --         (38)         (2)
Other adjustments/(1)/.............................    (49,989)    (12,935)    (64,824)
                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
Total benefits, withdrawals and other adjustments..   (575,741)   (564,445)   (577,139)
                                                    ----------  ----------  ----------
CONTRACTHOLDER FUNDS, ENDING BALANCE............... $4,990,879  $5,086,965  $4,848,461
                                                    ==========  ==========  ==========

- --------
(1)The table above illustrates the changes in contractholder funds, which are
   presented gross of reinsurance recoverables on the Statements of Financial
   Position. The table above is intended to supplement our discussion and
   analysis of revenues, which are presented net of reinsurance on the
   Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income. As a result, the net
   change in contractholder funds associated with products reinsured to third
   parties is reflected as a component of the other adjustments line.

   Contractholder funds decreased 1.9% in 2009 and increased 4.9% and 3.0% in
2008 and 2007, respectively. Average contractholder funds increased 1.4% in
2009 compared to 2008 and increased 4.0% in 2008 compared to 2007.

   Contractholder deposits decreased 51.5% in 2009 compared to 2008 due to
lower deposits on fixed annuities. Deposits on fixed annuities decreased 64.6%
in 2009 compared to 2008 due to pricing actions to improve returns on new
business and reduce our concentration in spread based products.

   Contractholder deposits increased 13.8% in 2008 compared to 2007 due to
higher deposits on fixed annuities. Deposits on fixed annuities increased 17.9%
in 2008 compared to 2007 due primarily to increased consumer demand as the
attractiveness of fixed annuities relative to competing products improved,
partially offset by pricing decisions aimed to increase new business returns.

   Surrenders and partial withdrawals decreased 8.1% in 2009 compared to 2008
due to lower surrenders and partial withdrawals on traditional fixed annuities,
partially offset by higher surrenders and partial withdrawals on market value
adjusted annuities and interest-sensitive life insurance.

   Surrenders and partial withdrawals on deferred fixed annuities and
interest-sensitive life insurance products increased 6.0% in 2008 compared to
2007 due to an increase in surrenders and partial withdrawals on fixed
annuities and, to a lesser extent, interest-sensitive life insurance products.

   The surrender and partial withdrawal rate on deferred fixed annuities and
interest-sensitive life insurance products, based on the beginning of period
contractholder funds, was 7.4% in 2009 compared to 8.6% in 2008 and 8.5% in
2007.

                                      69



   Net investment income decreased 7.6% or $30.5 million to $372.4 million in
2009 from $402.9 million in 2008. Net investment income increased 4.2% or $16.2
million to $402.9 million in 2008 from $386.7 million in 2007. For further
discussion of net investment income, see the Investments section of the MD&A.

   Net realized capital gains and losses reflected net gains of $145.5 million
in 2009 compared to net losses of $77.2 million and $831 thousand in 2008 and
2007, respectively. For further discussion of realized capital gains and
losses, see the Investments section of the MD&A.

   ANALYSIS OF COSTS AND EXPENSES Total costs and expenses increased 29.3% or
$127.2 million in 2009 compared to 2008. Total costs and expenses in 2008
included expenses for contract benefits related to the rescission. Excluding
the net impact of the rescission, which increased total costs and expenses by
$6.3 million in 2008, total costs and expenses increased 31.2% or $133.5
million in 2009 compared to 2008 due primarily to higher amortization of DAC
and, to a much lesser extent, higher interest credited to contractholder funds,
partially offset by lower contract benefits.

   Total costs and expenses decreased 3.6% or $16.2 million in 2008 compared to
2007 due primarily to lower amortization of DAC, partially offset by higher
interest credited to contractholder funds and the additional expenses for
contract benefits in 2008 relating to the rescission. Excluding the net impact
of the rescission, total costs and expenses decreased 5.0% or $22.5 million in
2008 compared to 2007.

   Contract benefits decreased 7.7% or $14.1 million in 2009 compared to 2008
due primarily to the rescission. Excluding the impact of the rescission, which
increased contract benefits by $7.1 million in 2008, total contract benefits
decreased 3.9% or $7.0 million in 2009 compared to 2008 due to lower contract
benefits on annuities and traditional life insurance. The decline in contract
benefits on annuities reflects improved mortality experience and the impact of
lower sales of immediate annuities with life contingencies. The decline in
contract benefits on traditional life insurance was due to improved mortality
experience resulting primarily from a reduction in large claim counts and
higher contract benefits ceded to ALIC due to a greater utilization of
reinsurance.

   Contract benefits increased 1.3% or $2.4 million in 2008 compared to 2007
due to the rescission. Excluding the impact of the rescission, total contract
benefits decreased 2.6% or $4.7 million in 2008 compared to 2007. This decrease
reflects lower contract benefits on annuities partially offset by higher
contract benefits on life insurance products. The decline in contract benefits
on annuities was due to the impact of lower sales of immediate annuities with
life contingencies, partially offset by unfavorable mortality experience. The
increase in contract benefits on life insurance products was due to unfavorable
mortality experience.

   We analyze our mortality and morbidity results using the difference between
premiums and contract charges earned for the cost of insurance and contract
benefits excluding the portion related to the implied interest on immediate
annuities with life contingencies ("benefit spread"). This implied interest
totaled $111.3 million, $108.1 million and $107.5 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively. The benefit spread by product group is disclosed in the
following table.



                                       2009   2008/(1)/ 2007/(1)/
               ($ IN THOUSANDS)      -------  --------  --------
                                               
               Life insurance....... $12,627  $18,858   $26,345
               Accident and health..   4,355    3,875     2,475
               Annuities............  (1,334)  (2,826)    1,243
                                     -------  -------   -------
               Total benefit spread. $15,648  $19,907   $30,063
                                     =======  =======   =======

- --------
(1)To conform to the current year presentation, certain amounts in the prior
   years have been reclassified.

   Benefit spread decreased 21.4% or $4.3 million in 2009 compared to 2008.
Benefit spread decreased 33.8% or $10.2 million in 2008 compared to 2007 due
primarily to the rescission. Excluding the impact of the rescission, benefit
spread decreased 10.0% or $3.1 million in 2008 compared to 2007.

                                      70



   Interest credited to contractholder funds increased 5.4% or $10.3 million in
2009 compared to 2008 due primarily to higher amortization of DSI, partially
offset by lower weighted average interest crediting rates on deferred fixed
annuities. Amortization of DSI in 2009 and 2008 was $22.3 million and $7.8
million, respectively. The increase primarily relates to an unfavorable change
in amortization relating to realized capital gains and losses of $14.6 million.

   Interest credited to contractholder funds increased 7.8% or $13.8 million in
2008 compared to 2007 due to higher average contractholder funds, higher
acceleration of amortization of DSI due to changes in assumptions, and an
increase in the weighted average interest crediting rate on deferred fixed
annuities, partially offset by a favorable change in amortization of DSI
relating to realized capital gains and losses, and a decline in the weighted
average interest crediting rate on immediate fixed annuities.

   The acceleration of amortization of DSI due to changes in assumptions
increased interest credited to contractholder funds by $7.0 million, $7.5
million and $844 thousand in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

   In order to analyze the impact of net investment income and interest
credited to contractholders on net income, we monitor the difference between
net investment income and the sum of interest credited to contractholder funds
and the implied interest on immediate annuities with life contingencies, which
is included as a component of contract benefits on the Statements of Operations
and Comprehensive Income ("investment spread").

   The investment spread by product group is shown in the following table.



                                                    2009   2008/(1)/ 2007/(1)/
 ($ IN THOUSANDS)                                 -------  --------  --------
                                                            
 Annuities....................................... $28,775  $ 56,314  $ 60,162
 Life insurance..................................   1,090     2,767     3,087
 Accident and health.............................     (17)      (11)      (23)
 Net investment income on investments supporting
   capital.......................................  29,670    44,555    38,611
                                                  -------  --------  --------
 Total investment spread......................... $59,518  $103,625  $101,837
                                                  =======  ========  ========

- --------
(1)To conform to the current year presentation, certain amounts in the prior
   years have been reclassified.

   Investment spread declined 42.6% or $44.1 million in 2009 compared to 2008
and was consistent in 2008 compared to 2007. The decline in 2009 compared to
2008 reflects lower net investment income and, to a lesser extent, higher
amortization of DSI.

   To further analyze investment spreads, the following table summarizes the
weighted average investment yield on assets supporting product liabilities and
capital, interest crediting rates and investment spreads for 2009, 2008 and
2007.



                                                      WEIGHTED AVERAGE WEIGHTED AVERAGE        WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                      INVESTMENT YIELD INTEREST CREDITING RATE INVESTMENT SPREADS
                                                      -------------    ----------------------  -----------------
                                                      2009   2008 2007 2009    2008    2007    2009   2008  2007
                                                      ----   ---- ---- ----    ----    ----    ----   ----  ----
                                                                                 
Interest-sensitive life insurance.................... 5.1%   5.7% 5.7% 4.6%    4.6%    4.6%    0.5%   1.1%  1.1%
Deferred fixed annuities............................. 5.1    5.6  5.7  3.3     3.5     3.4     1.8    2.1   2.3
Immediate fixed annuities with and without life
  contingencies...................................... 6.6    7.1  7.4  6.5     6.5     6.6     0.1    0.6   0.8
Investments supporting capital, traditional life and
  other products..................................... 4.2    6.5  6.0  N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A    N/A   N/A


                                      71



   The following table summarizes our product liabilities as of December 31 and
indicates the account value of those contracts and policies for which an
investment spread is generated.



                                                                   2009       2008       2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                                             
Immediate fixed annuities with life contingencies.............. $1,675,884 $1,649,426 $1,619,758
Other life contingent contracts and other......................    199,695    303,731    397,213
                                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
   Reserve for life-contingent contract benefits............... $1,875,579 $1,953,157 $2,016,971
                                                                ========== ========== ==========
Interest-sensitive life insurance.............................. $  627,362 $  576,167 $  530,763
Deferred fixed annuities.......................................  3,753,232  3,885,089  3,733,197
Immediate fixed annuities without life contingencies and other.    610,285    625,709    584,501
                                                                ---------- ---------- ----------
   Contractholder funds........................................ $4,990,879 $5,086,965 $4,848,461
                                                                ========== ========== ==========


   Amortization of DAC increased $130.7 million in 2009 compared to 2008 and
decreased to $35.7 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The components of
amortization of DAC are shown in the following table.



                                                                               2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                                            ---------  --------  --------
                                                                                        
Amortization of DAC before amortization relating to realized capital gains
  and losses and changes in assumptions.................................... $ (52,307) $(41,471) $(47,431)
(Amortization) accretion relating to realized capital gains and losses.....   (54,219)   32,784      (196)
Amortization acceleration for changes in assumptions ("DAC unlocking").....   (41,924)   (9,091)   (5,818)
                                                                            ---------  --------  --------
   Total amortization of DAC............................................... $(148,450) $(17,778) $(53,445)
                                                                            =========  ========  ========


   The increase of $130.7 million in 2009 compared to 2008 was due primarily to
an unfavorable change in amortization relating to realized capital gains and
losses, and to a lesser extent, higher amortization acceleration for changes in
assumptions. The decrease of $35.7 million in 2008 compared to 2007 was due
primarily to a favorable change in accretion (amortization) relating to
realized capital gains and losses and lower amortization on fixed annuities due
to lower investment spread, partially offset by higher amortization
acceleration for changes in assumptions.

   The impact of realized capital gains and losses on amortization of DAC is
dependent upon the relationship between the assets that give rise to the gain
or loss and the product liability supported by the assets. Fluctuations result
from changes in the impact of realized capital gains and losses on actual and
expected gross profits. In 2009, DAC amortization relating to realized capital
gains and losses resulted primarily from realized capital gains on derivatives.
Additionally, DAC amortization reflects our decision in the second half of 2009
not to recapitalize DAC for credit losses on investments supporting certain
fixed annuities following concerns that an increase in the level of expected
realized capital losses in 2010 and 2011 may reduce EGP and adversely impact
the product DAC recoverability. In 2008, DAC accretion resulted primarily from
realized capital losses on derivatives and other-than-temporary impairment
losses.

   Despite the recent improvement in the credit markets and the overall
economy, the cumulative impact of realized capital losses through December 31,
2009 has negatively impacted both the actual and expected gross profits of our
fixed annuity business. In the fourth quarter of 2009, we reviewed and updated
the gross profit assumptions used in substantially all of our fixed annuity DAC
models to exclude excess realized capital losses when determining gross profits
used for calculating DAC amortization. This is consistent with our decision not
to record negative amortization related to realized capital losses for these
fixed annuities, which is expected to be our practice during periods when
realized capital losses are reported. This treatment results in a lower DAC
amortization rate for these fixed annuities. The lower rate of amortization
will be applied to a higher level of actual gross profits, as gross profits
used to determine DAC amortization will exclude excess realized capital losses.

                                      72



   The DAC adjustment relating to unrealized capital gains and losses
(disclosed in footnote 4 to the table that follows this discussion) represents
the amount by which the amortization of DAC would increase or decrease if the
unrealized gains or losses in the respective product portfolios were realized.
The DAC adjustment balance, subject to limitations, is determined by applying
the DAC amortization rate to unrealized net capital gains or losses. The fixed
annuity DAC adjustment for unrealized capital gains and losses declined as of
December 31, 2009 as a result of lower unrealized capital losses and the lower
rate of DAC amortization used for certain fixed annuities discussed above.
Changes in the DAC adjustment balance relating to unrealized capital gains and
losses are reported through other comprehensive income.

   Our annual comprehensive review of the profitability of our products to
determine DAC balances for our interest-sensitive life, fixed annuities and
other investment contracts covers assumptions for investment returns, including
capital gains and losses, interest crediting rates to policyholders, the effect
of any hedges, persistency, mortality and expenses in all product lines. In the
first quarter of 2009, the review resulted in an acceleration of DAC
amortization (charge to income) of $41.9 million pre-tax, including
amortization acceleration of $45.2 million related to fixed annuities,
partially offset by amortization deceleration (credit to income) of $3.3
million for interest-sensitive life insurance. The principal assumption
impacting EGP and the related DAC amortization for fixed annuities was an
increase in the level of expected realized capital losses in 2009 and 2010 and,
to a lesser extent, reduced investment spread. Reduced EGP for fixed annuities
resulted in accelerated DAC amortization. For our interest-sensitive life
insurance products, the amortization deceleration was due to higher EGP due to
a favorable change in our mortality assumptions, partially offset by increased
expected capital losses and, to a lesser extent, reduced investment spread.

   In 2008, DAC amortization acceleration for changes in assumptions, recorded
in connection with comprehensive reviews of the DAC balances resulted in an
increase to amortization of DAC of $9.1 million. The principle assumption
impacting the amortization acceleration in 2008 was the level of realized
capital losses impacting actual gross profits in 2008 and the impact of
realized capital losses on EGP in 2009. During the fourth quarter of 2008, our
assumptions for EGP were impacted by a view of higher impairments in our
investment portfolio. In 2007, DAC amortization acceleration for changes in
assumptions was $5.8 million.

                                      73



   The changes in the DAC asset are summarized in the following tables.



                                          TRADITIONAL LIFE
                                            AND ACCIDENT    INTEREST-SENSITIVE         FIXED
                                             AND HEALTH       LIFE INSURANCE         ANNUITIES              TOTAL
                                          ----------------  ------------------  -------------------  -------------------
                                            2009     2008     2009      2008       2009      2008       2009      2008
($ IN THOUSANDS)                          -------  -------  --------  --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------
                                                                                        
Beginning balance........................ $45,332  $41,568  $153,106  $ 92,861  $ 339,810  $144,235  $ 538,248  $278,664
Acquisition costs deferred...............   7,844    8,218    15,483    15,868      9,233    27,304     32,560    51,390
Impact of adoption of new OTTI
 accounting before unrealized
 impact/(1)/.............................      --       --      (832)       --    (10,993)       --    (11,825)       --
Impact of adoption of new OTTI
 accounting effect of unrealized capital
 gains and losses/(2)/...................      --       --       832        --     10,993        --     11,825        --
Amortization of DAC before amortization
 relating to realized capital gains and
 losses and changes in assumptions/(3)/..  (5,308)  (4,454)   (3,902)   (7,423)   (43,097)  (29,594)   (52,307)  (41,471)
(Amortization) accretion relating to
 realized capital gains and losses/(3)/..      --       --      (935)    5,021    (53,284)   27,763    (54,219)   32,784
Amortization (acceleration) deceleration
 for changes in assumptions ("DAC
 unlocking")/(3)/........................      --       --     3,281    (8,207)   (45,205)     (884)   (41,924)   (9,091)
Effect of unrealized capital gains and
 losses/(4)/.............................      --       --   (47,059)   54,986   (161,974)  170,986   (209,033)  225,972
                                          -------  -------  --------  --------  ---------  --------  ---------  --------
Ending balance........................... $47,868  $45,332  $119,974  $153,106  $  45,483  $339,810  $ 213,325  $538,248
                                          =======  =======  ========  ========  =========  ========  =========  ========

- --------
(1)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance resulted in an adjustment to
   DAC to reverse previously recorded DAC accretion related to realized capital
   losses that were reclassified to other comprehensive income upon adoption on
   April 1, 2009. The adjustment was recorded as a reduction of the DAC balance
   and retained income.
(2)The adoption of new OTTI accounting guidance resulted in an adjustment to
   DAC due to the change in unrealized capital gains and losses that occurred
   upon adoption on April 1, 2009 when previously recorded realized capital
   losses were reclassified to other comprehensive income. The adjustment was
   recorded as an increase of the DAC balance and unrealized capital gains and
   losses.
(3)Included as a component of amortization of DAC on the Statements of
   Operations and Comprehensive Income.
(4)Represents the change in the DAC adjustment for unrealized capital gains and
   losses. The DAC adjustment balance was $46.8 million and $244.0 million as
   of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and represents the amount by
   which the amortization of DAC would increase or decrease if the unrealized
   gains and losses in the respective product portfolios were realized.
   Recapitalization of DAC is limited to the originally deferred policy
   acquisition costs plus interest.

   Operating costs and expenses increased 0.8% in 2009 compared to 2008 due
primarily to higher insurance department assessments and restructuring and
related charges, partially offset by lower non-deferrable commissions and
decreased employee and professional services expenses. During 2009,
restructuring and related charges of $2.2 million were recorded in connection
with our plan to improve efficiency and narrow our focus of product offerings.

   Operating costs and expenses increased 8.6% in 2008 compared to 2007 due
primarily to higher expenses related to growth initiatives, partially offset by
lower non-deferrable commissions. In addition, 2007 benefited to a greater
degree from a servicing fee paid by Prudential Financial Inc ("Prudential") for
our servicing of the variable annuity business that we ceded to them during a
transition period beginning in 2006 which ended in May 2008.

   Income tax expense increased by $15.7 million in 2009 compared to 2008 and
decreased by $18.8 million in 2008 compared to 2007. These changes were
proportionate with the changes in pre-tax income.

   The Company's effective tax rate is impacted by tax favored investment
income such as dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction
("DRD"). In 2007, the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") announced its intention
to issue regulations dealing with certain computational aspects of the DRD
related to separate account assets ("separate accounts DRD"). The ultimate
timing and substance of any such regulations

                                      74



are unknown at this time, but may result in the elimination of some or all of
the separate accounts DRD tax benefit reflected as a component of the Company's
income tax expense. The Company recognized a tax benefit from the separate
accounts DRD of $3.1 million, $2.9 million and $3.1 million in 2009, 2008 and
2007, respectively.

   REINSURANCE CEDED We enter into reinsurance agreements with ALIC and
unaffiliated reinsurers to limit our risk of mortality and morbidity losses and
re-investment risk. In addition, we have used reinsurance to effect the
disposition of certain blocks of business. We retain primary liability as a
direct insurer for all risks ceded to reinsurers.

   As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 35.0% and 34.9%, respectively, of our face
amount of life insurance in force was reinsured. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, for certain term life insurance policies, we ceded up to 90% of the
mortality risk depending on the year of policy issuance. Further, we ceded the
mortality risk associated with coverage in excess of $250 thousand per life to
ALIC. Additionally, we ceded all of the risk associated with our variable
annuity business.

   The estimation of reinsurance recoverables is impacted by the uncertainties
involved in the establishment of reserves.

   Our reinsurance recoverables, summarized by reinsurer as of December 31, are
shown in the following table.



                                              STANDARD &
                                                POOR'S
                                              FINANCIAL      REINSURANCE
                                               STRENGTH   RECOVERABLE ON PAID
                                              RATING/(1)/ AND UNPAID BENEFITS
                                              ----------  -------------------
                                                            2009      2008
     ($ IN THOUSANDS)                         ----------  --------  --------
                                                           
     Prudential Insurance Company of America.    AA-      $287,545  $335,844
     Transamerica Life Group.................    AA-        22,146    18,570
     RGA Reinsurance Company.................    AA-         5,975     5,420
     Allstate Life Insurance Company.........    AA-         3,449       905
     Swiss Re Life and Health America, Inc...    A+          3,032     2,173
     Canada Life.............................    AA          1,149     1,023
     Security Life of Denver.................    A+            977       925
     Generali USA............................     A            902       865
     American United Life....................    AA-           767       757
     Triton Insurance Company................    NR            429       690
     Scottish Re Life Corporation............    NR            423       447
     Cologne Re..............................    AAA           121       132
     Metropolitan Life.......................    AA-            99        46
     Minnesota Mutual........................    AA-            87        84
     Mutual of Omaha.........................    AA-            72        76
                                                          --------  --------
     Total...................................             $327,173  $367,957
                                                          ========  ========

- --------
(1)NR reflects not rated.

   Certain of our reinsurers experienced rating downgrades by one or more
rating agencies in 2009. These reinsurers include Prudential Insurance Company
of America, Transamerica Life Group, Swiss Re Life and Health America, Inc.,
Scottish Re Life Corporation and Security Life of Denver. We continuously
monitor the creditworthiness of reinsurers in order to determine our risk of
recoverability on an individual and aggregate basis, and a provision for
uncollectible reinsurance is recorded if needed. No amounts have been deemed
unrecoverable in the three-years ended December 31, 2009.

                                      75



   We have a reinsurance treaty through which we primarily cede re-investment
related risk on our structured settlement annuities to ALIC. The terms of this
treaty meet the accounting definition of a derivative. Accordingly, the treaty
is recorded in the Statements of Financial Position at fair value, and changes
in the fair value of the treaty and premiums paid to ALIC are recognized in
realized capital gains and losses.

INVESTMENTS

OVERVIEW AND STRATEGY The return on our investment portfolio is an important
component of our financial results. We manage our portfolio based upon the
nature of our business and our corresponding liability structure.

   We employ a strategic asset allocation approach which uses models that
consider the nature of our liabilities and risk tolerances, as well as the risk
and return parameters of the various asset classes in which we invest. This
asset allocation is informed by our global economic and market outlook, as well
as other inputs and constraints, including diversification effects, duration,
liquidity and capital considerations. We will continue to manage risks
associated with rising interest rates, commercial real estate, municipal bonds
and equity market declines.

   Our investment strategy focuses on the total return of assets needed to
support our underlying liabilities and to achieve an appropriate return on
capital. Within the ranges set by the strategic asset allocation model,
tactical investment decisions are made in consideration of prevailing market
conditions.

  RISK MITIGATION

   We continue to focus our strategic risk mitigation efforts towards managing
interest rate, credit and real estate investment risks, while our return
optimization efforts focus on investing in market opportunities to generate
income and capital appreciation. As a result, during 2009 we took the following
actions:

    .  Reduced our commercial real estate exposure by 29.5% or $435.7 million
       of amortized cost primarily through targeted dispositions and principal
       repayments from borrowers.

    .  Sold $50.2 million of below investment grade assets, primarily corporate
       fixed income securities, as a result of improved market conditions.

   PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION The composition of the investment portfolio at
December 31, 2009 is presented in the table below. Also see Notes 2 and 5 of
the financial statements for investment accounting policies and additional
information.



                                                       PERCENT TO
                                                         TOTAL
              ($ IN THOUSANDS)                         ----------
                                                 
              Fixed income securities/(1)/. $6,073,765    85.1%
              Mortgage loans...............    543,007     7.6
              Equity Securities/(2)/.......    123,311     1.7
              Short-term/(3)/..............    348,453     4.9
              Policy loans.................     40,569     0.6
              Other........................     10,292     0.1
                                            ----------   -----
                 Total..................... $7,139,397   100.0%
                                            ==========   =====

- --------
(1)Fixed income securities are carried at fair value. Amortized cost basis for
   these securities was $6.07 billion.
(2)Equity securities are carried at fair value. Cost basis for these securities
   was $100.2 million.
(3)Short-term investments are carried at fair value. Amortized cost basis for
   these investments was $348.5 million.

   Total investments increased to $7.14 billion at December 31, 2009, from
$6.65 billion at December 31, 2008, primarily due to higher valuations for
fixed income securities from improved market conditions and operating cash
flows that more than offset net reductions in contractholder obligations of
$96.1 million.

                                      76



   FIXED INCOME SECURITIES The following table shows fixed income securities by
type.



                                                 FAIR VALUE AT PERCENT TO  FAIR VALUE AT PERCENT TO
                                                 DECEMBER 31,     TOTAL    DECEMBER 31,     TOTAL
                                                     2009      INVESTMENTS     2008      INVESTMENTS
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                 ------------- ----------- ------------- -----------
                                                                             
U.S. government and agencies....................  $  586,202       8.2%     $  917,731      13.8%
Municipal.......................................     878,410      12.3         385,381       5.8
Corporate.......................................   3,271,202      45.8       2,887,137      43.4
Foreign government..............................     290,856       4.1         371,542       5.6
Residential mortgage-backed securities ("RMBS").     651,672       9.1         440,045       6.7
Commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS")..     346,741       4.9         468,868       7.0
Asset-backed securities ("ABS").................      40,044       0.6          20,202       0.3
Redeemable preferred stock......................       8,638       0.1           5,459       0.1
                                                  ----------      ----      ----------      ----
Total fixed income securities...................  $6,073,765      85.1%     $5,496,365      82.7%
                                                  ==========      ====      ==========      ====


   At December 31, 2009, 96.3% of the fixed income securities portfolio was
rated investment grade, which is defined as a security having of rating of Aaa,
Aa, A or Baa from Moody's, a rating of AAA, AA, A or BBB from S&P, Fitch,
Dominion, or Realpoint, a rating of aaa, aa, a, or bbb from A.M. Best, or a
comparable internal rating if an externally provided rating is not available,
which is consistent with the NAIC rating. The Valuation of Securities Taskforce
of the NAIC instituted a new process to be used by insurance companies during
the fourth quarter of 2009 for statutory accounting, reporting and estimating
risk-based capital requirements for non-agency RMBS, and as a result the NAIC
ratings used for statutory reporting may differ from those shown below which
are based on credit ratings.

   The following table summarizes the credit rating of the fixed income
securities portfolio at December 31, 2009.



         ($ IN THOUSANDS)

              NAIC                                            PERCENT
             RATING            CREDIT RATING       FAIR VALUE TO TOTAL
         ----------------  ----------------------- ---------- --------
                                                     
                1          Aaa/Aa/A............... $4,276,686   70.4%
                2          Baa....................  1,569,671   25.9
                                                   ----------  -----
                           Investment grade.......  5,846,357   96.3
                3          Ba.....................    158,556    2.6
                4          B......................     45,399    0.7
                5          Caa or lower...........     21,489    0.4
                6          In or near default.....      1,964     --
                                                   ----------  -----
                           Below investment grade.    227,408    3.7
                                                   ----------  -----
                           Total.................. $6,073,765  100.0%
                                                   ==========  =====


   The table above includes 9 securities with a fair value totaling $27.9
million that have not yet received an NAIC rating, for which we have assigned a
comparable internal rating. Due to lags between the funding of an investment,
execution of final legal documents, filing with the Securities Valuation Office
("SVO") of the NAIC, and rating by the SVO, we generally have a small number of
securities that have a pending NAIC rating.

                                      77



   The following table summarizes the fair value and unrealized net capital
gains and losses for fixed income securities by credit rating as of
December 31, 2009.



                                              AAA                    AA                    A
($ IN THOUSANDS)                     ---------------------  -------------------  ---------------------
                                       FAIR     UNREALIZED   FAIR    UNREALIZED    FAIR     UNREALIZED
                                       VALUE    GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)   VALUE    GAIN/(LOSS)
                                     ---------- ----------- -------- ----------- ---------- -----------
                                                                          
U.S. government and agencies........ $  586,202  $ 51,612   $     --  $     --   $       --  $     --
Municipal
   Tax exempt.......................         --        --      3,100       115           --        --
   Taxable..........................     47,148       873    319,229    (2,821)     280,684   (17,013)
   ARS..............................     90,318    (4,082)        --        --        8,797      (928)
Corporate
   Public...........................     32,147       (31)   160,209     5,009      617,338    36,004
   Privately placed.................    118,755     7,274    100,990     5,494      332,488    20,107
   Hybrid...........................         --        --         --        --       45,125    (1,977)
Foreign government..................    271,417    47,754      4,978       (20)      14,461     1,981
RMBS
   U.S. government sponsored
     entities ("U.S. Agency").......    549,404    11,063         --        --           --        --
   Prime residential mortgage-
     backed securities ("Prime")....     45,425    (2,094)        --        --           --        --
   Alt-A residential mortgage-
     backed securities ("Alt-A")....         --        --      7,573    (2,013)       8,402    (1,520)
   Subprime residential mortgage-
     backed securities
     ("Subprime")...................      6,607      (674)    11,429    (3,181)         607      (333)
CMBS................................    221,915   (16,601)    21,812   (22,702)      48,588   (18,593)
ABS
   Collateralized debt obligations
     ("CDO")........................         --        --         --        --       17,777    (6,443)
   Consumer and other asset-backed
     securities ("Consumer and
     other ABS")....................      5,350       (58)     7,596       (38)       1,528        --
Redeemable preferred stock..........         --        --         --        --           --        --
                                     ----------  --------   --------  --------   ----------  --------
Total fixed income securities....... $1,974,688  $ 95,036   $636,916  $(20,157)  $1,375,795  $ 11,285
                                     ==========  ========   ========  ========   ==========  ========


                                      78





                                        BAA               BA OR LOWER              TOTAL
($ IN THOUSANDS)               ---------------------  -------------------  ---------------------
                                 FAIR     UNREALIZED   FAIR    UNREALIZED    FAIR     UNREALIZED
                                 VALUE    GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)   VALUE    GAIN/(LOSS)
                               ---------- ----------- -------- ----------- ---------- -----------
                                                                    
U.S. government and agencies.. $       --  $     --   $     --  $     --   $  586,202  $  51,612
Municipal
   Tax exempt.................      5,024       565         --        --        8,124        680
   Taxable....................    122,327   (27,706)     1,783      (281)     771,171    (46,948)
   ARS........................         --        --         --        --       99,115     (5,010)
Corporate
   Public.....................    914,619    33,142     80,456    (3,458)   1,804,769     70,666
   Privately placed...........    632,330    18,449    140,463   (11,354)   1,325,026     39,970
   Hybrid.....................     50,422    (7,561)    45,860    (2,926)     141,407    (12,464)
Foreign government............         --        --         --        --      290,856     49,715
RMBS
   U.S. Agency................         --        --         --        --      549,404     11,063
   Prime......................         --        --         --        --       45,425     (2,094)
   Alt-A......................      7,870    (2,065)        --        --       23,845     (5,598)
   Subprime...................      1,527      (348)    12,828   (13,281)      32,998    (17,817)
CMBS..........................     24,190   (28,827)    30,236   (39,371)     346,741   (126,094)
ABS
   CDO........................         --        --         --        --       17,777     (6,443)
   Consumer and other ABS.....      7,793        (5)        --        --       22,267       (101)
Redeemable preferred stock....      8,638      (607)        --        --        8,638       (607)
                               ----------  --------   --------  --------   ----------  ---------
Total fixed income securities. $1,774,740  $(14,963)  $311,626  $(70,671)  $6,073,765  $     530
                               ==========  ========   ========  ========   ==========  =========


   U.S. government and agencies securities totaled $586.2 million, with 100.0%
rated Aaa, at December 31, 2009.

   Municipal bonds, including tax exempt, taxable and ARS securities, totaled
$878.4 million as of December 31, 2009 with an unrealized net capital loss of
$51.3 million. Taxable municipal bonds have an unrealized net capital loss of
$46.9 million resulting from wider credit spreads than at initial purchase,
which is largely due to the macroeconomic conditions and credit market
deterioration that persisted throughout 2009, as well as specific issue or
issuer conditions.

   ARS totaled $99.1 million with an unrealized net capital loss of $5.0
million as of December 31, 2009. Our holdings primarily have a credit rating of
Aaa. All of our holdings are collateralized by pools of student loans for which
at least 85% of the collateral was insured by the U.S. Department of Education
at the time we purchased the security. As of December 31, 2009, $76.2 million
of our ARS backed by student loans was 100% insured by the U.S. Department of
Education and $22.9 million was 90% to 99% insured. All of our student loan ARS
holdings are experiencing failed auctions and we receive the failed auction
rate or, for those which contain maximum reset rate formulas, we receive the
contractual maximum rate. We anticipate that failed auctions may persist and
most of our holdings will continue to pay the failed auction rate or, for those
that contain maximum rate reset formulas, the maximum rate. Auctions continue
to be conducted as scheduled for each of the securities. At December 31, 2009,
interest on $9.0 million of our ARS has reset using the maximum rate reset
formula.

   Also, included in our municipal bond holdings at December 31, 2009 are $8.1
million of municipal securities which are not rated by third party credit
rating agencies, but are rated by the NAIC and also internally rated. All of
these municipal bond holdings are rated investment grade. Our initial
investment decisions and ongoing monitoring procedures for these securities are
based on a thorough due diligence process which includes, but is not limited
to, an assessment of the credit quality, structure, and liquidity risks of each
issue.

                                      79



   26.0% or $228.7 million of our municipal bond portfolio is insured by five
bond insurers and 33.3% of these securities have a credit rating of Aaa or Aa.
Our practices for acquiring and monitoring municipal bonds primarily are based
on the credit quality of the primary obligor. As of December 31, 2009, we
believe valuations substantially reflected the decline in the value of the
insurance, and further related valuation declines if any, are not expected to
be material. While the valuation of these holdings may be temporarily impacted
by negative market developments, we expect to receive all of the contractual
cash flows. As of December 31, 2009, 60.9% of our insured municipal bond
portfolio was insured by National Public Finance Guarantee Corporation, Inc.,
15.8% by Ambac Assurance Corporation, 14.1% by Assured Municipal Guaranty Ltd
and 5.1% by Syncora Holdings.

   Corporate bonds, including publicly traded, privately placed and hybrid
securities, totaled $3.27 billion as of December 31, 2009 with an unrealized
net capital gain of $98.2 million. Privately placed securities primarily
consist of corporate issued senior debt securities that are in unregistered
form or are directly negotiated with the borrower. Privately placed corporate
securities are rated by the NAIC in instances when information is provided to
them. 37.8% of the privately placed corporate securities in our portfolio are
rated by an independent rating agency.

   Our portfolio of privately placed securities are broadly diversified by
issuer, industry sector and country. The portfolio is made up of 198 issuers
with each issue averaging $7.0 million. Privately placed corporate obligations
generally have higher yields and contain structural security features such as
financial covenants and call protections that provide investors greater
protection against credit deterioration, reinvestment risk or fluctuations in
interest rates than those typically found in publicly registered debt
securities. Additionally, investments in these securities are made after
extensive due diligence of the issuer, typically including direct discussions
with senior management and on-site visits to company facilities. Ongoing
monitoring includes direct periodic dialog with senior management of the issuer
and continuous monitoring of operating performance and financial position.
Every issue not rated by an independent rating agency is internally rated with
a formal rating affirmation approximately once a year.

   The following table shows details of hybrid securities as of December 31,
2009.



                             PUBLIC         PRIVATELY PLACED          TOTAL
- -                      ------------------  ------------------  -------------------
                        FAIR   UNREALIZED   FAIR   UNREALIZED   FAIR    UNREALIZED
                        VALUE  GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE  GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)
($ IN THOUSANDS)       ------- ----------- ------- ----------- -------- -----------
                                                      
United Kingdom ("UK"). $35,844   $(2,233)  $10,752   $  (712)  $ 46,596  $ (2,945)
Europe (non-UK).......  11,808     1,328    31,549    (6,501)    43,357    (5,173)
Asia/Australia........      --        --    15,620    (2,171)    15,620    (2,171)
North America.........  27,973    (1,769)    7,861      (406)    35,834    (2,175)
                       -------   -------   -------   -------   --------  --------
   Total.............. $75,625   $(2,674)  $65,782   $(9,790)  $141,407  $(12,464)
                       =======   =======   =======   =======   ========  ========


   Hybrid securities have attributes most similar to those of fixed income
securities such as stated interest rates, mandatory redemption dates or an
interest rate step-up feature which is intended to incent the issuer to redeem
the security at a specified call date. Hybrid securities include
publicly-traded and privately placed securities. While hybrid securities are
generally issued by investment grade-rated financial institutions, they have
structural features which make them more sensitive to credit market
deterioration. Specifically, features allowing deferral of payment have
significantly impacted prices as the issuers continue to be impacted by the
stress in the global financial system. $113.5 million of our hybrid securities
with $11.3 million of unrealized net capital losses are Tier 1 securities, and
$27.9 million with $1.1 million of unrealized net capital losses are Tier 2
securities. Tier 1 securities are lower in the capital structure than Tier 2
securities.

   Foreign government securities totaled $290.9 million, with 100.0% rated
investment grade, at December 31, 2009. Of these securities, 91.6% are backed
by the U.S. government and the remaining 8.4% are highly diversified across
foreign governments.

                                      80



   RMBS, CMBS and ABS are structured securities that are primarily
collateralized by residential and commercial real estate related loans and
other consumer related borrowings. The cash flows are generally applied in a
pre-determined order and are designed so that each security issued qualifies
for a specific original rating. The security issue is typically referred to as
the "class". For example, the "senior" portion or "top" of the capital
structure, or rating class, which would originally qualify for a rating of Aaa
typically has priority in receiving the principal repayments on the collateral.
In a sequential structure, underlying collateral principal repayments are
directed to the most senior rated Aaa class in the structure until paid in
full, after which principal repayments are directed to the next most senior Aaa
class in the structure until it is paid in full. Senior Aaa classes generally
share any losses from the underlying collateral on a pro-rata basis after
losses are absorbed by classes with lower original ratings and include other
"junior" or "subordinate" securities. The collateral can have fixed interest
rates, variable interest rates (such as adjustable rate mortgages ("ARM")) or
may contain features of both fixed and variable rate mortgages.

   RMBS, including U.S. Agency, Prime, Alt-A and Subprime totaled $651.7
million, with 98.0% rated investment grade, at December 31, 2009. The RMBS
portfolio is subject to interest rate risk, but unlike other fixed income
securities, is additionally subject to significant prepayment risk from the
underlying mortgages. The credit risk associated with our RMBS is mitigated due
to the fact that 84.3% of the portfolio consists of securities that were issued
by, or have underlying collateral that is guaranteed by, U.S. government
agencies. The unrealized net capital loss of $14.4 million at December 31, 2009
on our RMBS portfolio was the result of wider credit spreads than at initial
purchase on non-U.S. Agency securities, which is largely due to the
macroeconomic conditions and credit market deterioration, including the impact
of real estate valuations, that persisted throughout 2009. The following table
shows our RMBS portfolio at December 31, 2009 based upon vintage year.



                      U.S. AGENCY             PRIME               ALT-A             SUBPRIME            TOTAL RMBS
($ IN THOUSANDS)  -------------------  ------------------  ------------------  ------------------  -------------------
                   FAIR    UNREALIZED   FAIR   UNREALIZED   FAIR   UNREALIZED   FAIR   UNREALIZED   FAIR    UNREALIZED
                   VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE  GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE  GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE  GAIN/(LOSS)  VALUE   GAIN/(LOSS)
                  -------- ----------- ------- ----------- ------- ----------- ------- ----------- -------- -----------
                                                                              
   2008..........   93,883       453        --        --        --        --        --        --     93,883       453
   2007..........   25,657       200        --        --        --        --    17,657    (9,436)    43,314    (9,236)
   2006..........   28,311      (108)       --        --        --        --    10,827    (7,202)    39,138    (7,310)
   2005..........   72,259       669        --        --        --        --        74       (66)    72,333       603
   Pre-2005......  282,619     9,428    45,425    (2,094)   23,845    (5,598)    4,440    (1,113)   356,329       623
                  --------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------   -------  --------   --------  --------
   Total......... $549,404   $11,063   $45,425   $(2,094)  $23,845   $(5,598)  $32,998  $(17,817)  $651,672  $(14,446)
                  ========   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======   =======  ========   ========  ========


   Prime are collateralized by residential mortgage loans issued to prime
borrowers. As of December 31, 2009, all of the Prime were fixed rate.

   Alt-A includes securities collateralized by residential mortgage loans
issued to borrowers with stronger credit profiles than subprime borrowers, but
who do not qualify for prime financing terms due to high loan-to-value ratios
or limited supporting documentation. As of December 31, 2009, all of the Alt-A
were fixed rate.

   Subprime includes securities that are collateralized by mortgage loans
issued to borrowers that cannot qualify for Prime or Alt-A financing terms due
in part to weak or limited credit history. It also includes securities that are
collateralized by certain second lien mortgages regardless of the borrower's
credit history. The Subprime portfolio consisted of $23.7 million and $9.3
million of first lien and second lien securities, respectively. Subprime
included $21.7 million of fixed rate and $11.3 million of variable rate
securities. At December 31, 2009, $6.6 million or 20.1% of the total Subprime
securities are insured by four bond insurers.

   CMBS totaled $346.7 million, with 97.1% rated investment grade, at
December 31, 2009. The CMBS portfolio is subject to credit risk, but unlike
certain other structured securities, is generally not subject to prepayment
risk due to protections within the underlying commercial mortgages whereby
borrowers are effectively restricted from prepaying their mortgages due to
changes in interest rates. Of the CMBS investments,

                                      81



96.8% are traditional conduit transactions collateralized by pools of
commercial mortgages, broadly diversified across property types and
geographical area. The remainder consists of non-traditional CMBS such as small
balance transactions, large loan pools and single borrower transactions.

   The following table shows our CMBS portfolio at December 31, 2009 based upon
vintage year.



                                                 UNREALIZED
                                      FAIR VALUE GAIN/(LOSS)
                    ($ IN THOUSANDS)  ---------- -----------
                                           
                     2007............  $ 68,573   $  (9,979)
                     2006............   111,290     (91,452)
                     2005............    54,252     (18,199)
                     Pre-2005........   112,626      (6,464)
                                       --------   ---------
                       Total CMBS....  $346,741   $(126,094)
                                       ========   =========


   The unrealized net capital loss of $126.1 million at December 31, 2009 on
our CMBS portfolio was a result of wider credit spreads than at initial
purchase, which is largely due to the macroeconomic conditions and credit
market deterioration, including the impact of real estate valuations, that
persisted throughout 2009. While CMBS spreads tightened during 2009, credit
spreads in most rating classes remain wider than at initial purchase, which is
particularly evident in our 2005-2007 vintage year subordinated senior Aaa and
non-traditional CMBS, as well as our 2005-2007 vintage year Aa and lower rated
securities. These holdings accounted for $107.6 million, or 85.3%, of the
unrealized net capital loss.

   ABS, including CDO and Consumer and other ABS, totaled $40.0 million, with
100.0% rated investment grade, at December 31, 2009. Credit risk is managed by
monitoring the performance of the collateral. In addition, many of the
securities in the ABS portfolio are credit enhanced with features such as
overcollateralization, subordinated structures, reserve funds, guarantees
and/or insurance. A portion of the ABS portfolio is also subject to interest
rate risk since price volatility and the ultimate realized yields are affected
by the rate of prepayment of the underlying assets. The unrealized net capital
loss of $6.5 million at December 31, 2009 on our ABS portfolio was the result
of wider credit spreads than at initial purchase.

   CDO totaled $17.8 million, with 100.0% rated investment grade, at
December 31, 2009. CDO consist primarily of obligations secured by high yield
and investment grade corporate credits including $5.7 million of project
finance CDO with unrealized losses of $4.3 million. The remaining $12.1 million
of securities consisted of trust preferred CDO and cash flow collateralized
loan obligations with unrealized losses of $2.1 million.

   Consumer and other ABS totaled $22.3 million, with 100.0% rated investment
grade, at December 31, 2009. Consumer and other ABS consists entirely of auto
securities with unrealized losses of $101 thousand. At December 31, 2009, $9.9
million or 44.5% of Consumer and other ABS securities are insured by three bond
insurers.

   MORTGAGE LOANS Our mortgage loan portfolio totaled $543.0 million at
December 31, 2009, compared to $700.3 million at December 31, 2008, and
primarily comprised loans secured by first mortgages on developed commercial
real estate. Key considerations used to manage our exposure include property
type and geographic diversification. Our exposure to any metropolitan area is
also highly diversified, with the largest exposure not exceeding 13.8% of the
portfolio. The portfolio is diversified across several property types, with the
largest concentrations of 39.8% in warehouse and 31.4% in office buildings.
Debt service coverage ratio represents the amount of cash flows from the
property available to the borrower to meet principal and interest payment
obligations. The average debt service coverage ratio of the portfolio as of
December 31, 2009 was 1.7, and 7.5% of the mortgage loan portfolio had a debt
service coverage ratio under 1.0. Mortgage loans with debt service coverage
ratios below 1.0 generally have a higher level of risk, with 7.8% of these
loans having valuation allowances totaling $870 thousand. Mortgage loans with
debt service coverage below 1.0 for which valuation

                                      82



allowances have not been established primarily relate to instances where the
borrower has the financial capacity to fund the revenue shortfalls from the
properties for the foreseeable term, the decrease in occupancy is considered
temporary, or there are other risk mitigating circumstances such as additional
collateral, escrow balances or borrower guarantees.

   In 2009, $39.2 million of commercial mortgage loans were contractually due.
Of these, 86.7% were paid as due and 13.3% were extended generally for less
than one year. In addition, $89.0 million that were not contractually due in
2009 were paid in full. We are aggressively pursuing workout solutions for all
delinquent loans that are not in the process of foreclosure, which total $4.8
million, including refinancing, extensions and sales.

   We closely monitor our commercial mortgage loan portfolio on a loan-by-loan
basis. Loans with an estimated collateral value less than the loan balance, as
well as loans with other characteristics indicative of higher than normal
credit risks, are reviewed at least quarterly for purposes of establishing
valuation allowances and placing loans on non-accrual status as necessary.
Accrual of income is suspended for mortgage loans that are in default or when
full and timely collection of principal and interest payments is not probable.
The underlying collateral values are based upon either discounted property cash
flow projections or a commonly used valuation method that utilizes a one-year
projection of expected annual income divided by a market based expected rate of
return. The net carrying value of impaired loans at December 31, 2009 and 2008
was $24.0 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Total valuation allowances of
$4.3 million and $449 thousand were held on impaired loans at December 31, 2009
and 2008, respectively. We recognized $5.3 million of realized capital losses
related to increases in the valuation allowances on impaired loans for the year
ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to deteriorating debt service coverage
resulting from a decrease in occupancy and the risk associated with refinancing
near-term maturities due to declining collateral valuations. We recognized $449
thousand of realized capital losses related to valuation allowances on impaired
loans for the year ended December 31, 2008. Realized capital losses recognized
on mortgage loans held for sale totaled $686 thousand and $2.0 million for the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. For further detail, see
Note 5 to the financial statements.

   EQUITY SECURITIES Equity securities include index-based securities. The
equity securities portfolio was $123.3 million at December 31, 2009. We did not
hold any equity securities at December 31, 2008. Net unrealized gains totaled
$23.1 million at December 31, 2009.

   SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS Our short-term investment portfolio was $348.5
million and $409.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The
decrease in short-term investments was primarily due to funding reductions in
contractholder obligations and purchases of fixed income and equity securities.

   POLICY LOANS Our policy loan balance was $40.6 million and $39.7 million at
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Policy loans are carried at the
unpaid principal balances.

   OTHER INVESTMENTS Our other investments as of December 31, 2009 are
comprised of a note due from a related party and certain derivative financial
instruments.

                                      83



   UNREALIZED NET CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES See Note 5 of the financial
statements for further disclosures regarding unrealized gains and losses on
fixed income and equity securities and factors considered in determining
whether securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. Unrealized net capital
gains totaled $24.0 million as of December 31, 2009, compared to unrealized net
capital losses of $278.3 million at December 31, 2008. The improvement since
December 31, 2008 for fixed income securities was primarily a result of
tightening credit spreads on certain fixed income securities during 2009 that
more than offset the rise in risk-free interest rates. The following table
presents unrealized net capital gains and losses, pre-tax and after-tax at
December 31.



                                                          2009       2008
   ($ IN THOUSANDS)                                    ---------  ---------
                                                            
   U.S. government and agencies....................... $  51,612  $ 241,076
   Municipal..........................................   (51,278)   (77,283)
   Corporate..........................................    98,172   (271,451)
   Foreign government.................................    49,715    109,235
   RMBS...............................................   (14,446)   (16,407)
   CMBS...............................................  (126,094)  (252,839)
   ABS................................................    (6,544)    (8,586)
   Redeemable preferred stock.........................      (607)    (3,831)
                                                       ---------  ---------
   Fixed income securities/(1)/.......................       530   (280,086)
   Equity securities..................................    23,143         --
   Short-term investments.............................        (3)        65
   Derivatives........................................       309      1,749
                                                       ---------  ---------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, pre-tax...    23,979   (278,272)
   Amounts recognized for:
      Insurance reserves/(2)/.........................   (40,551)  (155,935)
      DAC and DSI/(3)/................................    53,572    266,647
                                                       ---------  ---------
          Total.......................................    13,021    110,712
   Deferred income taxes..............................   (12,950)    58,646
                                                       ---------  ---------
   Unrealized net capital gains and losses, after-tax. $  24,050  $(108,914)
                                                       =========  =========

- --------
(1)Unrealized net capital gains and losses for fixed income securities as of
   December 31, 2009 comprises $(3.8) million related to unrealized net capital
   losses on fixed income securities with other-than-temporary impairment and
   $4.3 million related to other unrealized net capital gains and losses.
(2)The insurance reserves adjustment represents the amount by which the reserve
   balance would increase if the net unrealized gains in the applicable product
   portfolios were realized and reinvested at current lower interest rates,
   resulting in a premium deficiency. Although we evaluate premium deficiencies
   on the combined performance of our life insurance and immediate annuities
   with life contingencies, the adjustment primarily relates to structured
   settlement annuities with life contingencies, in addition to certain payout
   annuities with life contingencies.
(3)The DAC and DSI adjustment balance represents the amount by which the
   amortization of DAC and DSI would increase or decrease if the unrealized
   gains or losses in the respective product portfolios were realized. Only the
   unrealized net capital gains and losses on fixed annuity and
   interest-sensitive life product portfolios are used in this calculation. The
   DAC and DSI adjustment balance, subject to limitations, is determined by
   applying the DAC and DSI amortization rate to unrealized net capital gains
   or losses. Recapitalization of the DAC and DSI balances is limited to the
   originally deferred costs plus interest. The DAC and DSI adjustment balance
   was limited as of December 31, 2008 because the calculated amount, when
   added to the DAC and DSI balance before the impact of unrealized capital
   gains and losses, was greater than originally deferred costs plus interest.
   The DAC and DSI adjustment balance is below the limitation as of
   December 31, 2009. The limitation amount changes from period to period based
   on changes in the DAC and DSI balance before the impact of unrealized
   capital gains and losses, as well as new deferrals and interest.

   The net unrealized gain for the fixed income portfolio totaled $530
thousand, comprised of $287.2 million of gross unrealized gains and $286.7
million of gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2009. This is compared to a
net unrealized loss for the fixed income portfolio totaling $280.1 million,
comprised of $420.1 million of gross unrealized gains and $700.2 million of
gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2008. The net unrealized gain for the
equity portfolio totaled $23.1 million, comprised entirely of unrealized gains
at December 31, 2009. We held no equity securities at December 31, 2008.

                                      84



   Gross unrealized gains and losses as of December 31, 2009 on fixed income
securities by type and sector are provided in the table below.



                                                               GROSS UNREALIZED                AMORTIZED     FAIR VALUE
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                              ------------------               COST AS A    AS A PERCENT
                                           PAR     AMORTIZED                        FAIR      PERCENT OF         OF
                                        VALUE/(1)/   COST      GAINS     LOSSES     VALUE    PAR VALUE/(2)/ PAR VALUE/(2)/
                                        ---------- ---------- -------- ---------  ---------- -------------  -------------
                                                                                       
Corporate:
   Banking............................. $  367,525 $  350,997 $  7,852 $ (27,890) $  330,959      95.5%          90.1%
   Utilities...........................    690,462    683,334   46,735    (8,361)    721,708      99.0          104.5
   Transportation......................    182,280    185,064    9,831    (5,572)    189,323     101.5          103.9
   Financial services..................    295,206    292,162   10,067    (5,539)    296,690      99.0          100.5
   Consumer goods (cyclical and
    non-cyclical)......................    500,196    502,174   25,932    (4,834)    523,272     100.4          104.6
   Capital goods.......................    347,550    346,589   14,338    (3,697)    357,230      99.7          102.8
   Basic industry......................    124,781    124,926    6,254      (925)    130,255     100.1          104.4
   Energy..............................    235,327    236,722   11,362      (592)    247,492     100.6          105.2
   Communications......................    166,248    166,130   10,922      (264)    176,788      99.9          106.3
   FDIC guaranteed.....................     25,000     25,193       --       (88)     25,105     100.8          100.4
   Technology..........................    106,996    109,588    5,954       (50)    115,492     102.4          107.9
   Other...............................    228,855    150,151    9,332    (2,595)    156,888      65.6           68.6
                                        ---------- ---------- -------- ---------  ----------
Total corporate fixed income portfolio.  3,270,426  3,173,030  158,579   (60,407)  3,271,202      97.0          100.0
                                        ---------- ---------- -------- ---------  ----------
U.S. government and agencies...........    662,633    534,590   51,977      (365)    586,202      80.7           88.5
Municipal..............................  1,164,370    929,688   12,502   (63,780)    878,410      79.8           75.4
Foreign government.....................    385,903    241,141   50,715    (1,000)    290,856      62.5           75.4
RMBS...................................    659,520    666,118   11,539   (25,985)    651,672     101.0           98.8
CMBS...................................    493,330    472,835    1,884  (127,978)    346,741      95.8           70.3
ABS....................................     45,696     46,588        5    (6,549)     40,044     102.0           87.6
Redeemable preferred stock.............      8,500      9,245       --      (607)      8,638     108.8          101.6
                                        ---------- ---------- -------- ---------  ----------     -----          -----
Total fixed income securities.......... $6,690,378 $6,073,235 $287,201 $(286,671) $6,073,765      90.8           90.8
                                        ========== ========== ======== =========  ==========     =====          =====

- --------
(1)Included in par value are zero-coupon securities that are generally
   purchased at a deep discount to the par value that is received at maturity.
   These primarily included corporate, municipal, foreign government and U.S.
   government and agencies zero-coupon securities with par value of $170.7
   million, $391.0 million, $338.9 million and $288.2 million, respectively.
(2)Excluding the impact of zero-coupon securities, the percentage of amortized
   cost to par value would be 99.4% for corporates, 100.0% for municipals,
   106.6% for foreign governments and 100.5% for U.S. government and agencies.
   Similarly, excluding the impact of zero-coupon securities, the percentage of
   fair value to par value would be 102.3% for corporates, 97.8% for
   municipals, 108.7% for foreign governments and 102.2% for U.S. government
   and agencies.

   The banking, utilities, transportation, financial services, consumer goods
and capital goods sectors had the highest concentration of gross unrealized
losses in our corporate fixed income securities portfolio at December 31, 2009.
While credit spreads have tightened in the last three quarters of 2009 from the
historically high levels observed in the fourth quarter of 2008 and the first
quarter of 2009, they remain wider than at initial purchase for certain
securities in the portfolio.

                                      85



   The scheduled maturity dates for fixed income securities in a gross
unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 are shown below. Actual
maturities may differ from those scheduled as a result of prepayments by the
issuers.



                                        UNREALIZED PERCENT    FAIR     PERCENT
                                           LOSS    TO TOTAL   VALUE    TO TOTAL
($ IN THOUSANDS)                        ---------- -------- ---------- --------
                                                           
Due after one year through five years.. $  (6,273)    2.2%  $  420,913   21.6%
Due after five years through ten years.   (20,333)    7.1      205,594   10.5
Due after ten years....................  (227,531)   79.4    1,136,589   58.3
RMBS and ABS/(1)/......................   (32,534)   11.3      187,711    9.6
                                        ---------   -----   ----------  -----
Total.................................. $(286,671)  100.0%  $1,950,807  100.0%
                                        =========   =====   ==========  =====

- --------
(1)Because of the potential for prepayment, these securities are not
   categorized based on their contractual maturities.

   OTHER-THAN-TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENT EVALUATION We have a comprehensive portfolio
monitoring process to identify and evaluate each fixed income and equity
security whose carrying value may be other-than-temporarily impaired. The
process includes a quarterly review of all securities through a screening
process which identifies instances where the fair value compared to amortized
cost for fixed income securities and cost for equity securities is below
established thresholds, and also includes the monitoring of other criteria such
as ratings, ratings downgrades or payment defaults. The securities identified,
in addition to other securities for which we may have a concern, are evaluated
based on facts and circumstances for inclusion on our watch-list. All
investments in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2009 were included
in our portfolio monitoring process for determining whether declines in value
were other than temporary.

   Due to recent market conditions and liquidity concerns, as well as wider
credit spreads than at initial purchase which persist in certain markets,
particularly related to structured assets, the extent and duration of a decline
in fair value have become less indicative of when the market may believe there
has been credit deterioration with respect to an issue or issuer. While we
continue to use declines in fair value and the length of time a security is in
an unrealized loss position as indicators of potential credit deterioration,
our determination of whether a security's decline in fair value is other than
temporary has placed greater emphasis on our analysis of the underlying credit
and collateral.

                                      86



   The following table summarizes fixed income securities in a gross unrealized
loss position according to significance, aging and investment grade
classification. There were no equity securities in a gross unrealized loss
position at December 31, 2009 or 2008.



                                                   DECEMBER 31, 2009                  DECEMBER 31, 2008
($ IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT NUMBER OF ISSUES)  ---------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                         BELOW                              BELOW
                                           INVESTMENT  INVESTMENT             INVESTMENT  INVESTMENT
                                             GRADE       GRADE       TOTAL      GRADE       GRADE       TOTAL
                                           ----------  ---------- ----------  ----------  ---------- ----------
                                                                                   
   Category (I): Unrealized loss less
     than 20% of amortized cost/(1)/
      Number of issues....................        251         34         285         448         38         486
          Fair value...................... $1,598,422   $ 74,615  $1,673,037  $2,105,319   $ 70,192  $2,175,511
          Unrealized...................... $  (76,037)  $ (4,717) $  (80,754) $ (187,983)  $ (8,707) $ (196,690)
   Category (II): Unrealized loss
     greater than or equal to 20% of
     amortized cost for a period of
     less than 6 consecutive
     months/(1)/
      Number of issues....................          6          4          10         150         30         180
          Fair value...................... $   36,613   $ 12,501  $   49,114  $  557,986   $ 46,428  $  604,414
          Unrealized...................... $  (10,289)  $ (3,916) $  (14,205) $ (431,954)  $(26,145) $ (458,099)
   Category (III): Unrealized loss
     greater than or equal to 20% of
     amortized cost for a period of 6
     or more consecutive months,
     but less than 12 consecutive
     months/(1)/
      Number of issues....................          3          5           8          13          2          15
          Fair value...................... $   13,549   $  2,500  $   16,049  $   23,013   $    612  $   23,625
          Unrealized...................... $  (10,184)  $ (2,311) $  (12,495) $  (41,789)  $   (757) $  (42,546)
   Category (IV): Unrealized loss
     greater than or equal to 20% of
     amortized cost for 12 or more
     consecutive months/(1)/
      Number of issues....................         41         17          58          --          1           1
          Fair value...................... $  185,204   $ 27,403  $  212,607  $       --   $  2,562  $    2,562
          Unrealized...................... $ (150,099)  $(29,118) $ (179,217) $       --   $ (2,884) $   (2,884)
                                           ----------   --------  ----------  ----------   --------  ----------
      Total number of issues..............        301         60         361         611         71         682
                                           ==========   ========  ==========  ==========   ========  ==========
          Total fair value................ $1,833,788   $117,019  $1,950,807  $2,686,318   $119,794  $2,806,112
                                           ==========   ========  ==========  ==========   ========  ==========
      Total unrealized losses............. $ (246,609)  $(40,062) $ (286,671) $ (661,726)  $(38,493) $ (700,219)
                                           ==========   ========  ==========  ==========   ========  ==========

- --------
(1)At December 31, 2009, gross unrealized losses resulting from factors other
   than credit on fixed income securities with other-than-temporary impairments
   for which we have recorded a credit loss in earnings are included as
   follows: Category (III) $1.6 million, and Category (IV) $5.0 million.

   Categories (I) and (II) have generally been adversely affected by overall
economic conditions including interest rate increases and the market's
evaluation of certain sectors. The degree to which and/or length of time that
the securities have been in an unrealized loss position does not suggest that
these securities pose a high risk of being other-than-temporarily impaired. The
largest individual unrealized loss was $3.7 million for Category (I) and $2.4
million for Category (II) as of December 31, 2009.

                                      87



   Gross unrealized losses on fixed income securities in Category (II)
decreased $443.9 million since December 31, 2008. This change was primarily the
result of improved market conditions resulting in higher valuations, which
either caused a shift to Category (I) or created an overall gross unrealized
gain position. The remainder of the reduction in Category (II) is a result of
losses shifting into Category (III) and (IV) due to continued aging of losses
in a continuous unrealized loss position of greater than or equal to 20% of
amortized cost and the resetting of unrealized losses to the historical point
of impairment for securities impacted by the adoption of new OTTI accounting
guidance on April 1, 2009.

   Categories (III) and (IV) are affected by macroeconomic and credit pressures
upon real estate valuations and borrowers, and issue, issuer or industry
specific conditions. The degree to which and/or length of time these securities
have been in an unrealized loss position subject them to increased scrutiny
through our portfolio monitoring process. The largest individual unrealized
loss was $5.5 million for Category (III) and $11.8 million for Category (IV) as
of December 31, 2009. Category (III) and (IV) fixed income securities at
December 31, 2009 are listed in the following table by fixed income security
type and investment quality classification.



                                         INVESTMENT GRADE
  ($ IN THOUSANDS)  ---------------------------------------------------------
                      CATEGORY (III)      CATEGORY (IV)           TOTAL
                    -----------------  ------------------  ------------------
                     FAIR   UNREALIZED  FAIR    UNREALIZED  FAIR    UNREALIZED
                     VALUE    LOSSES    VALUE     LOSSES    VALUE     LOSSES
                    ------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
                                                  
     Municipal..... $ 5,601  $ (3,132) $ 59,148 $ (35,166) $ 64,749 $ (38,298)
     Corporate.....   7,948    (7,052)   13,262    (4,449)   21,210   (11,501)
     RMBS..........      --        --     1,130    (2,513)    1,130    (2,513)
     CMBS..........      --        --    99,181  (101,975)   99,181  (101,975)
     ABS...........      --        --    12,483    (5,996)   12,483    (5,996)
                    -------  --------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------
                    $13,549  $(10,184) $185,204 $(150,099) $198,753 $(160,283)
                    =======  ========  ======== =========  ======== =========

                                      BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE
                    ---------------------------------------------------------
                      CATEGORY (III)      CATEGORY (IV)           TOTAL
                    -----------------  ------------------  ------------------
                     FAIR   UNREALIZED  FAIR    UNREALIZED  FAIR    UNREALIZED
                     VALUE    LOSSES    VALUE     LOSSES    VALUE     LOSSES
                    ------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
     Corporate..... $   339  $   (161) $ 17,180 $  (6,329) $ 17,519 $  (6,490)
     RMBS..........   2,161    (2,150)    7,968   (10,544)   10,129   (12,694)
     CMBS..........      --        --     2,255   (12,245)    2,255   (12,245)
                    -------  --------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------
                    $ 2,500  $ (2,311) $ 27,403 $ (29,118) $ 29,903 $ (31,429)
                    -------  --------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------
     Total......... $16,049  $(12,495) $212,607 $(179,217) $228,656 $(191,712)
                    =======  ========  ======== =========  ======== =========


   As of December 31, 2009, our gross unrealized losses in Category (III) and
(IV) were primarily concentrated in structured securities, as we have
experienced declines in fair value since the time of initial purchase. As of
December 31, 2009, RMBS, CMBS and ABS comprised $112.8 million and $12.4
million of investment grade and below investment grade securities in Category
(III) and (IV), respectively. Consistent with their rating, our portfolio
monitoring indicates that the investment grade securities have a relatively low
risk of default. Securities rated below investment grade, whether at issue or
upon subsequent downgrade, have a higher level of risk and can be more volatile.

   A key consideration in the determination of other-than-temporary impairment
for structured securities is whether the present value of loss adjusted cash
flows from the underlying collateral will be sufficient to recover our
amortized cost basis. This evaluation focuses on the adequacy of credit
enhancement relative to the performance of the underlying collateral, adjusted
for projected defaults and prepayments. Credit enhancement includes, but is not
limited to, structural subordination, guarantees and reserves. Key future
collateral performance considerations include historical default/prepayment
trends, as well as projected macroeconomic variables such as unemployment rates
and interest rates. In general, securities with credit enhancement in excess

                                      88



of projected loss-adjusted collateral performance are deemed not
other-than-temporarily impaired. Securities with deficient credit enhancement
are deemed other-than-temporarily impaired and the difference between the
estimated recovery value and amortized cost is recorded in earnings as a credit
loss.

   A description of the other-than-temporary impairment assessment for our RMBS
and CMBS, which comprise a majority of our Category (III) and (IV) unrealized
losses, follows:

    .  The credit loss evaluation for non-agency RMBS securities, including
       Prime, Alt-A and Subprime securities, primarily relies on projections of
       losses based on future collateral performance, taking into account
       security specific delinquency and loss severity trends on the underlying
       mortgage collateral to date. The expected performance of each
       transaction considers projected collateral losses and credit enhancement
       levels, as well as an assessment of the origination practices of the
       transaction sponsor, geographic diversification, overall transaction
       structure, collateral type and quality, transaction vintage year and
       other considerations that may be of concern. Our default estimates on
       the underlying mortgage collateral are forward looking and generally
       based upon security specific performance trends to date as well as our
       overall economic outlook, with a focus on housing, unemployment and GDP
       expectations, and consider other factors that may influence future
       borrower behaviors. Our loss severity estimates are forward looking and
       incorporate estimates of future house price appreciation/depreciation
       expectations and estimates of foreclosure timing and expenses.

    .  The credit loss evaluation for CMBS primarily relies on model-driven
       projections of future collateral performance, taking into account all
       reasonably available information specific to the underlying commercial
       mortgage loans including estimates of current and future property value,
       current and projected rental income and the credit enhancement levels.
       Estimates of future property value and rental income consider specific
       property-type and metro area economic trends such as property vacancy
       rates and rental rates, employment indicators and building industry
       fundamentals. Other considerations include borrower payment history, the
       origination practices of the transaction sponsor, overall collateral
       quality and diversification, transaction vintage year, maturity date,
       overall structure of the transaction and other factors that may
       influence performance. Actual realized losses in the CMBS market have
       historically been low, therefore our projection of collateral
       performance is informed by credit opinions obtained from third parties,
       such as nationally recognized credit rating agencies, industry analysts
       and a CMBS loss modeling advisory service.

   For structured securities deemed other-than-temporarily impaired, we
recognized the estimated credit loss in earnings, while $6.6 million of
unrealized losses related to factors other than credit remains classified in
OCI. Structured securities deemed not other-than-temporarily impaired are
current on contractual or expected payments and our detailed analysis of the
underlying credit and related cash flows has concluded that our amortized cost
basis is recoverable or the securities are reliably insured. The declines in
fair value are primarily due to credit spread widening in the structured
security marketplace and increased liquidity discounts.

   We believe that the unrealized losses on our fixed income securities are not
predictive of their ultimate performance and the unrealized losses should
reverse over the remaining lives of the securities. We anticipate that these
securities will recover in line with our best estimate of the expected cash
flows which are used for other-than-temporary impairment evaluations as well as
managing the portfolio. As of December 31, 2009, we do not have the intent to
sell and it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell these
securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis. Our evaluation of
whether it is more likely than not we will be required to sell a security
before recovery of its amortized cost basis is supported by our liquidity
position, which cushions us from the need to liquidate securities with
significant unrealized losses to meet cash obligations.

   Additionally, whenever our initial analysis indicates that a fixed income
security's unrealized loss of 20% or more for at least 36 months or any equity
security's unrealized loss of 20% or more for at least 12 months is temporary,
additional evaluations and management approvals are required to substantiate
that the unrealized loss

                                      89



is related to other factors and recognition of a credit loss write-down is not
appropriate. As of December 31, 2009, no securities met these criteria.

   We also monitor the quality of our fixed income portfolio by categorizing
certain investments as "problem," "restructured," or "potential problem."
Problem fixed income securities are in default with respect to principal or
interest and/or are investments issued by companies that have gone into
bankruptcy subsequent to our acquisition. Fixed income securities are
categorized as restructured when the debtor is in financial difficulty and we
grant a concession. Potential problem fixed income securities are current with
respect to contractual principal and/or interest, but because of other facts
and circumstances, we have concerns regarding the borrower's ability to pay
future principal and interest according to the original terms, which causes us
to believe these investments may be classified as problem or restructured in
the future.

   The following table summarizes problem, restructured and potential problem
fixed income securities at December 31.



                                                                      2009
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             AMORTIZED                        PERCENT OF
                                                             COST AS A          FAIR VALUE AS TOTAL FIXED
                                           PAR     AMORTIZED PERCENT OF  FAIR   A PERCENT OF    INCOME
                                        VALUE/(1)/ COST/(1)/ PAR VALUE   VALUE    PAR VALUE    PORTFOLIO
($ IN THOUSANDS)                        ---------  --------- ---------- ------- ------------- -----------
                                                                            
Problem................................  $15,052    $10,118     67.2%   $10,176     67.6%         0.2%
Potential problem......................   80,594     47,484     58.9     38,348     47.6          0.6
                                         -------    -------             -------                   ---
Total net carrying value...............  $95,646    $57,602             $48,524                   0.8%
                                         =======    =======             =======                   ===
Cumulative write-downs recognized/(2)/.             $25,493
                                                    =======

                                                                      2008
                                        ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             AMORTIZED                        PERCENT OF
                                                             COST AS A          FAIR VALUE AS TOTAL FIXED
                                           PAR     AMORTIZED PERCENT OF  FAIR   A PERCENT OF    INCOME
                                        VALUE/(1)/ COST/(1)/ PAR VALUE   VALUE    PAR VALUE    PORTFOLIO
                                        ---------  --------- ---------- ------- ------------- -----------
Problem................................  $30,000    $18,824     62.7%   $13,593     45.3%         0.2%
Potential problem......................   56,942     22,118     38.8     22,080     38.8          0.4
                                         -------    -------             -------                   ---
Total net carrying value...............  $86,942    $40,942     47.1    $35,673     41.0          0.6%
                                         =======    =======             =======                   ===
Cumulative write-downs recognized/(2)/.             $41,423
                                                    =======

- --------
(1)The difference between par value and amortized cost of $38.0 million at
   December 31, 2009 and $46.0 million at December 31, 2008 is primarily
   attributable to write-downs. Par value has been reduced by principal
   payments.
(2)Cumulative write-downs recognized only reflects impairment write-downs
   related to investments within the problem, potential problem and
   restructured categories.

   At December 31, 2009, amortized cost for the problem category was $10.1
million and was comprised of $9.6 million of corporates (privately placed) and
$518 thousand of Subprime. The decrease of $8.7 million from December 31, 2008
is primarily attributable to a reduction in corporates. The amortized cost of
problem investments with a fair value less than 80% of amortized cost totaled
$519 thousand with unrealized losses of $417 thousand and fair value of $102
thousand.

   At December 31, 2009, amortized cost for the potential problem category was
$47.5 million and was comprised of $30.0 million of corporates (public and
privately placed), $9.6 million of Subprime and $7.9 million of CMBS. The
increase of $25.4 million from December 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to
additional corporates. The amortized cost of potential problem investments with
a fair value less than 80% of amortized cost totaled $19.6 million with
unrealized losses of $11.7 million and fair value of $7.9 million.

                                      90



   NET INVESTMENT INCOME The following table presents net investment income for
the years ended December 31.



                                             2009      2008      2007
        ($ IN THOUSANDS)                   --------  --------  --------
                                                      
        Fixed income securities........... $338,563  $362,671  $358,547
        Mortgage loans....................   36,658    41,949    40,916
        Equity securities.................    1,751        --        --
        Short-term and other..............    5,038    12,949    14,487
                                           --------  --------  --------
        Investment income, before expense.  382,010   417,569   413,950
        Investment expense................   (9,615)  (14,638)  (27,212)
                                           --------  --------  --------
        Net investment income............. $372,395  $402,931  $386,738
                                           ========  ========  ========


   Net investment income decreased 7.6% or $30.5 million to $372.4 million in
2009 from $402.9 million in 2008. The decline was primarily due to lower
yields. Net investment income increased 4.2% in 2008 compared to 2007 due
primarily to higher average portfolio balances resulting from the investment of
cash flows from operating and financing activities related primarily to
deposits on fixed annuities and interest-sensitive life policies. Total
investment expenses decreased $12.6 million in 2008 compared to 2007. The
decrease was primarily due to lower expenses associated with a lower amount of
collateral received in connection with securities lending transactions.

   NET REALIZED CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES The following table presents the
components of realized capital gains and losses and the related tax effect for
the years ended December 31.



                                                    2009       2008      2007
 ($ IN THOUSANDS)                                 --------  ---------  -------
                                                              
 Impairment write-downs.......................... $(30,255) $ (38,528) $    --
 Change in intent write-downs....................  (20,821)   (79,262)  (6,793)
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
    Net other-than-temporary impairment losses
      recognized in earnings.....................  (51,076)  (117,790)  (6,793)
 Sales...........................................  160,294     59,966   10,321
 Valuation of derivative instruments.............   29,831    (29,525)  (8,166)
 Settlements of derivative instruments...........    6,419     10,144    3,807
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
 Realized capital gains and losses, pre-tax......  145,468    (77,205)    (831)
 Income tax (expense) benefit....................  (52,474)    25,708      308
                                                  --------  ---------  -------
    Realized capital gains and losses, after-tax. $ 92,994  $ (51,497) $  (523)
                                                  ========  =========  =======


   Impairment write-downs totaled $30.3 million in 2009 and included
write-downs on fixed income securities and mortgage loans of $25.0 million and
$5.3 million, respectively. In 2008, impairment write-downs totaled $38.5
million and included write-downs on fixed income securities and mortgage loans
of $38.1 million and $449 thousand, respectively. No impairment write-downs
were recognized in 2007.

   Impairment write-downs in 2009 were primarily the result of recovery
assessments related to investments with commercial real estate exposure,
including CMBS and mortgage loans; RMBS which experienced deterioration in
expected cash flows; ABS; and hybrid corporate fixed income securities. $5.8
million of the fixed income security write-downs in 2009 related to securities
that were subsequently disposed. Of the remaining, $19.2 million or 76.9% of
the fixed income security write-downs in 2009 related to impaired securities
that were performing in line with anticipated or contractual cash flows but
were written down primarily because of expected deterioration in the
performance of the underlying collateral or our assessment of the probability
of future default. For these securities, as of December 31, 2009, there have
either been no defaults or defaults have only impacted classes lower than our
position in the capital structure. $237 thousand of the fixed

                                      91



income security write-downs in 2009 related to securities experiencing a
significant departure from anticipated cash flows; however, we believe they
retain economic value. $45 thousand in 2009 related to fixed income securities
for which future cash flows are very uncertain.

   Hybrid corporate fixed income securities are assessed for
other-than-temporary impairment as fixed income securities when they are
expected to perform like a fixed income security. However, when credit-related
reasons increase the risk of deferred payment, they may be assessed for
other-than-temporary impairment in a manner similar to equity securities. In
2009, hybrid securities issued primarily by European financial institutions
were assessed as equity securities and written down for other-than-temporary
impairment resulting in $16.8 million of realized capital losses. These hybrid
securities that were still held as of December 31, 2009 had a fair value of
$22.5 million.

   Change in intent write-downs totaling $20.8 million in 2009 included $20.1
million for fixed income securities, $686 thousand for mortgage loans and $14
thousand for equity securities. In 2008, change in intent write-downs totaled
$79.3 million and included $77.3 million for fixed income securities and $2.0
million for mortgage loans.

   Beginning April 1, 2009, change in intent write-downs for fixed income
securities reflect instances where we have made the decision to sell the
security or it is more likely than not we will be required to sell the security
before recovery of its amortized cost basis. For periods prior to April 1, 2009
for fixed income securities and all periods for equity securities, change in
intent write-downs reflect instances where we could not assert a positive
intent to hold until recovery. Change in intent write-downs for mortgage loans
reflect instances where the loans have been classified as held for sale.

   The change in intent write-downs in 2009 were a result of ongoing
comprehensive reviews of our portfolio resulting in write-downs of individually
identified investments. The change in intent write-downs in 2008 were a result
of our risk mitigation and return optimization programs and ongoing
comprehensive reviews of our portfolios.

   Sales generated $160.3 million of net realized gains in 2009 primarily due
to $150.3 million of gains on sales of U.S. and foreign government fixed income
securities. Net realized gains from sales in 2008 were due to net realized
gains on fixed income securities of $59.6 million comprised of gross gains of
$75.6 million and gross losses of $16.0 million.

   Valuation and settlement of derivative instruments recorded as net realized
capital gains totaling $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
included $29.8 million of gains on the valuation of derivative instruments and
$6.4 million of gains on the settlement of derivative instruments. Net realized
capital gains on the valuation of derivative instruments in 2009 were primarily
due to the impact of changing interest rates on the value of expected future
settlements. For the year ended December 31, 2008, net realized capital losses
on the valuation and settlement of derivative instruments totaled 19.4 million.

   A changing interest rate environment will drive changes in our portfolio
duration targets at a tactical level. A duration target and range is
established with an economic view of liabilities relative to a long-term
investment portfolio view. Tactical duration management is accomplished through
both cash market transactions, sales and new purchases and derivative
activities that generate realized gains and losses. As a component of our
approach to managing portfolio duration, realized gains and losses on certain
derivative instruments are most appropriately considered in conjunction with
the unrealized gains and losses on the fixed income portfolio. This approach
mitigates the impacts of general interest rate changes to our overall financial
condition.

                                      92



FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

   We have two types of situations where we have classified investments as
Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy disclosures in Note 6 of the financial
statements. The first is where quotes continue to be received from independent
third-party valuation service providers and all significant inputs are market
observable; however there has been a significant decrease in the volume and
level of activity for the asset when compared to normal market activity such
that the degree of market observability has declined to a point where
categorization as a Level 3 measurement is considered appropriate. Among the
indicators we consider in determining whether a significant decrease in the
volume and level of activity for a specific asset has occurred include the
following:

    .  Level of new issuances in the primary market;

    .  Trading volume in the secondary market;

    .  Level of credit spreads over historical levels;

    .  Bid-ask spread; and

    .  Price consensus among market participants and sources.

   The second situation where we have classified securities in Level 3 is where
specific inputs to our fair value estimation models which are considered
significant are not market observable. This has occurred in two principal
categories. The first is for broker quotes. The second is our ARS backed by
student loans for which a principal assumption, the anticipated date liquidity
will return to this market, is not market observable.

   During 2009, certain Alt-A RMBS were transferred into Level 2 from Level 3
as a result of increased liquidity in these markets (see Level 3 rollforward in
Note 6 of the financial statements). This was evidenced by increased trading
volume and the narrowing of bid-ask spreads for our specific holdings.
Additionally, privately placed corporate fixed income securities that are
valued using internal pricing models were transferred into Level 2 from Level 3
as a result of enhancements to the valuation methodology, refinements to model
inputs and corroboration of our internal credit rating process by comparison to
available external ratings. We have also implemented price validation
procedures such as back-testing of actual sales, which corroborates the various
model inputs to market observable data. When transferring these securities into
Level 2, we do not change the source of fair value estimates or modify the
estimates received from independent third-party valuation service providers or
the internal valuation approach. Accordingly, for securities included within
this group, there was no change in fair value resulting in a realized or
unrealized gain or loss.

   During 2009, certain CMBS were transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 as a
result of decreased liquidity in these markets. This was evidenced by decreased
trading volume and the widening of bid-ask spreads for these holdings.
Transfers into Level 3 during 2009 also included situations where a fair value
quote is not provided by our independent third-party valuation service provider
and as a result the price is stale or has been replaced with a broker quote
resulting in the security being classified as Level 3. Transfers out of Level 3
during 2009 also included situations where a broker quote was used in the prior
period and a fair value quote is now available from our independent third-party
valuation service provider. A quote utilizing the new pricing source is not
available as of the prior period, and any gains or losses related to the change
in valuation source for individual securities are not significant.

MARKET RISK

   Market risk is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse changes in
interest rates, credit spreads or equity prices. Adverse changes to these rates
and prices may occur due to changes in the liquidity of a market or market
segment, insolvency or financial distress of key market makers or participants
or changes in market perceptions of credit worthiness and/or risk tolerance.

   The active management of market risk is integral to our results of
operations. We may use the following approaches to manage exposure to market
risk within defined tolerance ranges: 1) rebalancing existing asset or

                                      93



liability portfolios, 2) changing the character of investments purchased in the
future and 3) using derivative instruments to modify the market risk
characteristics of existing assets and liabilities or assets expected to be
purchased. For a more detailed discussion of our use of derivative financial
instruments, see Note 7 of the financial statements.

   OVERVIEW In formulating and implementing guidelines for investing funds, we
seek to earn returns that enhance our ability to offer competitive rates and
prices to customers while contributing to attractive and stable profits and
long-term capital growth. Accordingly, our investment decisions and objectives
are a function of our underlying risks and our product profiles.

   Investment policies define the overall framework for managing market and
other investment risks, including accountability and controls over risk
management activities. These investment policies, which have been approved by
our board of directors, specify the investment limits and strategies that are
appropriate given our liquidity, surplus, product profile and regulatory
requirements. Executive oversight of investment activities is conducted
primarily through our board of directors and investment committee.
Asset-liability management ("ALM") policies further define the overall
framework for managing market and investment risks. ALM focuses on strategies
to enhance yields, mitigate market risks and optimize capital to improve
profitability and returns. ALM activities follow asset-liability policies that
have been approved by our board of directors. These ALM policies specify
limits, ranges and/or targets for investments that best meet our business
objectives in light of our product liabilities.

   We manage our exposure to market risk through the use of asset allocation,
duration, simulation, and as appropriate, through the use of stress tests. We
have asset allocation limits that place restrictions on the total funds that
may be invested within an asset class. We have duration limits on our
investment portfolio and, as appropriate, on individual components of the
portfolio. These duration limits place restrictions on the amount of interest
rate risk that may be taken. Comprehensive day-to-day management of market risk
within defined tolerance ranges occurs as portfolio managers buy and sell
within their respective markets based upon the acceptable boundaries
established by investment policies. This day-to-day management is integrated
with and informed by the activities of the ALM organization. This integration
is intended to result in a prudent, methodical and effective adjudication of
market risk and return, conditioned by the unique demands and dynamics of our
product liabilities and supported by the continuous application of advanced
risk technology and analytics.

   INTEREST RATE RISK is the risk that we will incur loss due to adverse
changes in interest rates relative to the interest rate characteristics of
interest bearing assets and liabilities. This risk arises from many of our
primary activities, as we invest substantial funds in interest-sensitive assets
and issue interest-sensitive liabilities. Interest rate risk includes risks
related to changes in U.S. Treasury yields and other key risk-free reference
yields.

   We manage the interest rate risk in our assets relative to the interest rate
risk in our liabilities. One of the measures used to quantify this exposure is
duration. Duration measures the price sensitivity of the assets and liabilities
to changes in interest rates. For example, if interest rates increase 100 basis
points, the fair value of an asset with a duration of 5 is expected to decrease
in value by approximately 5%. At December 31, 2009, the difference between our
asset and liability duration was (0.36), compared to a 0.56 gap at December 31,
2008. A negative duration gap indicates that the fair value of our liabilities
is more sensitive to interest rate movements than the fair value of our assets.

   We seek to invest premiums, contract charges and deposits to generate future
cash flows that will fund future claims, benefits and expenses, and that will
earn stable spreads across a wide variety of interest rate and economic
scenarios. To achieve this objective and limit interest rate risk, we adhere to
a philosophy of managing the duration of assets and related liabilities within
predetermined tolerance levels. This philosophy is executed using duration
targets for fixed income investments in addition to interest rate swaps and
caps to reduce the interest rate risk resulting from mismatches between
existing assets and liabilities.

                                      94



   To calculate the duration gap between assets and liabilities, we project
asset and liability cash flows and calculate their net present value using a
risk-free market interest rate adjusted for credit quality, sector attributes,
liquidity and other specific risks. Duration is calculated by revaluing these
cash flows at alternative interest rates and determining the percentage change
in aggregate fair value. The cash flows used in this calculation include the
expected maturity and repricing characteristics of our derivative financial
instruments, all other financial instruments, and certain other items including
annuity liabilities and interest-sensitive liabilities. The projections include
assumptions (based upon historical market experience and our experience) that
reflect the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment, lapse,
leverage and/or option features of instruments, where applicable. The preceding
assumptions relate primarily to mortgage-backed securities, collateralized
mortgage obligations, municipal housing bonds, callable municipal and corporate
obligations, and fixed rate single and flexible premium deferred annuities.

   Based upon the information and assumptions used in this duration
calculation, and interest rates in effect at December 31, 2009, we estimate
that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel increase in interest rates ("rate
shock") would increase the net fair value of the assets and liabilities by $172
thousand, compared to a decrease of $59.0 million at December 31, 2008. The
selection of a 100 basis point immediate parallel change in interest rates
should not be construed as our prediction of future market events, but only as
an illustration of the potential effect of such an event. There are $471.9
million of assets supporting life insurance products such as traditional and
interest-sensitive life that are not financial instruments. These assets and
the associated liabilities have not been included in the above estimate. The
$471.9 million of assets excluded from the calculation has increased from
$375.5 million reported at December 31, 2008 as fixed income valuations have
improved as a result of significant tightening of credit spreads. Based on
assumptions described above, in the event of a 100 basis point immediate
increase in interest rates, the assets supporting life insurance products would
decrease in value by $28.6 million, compared to a decrease of $26.8 million at
December 31, 2008.

   To the extent that conditions differ from the assumptions we used in these
calculations, duration and rate shock measures could be significantly impacted.
Additionally, our calculations assume that the current relationship between
short-term and long-term interest rates (the term structure of interest rates)
will remain constant over time. As a result, these calculations may not fully
capture the effect of non-parallel changes in the term structure of interest
rates and/or large changes in interest rates.

   CREDIT SPREAD RISK is the risk that we will incur a loss due to adverse
changes in credit spreads ("spreads"). This risk arises from many of our
primary activities, as we invest substantial funds in spread-sensitive fixed
income assets.

   We manage the spread risk in our assets. One of the measures used to
quantify this exposure is spread duration. Spread duration measures the price
sensitivity of the assets to changes in spreads. For example, if spreads
increase 100 basis points, the fair value of an asset exhibiting a spread
duration of 5 is expected to decrease in value by approximately 5%.

   Spread duration is calculated similarly to interest rate duration. At
December 31, 2009, the spread duration of assets was 5.24, compared to 4.96 at
December 31, 2008. Based upon the information and assumptions we use in this
spread duration calculation, and spreads in effect at December 31, 2009, we
estimate that a 100 basis point immediate, parallel increase in spreads across
all asset classes, industry sectors and credit ratings ("spread shock") would
decrease the net fair value of the assets by $343.5 million, compared to $320.3
million at December 31, 2008. The selection of a 100 basis point immediate
parallel change in spreads should not be construed as our prediction of future
market events, but only as an illustration of the potential effect of such an
event.

   EQUITY PRICE RISK is the risk that we will incur losses due to adverse
changes in general levels of the equity markets. At December 31, 2009, we held
$123.3 million in equity securities. We did not hold equity securities at
December 31, 2008.

                                      95



   At December 31, 2009, our equity securities had a cash market portfolio beta
of 1.00. Beta represents a widely used methodology to describe, quantitatively,
an investment's market risk characteristics relative to an index such as the
S&P 500. Based on the beta analysis, we estimate that if the S&P 500 increases
or decreases by 10%, the fair value of our equity securities will increase or
decrease by 10%, respectively. Based upon the information and assumptions we
used to calculate beta at December 31, 2009, we estimate that an immediate
decrease in the S&P 500 of 10% would decrease the net fair value of our equity
securities by $12.3 million, and an immediate increase in the S&P 500 of 10%
would increase the net fair value by $12.3 million. The selection of a 10%
immediate decrease or increase in the S&P 500 should not be construed as our
prediction of future market events, but only as an illustration of the
potential effect of such an event.

   The beta of our equity securities was determined using Barra's predictive
beta. This beta is based on a company's fundamental data. The illustrations
noted above may not reflect our actual experience if the future composition of
the portfolio (hence its beta) and correlation relationships differ from the
historical relationships.

   At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had separate accounts assets related to
variable annuity and variable life contracts with account values totaling
$587.0 million and $533.8 million, respectively. Equity risk exists for
contract charges based on separate account balances and guarantees for death
and/or income benefits provided by our variable products. In 2006, we disposed
of all of the variable annuity business through a reinsurance agreement with
Prudential and therefore mitigated this aspect of our risk. Equity risk of our
variable life business relates to contract charges and policyholder benefits.
Total variable life contract charges for 2009 and 2008 were $860 thousand and
$1.4 million, respectively. Separate account liabilities related to variable
life contracts were $5.8 million and $3.6 million in December 31, 2009 and
2008, respectively.

DEFERRED TAXES

   We evaluate whether a valuation allowance for our deferred tax assets is
required each reporting period. A valuation allowance is established if, based
on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized. In
determining whether a valuation allowance is needed, all available evidence is
considered. This includes the potential for capital and ordinary loss
carryback, future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, tax
planning strategies that we may employ to avoid a tax benefit from expiring
unused and future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences.

   With respect to our evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance related
to the deferred tax asset on capital losses that have been realized but have
not yet been recognized for tax purposes, we utilize prudent and feasible tax
planning strategies that optimize the ability to carry back capital losses as
well as the ability to offset future capital losses with unrealized capital
gains that could be recognized for tax purposes.

   With respect to our evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance related
to the deferred tax asset on unrealized capital losses on fixed income and
equity securities, our tax planning strategies first consider the availability
of unrealized capital gains to offset future capital losses and then we rely on
our assertion that we have the intent and ability to hold certain securities
with unrealized losses to recovery. As a result, the unrealized losses on these
securities would not be expected to materialize and no valuation allowance on
the associated deferred tax asset is needed. No valuation allowance was needed
at December 31, 2009 or 2008.

                                      96



CAPITAL RESOURCES AND LIQUIDITY

   CAPITAL RESOURCES consist of shareholder's equity. The following table
summarizes our capital resources at December 31.



                                                                2009      2008      2007
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                              -------- ---------  --------
                                                                         
Common stock, retained income and additional capital paid-in. $682,834 $ 625,482  $615,684
Accumulated other comprehensive loss.........................   24,050  (108,914)   65,188
                                                              -------- ---------  --------
   Total shareholder's equity................................ $706,884 $ 516,568  $680,872
                                                              ======== =========  ========


   Shareholder's equity increased in 2009 due primarily to unrealized net
capital gains as of December 31, 2009 compared to unrealized net capital losses
as of December 31, 2008 and net income. Shareholder's equity decreased in 2008
due primarily to unrealized net capital losses on fixed income securities,
partially offset by net income.

   FINANCIAL RATINGS AND STRENGTH The following table summarizes our financial
strength ratings at December 31, 2009.



            RATING AGENCY                       RATING
            -------------                       ------
                                             

            A.M. Best Company, Inc.             A+ ("Superior")
            Standard & Poor's Ratings Services  AA- ("Very Strong")
            Moody's Investors Service, Inc.     A1 ("Good")


   Our ratings are influenced by many factors including our operating and
financial performance, asset quality, liquidity, asset/liability management,
overall portfolio mix, financial leverage (i.e., debt), exposure to risks, the
current level of operating leverage, ALIC's ratings and AIC's ratings.

   On November 20, 2009, A.M. Best affirmed our A+ financial strength rating.
Our outlook was revised to negative from stable. On November 23, 2009, S&P
affirmed our AA- financial strength rating. The outlook for the S&P rating
remained negative. On January 29, 2009, S&P downgraded our financial strength
rating to AA- from AA. On November 5, 2009, Moody's affirmed our financial
strength rating of A1. The outlook for the Moody's rating remained stable. On
January 29, 2009, Moody's downgraded our financial strength rating to A1 from
Aa3.

   State laws specify regulatory actions if an insurer's risk-based capital
("RBC"), a measure of an insurer's solvency, falls below certain levels. The
NAIC has a standard formula for annually assessing RBC. The formula for
calculating RBC for life companies takes into account factors relating to
insurance, business, asset and interest rate risks. At December 31, 2009, our
RBC was within the range that we target.

   The NAIC has also developed a set of financial relationships or tests known
as the Insurance Regulatory Information System to assist state regulators in
monitoring the financial condition of insurance companies and identifying
companies that require special attention or actions by insurance regulatory
authorities. The NAIC analyzes financial data provided by insurance companies
using prescribed ratios, each with defined "usual ranges." Generally,
regulators will begin to monitor an insurance company if its ratios fall
outside the usual ranges for four or more of the ratios. If an insurance
company has insufficient capital, regulators may act to reduce the amount of
insurance it can issue. Our ratios are within these ranges.

   LIQUIDITY SOURCES AND USES Our potential sources of funds principally
include the activities as follows.

    .  Receipt of insurance premiums

    .  Contractholder fund deposits

                                      97



    .  Reinsurance recoveries

    .  Receipts of principal, interest and dividends on investments

    .  Sales of investments

    .  Funds from securities lending

    .  Intercompany loans

    .  Capital contributions from parent

   Our potential uses of funds principally include the activities as follows.

    .  Payment of contract benefits, surrenders and withdrawals

    .  Reinsurance cessions and payments

    .  Operating costs and expenses

    .  Purchase of investments

    .  Repayment of securities lending

    .  Payment or repayment of intercompany loans

    .  Dividends to parent

    .  Tax payments/settlements

   Cash Flows As reflected in our Statements of Cash Flows, lower operating
cash flows in 2009 compared to 2008 were due primarily to higher income tax
payments, lower premiums and decreased net investment income, partially offset
by lower expenses. Higher operating cash flows in 2008 compared to 2007
primarily related to the settlement of an intercompany obligation in the 2007
and lower income tax payments in 2008, partially offset by higher contract
benefit payments and lower premiums received.

   Cash flows provided by investing activities in 2009 compared to cash flows
used in investing activities in 2008 were primarily due to net reductions in
investments to fund reductions in contractholder fund liabilities. Increased
cash flows used in investing activities in 2008 compared to 2007 were due to
the investment of higher cash flows from financing and operating activities.

   Cash flows used in financing activities in 2009 compared to cash flows
provided by financing activities in 2008 were due to lower contractholder fund
deposits, partially offset by lower contractholder fund withdrawals. Cash flows
from financing activities increased in 2008 compared to 2007 as a result of
higher contractholder fund deposits, partially offset by higher contractholder
fund withdrawals. For quantification of the changes in contractholder funds,
see the Operations section of MD&A.

   A portion of our product portfolio, including fixed annuities and
interest-sensitive life insurance, is subject to surrender and withdrawal at
the discretion of contractholders. As of December 31, 2009, contractholder
funds totaling $599.0 million were not subject to discretionary withdrawal,
$3.13 billion were subject to discretionary withdrawal with adjustments, and
$1.26 billion were subject to discretionary withdrawal without adjustment. Of
the contractholder funds subject to discretionary withdrawal with adjustments,
$1.54 billion had a contractual surrender charge of less than 5% of the account
balance.

   We have an intercompany loan agreement with the Corporation. The amount of
intercompany loans available to us is at the discretion of the Corporation. The
maximum amount of loans the Corporation will have outstanding to all its
eligible subsidiaries at any given point in time is limited to $1.00 billion.
We had no amounts outstanding under the intercompany loan agreement at
December 31, 2009 or 2008. The Corporation may use commercial paper borrowings
and bank lines of credit to fund intercompany borrowings.

                                      98



   Certain remote events and circumstances could constrain our or the
Corporation's liquidity. Those events and circumstances include, for example, a
catastrophe resulting in extraordinary losses, a downgrade in the Corporation's
long-term debt rating of A3, A- and a- (from Moody's, S&P and A.M. Best,
respectively) to non-investment grade status of below Baa3/BBB-/bb, a downgrade
in AIC's financial strength rating from Aa3, AA- and A+ (from Moody's, S&P and
A.M. Best, respectively) to below Baa2/BBB/A-, or a downgrade in our financial
strength ratings from A1, AA- and A+ (from Moody's, S&P and A.M. Best,
respectively) to below A1/AA-/A-. The rating agencies also consider the
interdependence of the Corporation's individually rated entities, therefore, a
rating change in one entity could potentially affect the ratings of other
related entities.

   CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS Our contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2009 and the payments due by period are shown in the following
table.



                                                                LESS THAN                         OVER 5
                                                       TOTAL     1 YEAR   1-3 YEARS  4-5 YEARS    YEARS
($ IN THOUSANDS)                                    ----------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                                                 
Securities lending/(1)/............................ $   149,362 $149,362  $       -- $       -- $       --
Contractholder funds/(2)/..........................   5,940,702  606,589   1,329,317  1,135,794  2,869,002
Reserve for life-contingent contract benefits/(2)/.   7,409,666  138,499     283,552    292,423  6,695,192
Reinsurance payable to parent......................       3,266    3,266          --         --         --
Payable to affiliates, net.........................       6,591    6,591          --         --         --
Other liabilities and accrued expenses/(3)(4)/.....      25,068   21,705       1,665        879        819
                                                    ----------- --------  ---------- ---------- ----------
Total contractual cash obligations................. $13,534,655 $926,012  $1,614,534 $1,429,096 $9,565,013
                                                    =========== ========  ========== ========== ==========

- --------
(1)Liabilities for securities lending are typically fully secured with cash. We
   manage our short-term liquidity position to ensure the availability of a
   sufficient amount of liquid assets to extinguish short-term liabilities as
   they come due in the normal course of business, including utilizing
   potential sources of liquidity as disclosed previously.
(2)Contractholder funds represent interest-bearing liabilities arising from the
   sale of products such as interest-sensitive life and fixed annuities,
   including immediate annuities without life contingencies. The reserve for
   life-contingent contract benefits relates primarily to traditional life and
   immediate annuities with life contingencies. These amounts reflect the
   present value of estimated cash payments to be made to contractholders and
   policyholders. Certain of these contracts, such as immediate annuities
   without life contingencies, involve payment obligations where the amount and
   timing of the payment is essentially fixed and determinable. These amounts
   relate to (i) policies or contracts where we are currently making payments
   and will continue to do so and (ii) contracts where the timing of a portion
   or all of the payments has been determined by the contract. Other contracts,
   such as interest-sensitive life, fixed deferred annuities, traditional life
   and immediate annuities with life contingencies and voluntary accident and
   health insurance, involve payment obligations where a portion or all of the
   amount and timing of future payments is uncertain. For these contracts, we
   are not currently making payments and will not make payments until (i) the
   occurrence of an insurable event such as death or illness or (ii) the
   occurrence of a payment triggering event such as the surrender or partial
   withdrawal on a policy or deposit contract, which is outside of our control.
   We have estimated the timing of payments related to these contracts based on
   historical experience and our expectation of future payment patterns.
   Uncertainties relating to these liabilities include mortality, morbidity,
   expenses, customer lapse and withdrawal activity, estimated additional
   deposits for interest-sensitive life contracts, and renewal premium for life
   policies, which may significantly impact both the timing and amount of
   future payments. Such cash outflows reflect adjustments for the estimated
   timing of mortality, retirement, and other appropriate factors, but are
   undiscounted with respect to interest. As a result, the sum of the cash
   outflows shown for all years in the table exceeds the corresponding
   liabilities of $4.99 billion for contractholder funds and $1.88 billion for
   reserve for life-contingent contract benefits as included in the Statements
   of Financial Position as of December 31, 2009. The liability amount in the
   Statements of Financial Position reflects the discounting for interest as
   well as adjustments for the timing of other factors as described above.
(3)Other liabilities primarily include accrued expenses, claim payments and
   other checks outstanding.
(4)Balance sheet liabilities not included in the table above include unearned
   and advanced premiums of $956 thousand and gross deferred tax liabilities of
   $56.4 million. These items were excluded as they do not meet the definition
   of a contractual liability as we are not contractually obligated to pay
   these amounts to third parties. Rather, they represent an accounting
   mechanism that allows us to present our financial statements on an accrual
   basis. In addition, other liabilities of $6.8 million were not included in
   the table above because they did not represent a contractual obligation or
   the amount and timing of their eventual payment was sufficiently uncertain.

                                      99



REGULATION AND LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

   We are subject to extensive regulation and we are involved in various legal
and regulatory actions, all of which have an effect on specific aspects of our
business. For a detailed discussion of the legal and regulatory actions in
which we are involved, see Note 11 of the financial statements.

PENDING ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

   There are several pending accounting standards that we have not implemented
either because the standard has not been finalized or the implementation date
has not yet occurred. For a discussion of these pending standards, see Note 2
of the financial statements.

   The effect of implementing certain accounting standards on our financial
results and financial condition is often based in part on market conditions at
the time of implementation of the standard and other factors we are unable to
determine prior to implementation. For this reason, we are sometimes unable to
estimate the effect of certain pending accounting standards until the relevant
authoritative body finalizes these standards or until we implement them.

ITEM 11(I).CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
           FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

   None.

ITEM 11(J).QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

   Information required for Item 11(j) is incorporated by reference to the
material under the caption "Market Risk" in Item 11(h) of this report.

ITEM 11(K).DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS.

IDENTIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:

   Directors are elected at each annual meeting of shareholders, for a term of
one year. The biographies of each of the directors below contains information
regarding the person's service as a director, business experience, director
positions held currently or at any time during the last five years, and the
experiences, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the company
management to determine that a director should serve as such for Allstate New
York.

   MARCIA D. ALAZRAKI, 68, has been a director since December 1993. She is a
partner at the law firm Manatt, Phelps & Phillips, LLP and co-chair of the
firm's insurance practice group. Prior to joining this firm in 2003,
Ms. Alazraki headed the insurance regulatory practices at Shea & Gould and then
at Simpson Thacher & Bartlett. For each of the last four years, Ms. Alazraki
has been selected for inclusion in The Best Lawyers in America. She also
currently holds director positions with Protective Life Insurance Company of
New York and First Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company. Ms. Alazraki
possesses a thorough understanding of insurance laws and regulations, including
those governing the financing, acquisition and licensing of insurance
companies, insurance product design, reinsurance transactions and market
conduct and financial examination.

   ROBERT K. BECKER, 54, became director and Vice President on March 16, 2010.
Mr. Becker is also the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
Manager of Allstate Financial Services, LLC ("AFS, LLC") and Vice President of
Allstate Life Insurance Company. Mr. Becker is responsible for Allstate's
broker dealer operations as well as recruiting, training and product strategy
for registered representatives of AFS, LLC and third party relationships. At
Allstate since 2000, Mr. Becker has progressed through various roles, including
Regional Financial Services Manager, Regional Distribution Leader and Assistant
Field Vice President. Prior to joining Allstate, Mr. Becker spent over 20 years
with MetLife Insurance Company, where he held various

                                      100



leadership positions. Mr. Becker's professional designations include LUTCF,
CLU, ChFC, CFP, and CLTC. Currently, Mr. Becker also serves as a director for
ALFS, Inc. and Intramerica Life Insurance Company, each of which is affiliated
with Allstate New York. Mr. Becker has proven leadership experience with using
excellent customer service to grow business in a competitive environment.

   MICHAEL B. BOYLE, 51, has been a director since March 2007 and a Vice
President since April 2004. Mr. Boyle also is a Senior Vice President with
Allstate Life Insurance Company. Mr. Boyle is responsible for Customer Service
and Technology within the Allstate Financial group of companies. Prior to
joining Allstate, Mr. Boyle was employed at Robertson Stephens, Inc., an
investment bank, where he served as Chief Information Officer and head of back
office operations, technology and electronic trading platforms on a global
basis. Prior to Robertson Stephens, he spent 15 years with Merrill Lynch in New
York and London, including several years as Director of Technology for
Europe/Africa/Middle East. Currently, Mr. Boyle serves as a director for MIB,
Inc, a fraud protection services corporation. In addition, he holds director
positions with Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Northern Ireland Ltd,
Charter National Life Insurance Company and Intramerica Life Insurance Company,
each of which is affiliated with Allstate New York. Mr. Boyle has in-depth
knowledge of operations personnel management and many aspects of technology,
including infrastructure, applications, and e-commerce.

   MATTHEW S. EASLEY, 54, has been a director since March 2009 and Vice
President since December 2005. Mr. Easley is also a Vice President for Allstate
Life Insurance Company. Mr. Easley is responsible for Product Management,
Underwriting, and Asset Liability Management within the Allstate Financial
group of companies. Prior to joining Allstate, Mr. Easley spent 23 years at
Nationwide Financial including 11 years as the head of Annuity and Pension
Actuarial, where he started a 401(k) business with a new-to-the-world business
model, created a synthetic asset segmentation method, co-invented a patented
retirement planning software and led a team to create a new strategic plan as
part of the initial public offering of Nationwide Financial Services stock.
Currently, Mr. Easley also serves as a director for ALFS, Inc., ALIC
Reinsurance Company, Allstate Assignment Company, Allstate Assurance Company,
Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Settlement Corporation, American
Heritage Life Insurance Company, Charter National Life Insurance Company,
Intramerica Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit Life Company and Surety
Life Insurance Company, each of which is affiliated with Allstate New York.
Mr. Easley possesses extensive insurance business, product and liability
management experience.

   MARK A. GREEN, 42, became director and Vice President on March 16, 2010.
Mr. Green is also the Vice President of National Sales for Allstate Life
Insurance Company. Prior to his current role, Mr. Green was the Assistant Field
Vice President for Allstate Insurance Company in the Capital Region, where he
had geographic responsibility for West Virginia, Delaware and Washington D.C.
Before joining Allstate, Mr. Green was a founding equity partner and chief risk
officer for AIX Group in Connecticut, where he was responsible for corporate
development and overall risk and investment management. He has worked for Wells
Fargo, Chubb Group and Swiss Reinsurance. Currently, Mr. Green also serves as a
director for Intramerica Life Insurance Company, an affiliate of Allstate New
York. Mr. Green has experience in optimizing insurance company operations to
drive profitable growth.

   JUDITH P. GREFFIN, 49, has been a Vice President of Allstate New York since
April 2004. Ms. Greffin is also a Senior Vice President and the Chief
Investment Officer of Allstate Insurance Company, where she oversees Allstate's
$100 billion-plus investment portfolio. Since joining Allstate in 1990, Ms.
Greffin has served in a series of key investment positions, including
responsibility for Allstate's fixed-income portfolio and the Portfolio
Management Group. She began her financial career as an analyst with the
Huntington National Bank, and served as a senior portfolio manager with
Flagship Financial before joining Allstate. Ms. Greffin has also served on the
Allstate Foundation Grant Committee.

   ROBERT J. HOLDEN, 53, has been a director, Vice President and Chief
Operations Officer since November 2008. Mr. Holden began his Allstate career as
a claims representative in 1980. After holding a number of claims

                                      101



positions, he joined the Allstate Sales group. There, he held several
leadership roles, including territorial manager and senior independent agency
manager for the Northeast Region, before becoming Regional Distribution Leader
for Allstate's New York Marketing Operating Committee and, then Field Vice
President of the New York Market Operating Committee. In addition to the
successful implementation of the Market Operating Committee plan, Mr. Holden
led the New York region's leadership development initiative, and assumed
responsibility for driving Life and Property Casualty Business growth.
Currently, Mr. Holden also serves as a director for Intramerica Life Insurance
Company, an affiliate of Allstate New York. With nearly 30 years of experience
in various positions throughout the organization, Mr. Holden possesses
extensive knowledge of Allstate, the insurance industry and insurance company
operations.

   CLEVELAND JOHNSON, JR., 75, has been a director since December 1983.
Mr. Johnson has worked in public service for thirty-five years, including
positions of responsibility in city, town, county, state and federal
government. He has also owned and operated a number of successful businesses.
Mr. Johnson is currently the President of Johnson Consulting Associates, a
business development firm. In addition, he serves as Executive Vice President
of ValuCare, Inc, a home health care company, and Executive Vice President of
Strategic Fundraising, Inc., a consulting firm. In addition, Mr. Johnson
currently serves as a director of Intramerica Life Insurance Company, an
affiliate of Allstate New York. Mr. Johnson has strong business administration
skills and experience in crafting multi-disciplinary approaches to the
development of social policy.

   SUSAN L. LEES, 52, has been director and Vice President, General Counsel and
Secretary since August 2008. Ms. Lees is also Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. At Allstate for over
20 years, Ms. Lees progressed through various counsel positions throughout
Allstate before become an assistant vice president in 1999. As the leader of
the Corporate Law division of Allstate Law and Regulation, Ms. Lees gained
extensive experience working with a number of the business areas throughout the
enterprise, including Allstate Life Insurance Company. Currently, Ms. Lees
serves as a director for Life Insurance Council of New York. She also serves as
a director for ALIC Reinsurance Company, Allstate Assignment Company, Allstate
Assurance Company, Allstate Financial Corporation, Allstate Life Insurance
Company, Allstate Settlement Corporation, American Heritage Life Insurance
Company, Charter National Life Insurance Company, Intramerica Life Insurance
Company, Lincoln Benefit Life Company, and Surety Life Insurance Company, each
of which is affiliated with Allstate New York. Ms. Lees has a deep
understanding of insurance business generally, as well as applicable laws and
regulations, including corporate and securities laws and corporate governance
matters. In addition, Ms. Lees has extensive knowledge regarding Allstate New
York's business, including its employees, products, agencies and customers.

   KENNETH R. O'BRIEN, 72, has served as director since July 1998. Mr. O'Brien
was the President and Chief Executive Officer of O'Brien Asset Management, an
investment advisory firm, from 1996 until his retirement in 2006. Prior to that
role, Mr. O'Brien was Chief Executive Officer for Aurora National Life
Insurance Company and Executive Vice President for New York Life Insurance
Company. Mr. O'Brien has significant knowledge of insurance company operations
and executive experience in the life insurance and financial services
industries.

   JOHN C. PINTOZZI, 44, has been director since September 2004 and Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer since March 2005. Mr. Pintozzi also is
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Allstate Life Insurance
Company. In these positions, Mr. Pintozzi is responsible for the planning and
analysis, capital allocation, valuation and compliance functions as well as
Allstate Federal Savings Bank. Prior to Allstate, Mr. Pintozzi was an audit
partner with Deloitte & Touche, specializing in the insurance and financial
services industries. He is a Certified Public Accountant and holds memberships
with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Illinois
CPA Society. In addition, Mr. Pintozzi currently serves as a director for ALIC
Reinsurance Company, Allstate Assignment Company, Allstate Assurance Company,
Allstate Bank, Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Settlement
Corporation, American Heritage Life Insurance Company, Charter National Life
Insurance Company, Intramerica Life Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit Life
Company, and Surety Life Insurance, each of which is affiliated with Allstate
New York. Mr. Pintozzi has extensive experience in corporate and insurance
company finance and accounting.

                                      102



   JOHN R. RABEN, JR., 64, has served as director since 1988. Mr. Raben was a
Managing Director of JP Morgan Chase from 2004 until his retirement in 2008,
where he worked with the commercial and investment banking groups. Prior to
that, he was also a Manager Director of Banc One Securities. Mr. Raben is
active in his local organizations as Chairman of the Greenwich Republican Town
Committee, Vice Chairman of the Greenwich Emergency Medical Service (GEMS)
Board of Directors, and a member of the Coastal Resources Advisory Committee.
In addition, Mr. Raben is a Treasurer and Board Member of both the Yellowstone
Park Foundation and the Cornelia Rossi Foundation, each of which are charitable
organizations. In addition, Mr. Raben currently serves as a director of
Intramerica Life Insurance Company, an affiliate of Allstate New York.
Mr. Raben has extensive experience in the financial services industry.

   PHYLLIS HILL SLATER, 65, has been a director since 2002. Ms. Slater is the
founder and president of Hill Slater, Inc, a successful engineering and
architectural support firm. Hill Slater Inc. specializes in construction
management, inspection services, design drafting, and CAD services. Ms. Slater
served as national president of the National Association of Women Business
Owners from 1997 to 1998, and presently serves on many corporate and non-profit
boards. Ms. Slater is also a director for Intramerica Life Insurance Company,
an affiliate of Allstate New York. Ms. Slater has deep knowledge of general
business operations and corporate governance.

   MATTHEW E. WINTER, 53, has been a director since December 2009, and
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since March 2010.
Mr. Winter is also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Allstate Life
Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of Allstate Insurance Company, each
a parent organization of Allstate New York. Prior to Allstate, Mr. Winter was
the Vice Chairman of American International Group, President and Chief
Executive Officer of American General Life Companies, and Executive Vice
President for MassMutual Financial Group. For a brief period in 2009,
Mr. Winter served as a director of EP Global Communications, a magazine
publication and distribution company. Currently, Mr. Winter also serves as a
director for Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company,
American Heritage Life Insurance Company, American Heritage Life Investment
Corporation, Intramerica Life Insurance Company and Lincoln Benefit Life
Company, each of which is affiliated with Allstate New York. Mr. Winter was
also a former Chairman of the Houston Food Bank Board of Directors. Mr. Winter
has extensive experience leading major life insurance and financial services
providers, working with financial and estate planning products and overseeing
the operations of insurance companies.

INVOLVEMENT IN CERTAIN LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

   No directors or executive officers have been involved in any legal
proceedings that are material to an evaluation of the ability or integrity of
any director or executive officer of Allstate New York.

ITEM 11(L).EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS ("CD&A")

  OVERVIEW

    .  Executive officers of Allstate New York also serve as officers of other
       subsidiaries of The Allstate Corporation ("Allstate") and receive no
       compensation directly from Allstate New York. They are employees of an
       Allstate subsidiary. Allocations have been made for each named executive
       based on the amount of the named executive's compensation allocated to
       Allstate New York under the Amended and Restated Service and Expense
       Agreement among Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate and certain
       affiliates, as amended effective January 1, 2009, to which Allstate New
       York is a party (the "Service and Expense Agreement"). Those allocations
       are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table set forth below and in
       this disclosure, except where noted. The named executives may have
       received additional compensation for services rendered to other Allstate
       subsidiaries, and those amounts are not reported.

                                      103



    .  Allstate provides its executive officers with the following core
       compensation elements: annual salary, annual cash incentive awards, and
       equity awards. In 2009, Allstate discontinued future cycles of its
       long-term cash incentive plan in favor of placing greater emphasis on
       long-term equity awards, consistent with its compensation philosophy,
       and to a lesser extent, annual cash incentive awards.

    .  Allstate embraces a pay-for-performance philosophy for its executives in
       which variable compensation represents a large portion of potential
       compensation and is tied to appreciation of Allstate's stock and
       Allstate's performance in achieving short-term and long-term business
       goals.

    .  Allstate uses equity-based compensation to align the interests of its
       executives with long-term stockholder value and as a tool for retaining
       executive talent. Once granted, the value of these awards rises and
       falls with the price of Allstate stock. Equity awards granted in 2010,
       including stock options and restricted stock units, will vest in three
       installments of 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date and 25%
       on each of the third and fourth anniversary dates. Restricted stock
       units granted in 2010 will no longer receive dividend equivalents on a
       quarterly schedule; instead dividend equivalents will be paid when the
       underlying restricted stock unit vests.

    .  In 2009 the executive compensation program was simplified by reducing
       the number of performance measures under the Annual Executive Incentive
       Compensation Plan. Consistent with current market trends, the maximum
       corporate multiplier for the 2010 performance year for an executive
       officer's Annual Executive Incentive Plan award will be 250% of target.
       In addition, the minimum payout, upon achieving the performance
       threshold, will be 50% of target.

    .  Allstate offers its executives limited perquisites.

NAMED EXECUTIVES

   This CD&A, on pages 103 to 112, describes the executive compensation program
for Allstate and specifically describes total 2009 compensation for the
following named executives of Allstate New York:

    .  Frederick F. Cripe--Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
       until March 16, 2010.

    .  John C. Pintozzi--Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

COMPENSATION PHILOSOPHY

   Allstate's compensation philosophy is based on these central beliefs:

    .  Executive compensation should be aligned with performance and
       stockholder value. Accordingly, a significant amount of executive
       compensation should be in the form of equity.

    .  The compensation of executives should vary both with appreciation in the
       price of Allstate stock and with Allstate's performance in achieving
       strategic short and long-term business goals designed to drive stock
       price appreciation.

    .  Allstate's compensation program should inspire executives to strive for
       performance that is better than the industry average.

    .  A greater percentage of compensation should be at risk for executives
       who bear higher levels of responsibility for Allstate's performance.

    .  Allstate should provide competitive levels of compensation for
       competitive levels of performance and superior levels of compensation
       for superior levels of performance.

   Allstate's executive compensation program has been designed around these
beliefs. They serve Allstate's goal of attracting, motivating, and retaining
highly talented executives to compete in the complex and highly regulated
insurance and financial services industry.

                                      104



COMPENSATION PRACTICES

   Allstate reviews the design of its executive compensation program and
executive pay levels on an annual basis and performance and goal attainment
within this design throughout the year. As part of that review, Allstate
considers available data regarding compensation paid to similarly-situated
executives at companies against which it competes for executive talent. With
respect to the compensation program for 2009 for Allstate executives, including
the named executives of Allstate New York, Allstate management considered
compensation surveys, as well as compensation data for the peer companies
listed on page 110, that provided information on companies of broadly similar
size and business mix as Allstate, as well as companies with a broader market
context. The compensation surveys considered include the Mercer Property &
Casualty Insurance Company Survey, the 2008 Towers Perrin Diversified Insurance
Survey, and the Towers Perrin Compensation Data Bank. The weight given to
information obtained from these sources varied depending on the position being
evaluated. The Diversified Insurance Survey includes 29 insurance organizations
with assets ranging from $20 billion to $1 trillion, with a median asset size
of $131 billion. The Towers Perrin Compensation Data Bank provides compensation
data on 80 of the Fortune 100 companies. The Mercer Property & Casualty
Insurance Company Survey includes compensation data for 45 property and
casualty insurance companies with at least $1 billion in annual premiums. In
addition, in its executive pay and performance discussions, Allstate management
considered information regarding other companies in the financial services
industries.

CORE ELEMENTS OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION PROGRAM

   The following table lists the core elements of Allstate's executive
compensation program for 2009.



CORE ELEMENT                                                     PURPOSE
- ------------                  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           
Annual salary                 Provides a base level of competitive cash compensation for executive talent

Annual cash incentive awards  Reward performance on key strategic, operational, and financial measures
                              over the year

Equity awards                 Align the interests of executives with long-term Allstate shareholder value
                              and retain executive talent


   These core elements are designed to balance individual, business unit, and
overall corporate performance. The goals for incentive awards are aligned with
Allstate's strategic vision and 2009 operating priorities of keeping Allstate
financially strong, improving customer loyalty, and reinventing protection and
retirement for the consumer.

   Allstate's compensation design balances annual and long-term incentive
awards with short and long-term business goals. At the target level of
performance, annual and long-term incentive awards are designed to constitute a
significant percentage of an executive's total core compensation. The target
incentive-based core compensation for Mr. Cripe, who had the greatest level of
responsibility for Allstate's performance, was 77% of his total core
compensation (19% annual cash incentive award, 38% stock options, and 20%
restricted stock units). Mr. Pintozzi's incentive-based core compensation was
targeted at 64% of his total core compensation (21% annual cash incentive
award, 28% stock options, and 15% restricted stock units).

SALARY

    .  Mr. Cripe's salary was set by the Allstate Board of Directors based on
       the recommendations of its Compensation and Succession Committee (the
       "Committee"). Mr. Pintozzi's salary was set by Allstate management.

    .  In recommending executive base salary levels, Allstate uses the
       50/th/ percentile of comparable companies as a guideline to align with
       Allstate's pay philosophy for competitive positioning in the market for
       executive talent.

                                      105



    .  The average enterprise-wide merit and promotional increases are based on
       a combination of U.S. general and the insurance industry market data and
       are set at levels intended to be competitive.

    .  Annual merit increases for the named executives are based on evaluations
       of their performance by Allstate's management, using the average
       enterprise-wide merit increase as a guideline.

    .  Promotional increases are based on the increased responsibilities of the
       new position and the skills and experience of the executive being
       promoted.

ANNUAL CASH INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

   In 2009 Allstate maintained the Annual Executive Incentive Compensation
Plan, an Allstate stockholder-approved plan under which executive officers had
the opportunity to earn an annual cash incentive award based on the achievement
of a combination of Allstate corporate and business unit performance measures
for Allstate's main business units including Allstate Financial. Allstate New
York is part of the Allstate Financial business unit.

   The Committee approves performance measures and goals for annual cash
incentive awards under the Annual Executive Incentive Compensation Plan during
the first quarter of the year. The performance measures and goals are aligned
with Allstate's objectives and tied to Allstate's strategic vision and
operating priorities. They are designed to reward executives for actual
performance, to reflect objectives that will require significant effort and
skill to achieve, and to drive stockholder value.

   After the end of the year, the Committee reviews the extent to which
Allstate has achieved the various performance measures and approves the actual
amount of the annual cash incentive award. The Committee may adjust the amount
of an annual cash incentive award. Allstate pays the annual cash incentive
awards in March, after the end of the year.

   For 2009, the Committee adopted corporate and Allstate Financial business
unit annual performance measures and weighted them as applied to each of the
named executives, in accordance with their responsibilities for Allstate's
overall corporate performance and the performance of Allstate Financial. Each
measure is assigned a weight expressed as a percentage of the total annual cash
incentive award opportunity, with all weights for any particular named
executive adding to 100%.

   The following table lists the performance measures and related target goals
for 2009, as well as the weighting factors and actual results, applicable to
the named executives. The performance measures were designed to focus executive
attention on key strategic, operational, and financial measures including top
line growth and profitability. For each performance measure, the Committee
approved a threshold, target, and maximum goal. The target goals for the
performance measures were based on evaluations of Allstate's historical
performance and plans to drive projected performance. A description of each
performance measure is provided under the "Performance Measures" caption on
page 127.

                                      106



                 ANNUAL EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
                 PERFORMANCE MEASURES, TARGETS, AND WEIGHTING



                                                                                       ACHIEVEMENT
                                                                                       RELATIVE TO
                                                                                    THRESHOLD, TARGET,
PERFORMANCE MEASURE/(1)/                      WEIGHTING    TARGET      ACTUAL/(2)/    MAXIMUM GOALS
- -----------------------                       --------- ------------  ------------  ------------------
                                                                        
CORPORATE-LEVEL PERFORMANCE MEASURE..........    20%
Adjusted Operating Income Per Diluted Share..               $5.10         $3.55      Below threshold
ALLSTATE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE MEASURES......    80%
Adjusted Operating Income....................           $300 million  $279 million  Between threshold
                                                                                       and target
Financial Product Sales (Production Credits).           $285 million  $255 million   Below threshold
Allstate Financial Total Return..............               4.50%        14.84%     Exceeded maximum

- --------
(1)Information regarding Allstate's performance measures is disclosed in the
   limited context of the annual cash incentive awards and should not be
   understood to be statements of management's expectations or estimates of
   results or other guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply
   these statements to other contexts.
(2)Stated as a percentage of target goals with a range from 0% to 300%, the
   actual performance comprises 0% for Adjusted Operating Income Per Diluted
   Share performance and 99% for Allstate Financial performance.

   Target award opportunities approved by the Committee are stated as a
percentage of annual base salary. Annual cash incentive awards are calculated
using base salary, as adjusted by any merit and promotional increases granted
during the year on a prorated basis. One of the central beliefs on which
Allstate's compensation philosophy is based is that a greater percentage of
compensation should be at risk for executives who bear higher levels of
responsibility for Allstate's performance. In setting target incentive levels
for named executive officers, the Committee gives the most consideration to
market data primarily focusing on pay levels at peer group companies with which
it directly competes for executive talent and stockholder investment.

   In calculating the annual cash incentive awards, Allstate's achievement with
respect to each performance measure is expressed as a percentage of the target
goal, with interpolation applied between the threshold and target goals and
between the target and maximum goals. Unless otherwise adjusted by the
Committee for Mr. Cripe or by management for Mr. Pintozzi, the amount of the
annual cash incentive award is the sum of the amounts calculated using the
calculation below for all of the performance measures.


                                                                   
Actual performance interpolated  X   Weighting X   Target award opportunity as a X   Salary*
relative to threshold and target                       percentage of salary*
on a range of 0% to 100% and
relative to target and maximum
on a range of 100% to 300%

- --------
*  Base salary, as adjusted by any merit and promotional increases granted
   during the year on a prorated basis.

   Annual cash incentive awards based on the achievement of the performance
measures for 2009 are included in the amounts reported in the Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary Compensation Table on
page 113 and broken out separately from long-term cash incentive awards in a
footnote to that table. In addition, the threshold, target, and maximum annual
award opportunities for 2009 are included in the Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards column in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards
table on page 114.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS--CASH AND EQUITY

   As part of total core compensation, Allstate historically has provided three
forms of long-term incentive awards: stock options, restricted stock units, and
long-term cash incentive awards. In 2009, Allstate discontinued

                                      107



future cycles of the long-term cash incentive plan. The relative mix of various
forms of these awards is driven by Allstate's objectives in providing the
specific form of award, as described below.

  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS--EQUITY

   As stated in its compensation philosophy, Allstate believes that a
significant amount of executive compensation should be in the form of equity
and that a greater percentage of compensation should be at risk for executives
who bear higher levels of responsibility for Allstate's performance. Consistent
with that philosophy, the size of stock option and restricted stock unit awards
granted by the Committee is usually larger for executives with the broadest
scope of responsibility. However, from time to time, larger equity awards are
granted to attract new executives.

  STOCK OPTIONS

   Stock options represent the opportunity to buy shares of Allstate stock at a
fixed exercise price at a future date. They are utilized to align the interests
of executives with long-term value of Allstate stockholders.

   Key elements:

    .  Under the Allstate stockholder-approved equity incentive plan, the
       exercise price cannot be less than the fair market value of a share on
       the date of grant.

    .  Stock option repricing is not permitted. In other words, absent an event
       such as a stock split, if the Committee cancels an award and substitutes
       a new award in its place, the exercise price of the new award cannot be
       less than the exercise price of the cancelled award.

    .  All stock option awards have been made in the form of nonqualified stock
       options.

    .  Allstate stock options vest over stated vesting periods measured from
       the date of grant.

    .  The options granted to the named executives in 2009 become exercisable
       in four installments of 25% on the first four anniversaries of the grant
       date and expire in ten years, except in certain change-in-control
       situations or under other special circumstances approved by the
       Committee.

  RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

   Each restricted stock unit represents Allstate's promise to transfer one
fully vested share of Allstate stock in the future if and when the restrictions
expire (when the unit "vests"). Because restricted stock units are based on and
payable in stock, they serve to reinforce the alignment of interests of
executives and Allstate stockholders. In addition, because restricted stock
units have a real, current value that is forfeited, except in some
circumstances, if an executive terminates employment before the restricted
stock units vest, they provide a significant retention incentive. Under the
terms of the restricted stock unit awards, the executives have only the rights
of general unsecured creditors of Allstate and no rights as stockholders until
delivery of the underlying shares.

   Key elements:

    .  The restricted stock units granted to the named executives in 2009 vest
       in one installment on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant,
       except in certain change-in-control situations or under other special
       circumstances approved by the Committee.

    .  Allstate restricted stock units granted to the named executives in 2009
       and prior years include the right to receive dividend equivalents in the
       same amount and at the same time as dividends paid to all Allstate
       common stockholders.

                                      108



  TIMING OF EQUITY AWARDS AND GRANT PRACTICES

   The Committee grants existing employee equity incentive awards on an annual
basis normally during a meeting in the first fiscal quarter, after the issuance
of Allstate's prior fiscal year-end earnings release. Throughout the year, the
Committee grants equity incentive awards in connection with new hires and
promotions and in recognition of achievements. The Committee approved a
one-time recognition award of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock
units to Mr. Cripe in November 2009. This award was granted in recognition of
his leadership of Allstate Financial.

   Pursuant to authority delegated by the Allstate Board and the Committee,
equity incentive awards also may be granted by a subcommittee consisting of the
Committee chair or by an equity award committee which currently consists of
Allstate's CEO. The subcommittee may grant restricted stock or restricted stock
units to new hires. The equity award committee may grant restricted stock units
and stock options in connection with new hires and promotions and in
recognition of achievements.

  STOCK OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES

   Because Allstate believes strongly in linking the interests of management
with those of its stockholders, it instituted stock ownership guidelines in
1996 that require each of the named executives to own, as of March 1 following
the fifth year after assuming a senior management position, common stock,
including restricted stock units, worth a multiple of base salary. Unexercised
stock options do not count towards meeting the stock ownership guidelines.
Messrs. Cripe and Pintozzi have met their respective goals. For Mr. Cripe, the
goal is four times salary. For Mr. Pintozzi, the goal is two times salary.
After a named executive meets the guideline for the position, if the value of
his shares does not equal the specified multiple of base salary solely due to
the fact that the value of the shares has declined, the executive is still
deemed to be in compliance with the guideline. However, any executive in that
situation may not sell any shares acquired upon the exercise of an option or
conversion of any equity award except to satisfy tax withholding obligations,
until the value of his shares again equals the specified multiple of base
salary. In accordance with Allstate's policy on insider trading, all officers,
directors, and employees are prohibited from engaging in transactions with
respect to any securities issued by Allstate or any of its subsidiaries that
might be considered speculative or regarded as hedging, such as selling short
or buying or selling options.

  LONG-TERM INCENTIVE AWARDS--CASH

   After the end of the three-year cycle for long-term cash incentive awards,
the Committee reviews the extent to which Allstate has achieved the various
performance measures and approves the actual amount of the long-term cash
incentive awards. Allstate pays long-term cash incentive awards after the end
of the three-year cycle.

   Long-term cash incentive awards were designed to reward executives for
collective results attained over a three-year performance cycle. The Committee
approved performance measures and threshold, target, and maximum goals for
long-term cash incentive awards at the beginning of each three-year cycle and a
new cycle started every year. However, the Committee discontinued future
long-term incentive plan awards in 2009, making the 2008-2010 cycle the final
cycle under the Long-Term Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. The final
award under this plan was made in February 2008 and will be paid out in March
2011. For the 2007-2009 cycle, there were three performance measures. The
target goals for each performance measure, the actual results, and the relative
weight of each measure are shown in the following table. The selection and
weighting of these measures was intended to focus executive attention on the
collective achievement of Allstate's long-term financial goals across its
various product lines. A description of each performance measure is provided
under the "Performance Measures" caption on page 127.

                                      109



               LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS, 2007-2009 CYCLE
            PERFORMANCE MEASURES, WEIGHTING, AND TARGET GOALS/(1)/



                                                       PERCENTAGE
                                                      WEIGHT OF THE
                                                         TOTAL                                 ACHIEVEMENT RELATIVE TO
                                                       POTENTIAL                                 THRESHOLD, TARGET,
PERFORMANCE MEASURES                                   AWARD/(2)/      TARGET       ACTUAL       MAXIMUM GOALS/(3)/
- --------------------                                  -------------  ------------ ------------ -----------------------
                                                                                   
Average adjusted return on equity....................     50%           5/th/        5/th/            Target
                                                                      position     position
                                                                     relative to  relative to
                                                                        peers        peers
Allstate Protection growth in policies in force over
  the 3-year cycle...................................     25%           5.0%        (3.8)%        Below threshold
Allstate Financial return on total capital over the
  3-year cycle.......................................     25%           9.5%         7.9%         Below threshold

- --------
(1)Information regarding performance measures is disclosed in the limited
   context of long-term cash incentive awards and should not be understood to
   be statements of management's expectations or estimates of results or other
   guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply these statements to
   other contexts.
(2)Same weight applied for all eligible named executives.
(3)Stated as a percentage of target goals with a range from 0% to 300%, the
   actual performance comprises 50% for the average adjusted return on equity
   measure, 0% for the Allstate Protection measure, and 0% for the Allstate
   Financial measure. The weighted results for all three measures stated as a
   percentage of the target goals for all the named executives was 50%.

   The target goal for the average adjusted return on equity was set at a level
representing average projected industry performance. The target goals for
Allstate Protection growth in policies in force over the three-year cycle and
Allstate Financial return on total capital over the three-year cycle were based
on evaluations of Allstate's historical performance and plans to drive
projected performance.

   The average adjusted return on equity measure compares Allstate's
performance to the following peer insurance companies:


                                            
  The Chubb Corporation                        MetLife Inc.
  CNA Financial Corporation                    The Progressive Corporation
  The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc.  Prudential Financial, Inc.
  Lincoln National Corporation                 The Travelers Companies, Inc.


   Allstate's ranked position relative to this peer group determines the
percentage of the total target award for this performance measure to be paid,
as indicated in the following table. However no payment is made unless the
average adjusted return on equity exceeds the average risk free rate of return
on three-year Treasury notes over the three-year cycle, plus 200 basis points,
regardless of Allstate's standing compared to the peer group. For the 2007-2009
cycle, Allstate achieved the 5/th/ position and met the target level of
performance. The average adjusted return on equity exceeded the average risk
free rate of return by 375 basis points.

                                      110



                  AVERAGE ADJUSTED RETURN ON EQUITY RELATIVE
                        TO PEER GROUP, 2007-2009 CYCLE



                              PEER POSITION % OF TARGET AWARD
                              ------------- -----------------
                                      
                   Threshold.       9                0%
                                    8               40%
                                    7               60%
                                    6               80%
                   Target....       5              100%
                                    4              150%
                                    3              200%
                                    2              250%
                   Maximum...       1              300%


   Target award opportunities approved by the Committee are stated as a
percentage of annual base salary. Award opportunities for the named executives
are capped at 300% of the target awards. Awards for each cycle are calculated
using base salary in effect at the beginning of the cycle, as adjusted by any
promotional increases granted during the course of the cycle on a prorated
basis. Mr. Cripe had a target award opportunity of 70%. Mr. Pintozzi had a
target award opportunity of 40%. The size of these target awards is based on
each executive's level of responsibility for contributing to Allstate's
long-term performance and overall market competitiveness.

   Unless otherwise adjusted by the Committee, in calculating the long-term
cash incentive awards, Allstate's achievement with respect to each performance
measure for a particular cycle is expressed as a percentage of the target goal
with interpolation applied between threshold and target goals and between
target and maximum goals. The amount of each named executive's award is the sum
of the amounts calculated using the following calculation for all of the
long-term cash incentive performance measures.


                                                                   
Actual performance interpolated  X   Weighting X   Target award opportunity as a X   Salary*
relative to threshold and target                       percentage of salary*
on a range of 0% to 100% and
relative to target and maximum
on a range of 100% to 300%

- --------
*  Base salary in effect at the beginning of the cycle, as adjusted by any
   promotional increases granted during the course of the cycle on a prorated
   basis.

   Long-term cash incentive awards based on the achievement of the performance
measures for the 2007-2009 cycle were paid in March 2010 and are included in
the amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of
the Summary Compensation Table and broken out separately from annual cash
incentive awards in a footnote to that table.

                                      111



OTHER ELEMENTS OF COMPENSATION

   To remain competitive with other employers and to attract, retain, and
motivate highly talented executives and other employees, we provide the
benefits listed in the following table.



                                                                                     MR. PINTOZZI,    ALL FULL-TIME
                                                                                     OTHER OFFICERS    AND REGULAR
                                                                                      AND CERTAIN       PART-TIME
BENEFIT OR PERQUISITE                                                 MR. CRIPE         MANAGERS        EMPLOYEES
- ---------------------                                             ---------------   ---------------   -------------
                                                                                             
401(k)/(1)/ and defined benefit pension.......................... (check mark)      (check mark)      (check mark)
Supplemental retirement benefit.................................. (check mark)      (check mark)
Health and welfare benefits/(2)/................................. (check mark)      (check mark)      (check mark)
Supplemental long-term disability and executive physical program. (check mark)      (check mark)/(3)/
Deferred compensation............................................ (check mark)      (check mark)
Tax preparation services......................................... (check mark)      (check mark)
Financial planning services...................................... (check mark)
Cell phones and ground transportation............................ (check mark)/(4)/

- --------
(1)Allstate contributed $1.00 for every dollar of basic pre-tax deposits made
   in 2009 on the first 3 percent of eligible pay and $.50 for every dollar of
   basic pre-tax deposits made in 2009 on the next 2 percent of eligible pay
   for eligible participants, including the named executive officers.
(2)Including medical, dental, vision, life, accidental death and dismemberment,
   long-term disability, and group legal insurance.
(3)An executive physical program is available to all officers.
(4)Ground transportation is available to Mr. Cripe. Cell phones are available
   to members of Allstate's senior management team, other officers and certain
   managers, and certain employees depending on their job responsibilities.

  RETIREMENT BENEFITS

   Each named executive officer participates in two different defined benefit
pension plans. The Allstate Retirement Plan (ARP) is a tax qualified defined
benefit pension plan available to all of Allstate's regular full-time and
regular part-time employees who meet certain age and service requirements. The
ARP provides an assured retirement income related to an employee's level of
compensation and length of service at no cost to the employee. As the ARP is a
tax qualified plan, federal tax law places limits on (1) the amount of an
individual's compensation that can be used to calculate plan benefits and
(2) the total amount of benefits payable to a participant under the plan on an
annual basis. These limits may result in a lower benefit under the ARP than
would have been payable if the limits did not exist for certain Allstate
employees. Therefore, the Allstate Insurance Company Supplemental Retirement
Income Plan (SRIP) was created for the purpose of providing ARP-eligible
employees whose compensation or benefit amount exceeds the federal limits with
an additional defined benefit in an amount equal to what would have been
payable under the ARP if the federal limits described above did not exist.

  CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AND POST-TERMINATION BENEFITS

   Allstate does not view the change-in-control benefits or post-termination
benefits as additional elements of compensation due to the fact that a
change-in-control or other triggering event may never occur. However, the use
and structure of Allstate's change-in-control and post-termination plans are
consistent with Allstate's compensation objectives to attract, motivate, and
retain highly talented executives. A change-in-control of Allstate could have a
disruptive impact on both Allstate and its executives. Allstate's
change-in-control benefits and post-termination benefits are designed to
mitigate that impact and to maintain the connection between the interests of
executives and Allstate's stockholders. As part of these benefits, executives
receive equity awards that might otherwise be eliminated by new directors of
Allstate elected in connection with a change-in-control. Allstate also provides
certain protections for cash incentive awards, previously deferred
compensation, and benefits if the named executive's employment is terminated
within a two-year period after a change-in-control. The arrangements which are
described in the "Potential Payments as a Result of Termination or
Change-in-Control" section are not provided exclusively to the named
executives. Certain cash severance benefits are provided to all regular
full-time and regular part-time Allstate employees. For example, Allstate
replaced its vacation policy with a paid time off bank effective January 1,
2001. Eligible employees could elect to receive their vacation days accrued but
not yet taken between their annual anniversary date in 2000 and December 31,
2000 as either paid time off or in the form of a lump sum severance payment at
termination.

                                      112



 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 2009 AND GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE FOR
                                     2009

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

   The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of
the named executives for all services rendered to Allstate New York in 2009,
allocated to Allstate New York in a manner consistent with the allocation of
compensation expenses under the Service and Expense Agreement.



                                                                      CHANGE IN
                                                                    PENSION VALUE
                                                                         AND
                                                        NON-EQUITY  NONQUALIFIED
                                                        INCENTIVE     DEFERRED
                                      STOCK   OPTION       PLAN     COMPENSATION    ALL OTHER
                       SALARY BONUS  AWARDS   AWARDS   COMPENSATION   EARNINGS     COMPENSATION  TOTAL
NAME/(1)/         YEAR  ($)   $/(2)/ ($)/(3)/ ($)/(4)/   ($)/(5)/     ($)/(6)/       ($)/(7)/     ($)
- --------          ---- ------ -----  -------  -------  ------------ -------------  ------------ -------
                                                                     
Frederick F.
 Cripe
 (Chairman,
 President and
 Chief
 Executive
 Officer)         2009 21,881     0  30,725   56,445      20,915       19,448/(8)/    1,572     144,632
John C. Pintozzi
 (Vice
 President and
 Chief
 Financial
 Officer)         2009 25,193 1,558  11,650   22,304      15,812        2,237/(9)/    1,897      82,209

- --------
(1)Mr. Cripe was Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Allstate
   New York until March 16, 2010.
(2)Mr. Pintozzi received a bonus as a result of his outstanding individual
   performance in 2009.
(3)The aggregate grant date fair value of restricted stock unit awards computed
   in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting
   Standards Codification Topic 718 ("ASC 718"). The number of restricted stock
   units granted in 2009 to each named executive is provided in the Grants of
   Plan-Based Awards table on page 114. The fair value of restricted stock unit
   awards is based on the final closing price of Allstate's stock as of the
   date of grant. The final closing price in part reflects the payment of
   future dividends expected.
(4)The aggregate grant date fair value of option awards computed in accordance
   with FASB ASC 718. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the
   date of grant using a binomial lattice model. The fair value of each option
   award is estimated on the date of grant using the assumptions as set forth
   in the following table:


                                                
                   Weighted average expected term. 8.1 years
                   Expected volatility............ 26.3-79.2%
                   Weighted average volatility.... 38.3%
                   Expected dividends............. 2.6%
                   Risk-free rate................. 0.0-3.7%


   The number of options granted in 2009 to each named executive is provided in
   the Grants of Plan-Based Awards table on page 114.

(5)Amounts earned under the Annual Executive Incentive Compensation Plan are
   paid in the year following performance. Amounts earned under the Long-Term
   Executive Incentive Compensation Plan are paid in the year following the
   performance cycle. The amounts shown in the table above include amounts
   earned in 2009 and payable under these plans in 2010. The break-down for
   each component is as follows:



                               ANNUAL CASH              LONG-TERM
                                INCENTIVE             CASH INCENTIVE
            NAME          YEAR AWARD AMOUNT   CYCLE    AWARD AMOUNT
            ----          ---- ------------ --------- --------------
                                          
            Mr. Cripe.... 2009   $14,177    2007-2009     $6,738
            Mr. Pintozzi. 2009   $11,519    2007-2009     $4,293


(6)Amounts reflect the aggregate increase in actuarial value of the pension
   benefits as set forth in the Pension Benefits table, accrued during 2009.
   These are benefits under the Allstate Retirement Plan (ARP) and the Allstate
   Insurance Company Supplemental Retirement Income Plan (SRIP). Non-qualified
   deferred compensation earnings are not reflected since Allstate's Deferred
   Compensation Plan does not provide above-market earnings. For 2009, the
   pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting
   purposes, December 31, as well as the methodology employed for purposes of
   Allstate's financial statements, were used in the calculation of the change
   in present value. (See note 16 to Allstate's audited financial statements
   for 2009.) One component of the change in pension value from 2008 to 2009
   displayed in this column relates to the change in the discount rate used to
   calculate the value of pension benefits. The discount rate decreased from
   7.5% in 2008 to 6.25% at year-end 2009, which resulted in an increase in the
   present value of accrued benefits at year-end 2009. For Mr Cripe,
   approximately 50% of the change in pension value relates to the change in
   the discount rate.
(7)The "All Other Compensation for 2009--Supplemental Table" provides details
   regarding the amounts for 2009 for this column.
(8)Reflects increases in the actuarial value of the benefits provided to
   Mr. Cripe pursuant to the ARP and SRIP of $7,927 and $11,521 respectively.
(9)Reflects increases in the actuarial value of the benefits provided to
   Mr. Pintozzi pursuant to the ARP and SRIP of $1,162 and $1,075 respectively.

                                      113



              ALL OTHER COMPENSATION FOR 2009--SUPPLEMENTAL TABLE

                                 (In dollars)

   The following table describes the incremental cost of other benefits
provided in 2009 that are included in the "All Other Compensation" column.



                                                         TOTAL
                                 401(K)                ALL OTHER
             NAME               MATCH/(1)/ OTHER/(2)/ COMPENSATION
             ----               ---------  ---------  ------------
                                          
             Mr. Cripe.... 2009    539       1,033       1,572
             Mr. Pintozzi. 2009    774       1,123       1,897

- --------
(1)Each of the named executives participated in Allstate's 401(k) plan during
   2009. The amount shown is the amount allocated to their accounts as employer
   matching contributions, allocated to Allstate New York in a manner
   consistent with the allocation of compensation expenses under the Service
   and Expense Agreement.
(2)"Other" consists of premiums for group life insurance and personal benefits
   and perquisites consisting of cell phones, tax preparation services,
   financial planning, executive physicals, ground transportation, and
   supplemental long-term disability coverage. None of the personal benefits
   and perquisites individually exceeded the greater of $25,000 or 10% of the
   total amount of these benefits for the named executives. Allstate provides
   supplemental long-term disability coverage to regular full-time and regular
   part-time employees whose annual earnings exceed the level which produces
   the maximum monthly benefit provided by the Group Long Term Disability
   Insurance Plan. This coverage is self-insured (funded and paid for by
   Allstate when obligations are incurred). No obligations for the named
   executives were incurred in 2009 and so no incremental cost is reflected in
   the table.

           GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009/(1)/

   The following table provides information about non-equity incentive plan
awards and equity awards granted to our named executives during the fiscal year
2009 to the extent the expense for such awards was allocated to Allstate New
York under the Service and Expense Agreement.



                                                   ESTIMATED FUTURE PAYOUTS
                                                   UNDER NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE                                   GRANT DATE
                                                       PLAN AWARDS/(2)/                                        FAIR VALUE ($)/(4)/
                                                   ------------------------                                    -------------------
                                                                                ALL
                                                                               OTHER
                                                                               STOCK   ALL OTHER
                                                                              AWARDS:    OPTION
                                                                               NUMBER   AWARDS:    EXERCISE
                                                                                 OF    NUMBER OF    OR BASE
                                                                               SHARES  SECURITIES  PRICE OF
                                                                              OF STOCK UNDERLYING   OPTION
                                                   THRESHOLD   TARGET MAXIMUM OR UNITS  OPTIONS     AWARDS     STOCK     OPTION
NAME           GRANT DATE         PLAN NAME           ($)       ($)     ($)     (#)       (#)     ($/SHR)/(3)/ AWARDS    AWARDS
- ----          ------------- ---------------------- ---------   ------ ------- -------- ---------- -----------  ------    ------
                                                                                           
Mr. Cripe     --            Annual cash incentive      0       17,923 53,770
              Feb. 27, 2009 Restricted stock units                             1,254                           21,100
              Feb. 27, 2009 Stock options                                                7,125       16.83               40,396
              Nov. 02, 2009 Restricted stock units                               325                            9,625
              Nov. 02, 2009 Stock options                                                1,845       29.64               16,049
Mr. Pintozzi  --            Annual cash incentive      0       14,562 43,687
              Feb. 27, 2009 Restricted stock units                               692                           11,650
              Feb. 27, 2009 Stock options                                                3,934       16.83               22,304

- --------
(1)Awards under the Annual Executive Incentive Compensation Plan and the 2001
   Equity Incentive Plan.
(2)The amounts in these columns consist of the threshold, target, and maximum
   annual cash incentive awards for the named executives. The threshold amount
   for each named executive is zero, as the minimum amount payable if no
   performance measures are achieved. The target amount is based upon
   achievement of certain performance measures set forth in the "Annual Cash
   Incentive Compensation" section of the CD&A.
(3)The exercise price of each option is equal to the fair market value of
   Allstate's common stock on the date of grant. Fair market value is equal to
   the closing sale price on the date of grant or, if there was no such sale on
   the date of grant, then on the last previous day on which there was a sale.
(4)As computed in accordance with FASB ASC 718, the aggregate grant date fair
   value of restricted stock units and stock option awards was $16.83 and
   $5.67, respectively, for awards granted on February 27, 2009, and $29.64 and
   $8.70, respectively, for awards granted on November 2, 2009. The assumptions
   used in the valuation are discussed in footnotes 3 and 4 to the Summary
   Compensation Table on page 113.

                                      114



   The following discussion of incentive compensation for 2009 elaborates on
the more general information provided above in the CD&A.

  NON-EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

   The Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary
Compensation Table includes each named executive's annual cash incentive award
for 2009 and long-term cash incentive award for the 2007-2009 cycle, allocated
to Allstate New York under the Service and Expense Agreement. The amount
attributable to annual and long-term, respectively, is provided in a footnote
to the Summary Compensation Table. The Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards column of the Grants of Plan-Based Awards at
Fiscal Year-End 2009 table includes the threshold, target, and maximum award
opportunities for 2009 annual cash incentive compensation, allocated in a
manner consistent with the allocation of compensation expenses to Allstate New
York under the Service and Expense Agreement.

  EQUITY COMPENSATION

   The Committee granted both restricted stock units and options in 2009. The
restricted stock units granted in 2009 vest in one installment four years after
the date of grant, except in certain change-in-control situations or under
other special circumstances approved by the Committee. Normally, the named
executive must be employed in order for the restricted stock units to vest.
However, restricted stock units continue to vest following retirement on or
after the normal retirement date specified in the award. If the named executive
dies, then as of the date of death, all unvested restricted stock units granted
in 2009 will vest and become nonforfeitable. The restricted stock units granted
in 2009 and prior years include the right to receive dividend equivalents in
the same amount and at the same time as dividends paid to all Allstate common
stockholders.

   The stock options granted in 2009 become exercisable in four annual
installments of 25% on the first four anniversaries of the grant date and
expire in ten years, except in certain change-in-control situations or under
other special circumstances approved by the Committee. Normally, the named
executive must be employed at the time of vesting in order for the options to
vest. If the named executive terminates on or after the normal retirement date
under the stock option award agreements, stock options not vested will continue
to vest as scheduled. When the options become vested, they may be exercised by
the named executive at any time on or before the earlier to occur of (i) the
expiration date of the option and (ii) the fifth anniversary of the date of the
named executive's termination of employment. If the named executive dies or
becomes disabled, unvested stock options will vest and may be exercised by the
named executive officer (or personal representative, estate or transferee, as
the case may be) at any time on or before the earlier to occur of (i) the
expiration date of the option and (ii) the second anniversary of the date of
the named executive's termination of employment. If the named executive
terminates for any other reason, any portion of the option not vested will be
forfeited. Vested options may be exercised at any time on or before the earlier
to occur of (i) the expiration date of the option and (ii) three months after
the date of the named executive's termination of employment. The options were
granted with an exercise price equal to the closing sale price on the date of
grant or, if there was no sale on the date of grant, then on the last previous
day on which there was a sale. Each option is a nonqualified stock option. Each
option includes tax withholding rights that permit the holder to elect to have
shares withheld to satisfy minimum federal, state, and local tax withholding
requirements. Option holders may exchange shares previously owned to satisfy
all or part of the exercise price. The vested portions of all the options may
be transferred during the holder's lifetime to, or for the benefit of, family
members. Any taxes payable upon a transferee's subsequent exercise of the
option remain the obligation of the original option holder.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009

   The following table summarizes the outstanding equity awards of the named
executives as of December 31, 2009, allocated in a manner consistent with the
allocation of compensation expenses to Allstate New York under the Service and
Expense Agreement for 2009. The percentage of each equity award actually
allocated to Allstate

                                      115



New York has varied over the years during which these awards were granted
depending on the extent of services rendered by such executive to Allstate New
York and the arrangements in place at the time of such equity awards between
Allstate New York and the executive's Allstate-affiliated employer. Because the
aggregate amount of such equity awards attributable to services rendered to
Allstate New York by each named executive cannot be calculated without
unreasonable effort, the allocated amount of each equity award provided for
each named executive in the following table is the amount determined by
multiplying each named executive's equity award for services rendered to
Allstate and all of its affiliates by the percentage used for allocating such
named executive's compensation to Allstate New York in 2009 under the Service
and Expense Agreement.

                                      116



               OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009



                                        OPTION AWARDS/(1)/                                            STOCK AWARDS
              ----------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------------------
                               NUMBER OF         NUMBER OF                                             NUMBER OF
                              SECURITIES        SECURITIES                                             SHARES OR
                              UNDERLYING        UNDERLYING                                              UNITS OF
                              UNEXERCISED       UNEXERCISED      OPTION     OPTION        STOCK        STOCK THAT
              OPTION GRANT    OPTIONS (#)       OPTIONS (#)     EXERCISE  EXPIRATION      AWARD         HAVE NOT
NAME              DATE      EXERCISABLE/(2)/ UNEXERCISABLE/(3)/  PRICE       DATE       GRANT DATE   VESTED (#)/(4)/
- ----          ------------- ---------------  -----------------  -------- ------------- ------------- --------------
                                                                                
Mr. Cripe
              Feb. 7, 2003         316                 0         31.78   Feb. 7, 2013
              Feb. 6, 2004       1,138                 0         45.96   Feb. 6, 2014
              Feb. 22, 2005        794                 0         52.57   Feb. 22, 2015
              Feb. 21, 2006        631               210         53.84   Feb. 21, 2016 Feb. 21, 2006       127
              Feb. 21, 2006        371               124         53.84   Feb. 21, 2016 Feb. 21, 2006        33*
              Feb. 20, 2007        795               795         62.24   Feb. 20, 2017 Feb. 20, 2007       220
              Feb. 26, 2008        660             1,980         48.82   Feb. 26, 2018 Feb. 26, 2008       286
              Feb. 27, 2009          0             7,125         16.83   Feb. 27, 2019 Feb. 27, 2009     1,254
              Nov. 2, 2009           0             1,845         29.64   Nov. 2, 2019  Nov. 2, 2009        325





Mr. Pintozzi
              Sep. 30, 2002         99                 0         35.17
              Feb. 7, 2003         277                 0         31.78   Feb. 7, 2013
              Feb. 6, 2004         393                 0         45.96   Feb. 6, 2014
              Feb. 22, 2005      1,082                 0         52.57   Feb. 22, 2015
              Feb. 21, 2006        533               178         53.84   Feb. 21, 2016 Feb. 21, 2006       162
              Feb. 21, 2006        804               268         53.84   Feb. 21, 2016 Feb. 21, 2006        47*
              Feb. 20, 2007        526               526         62.24   Feb. 20, 2017 Feb. 20, 2007       145
              Feb. 26, 2008        469             1,408         48.82   Feb. 26, 2018 Feb. 26, 2008       204
              Feb. 27, 2009          0             3,934         16.83   Feb. 27, 2019 Feb. 27, 2009       692









              --------------

               MARKET VALUE
               OF SHARES OR
              UNITS OF STOCK
              THAT HAVE NOT
NAME           VESTED/(5)/
- ----          --------------
           
Mr. Cripe



                   3,817
                     991
                   6,609
                   8,591
                  37,662
                   9,755

                AGGREGATE
               MARKET VALUE
              --------------
                  67,425
Mr. Pintozzi




                   4,865
                   1,424
                   4,357
                   6,120
                  20,794

                AGGREGATE
               MARKET VALUE
              --------------
                  37,560

- --------
(1)Options vest in four installments on the first four anniversaries of the
   grant date. The exercise price of each option is equal to the fair market
   value of Allstate's common stock on the date of grant. For options granted
   prior to 2007, fair market value is equal to the average of high and low
   sale prices on the date of grant, and for options granted in 2007 and
   thereafter, fair market value is equal to the closing sale price on the date
   of grant or in each case, if there was no sale on the date of grant, then on
   the last previous day on which there was a sale.
(2)The allocated aggregate value and aggregate number of exercisable
   in-the-money options as of December 31, 2009, for each of the named
   executives is $0 (0 aggregate number exercisable).
(3)The allocated aggregate value and aggregate number of unexercisable
   in-the-money options as of December 31, 2009, for each of the named
   executives is as follows: Mr. Cripe $94,854 (8,969 aggregate number
   unexercisable), and Mr. Pintozzi $51,965 (3,934 aggregate number
   unexcercisable).
(4)Except as otherwise noted, each restricted stock unit award vests in one
   installment on the fourth anniversary of the grant date. An asterisk
   (*) denotes restricted stock units that vest in four equal installments on
   the first four anniversaries of the grant date.
(5)Amount is based on the closing price of Allstate common stock of $30.04 on
   December 31, 2009.

OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009

   The following table summarizes the options exercised by the named executives
during 2009 and the restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards that
vested during 2009, allocated in a manner consistent with the allocation of
compensation expenses to Allstate New York under the Service and Expense
Agreement for 2009.

                                      117



           OPTION EXERCISES AND STOCK VESTED AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009



                        OPTION AWARDS
                       (AS OF 12/31/09)                  STOCK AWARDS
               -------------------------------- -------------------------------
               NUMBER OF SHARES                 NUMBER OF SHARES
                 ACQUIRED ON    VALUE REALIZED    ACQUIRED ON    VALUE REALIZED
 NAME            EXERCISE (#)   ON EXERCISE ($)   VESTING (#)    ON VESTING ($)
 ----          ---------------- --------------- ---------------- --------------
                                                     
 Mr. Cripe....        0                0              209            $3,857
 Mr. Pintozzi.        0                0              213            $3,919


RETIREMENT BENEFITS

   Each named executive participates in two different defined benefit pension
plans. Pension expense for each named executive under these plans has been
accrued annually over the course of the executive's career with Allstate. The
aggregate amount of the annual accrual specifically allocated to Allstate New
York over that period of time has varied depending on the extent of services
rendered by such executive to Allstate New York and the arrangements in place
at the time of accrual between Allstate New York and the executive's
Allstate-affiliated employer. Because the aggregate amount of such annual
accruals earned prior to 2009 attributable to services rendered to Allstate New
York by each named executive cannot be calculated without unreasonable effort,
the present value of accumulated benefit provided for each named executive in
the following table is the amount determined by multiplying the present value
of such named executive's accumulated pension benefit for services rendered to
Allstate and all of its affiliates over the course of such named executive's
career with Allstate by the percentage used for allocating such named
executive's compensation to Allstate New York under the Service and Expense
Agreement in 2009.

                               PENSION BENEFITS



                                                    NUMBER OF     PRESENT
                                                      YEARS       VALUE OF         PAYMENTS
                                                    CREDITED    ACCUMULATED       DURING LAST
NAME                       PLAN NAME               SERVICE (#) BENEFIT/(1)/ ($) FISCAL YEAR ($)
- ----          ------------------------------------ ----------- --------------   ---------------
                                                                    
Mr. Cripe     Allstate Retirement Plan                28.0         32,707              0
              Supplemental Retirement Income Plan     28.0         62,588              0
Mr. Pintozzi  Allstate Retirement Plan                 7.3          2,995              0
              Supplemental Retirement Income Plan      7.3          3,124              0

- --------
(1)These amounts are estimates and do not necessarily reflect the actual
   amounts that will be paid to the named executives, which will only be known
   at the time they become eligible for payment. Accrued benefits were
   calculated as of December 31, 2009, and used to calculate the Present Value
   of Accumulated Benefits at December 31, 2009, and the applicable percentages
   were applied based on the Service and Expense Agreement. December 31 is the
   pension plan measurement date used for financial statement reporting
   purposes.

   The benefits and value of benefits shown in the Pension Benefits table are
based on the following material factors:

  ALLSTATE RETIREMENT PLAN ("ARP")

   The ARP has two different types of benefit formulas (final average pay and
cash balance) which apply to participants based on their date of hire or
individual choice made prior to the January 1, 2003 introduction of a cash
balance design. Of the named executives, Mr. Pintozzi is eligible to earn cash
balance benefits. Benefits under the final average pay formula are earned and
stated in the form of a straight life annuity payable at the normal retirement
date (age 65). Participants who earn final average pay benefits may do so under
one or more benefit formulas based on when they become members of the ARP and
their years of service.

                                      118



   Mr. Cripe has earned ARP benefits under the post-1988 final average pay
formula which is the sum of the Base Benefit and the Additional Benefit, as
defined as follows:

    .  Base Benefit =1.55% of the participant's average annual compensation,
       multiplied by credited service after 1988 (limited to 28 years of
       credited service)

    .  Additional Benefit =0.65% of the amount, if any, of the participant's
       average annual compensation that exceeds the participant's covered
       compensation (the average of the maximum annual salary taxable for
       Social Security over the 35-year period ending the year the participant
       would reach Social Security retirement age) multiplied by credited
       service after 1988 (limited to 28 years of credited service)

   Since Mr. Cripe earned benefits between January 1, 1978, and December 31,
1988, one component of Mr. Cripe's ARP benefit will be based on the following
benefit formula:

    1. Multiply years of credited service from 1978 through 1988 by 2 1/8%.

    2. Then, multiply the percentage from step (1) by

       a. Average annual compensation (five-year average) at December 31, 1988,
          and by

       b. Estimated Social Security at December 31, 1988.

    3. Then, subtract 2(b) from 2(a). The result is the normal retirement
       allowance for service from January 1, 1978, through December 31, 1988.

    4. The normal retirement allowance is indexed for final average pay. In
       addition, there is an adjustment of 18% of the normal retirement
       allowance as of December 31, 1988, to reflect a conversion to a single
       life annuity.

   For participants eligible to earn cash balance benefits, pay credits are
added to the cash balance account on a quarterly basis as a percent of
compensation and based on the participant's years of vesting service as follows:

                         Cash Balance Plan Pay Credits



                 VESTING SERVICE                   PAY CREDIT %
                 ---------------                   ------------
                                                
                 Less than 1 year.................       0%
                 1 year, but less than 5 years....     2.5%
                 5 years, but less than 10 years..       3%
                 10 years, but less than 15 years.       4%
                 15 years, but less than 20 years.       5%
                 20 years, but less than 25 years.       6%
                 25 years or more.................       7%


   The earliest retirement age that a named executive may retire with unreduced
retirement benefits under the ARP and Supplemental Retirement Income Plan is
age 65. However, a participant earning final average pay benefits is entitled
to an early retirement benefit on or after age 55 if he or she terminates
employment after the completion of 20 or more years of service. A participant
earning cash balance benefits who terminates employment with at least three
years of vesting service is entitled to a lump sum benefit equal to his or her
cash balance account balance. Currently, none of the executive officers is
eligible for an early retirement benefit. The benefit reduction for early
payment of final average pay benefits earned after 1988 is as follows: The Base
Benefit as described above is reduced by 0.4% for each full month the benefit
is paid prior to the participant's normal retirement date (or benefit
retirement age if member prior to 1989). Mr. Cripe was a member prior to 1989
and his benefit retirement age under the ARP is age 65. The Additional Benefit
is reduced by  2/3 of 1% for each of the first 36 full months and by  1/3 of 1%
for each of the next 84 full months by which the benefit commencement date
precedes the participant's normal retirement date (age 65). The benefit
reduction for early payment of final average pay benefits earned prior to 1989
is 0.4% for each full month prior to age 60.

                                      119



  SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN ("SRIP")

   SRIP benefits are generally determined using a two-step process:
(1) determine the amount that would be payable under the ARP formula specified
above if the federal limits described above did not apply, then (2) reduce the
amount described in (1) by the amount actually payable under the ARP formula.
The normal retirement date under the SRIP is age 65. If eligible for early
retirement under the ARP, an eligible employee is also eligible for early
retirement under the SRIP.

  OTHER ASPECTS OF THE PENSION PLANS

   Eligible employees are vested in the normal retirement benefit under the ARP
and the SRIP on the earlier of the completion of five years of service or upon
reaching age 65 for participants with final average pay benefits or the
completion of three years of service or upon reaching age 65 for participants
whose benefits are calculated under the cash balance formula.

   For the ARP and SRIP, eligible compensation consists of salary, annual cash
incentive awards, pre-tax employee deposits made to Allstate's 401(k) plan and
Allstate's cafeteria plan, holiday pay, and vacation pay. Eligible compensation
also includes overtime pay, payment for temporary military service, and
payments for short term disability, but does not include long-term cash
incentive awards or income related to the exercise of stock options and the
vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Compensation used to
determine benefits under the ARP is limited in accordance with the Internal
Revenue Code. Average annual compensation is the average compensation of the
five highest consecutive calendar years within the last ten consecutive
calendar years preceding the actual retirement or termination date.

   Payment options under the ARP include a lump sum, straight life annuity, and
various survivor annuity options. The lump sum under the final average pay
benefit is calculated in accordance with the applicable interest rate and
mortality as required under the Internal Revenue Code. The lump sum payment
under the cash balance benefit is generally equal to a participant's cash
balance account balance.

   The amounts listed in the Present Value of Accumulated Benefit column of the
Pension Benefits table and the amounts listed in the footnotes to the Change in
Pension Value column of the Summary Compensation Table are based on the
following assumptions:

    .  Discount rate of 6.25%, payment form assuming 80% paid as a lump sum and
       20% paid as an annuity, lump-sum/annuity conversion segmented interest
       rates of 5.0% for the first five years, 6.5% for the next 15 years, and
       7% for all years after 20 and the 2010 combined static Pension
       Protection Act funding mortality table with a blend of 50% males and 50%
       females (as required under the Internal Revenue Code), and
       post-retirement mortality for annuitants using the 2010 IRS-mandated
       annuitant table; these are the same as those used for financial
       reporting year-end disclosure as described in the notes to Allstate's
       consolidated financial statements. (See note 16 to Allstate's audited
       financial statements for 2009).

    .  Retirement age: normal retirement age under the ARP and SRIP (65). Based
       on guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission, we have
       assumed normal retirement age regardless of any announced or anticipated
       retirements.

    .  Expected terminations, disability, and pre-retirement mortality: none
       assumed.

    .  The percentages used under the Service and Expense Agreement for
       allocating compensation expense to Allstate New York in 2009.

  EXTRA SERVICE AND PENSION BENEFIT ENHANCEMENT

   No additional service is granted under the ARP or the SRIP. Generally,
Allstate has not granted additional service credit outside of the actual
service used to calculate ARP and SRIP benefits.

                                      120



NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION

   The following table summarizes the non-qualified deferred compensation
contributions, earnings, and account balances of Allstate New York's named
executives in 2009. All amounts relate to the Deferred Compensation Plan.

          NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION AT FISCAL YEAR-END 2009



                EXECUTIVE      REGISTRANT                         AGGREGATE
              CONTRIBUTIONS CONTRIBUTIONS IN AGGREGATE EARNINGS WITHDRAWALS/  AGGREGATE BALANCE
               IN LAST FY       LAST FY          IN LAST FY     DISTRIBUTIONS    AT LAST FYE
NAME               ($)            ($)             ($)/(1)/           ($)          ($)/(2)/
- ----          ------------- ---------------- ------------------ ------------- -----------------
                                                               
Mr. Cripe....       0              0                 0                0               0
Mr. Pintozzi.       0              0                 0                0               0

- --------
(1)Aggregate earnings were not included in the named executive's compensation
   as reported in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table.
(2)There are no amounts reported in the Aggregate Balance at Last FYE column
   that were reported in the 2009 Summary Compensation Table.

   In order to remain competitive with other employers, Allstate allows
employees, including the named executives, whose annual compensation exceeds
the amount specified in the Internal Revenue Code (e.g., $245,000 in 2009), to
defer up to 80% of their salary and/or up to 100% of their annual cash
incentive award that exceeds that amount under the Deferred Compensation Plan.
Allstate does not match participant deferrals and does not guarantee a stated
rate of return.

   Deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan are credited with earnings,
or are subject to losses, based on the results of the investment option or
options selected by the participants. The investment options available under
the Deferred Compensation Plan are Stable Value, S&P 500, International Equity,
Russell 2000, and Bond Funds--options currently available under Allstate's
401(k) plan. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, deferrals are not actually
invested in these funds, but instead are credited with earnings or losses based
on the funds' investment experience, which are net of administration and
investment expenses. Because the rate of return is based on actual investment
measures in Alllstate's 401(k) plan, no above-market earnings are paid. Similar
to Allstate's 401(k) plan, participants can change their investment elections
daily. Investment changes are effective the next business day. The Deferred
Compensation Plan is unfunded; participants have only the rights of general
unsecured creditors.

   Deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan are segregated into pre-2005
balances and post-2004 balances. A named executive may elect to begin receiving
a distribution of a pre-2005 balance upon separation from service or in one of
the first through fifth years after separation from service. In either event,
the named executive may elect to receive payment of a pre-2005 balance in a
lump sum or in annual cash installment payments over a period of two to ten
years. An irrevocable distribution election is required before making any
post-2004 deferrals into the plan. The distribution options available to the
post-2004 balances are similar to those available to the pre-2005 balances,
except the earliest distribution date is six months following separation from
service. Upon a showing of unforeseeable emergency, a plan participant may be
allowed to access certain funds in a deferred compensation account earlier than
the dates specified above.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS AS A RESULT OF TERMINATION OR CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

   The named executives may become eligible for severance benefits that all
regular full-time and regular part-time employees are eligible to receive if
their employment is terminated due to lack of work, rearrangement of work,
reduction in workforce, or inability to satisfactorily perform the
responsibilities of their position. The

                                      121



length of severance benefits depends on the named executive's years of service,
up to the maximum provided in the plans.

   Allstate has entered into certain agreements or provides certain plans that
will require Allstate Insurance Company or Allstate to provide compensation or
benefits to the named executives in the event of a termination of
employment--other than compensation and benefits generally available to all
salaried employees. The amount of compensation payable to each named executive
or the value of benefits provided to the named executives that exceed the
compensation or benefits generally available to all salaried employees in each
situation is listed in the tables below. The amounts provided in the tables
below, including amounts earned by each named executive over the course of his
career with Allstate and its affiliates, have been calculated in a manner
consistent with the allocation of compensation expenses to Allstate New York
under the Service and Expense Agreement for 2009. The payment of the 2009
annual cash incentive award, the 2007-2009 long-term cash incentive award, and
any 2009 salary earned but not paid in 2009 due to Allstate's payroll cycle are
not included in these tables because these amounts are payable to the named
executives regardless of termination, death, or disability. Benefits and
payments are calculated assuming a December 31, 2009, employment termination
date.

                                      122



                   POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION/(1)/
                            (NO CHANGE-IN-CONTROL)



                                                         RESTRICTED
                          LONG-TERM    STOCK OPTIONS--  STOCK UNITS--   NON-QUALIFIED
                        CASH INCENTIVE  UNVESTED AND    UNVESTED AND       PENSION      WELFARE
                         AWARDS/(2)/   ACCELERATED/(3)/  ACCELERATED    BENEFITS/(4)/ BENEFITS/(5)/ SEVERANCE/(6)/  TOTAL
NAME                         ($)             ($)             ($)             ($)          ($)            ($)         ($)
- ----                    -------------- ---------------  -------------   ------------- ------------  -------------  -------
                                                                                              
MR. CRIPE
Involuntary
 Termination/(7)/......         0               0               0          95,925             0        22,013      117,938
Voluntary Termination/
 Retirement/(8)/.......         0               0               0          95,925             0             0       95,925
Death..................     3,387          94,854/(9)/     67,425/(10)/    95,925             0             0      261,591
Disability.............     3,387          94,854/(9)/          0          95,925        70,141             0      264,307
MR. PINTOZZI
Involuntary
 Termination/(7)/......         0               0               0           3,610             0         6,561       10,171
Voluntary Termination/
 Retirement/(8)/.......         0               0               0           3,610             0             0        3,610
Death..................     2,255          51,965/(9)/     37,560/(10)/     3,610             0             0       95,390
Disability.............     2,255          51,965/(9)/          0           3,610       107,167             0      164,997

- --------
(1)A "0" indicates that either there is no amount payable to the named
   executive or no amount payable to the named executive that is not made
   available to all salaried employees.
(2)If a participant dies, retires or is disabled during a performance cycle,
   the participant's award will be prorated based on the number of half months
   in which the participant was eligible to participate during the long-term
   cash incentive performance cycle. The amount reflected is calculated at
   target for purposes of this disclosure. The actual payment would be made at
   the time all awards are paid for that particular performance cycle and
   calculated based on actual results.
(3)If the named executive's termination of employment is for any reason other
   than death, disability, or retirement, unvested stock options will be
   forfeited, and stock options, to the extent they are vested on the date of
   termination, may be exercised at any time on or before the earlier to occur
   of (a) the expiration date of the stock option and (b) three months after
   the date of termination.
(4)The present value of the non-qualified pension benefits for each named
   executive earned through December 31, 2009, based on a 6.25% discount rate
   is disclosed in the Pension Benefits table. The value in this column
   represents the present value of each named executive's non-qualified pension
   benefits (SRIP) earned through December 31, 2009, after applying the
   applicable allocation percentage in a manner consistent with the Service and
   Expense Agreement and is based on the lump sum methodology (i.e., interest
   rate and mortality table) used by the Allstate pension plans in 2010, as
   required under the Pension Protection Act. Specifically, the interest rate
   for 2010 is based on 40% of the average August 30-year Treasury Bond rate
   from the prior year, and 60% of the average corporate bond segmented yield
   curve from August of the prior year. The mortality table for 2010 is the
   2010 combined static Pension Protection Act funding mortality table with a
   blend of 50% males and 50% females, as published by the IRS.

   SRIP benefits earned through December 31, 2004 (Pre 409A SRIP Benefits), are
   generally payable at age 65, the normal retirement date under the ARP. Pre
   409A SRIP Benefits may be payable earlier upon certain terminations in
   accordance with the terms of the SRIP. For example, Pre 409A SRIP Benefits
   may become payable upon reaching age 50 if disabled, following early
   retirement at age 55 or older with 20 years of service, or upon death. SRIP
   benefits earned after December 31, 2004 (Post 409A SRIP Benefits), are paid
   on the January 1 following termination of employment after reaching age 55
   (a minimum six month deferral period applies), or immediately upon death.

  .  Mr. Cripe's Pre 409A SRIP Benefit would become payable as early as
     January 1, 2013, but is immediately payable upon death or disability.
     Mr. Cripe's Post 409A Benefit would be paid on January 1, 2013, or
     immediately upon death. Mr. Cripe will turn 65 on September 15, 2022.

  .  Mr. Pintozzi's Pre 409A SRIP Benefit would become payable as early as
     January 1, 2011, but is immediately payable upon death. Mr. Pintozzi's
     Post 409A Benefit would be paid on January 1, 2021, or immediately upon
     death. Mr. Pintozzi will turn 65 on May 18, 2030.

(5)The named executives are eligible to participate in Allstate's supplemental
   long-term disability plan for employees whose annual earnings exceed the
   level which produces the maximum monthly benefit provided by the Allstate
   Long Term Disability Plan (Basic Plan). The benefit is equal to 50% of the
   named executive's qualified annual earnings divided by twelve and rounded to
   the nearest one hundred dollars, reduced by $7,500, which is the maximum
   monthly benefit payment that can be received under the Basic Plan. The
   amount reflected assumes the named executive remains totally disabled until
   age 65 and represents the present value of the monthly benefit payable until
   age 65.

                                      123



(6)The "Severance" amount is the lump sum payment that named executives would
   be eligible to receive in the event of employment termination resulting from
   a lack of work, rearrangement of work, or reduction in workforce plus an
   amount of vacation accrual severance benefit, if applicable. The lump sum
   severance benefit is equal to two weeks of pay for each complete year of
   service, up to a maximum of 52 weeks of pay, and is the same benefit
   available to all regular full-time and regular part-time employees. The
   vacation accrual severance benefit is equal to the value at December 31,
   2009, of the vacation days accrued but not yet taken between the executive's
   anniversary date in 2000 and December 31, 2000. This same benefit was made
   available to all eligible regular full-time and regular part-time employees
   following a change to the company vacation policy. Mr. Cripe has a vacation
   accrual severance benefit amount included in the Severance column of $791.
(7)Examples of "Involuntary Termination" independent of a change-in-control
   include performance-related terminations, reorganization, and terminations
   for employee dishonesty and violation of Allstate rules, regulations, or
   policies.
(8)As of December 31, 2009, neither of the named executives were eligible to
   retire in accordance with Allstate's policy or the terms of any of the
   Allstate compensation and benefit plans including the long-term cash
   incentive and equity incentive plans. If Mr. Cripe or Mr. Pintozzi had
   voluntarily terminated employment on December 31, 2009, the non-qualified
   pension benefit would have become payable as described in footnote (4) above.
(9)If the named executive's termination of employment is on account of death or
   disability, then stock options, to the extent not vested, will vest and may
   be exercised at any time on or before the earlier to occur of (1) the
   expiration date of the option and (2) the second anniversary of the date of
   termination of employment. Stock option values are based on a December 31,
   2009, market close price of $30.04 per share of Allstate stock.
(10)If the named executive's termination of employment is a result of death,
    restricted stock units immediately become nonforfeitable and the
    restrictions expire. The December 31, 2009, market close price of $30.04
    per share of Allstate stock was used to value the unvested and
    nonforfeitable awards.

  CHANGE-IN-CONTROL

   Allstate and Allstate Insurance Company have entered into agreements with
the named executives to provide certain benefits and compensation in the event
of a change-in-control. In general, a change-in-control is one or more of the
following events: (1) any person acquires 30% or more of the combined voting
power of Allstate common stock within a 12-month period; (2) any person
acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of Allstate common stock;
(3) certain changes are made to the composition of the Allstate Board; or
(4) the consummation of a merger, reorganization, or similar transaction. These
triggers were selected because, in a widely held company the size of Allstate,
they could each result in a substantial change in management. There are no
agreements in place with the named executives to provide benefits or
compensation in the event of a change-in-control of Allstate New York that does
not also involve a change-in-control of Allstate.

   During the two-year period following a change-in-control, the
change-in-control agreements provide for a minimum salary, annual cash
incentive awards, long-term cash incentive awards, and other benefits. In
addition, they provide that the named executives' positions, authority, duties,
and responsibilities will be at least commensurate in all material respects
with those held prior to the change-in-control.

   Under the change-in-control agreements, severance benefits would be payable
if a named executive's employment is terminated either by Allstate without
"cause" or by the executive for "good reason" as defined in the agreements
during the two-year period following the change-in-control. Cause means the
named executive has been convicted of a felony or other crime involving fraud
or dishonesty, has willfully or intentionally breached the change-in-control
agreement, has habitually neglected his or her duties, or has engaged in
willful or reckless material misconduct in the performance of his or her
duties. Good reason includes a material diminution in a named executive's base
compensation, authority, duties, or responsibilities, a material change in the
geographic location where the named executive performs services, or a material
breach of the change-in-control agreement by Allstate. The principal severance
benefits payable on post-change-in-control terminations include: pro-rated
annual cash incentive awards and long-term cash incentive awards (all at
target); a payment equal to three times the sum of the executive's base salary
and target annual cash incentive award; the continuation of certain welfare
benefits for the continuation coverage period at a cost not to exceed the
amount paid by the named executive prior to termination; outplacement services;
an enhanced retirement benefit consisting of an additional three years of
service, age, and compensation; and reimbursement (on an after-tax basis) of
any resulting excise taxes.

                                      124



   If a named executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or
disability during the two-year period commencing on the date of a
change-in-control, Allstate will pay the named executive or the named
executive's estate a lump-sum cash amount equal to all amounts earned but
unpaid, including any annual and long-term cash incentive awards, as of the
termination date. In addition, in the event of death, the named executive's
estate or beneficiary will be entitled to survivor and other benefits,
including retiree medical coverage, if eligible, that are not less favorable
than the most favorable benefits available to the estates or surviving families
of peer executives of Allstate. In the event of disability, Allstate will pay
disability and other benefits, including supplemental long-term disability
benefits and retiree medical coverage, if eligible, that are not less favorable
than the most favorable benefits available to disabled peer executives. If
Allstate terminates a named executive's employment for cause, Allstate's sole
obligation is to pay the named executive a lump-sum cash amount equal to all
amounts earned and due to be paid, but unpaid, as of the termination date.

   If a named executive incurs legal fees or other expenses in an effort to
enforce the change-in-control agreement, Allstate will reimburse the named
executive for these expenses unless it is established by a court that the named
executive had no reasonable basis for the claim or acted in bad faith.

   Effective upon a change-in-control, the named executives become subject to
covenants prohibiting competition and solicitation of employees, customers, and
suppliers at any time until one year after termination of employment.

   The following table describes the estimated compensation or benefits that
would be provided by Allstate Insurance Company or Allstate to the named
executives in the event of a change-in-control that exceed the compensation or
benefits generally available to all salaried employees in each situation. The
payment of the 2009 annual cash incentive award, the 2007-2009 long-term cash
incentive award and any 2009 salary earned but not paid in 2009 due to
Allstate's payroll cycle are not included in these tables because these amounts
are payable to the named executives regardless of termination, death, or
disability. Benefits and payments are calculated assuming a December 31, 2009,
employment termination date or change-in-control.

                                      125



                POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON CHANGE-IN-CONTROL/(1)/



                                               STOCK         RESTRICTED        NON-QUALIFIED      WELFARE      EXCISE TAX
                             CHANGE-IN-      OPTIONS--      STOCK UNITS--       PENSION AND     BENEFITS AND  REIMBURSEMENT
                              CONTROL      UNVESTED AND     UNVESTED AND         DEFERRED       OUTPLACEMENT     AND TAX
                             SEVERANCE    ACCELERATED/(3)/ ACCELERATED/(5)/    COMPENSATION       SERVICES    GROSS-UP/(9)/
NAME                            ($)             ($)              ($)                ($)             ($)            ($)
- ----                        ----------    ---------------  ---------------  --------------      ------------  -------------
                                                                                            
MR. CRIPE
Immediately Payable Upon
 Change-in-Control.........        0              94,854           67,425           95,925/(6)/        0            0
Involuntary or Good Reason
 Termination...............  121,170/(2)/ See footnote 4   See footnote 4   See footnote 7         1,861/(8)/       0
Death/Disability/For Cause
 Termination...............        0                   0                0                0             0            0
MR. PINTOZZI
Immediately Payable Upon
 Change-in-Control.........        0              51,965           37,560            3,610/(6)/        0            0
Involuntary or Good Reason
 Termination...............   80,238/(2)/ See footnote 4   See footnote 4   See footnote 7         1,629/(8)/       0
Death/Disability/For Cause
 Termination...............        0                   0                0                0             0            0






                             TOTAL
NAME                          ($)
- ----                        -------
                         
MR. CRIPE
Immediately Payable Upon
 Change-in-Control......... 258,204
Involuntary or Good Reason
 Termination............... 123,031
Death/Disability/For Cause
 Termination...............       0
MR. PINTOZZI
Immediately Payable Upon
 Change-in-Control.........  93,135
Involuntary or Good Reason
 Termination...............  81,867
Death/Disability/For Cause
 Termination...............       0

- --------
(1)A "0" indicates that either there is no amount payable to the named
   executive or no amount payable to the named executive that is not made
   available to all salaried employees.
(2)Change-in-control severance benefits upon an involuntary termination or
   termination for good reason contain the following elements:

  .  two times the named executive's base salary for Mr. Pintozzi (three times
     for Mr. Cripe);

  .  two times the named executive's annual cash incentive award calculated at
     target for Mr. Pintozzi (three times for Mr. Cripe);

  .  the named executive's pro-rata long-term cash incentive award for the
     2008-2010 performance cycle calculated at target; and

  .  a lump sum payment equal to the positive difference, if any, between:
     (a) the sum of the lump-sum values of each maximum annuity that would be
     payable to the named executive under any defined benefit plan (whether or
     not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) if the
     named executive had: (i) become fully vested in all such benefits,
     (ii) attained as of the named executive's termination date an age that is
     three years greater than named executive's actual age, (iii) accrued a
     number of years of service that is three years greater than the number of
     years of service actually accrued by the named executive as of the named
     executive's termination date, and (iv) received a lump-sum severance
     benefit consisting of three times base salary, three times annual
     incentive cash compensation calculated at target, plus the 2009 annual
     incentive cash award as covered compensation in equal monthly installments
     during the three-year period following the named executive's termination
     date; and (b) the lump-sum values of the maximum annuity benefits vested
     and payable to the named executive under each defined benefit plan that is
     qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code plus the
     aggregate amounts simultaneously or previously paid to the named executive
     under the defined benefit plans (whether or not qualified under
     Section 401(a)). The calculation of the lump sum amounts payable under
     this formula does not impact the benefits payable under the ARP or the
     SRIP.

   The change-in-control agreements provide that if the after-tax benefits of
   all change of control payments are less than 110% of the after-tax benefit
   of the safe harbor benefit amount, then the change-in-control benefits are
   to be reduced to the safe harbor benefit amount. The safe harbor benefit
   amount is the highest level of benefits that can be paid before which an
   excise tax under section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code would apply.

(3)Stock option values are based on a December 31, 2009, market close price of
   $30.04 per share of Allstate stock.
(4)For purposes of this table, unvested stock options and restricted stock
   units, which would have been immediately payable upon a change-in-control
   regardless of termination of employment, were assumed to have been paid
   immediately prior to termination and are reflected in the "Immediately
   Payable Upon Change-in-Control" row.
(5)The December 31, 2009, market close price of $30.04 per share of Allstate
   stock was used to value the unvested and nonforfeitable restricted stock
   unit and restricted stock awards.
(6)Within five business days after the effective date of a change-in-control,
   the named executives will receive a lump sum payment equal to the present
   value of the named executive's SRIP benefit and deferred compensation
   account balance. The present value of SRIP benefits earned through
   December 31, 2009, is calculated in a manner consistent with the allocation
   of compensation expenses to Allstate New York under the Service and Expense
   Agreement and is based on the lump sum methodology (i.e., interest rate and
   mortality table) used by the Allstate pension plans in 2010, as required
   under the Pension Protection Act. Specifically, the interest rate for 2010
   is based on 40% of the average August 30-year Treasury Bond rate from the
   prior year, and 60% of the average corporate bond segmented yield curve from
   August of the prior year. The mortality table for 2010 is the 2010 combined
   static Pension Protection Act funding mortality table with a blend of 50%
   males and 50% females, as published by the IRS. Refer to the Retirement
   Benefits section beginning on page 118 for a discussion of the SRIP benefit.
   See the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation at Fiscal Year-End 2009 table
   on page 121 for additional information on the Deferred Compensation Plan and
   information regarding the named executives' account balances as of
   December 31, 2009.

                                      126



(7)For purposes of this table, the present value of non-qualified pension
   benefits earned through December 31, 2009, and the named executive's
   Deferred Compensation Plan account balance, if any, which would have been
   immediately payable upon a change-in-control regardless of termination of
   employment were assumed to have been paid immediately prior to termination
   upon the effective date of a change of control and are reflected in the
   "Immediately Payable Upon Change-in-Control" row.
(8)The Welfare Benefits and Outplacement Services amount includes the cost to
   provide certain welfare benefits to the named executive and family during
   the period which the named executive is eligible for continuation coverage
   under applicable law. The amount shown reflects Allstate's costs for these
   benefits or programs assuming an 18-month continuation period. The value of
   outplacement services is $20,000 for Mr. Cripe and $15,000 for Mr. Pintozzi.
(9)Certain payments made as a result of a change in control are subject to a
   20% excise tax imposed on the named executive by Section 4999 of the Code.
   The Excise Tax Reimbursement and Tax Gross-up is the amount Allstate would
   pay to the named executive as reimbursement for the 20% excise tax plus a
   tax gross-up for any taxes incurred by the named executive resulting from
   the reimbursement of such excise tax, allocated in a manner consistent with
   the allocation of compensation expenses to Allstate New York under the
   Service and Expense Agreement. The estimated amounts of reimbursement of any
   resulting excise taxes were determined without regard to the effect that
   restrictive covenants and any other facts and circumstances may have on the
   amount of excise taxes, if any, that ultimately might be payable in the
   event these payments were made to a named executive which is not subject to
   reliable advance prediction or a reasonable estimate.

COMPENSATION POLICIES AND PRACTICES RISK ANALYSIS

   Allstate management has reviewed its compensation policies and practices and
believes that they are appropriately structured, that they are consistent with
its key operating priority of keeping the Allstate financially strong, and that
they avoid providing incentives for employees to engage in unnecessary and
excessive risk taking. The Allstate Board and its Audit Committee both play an
important role in risk management oversight, including reviewing how management
measures, evaluates, and manages the corporation's exposure to risks posed by a
wide variety of events and conditions. In addition, the Compensation and
Succession Committee employs an independent executive consultant each year to
assess Allstate's executive pay levels, practices, and overall program design.

   Allstate's compensation programs provide a balanced mix of cash and equity
through annual and long-term incentives to align with short-term and long-term
business goals. Allstate utilizes a full range of performance measures that it
believes correlate to long-term shareholder value creation. Cash incentive
awards are paid only after a review of executive and corporate performance.
Allstate's calculation of corporate income includes a quarterly re-estimation
of property-liability reserves. As a result, to a significant extent, if
Allstate under-estimates or over-estimates losses in a given year, income and
annual cash incentives will be impacted in the following year. Furthermore, to
ensure its compensation programs do not motivate imprudent risk taking, awards
made after May 19, 2009, under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and awards made
beginning in 2010 under the Annual Executive Incentive Plan are subject to
clawback in the event of certain financial restatements.

PERFORMANCE MEASURES

   Information regarding performance measures is disclosed in the limited
context of annual and long-term cash incentive awards and should not be
understood to be statements of management's expectations or estimates of
results or other guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply these
statements to other contexts.

   The following are descriptions of the performance measures used for
Allstate's annual cash incentive awards for 2009 and its long-term cash
incentive awards for the 2007-2009 cycle which may be applied to compensation
of Allstate New York's named executives. These measures are not GAAP measures.
They were developed uniquely for incentive compensation purposes and are not
reported items in Allstate's financial statements. Some of these measures use
non-GAAP measures and operating measures. The Committee has approved the use of
non-GAAP and operating measures when appropriate to drive executive focus on
particular strategic, operational, or financial factors or to exclude factors
over which Allstate's executives have little influence or control, such as
capital market conditions.

                                      127



  ANNUAL CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS FOR 2009

  Corporate Measures

   Adjusted Operating Income Per Diluted Share: This measure is used to assess
financial performance. The measure is equal to net income adjusted to exclude
the after-tax effects of the items listed below, divided by the weighted
average shares outstanding on a diluted basis:

    .  Realized capital gains and losses (which includes the related effect on
       the amortization of deferred acquisition and deferred sales inducement
       costs) except for periodic settlements and accruals on certain non-hedge
       derivative instruments, which are reported with realized capital gains
       and losses but included in Operating Income, and equity method of
       accounting income from limited partnership interests to be consistent
       with the incentive goals.

    .  Gains and losses on disposed operations.

    .  Adjustments for other significant non-recurring, infrequent, or unusual
       items, when (a) the nature of the charge or gain is such that it is
       reasonably unlikely to recur within two years or (b) there has been no
       similar charge or gain within the prior two years.

    .  Restructuring and related charges.

    .  Effects of acquiring businesses.

    .  Negative operating results of sold businesses.

    .  Underwriting results of the Discontinued Lines and Coverages segment.

    .  Any settlement, awards, or claims paid as a result of lawsuits and other
       proceedings brought against Allstate subsidiaries regarding the scope
       and nature of coverage provided under insurance policies issued by such
       companies.

    .  Identifiable effects of the adopted accounting standard for
       other-than-temporary impairments to be consistent with incentive goals.

  Allstate Financial Measures

   Adjusted Operating Income: This is a measure Allstate management uses to
assess the profitability of the business. The Allstate Financial segment
measure, operating income, is adjusted to include equity method of accounting
income from limited partnership interests to be consistent with the incentive
goals, and to exclude the after tax effects of restructuring and related
charges, the potential amount by which 2009 guaranty fund assessments related
to insured solvencies exceed $6 million, and the identifiable effects of the
adopted accounting standard for other than temporary impairments which were not
used to develop plan measures. For disclosure of the Allstate Financial segment
measure, see footnote 18 to Allstate's audited financial statements.

   Financial Product Sales ("Production Credits"): This measure of sales and
related profitability of proprietary and non-proprietary financial products
sold through the Allstate Exclusive Agency channel is used by management to
assess the execution of Allstate's financial services strategy. This measure is
calculated as the total amount of production credits for current year
transactions. Production credits are an internal sales statistic calculated as
a percent of premium or deposits to life insurance, annuities, or mutual funds
which vary based on the expected profitability of the specific financial
product.

   Total Return: Total return is principally determined using industry
standards and the same sources used in preparing the financial statements to
determine fair value. (See footnotes to Allstate's audited financial statements
for methodologies for estimating the fair value of investments.) In general,
total return represents the increase or decrease, expressed as a percentage, in
the value of the portfolio over a one-year period. Time weighted returns are
used.

                                      128



    .  Allstate Financial Total Return: Total return for Allstate Financial
       investments, including those held in certain subsidiaries, such as
       Allstate New York. Allstate Financial Total Return includes derivatives
       and excludes the identifiable effects of the adopted accounting standard
       for other-than-temporary impairments which were not used to develop plan
       measures.

  LONG-TERM CASH INCENTIVE AWARDS

   Average Adjusted Return on Equity Relative to Peers: This measure is used to
assess Allstate's financial performance against its peers. It is calculated as
Allstate's ranked position relative to the insurance company peer group based
upon three-year average adjusted return on equity, calculated on the same basis
for Allstate and each of the peer insurance companies used for long-term cash
incentive awards. Three-year average adjusted return on equity is the sum of
the annual adjusted return on equity for each of the three years in the cycle
divided by three. The annual adjusted return on equity is calculated as the
ratio of net income divided by the average of Allstate's shareholders' equity
at the beginning and at the end of the year after excluding the component of
accumulated other comprehensive income for unrealized net capital gains and
losses.

   Allstate Financial Return on Total Capital: This is a measure management
uses to measure the efficiency of capital utilized in the business. Three-year
Allstate Financial return on total capital is the sum of the annual adjusted
return on Allstate subsidiaries' shareholder's equity for each of the three
years divided by three. The annual adjusted return on subsidiaries'
shareholder's equity is the Allstate Financial measure, operating income,
divided by the average subsidiaries' shareholder's equity at the beginning and
at the end of the year. The subsidiaries' shareholder's equity is the sum of
the subsidiaries' shareholder's equity for Allstate Life Insurance Company,
Allstate Bank, American Heritage Life Investment Corporation, and certain other
minor entities, adjusted to exclude the loan protection business and excluding
the component of accumulated other comprehensive income for unrealized net
capital gains. (See note 18 to Allstate's audited financial statements for
Allstate Financial net income.)

   Allstate Protection Growth in Policies in Force Over Three-Year Cycle: This
is a measure used by management to assess growth in the number of policies in
force, which is a driver of premiums written. The measure is calculated as the
sum of the percent increase in each of the three years in the total number of
policies in force at the end of the year over the beginning of the year. The
measure excludes property insurance, Allstate Motor Club, and the loan
protection business and includes Allstate Canada.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

   The following table summarizes the compensation of each of Allstate New
York's non-employee directors during 2009 for his or her services as a member
of the Allstate New York Board and its committees. Our non-employee directors
each received an annual retainer of $13,500 and the chair of the Operations
Review Committee received an additional annual retainer of $1,500.
Additionally, they each received a fee of $1,500 for each Board meeting
attended throughout the year and a fee of $750 for each meeting they attended
as members of the Board's Operations Review Committee, Investment Committee, or
Audit Committee.

   All other Allstate New York directors are employees of Allstate or its
subsidiaries. These directors receive no compensation for their service as
directors in addition to their compensation as employees of Allstate New York,
Allstate, or their subsidiaries.

                                      129





                                              FEES EARNED
                                            OR PAID IN CASH TOTAL
             NAME OF NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR     ($)/(1)/      ($)
             -----------------------------  --------------- ------
                                                      
                     Ms. Alazraki..........     22,500      22,500
                     Mr. Johnson...........     24,000/(2)/ 24,000
                     Mr. O'Brien...........     24,750/(3)/ 24,750
                     Mr. Raben.............     25,500/(4)/ 25,500
                     Ms. Slater............     22,500      22,500

- --------
(1)Each of these directors is a member of the Operations Review Committee.
(2)Chair of the Operations Review Committee
(3)Audit Committee member
(4)Investment Committee member

ITEM 11(M).SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS.

   The following table shows the number of Allstate New York shares owned by
any beneficial owner who owns more than five percent of any class of Allstate
New York's voting securities.



TITLE OF                 NAME AND ADDRESS OF                   AMOUNT AND NATURE OF           PERCENT OF
CLASS (A)               BENEFICIAL OWNER (B)                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP (C)        CLASS (D)
- ---------      ---------------------------------------- ------------------------------------- ----------
                                                                                     
Capital Stock. Allstate Life Insurance Company
               3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL 60062                100,000                    100%

     N/A       Allstate Insurance Company               Indirect voting and investment power     N/A
               2775 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL 60062    of shares owned by Allstate Life
                                                                 Insurance Company

     N/A       The Allstate Corporation                 Indirect voting and investment power     N/A
               2775 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL 60062    of shares owned by Allstate Life
                                                                 Insurance Company


                                      130



SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.

   The following table shows the number of shares of Allstate common stock
beneficially owned by each director and named executive officer of Allstate New
York individually, and by all executive officers and directors of Allstate New
York as a group. Shares reported as beneficially owned include shares held
indirectly through the Allstate 401(k) Savings Plan and other shares held
indirectly, as well as shares subject to stock options exercisable on or prior
to April 16, 2010 and restricted stock units for which restrictions expire on
or prior to April 16, 2010. The percentage of Allstate shares of common stock
beneficially owned by any Allstate New York director, named executive officer
or by all directors and executive officers of Allstate New York as a group does
not exceed 1%. The following share amounts are as of February 15, 2010. As of
February 15, 2010, none of these shares were pledged as security.



                                                                     COMMON STOCK SUBJECT
                                                                    TO OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                                                                     AND RESTRICTED STOCK
                                                                        UNITS FOR WHICH
                                           AMOUNT AND NATURE OF    RESTRICTIONS EXPIRE ON OR
                                          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF  PRIOR TO APRIL 16, 2010--
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER                 ALLSTATE COMMON STOCK (A) INCLUDED IN COLUMN (A)(B)
- ------------------------                 ------------------------- -------------------------
                                                             
Marcia D. Alazraki......................              200                         0
Robert K. Becker........................           13,638                     9,075
Michael B. Boyle........................          101,271                    86,420
Frederick F. Cripe......................          169,161                   146,131
Matthew S. Easley.......................           72,624                    70,729
Mark A. Green...........................              242                         0
Robert J. Holden........................           23,880                    19,556
Cleveland Johnson, Jr...................            2,048                         0
Susie Lees..............................           31,379                    20,205
Kenneth R. O'Brien......................              900                         0
John C. Pintozzi........................           90,036                    82,956
John R. Raben, Jr.......................            1,850                         0
Phyllis Hill Slater.....................                0                         0
J. Eric Smith...........................            2,182                         0
Matthew E. Winter.......................                0                         0
ALL DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AS
  A GROUP...............................          745,637                   663,772


                                      131



ITEM 11(N).TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS, PROMOTERS AND CERTAIN CONTROL
           PERSONS.

   This table describes certain intercompany agreements involving Allstate Life
of New York and the following companies:

    .  Allstate Life Insurance Company ("ALIC"), the direct parent of Allstate
       Life of New York;

    .  Allstate Insurance Company ("AIC"), an indirect parent of Allstate Life
       of New York; and

    .  The Allstate Corporation ("AllCorp"), the ultimate indirect parent of
       Allstate Life of New York.



                                          APPROXIMATE DOLLAR
                                          VALUE OF THE AMOUNT    RELATED PERSON(S) INVOLVED IN THE TRANSACTION/1/
                                            INVOLVED IN THE      AND THE APPROXIMATE DOLLAR VALUE OF THE AMOUNT
                                         TRANSACTION, PER FISCAL        OF THE RELATED PERSON'S INTEREST
TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION                          YEAR                          IN THE TRANSACTION
- -----------------------                  --------------------    -------------------------------------------
                                                                      ALIC               AIC           ALLCORP
                                                                 ------------      -------------    ----------
                                                                                     
Tax Sharing Agreement among The          2007  1,889,110,117/2/    35,968,879      1,912,198,568    (126,810,136)
Allstate Corporation and certain
affiliates dated as of November 12,      2008    465,439,826/2/  (109,322,083)       633,316,282    (121,960,368)
1996.
                                         2009  1,173,212,154/2/  (534,572,879)      (467,570,173)   (121,813,486)

Cash Management Services Master          2007      1,242,569/3/       315,281/4/         617,385/4/      N/A
Agreement between Allstate Insurance
Company, Allstate Bank (aka Allstate     2008      1,338,376/3/       198,098/4/         816,143/4/
Federal Savings Bank), and certain
affiliates dated March 16, 1999, as      2009      1,527,072/3/       158,312/4/       1,052,781/4/
amended by Amendment No.1 effective
January 5, 2001, and Amendment No. 2
entered into November 8, 2002, between
Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate
Bank and Allstate Motor Club, Inc., and
as supplemented by the Premium
Depository Service Supplement dated as
of September 30, 2005, the Variable
Annuity Service Supplement dated
November 10, 2005, and the Sweep
Agreement Service Supplement dated as
of October 11, 2006.

Amended and Restated Service and         2007  3,270,782,494      224,729,858/5/   2,392,512,051/5/ 24,957,633/5/
Expense Agreement between Allstate
Insurance Company, The Allstate          2008  3,295,180,640      215,640,945/5/   2,186,281,461/5/  5,351,262/5/
Corporation and certain affiliates
effective January 1, 2004, as amended    2009  3,451,765,246      180,154,068/5/   1,937,571,496/5/  2,510,800/5/
by Amendment No. 1 effective
January 1, 2009, and as supplemented
by New York Insurer Supplement to
Amended and Restated Service and
Expense Agreement between Allstate
Insurance Company, The Allstate
Corporation, Allstate Life Insurance
Company of New York and Intramerica
Life Insurance Company, effective
March 5, 2005.


                                      132





                                            APPROXIMATE DOLLAR
                                           VALUE OF THE AMOUNT    RELATED PERSON(S) INVOLVED IN THE TRANSACTION/1/
                                             INVOLVED IN THE      AND THE APPROXIMATE DOLLAR VALUE OF THE AMOUNT
                                          TRANSACTION, PER FISCAL        OF THE RELATED PERSON'S INTEREST
TRANSACTION DESCRIPTION                            YEAR                         IN THE TRANSACTION
- -----------------------                   ------------------      ----------------------------------------------
                                                                        ALIC               AIC          ALLCORP
                                                                  -------------       -----------    -------------
                                                                                      
Intercompany Loan Agreement among         2007  7,370,022,084     7,012,969,748/6/    357,052,336/6/ 7,370,022,084
The Allstate Corporation, Allstate Life
Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit        2008    400,040,660        50,014,792/6/       1,732,73/6/   400,040,660
Life Company and other certain
subsidiaries of The Allstate Corporation  2009     86,111,674                 0/7/     86,111,674/6/    86,111,674
dated February 1, 1996.

Agreement for the Settlement of State     2007     14,196,008           374,100/8/      3,463,000/8/      N/A
and Local Tax Credits among Allstate
Insurance Company and certain             2008      2,089,067           356,331/8/      1,732,736/8/
affiliates effective January 1,
2007.                                     2009        941,379           193,504/8/        441,024/8/

Reinsurance Agreements between            2007     (3,156,703)/9/    (3,156,703)/9/        N/A            N/A
Allstate Life Insurance Company and
Allstate Life Insurance Company of        2008    (14,905,073)/9/   (14,905,073)/9/
New York: Reinsurance Agreement
effective January 1, 1984, as amended     2009    (26,652,961)/9/   (26,652,961)/9/
by Amendment No. 1 effective
September 1, 1984, Amendment No.2
effective January 1, 1987, Amendment
No.3 effective October 1, 1988,
Amendment No.4 effective January 1,
1994, Amendment No.5 effective
December 31, 1995, Amendment No. 6
effective December 1, 2007, and
Amendment No. 7; Assumption
Reinsurance Agreement between
Allstate Life Insurance Company and
Allstate Life Insurance Company of
New York effective July 1, 1984;
Reinsurance Agreement effective
January 1, 1986, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 effective
December 31, 1995 and Amendment
No. 2 effective December 1, 1995;
Reinsurance Agreement effective
January 1, 1991, as amended by
Amendment No. 1 effective
December 31, 1995; Stop Loss
Reinsurance Agreement effective
December 31.

- --------
1  Each identified Related Person is a Party to the transaction.
2  Total amounts paid to Internal Revenue Service.
3  Total fees collected for all bank accounts covered under the transaction.
4  Fees paid under the transaction.
5  Gross amount of expense received under the transaction.
6  Amounts loaned and repaid.
7  No loans outstanding at year end.
8  Value of transfer transactions.
9  Net reinsurance expense.

                                      133



POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL OF RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS:

   All intercompany agreements to which Allstate New York is a party are
approved by Allstate New York's Board of Directors as well as by the board of
any other affiliate of The Allstate Corporation which is a party to the
agreement. Intercompany agreements are also submitted for approval to the New
York State Insurance Department, Allstate New York's domestic regulator
pursuant to the applicable state's insurance holding company systems act. This
process is documented in an internal procedure that captures the review and
approval process of all intercompany agreements. All approvals are maintained
in Allstate New York's corporate records.

   While there is no formal process for the review and approval of related
person transactions between unaffiliated entities specific to Allstate New
York, all directors and executive officers of Allstate New York are subject to
the Allstate Code of Ethics ("Code"). The Code includes a written conflict of
interest policy that was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Allstate
Corporation, the ultimate parent company of Allstate New York. Any potential
relationship or activity that could impair independent thinking and judgment,
including holding a financial interest in a business venture that is similar to
Allstate, or in a business that has a relationship with Allstate, must be
disclosed to Human Resources. Human Resources will work with representatives
from the Law Department, including Enterprise Business Conduct, to determine
whether an actual conflict of interest exists. Each director and executive
officer must sign a Code of Ethics certification annually.

INDEPENDENCE STANDARDS FOR DIRECTORS

   Outside directors of Allstate New York are subject to independence standards
based on New York insurance law. Generally, these independence standards
require that an independent director cannot be an employee or a beneficial
owner of a controlling interest in Allstate New York or any other affiliate of
The Allstate Corporation. Applying these independence standards, Ms. Alazraki,
Mr. Johnson, Mr. O'Brien, Mr. Raben, and Ms. Slater are independent.

   Although not subject to the independence standards of the New York Stock
Exchange, for purposes of this S-1 registration statement, Allstate New York
has applied the independence standards required for listed companies of the New
York Stock Exchange to the Board of Directors. Applying these standards,
Allstate New York has been determined that Ms. Alazraki, Mr. Johnson,
Mr. O'Brien, Mr. Raben, and Ms. Slater are considered to be independent.

OTHER INFORMATION

   The section in your prospectus entitled "Incorporation of Certain Documents
By Reference" is deleted and replaced with the following:

  FILING OF REPORTS

   Rule 12h-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
"Exchange Act") exempts an insurance company from filing reports under the
Exchange Act when the insurance company issues certain types of insurance
products that are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and such products
are regulated under state law. Your variable annuity issued by Allstate Life
Insurance Company of New York falls within the exemption provided under rule
12h-7. We rely on the exemption provided under rule 12h-7 and do not file
reports under the Exchange Act.

DISCLOSURE OF COMMISSION POSITION ON INDEMNIFICATION FOR SECURITIES ACT
LIABILITIES

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted in directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for

                                      134



indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

   The sections in your prospectus entitled "Experts" and "Financial
Statements" are deleted and replaced with the following:

EXPERTS

   The financial statements and related financial statement schedules included
herein have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are
included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                                      135




                       Supplement Dated December 31, 2009
                   To the Prospectus for Your Variable Annuity
                                    Issued By
                         Allstate Life Insurance Company
                   Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
                          Lincoln Benefit Life Company

This supplement amends the prospectus for your variable annuity contract issued
by Allstate Life Insurance Company, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York,
or Lincoln Benefit Life Company.

The following provision is added to your prospectus:

WRITTEN REQUESTS AND FORMS IN GOOD ORDER. Written requests must include
sufficient information and/or documentation, and be sufficiently clear, to
enable us to complete your request without the need to exercise discretion on
our part to carry it out. You may contact our Customer Service Center to learn
what information we require for your particular request to be in "good order."
Additionally, we may require that you submit your request on our form. We
reserve the right to determine whether any particular request is in good order,
and to change or waive any good order requirements at any time.

If you have any questions, please contact your financial representative or call
our Customer Service Center at 1-800-457-7617. If you own a Putnam contract,
please call 1-800-390-1277.

     For future reference, please keep this supplement together with your
prospectus.



                   ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                        Supplement dated August 14, 2009
                 To the following Prospectuses, as supplemented:

                 Allstate Provider, Prospectus Dated May 1, 2002
                SelectDirections, Prospectus Dated April 30, 2005
               AIM Lifetime Plus, Prospectus Dated April 30, 2005
              AIM Lifetime Plus II, Prospectus Dated April 30, 2005
                Custom Portfolio, Prospectus Dated April 30, 2005

This prospectus supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the
prospectuses referenced above for your variable annuity contract issued by
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Allstate New York").

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" Section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

The Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") recently adopted rule 12h-7 under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). Rule 12h-
7 exempts an insurance company from filing reports under the Exchange Act when
the insurance company issues certain types of insurance products that are
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 and such products are regulated
under state law. Each of the variable annuities described in the prospectuses
referenced above fall within the exemption provided under rule 12h-7. Allstate
New York is hereby providing notice that it is electing to rely on the exemption
provided under rule 12h-7 effective as of the date of this prospectus supplement
or as soon as possible thereafter, and will be suspending filing reports under
the Exchange Act.

The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information that we file with
the SEC into this prospectus supplement which means that incorporated documents
are considered part of this prospectus supplement. We can disclose important
information to you by referring you to those documents. This prospectus
supplement incorporates by reference our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 2008, filed with the SEC on March 18, 2009, and our Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on
May 12, 2009.

Allstate New York will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner,
to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that
has been incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with
the prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request
at no cost to the requester by writing to Allstate New York, P.O. Box 758565,
Topeka, KS 66675-8565 or by calling 1-800-457-8207. The public may read and copy
any materials that Allstate New York files with the SEC at the SEC's Public
Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may
obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports,
proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC (see http://www.sec.gov).




                   Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York

                               AIM Lifetime Plus

                              AIM Lifetime Plus II

                       Allstate Provider Variable Annuity

                                Custom Portfolio

                               Select Directions

                       Supplement, dated May 1, 2009

This supplement amends certain disclosure contained in the prospectus for
certain annuity contracts issued by Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York.

Under the "More Information" section, the subsection entitled "Legal Matters" is
deleted and replaced with the following:

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain matters of state law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Allstate New York's right to issue such Contracts under
applicable state insurance law, have been passed upon by Susan L. Lees, General
Counsel of Allstate New York.

The "Annual Reports and Other Documents" section is deleted and replaced with
the following:

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Allstate New York") incorporates
by reference into the prospectus its latest annual report on Form 10-K filed
pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act since the end of
the fiscal year covered by its latest annual report, including filings made on
Form 10-Q and Form 8-K. In addition, all documents subsequently filed by
Allstate New York pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act also are incorporated into the prospectus by reference. Allstate New York
will provide to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a
prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the information that has been
incorporated by reference into the prospectus but not delivered with the
prospectus. Such information will be provided upon written or oral request at no
cost to the requester by writing to Allstate New York, P.O. Box 70178,
Philadelphia, PA 19176 or by calling 1-877-234-8688. Allstate New York files
periodic reports as required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The
public may read and copy any materials that Allstate New York files with the SEC
at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C.
20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public
Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an
Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (see
http://www.sec.gov).

EXPERTS

In the prospectus for Allstate Provider Variable Annuity, the section entitled
"Experts" is deleted.




AIM LIFETIME PLUS(SM) VARIABLE ANNUITY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STREET ADDRESS: 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE 68506-4142 MAILING ADDRESS:
P.O. BOX 82656, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2656 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-692-4682
PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Allstate New York") has issued the
AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 19 investment alternatives ("INVESTMENT
ALTERNATIVES"). The investment alternatives include the fixed account ("FIXED
ACCOUNT") and 18 variable sub-accounts ("VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS") of the Allstate
Life of New York Separate Account A ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable
Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of one of the following funds
("FUNDS") of AIM Variable Insurance Funds (Series I shares):


                                                  
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH FUND - SERIES I           AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND -
AIM V.I. BALANCED FUND - SERIES I*                    SERIES I
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE FUND - SERIES I                 AIM V.I. GROWTH FUND - SERIES I
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP FUND - SERIES I                   AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD FUND - SERIES I
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND - SERIES I        AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH FUND -
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT FUND - SERIES I          SERIES I
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY FUND - SERIES I                 AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY FUND -
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS FUND - SERIES I**    SERIES I
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME FUND - SERIES I          AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. UTILITIES FUND - SERIES I


*    Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I.

**   Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series
     I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends Fund - Series I.

                THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
                COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED
                OR DISAPPROVED THE
                SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN
                THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT
                PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                ADEQUACY OF THIS
                PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO
                TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS
                COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

                THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS
IMPORTANT       THAT HAVE RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL
 NOTICES        INSTITUTIONS OR BY EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE
                CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED
                BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL REGULATORY AGENCY.
                INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT RISKS,
                INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

                THE CONTRACTS WERE ONLY
                AVAILABLE IN NEW YORK, BUT
                ARE NO LONGER AVAILABLE FOR
                SALE.

WE (Allstate New York) have filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated
April 30, 2005, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains
more information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference,
which means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents
appears on page 40 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us
at the address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site (http://
www.sec.gov) You can find other information and documents about us, including
documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web site.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
OVERVIEW
  Important Terms                                                              3
  The Contract at a Glance                                                     4
  How the Contract Works                                                       6
  Expense Table                                                                7
  Financial Information                                                        9
CONTRACT FEATURES
  The Contract                                                                 9
  Purchases                                                                   10
  Contract Value                                                              11
  Investment Alternatives                                                     12
     The Variable Sub-Accounts                                                12
     The Fixed Account                                                        13
     Transfers                                                                15
  Expenses                                                                    17
  Other Expenses                                                              19
  Access To Your Money                                                        19

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
  Income Payments                                                             20
  Death Benefits                                                              22
OTHER INFORMATION
  More Information:                                                           24
     Allstate New York                                                        24
     The Variable Account                                                     24
     The Funds                                                                24
     The Contract                                                             25
     Non-Qualified Annuities Held Within a Qualified Plan                     25
     Legal Matters                                                            26
  Taxes                                                                       27
  Annual Reports and Other Documents                                          34
APPENDIX A-ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION
UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE
CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED                                                  35
APPENDIX B-MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT                                            39
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS                         40

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Accumulation Phase                                                             6
Accumulation Unit                                                             11
Accumulation Unit Value                                                       11
Allstate New York ("We" and/or "us")                                       1, 24
Anniversary Values                                                            22
Annuitant                                                                      9
Automatic Additions Program                                                   10
Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program                                            17
Beneficiary                                                                    9
*Contract                                                                      9
Contract Anniversary                                                           5
Contract Owner ("You")                                                         6
Contract Value                                                                 5
Contract Year                                                                  5
Death Benefit Anniversary                                                     22
Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                                 17
Due Proof of Death                                                            22
Fixed Account                                                                 13

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Funds                                                                         24
Guarantee Periods                                                             13
Income Plans                                                                  20
Investment Alternatives                                                       12
Issue Date                                                                     6
Market Value Adjustment                                                    5, 14
Payout Phase                                                                   6
Payout Start Date                                                             20
Preferred Withdrawal Amount                                                   18
SEC                                                                            1
Settlement Value                                                              22
Systematic Withdrawal Program                                                 20
Tax Qualified Contracts                                                       30
Treasury Rate                                                                 15
Valuation Date                                                                10
Variable Account                                                              24
Variable Sub-Account                                                          12

*    The AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) Variable Annuity is a group contract, and your
     ownership is represented by certificates. References to "Contract" in this
     prospectus include certificates, unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contract. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE                         PAYMENTS You can purchase a Contract with as
                                 little as $5,000 ($2,000 for "QUALIFIED
                                 CONTRACTS", which are Contracts issued with
                                 qualified plans). You can add to your Contract
                                 as often and as much as you like, but each
                                 payment must be at least $500 ($100 for
                                 automatic purchase payments to the variable
                                 investment options). You must maintain a
                                 minimum account size of $1,000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT TO CANCEL                  You may cancel your Contract by returning it to
                                 us within 10 days after receipt ("CANCELLATION
                                 PERIOD"). Upon cancellation, as permitted by
                                 federal or state law, we will return your
                                 purchase payments adjusted to reflect the
                                 investment experience of any amounts allocated
                                 to the Variable Account. The adjustment will
                                 reflect the deduction of mortality and expense
                                 risk charges and administrative expense
                                 charges.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES                         You will bear the following expenses:

                                 .    Total Variable Account annual fees equal
                                      to 1.45% of average daily net assets

                                 .    Annual contract maintenance charge of $35
                                      (with certain exceptions)

                                 .    Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 7%
                                      of payment withdrawn (with certain
                                      exceptions)

                                 .    Transfer fee of $10 after 12th transfer in
                                      any CONTRACT YEAR (fee currently waived)

                                 .    State premium tax (New York currently does
                                      not impose one).

                                 In addition, each Fund pays expenses that you
                                 will bear indirectly if you invest in a
                                 Variable Sub-Account.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT                       The Contract offers 19 investment alternatives
ALTERNATIVES                     including:

                                 .    the Fixed Account (which credits interest
                                      at rates we guarantee), and

                                 .    18 Variable Sub-Accounts investing in
                                      Funds offering professional money
                                      management by A I M Advisors, Inc.

                                 To find out current rates being paid on the
                                 Fixed Account, or to find out how the Variable
                                 Sub-Accounts have performed, please call us at
                                 1-800-692-4682.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL SERVICES                 For your convenience, we offer these special
                                 services:

                                 .    AUTOMATIC FUND REBALANCING PROGRAM

                                 .    AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                                 .    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                                 .    SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME PAYMENTS                  You can choose fixed income payments, variable
                                 income payments, or a combination of the two.
                                 You can receive your income payments in one of
                                 the following ways:

                                 .    life income with guaranteed payments

                                 .    a joint and survivor life income with
                                      guaranteed payments

                                 .    guaranteed payments for a specified period
                                      (5 to 30 years).
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFITS                   If you or the Annuitant (if the Contract is
                                 owned by a non-living person) die before the
                                 PAYOUT START DATE, we will pay the death
                                 benefit described in the Contract.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




TRANSFERS                        Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer
                                 your Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among
                                 the investment alternatives, with certain
                                 restrictions. Transfers to the Fixed Account
                                 must be at least $500.

                                 We do not currently impose a fee upon
                                 transfers. However, we reserve the right to
                                 charge $10 per transfer after the 12th transfer
                                 in each "CONTRACT YEAR," which we measure from
                                 the date we issue your contract or a Contract
                                 anniversary ("CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY").
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWALS                      You may withdraw some or all of your Contract
                                 Value at anytime during the Accumulation Phase.
                                 Full or partial withdrawals are available under
                                 limited circumstances on or after the Payout
                                 Start Date.

                                 In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a
                                 time. ($1,000 for withdrawals made during the
                                 Payout Phase.) Withdrawals taken prior to
                                 annuitization (referred to in this prospectus
                                 as the Payout Phase) are generally considered
                                 to come from the earnings in the Contract
                                 first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
                                 generally all withdrawals are treated as
                                 distributions of earnings. Withdrawals of
                                 earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if
                                 taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an
                                 additional 10% federal tax penalty. A
                                 withdrawal charge and MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
                                 also may apply.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 19 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
You do this during what we call the "ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The
Accumulation Phase begins on the date we issue your Contract (we call that date
the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until the Payout Start Date, which is the date
we apply your money to provide income payments. During the Accumulation Phase,
you may allocate your purchase payments to any combination of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or the Fixed Account. If you invest in the Fixed Account, you
will earn a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest
in any of the Variable Sub-Accounts, your investment return will vary up or down
depending on the performance of the corresponding Funds.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 20. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Sub-Accounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Funds. The amount of money you accumulate under
your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan will
determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.



Issue                                  Payout Start
Date              Accumulation Phase       Date                Payout Phase
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     
You buy      You save for retirement   You elect to receive   You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                             income payments or     income payments    income payments
                                       receive a lump sum     for a set period   for life
                                       payment


As the Contract owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract owner, or if there is none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
See "The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we
will pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract owner or, if none, to your
Beneficiary. See "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-692-4682 if you have any questions about how the
Contract works.

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

The table below lists the expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly
when you buy a Contract. The table and the examples that follow do not reflect
premium taxes because New York currently does not impose premium taxes on
annuities. For more information about Variable Account expenses, see "Expenses,"
below. For more information about Fund expenses, please refer to the
accompanying prospectus for the Funds.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments withdrawn)*


                                                                               
Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase Payment    0    1    2    3    4    5    6     7+
Being Withdrawn
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable Charge                                                  7%   6%   5%   4%   3%   2%   1%    0%
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Maintenance Charge                                                $35.00**
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                                                                     $10.00***
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 10% of purchase payments without
     incurring a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

**   We will waive this charge in certain cases. See "Expenses."

***  Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging or automatic fund
     rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF AVERAGE DAILY NET ASSET VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                        1.35%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge                                            0.10%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Variable Account Annual Expense                                    1.45%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES
(as a percentage of Fund average daily net assets) (1)

The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the Funds that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the
Contract. Advisers and/or other service providers of certain Funds may have
agreed to waive their fees and/or reimburse Fund expenses in order to keep the
Funds' expenses below specified limits. The range of expenses shown in this
table does not show the effect of any such fee waiver or expense reimbursement.

More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses appears in the prospectus
for each Fund.

                              ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

                                                               Minimum   Maximum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses/(1)/
(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets,
which may include management fees, distribution
and/or services
(12b-1) fees, and
other expenses)                                                 0.75%     1.16%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Expenses are shown as a percentage of Fund average daily net assets (before
     any waiver or reimbursement) as of December 31, 2004.

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses. The example below shows the
dollar amount of expenses that you would bear directly or indirectly if you:

..    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

..    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period.

The first line of the example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Funds are charged. The second line of the example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Funds are charged. Your actual expenses
may be higher or lower than those shown below.

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

                                 1 Year   3  Years   5  Years   10 Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual
Fund Expenses                     $842     $1,283     $1,746     $3,278
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual
Fund Expenses                     $800     $1,158     $1,538     $2,866
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXAMPLE 2

This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                 1 Year   3  Years   5  Years   10 Years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum
Annual Fund Expenses              $302      $923      $1,566     $3,278
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum
Annual Fund Expenses              $260      $798      $1,358     $2,866
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE LOWER OR GREATER THAN THOSE
SHOWN ABOVE. SIMILARLY, YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE LOWER OR GREATER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY FUND EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
THE ABOVE EXAMPLES ASSUME A MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE OF 1.35%, AN
ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE OF 0.10% AND AN ANNUAL CONTRACT CHARGE OF $35. THE
ABOVE EXAMPLES ASSUME TOTAL ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES LISTED IN THE EXPENSE TABLE
WILL CONTINUE THROUGHOUT THE PERIODS SHOWN.

                                  8 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Sub-Accounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT."
Each Variable Sub-Account has a separate value for its Accumulation Units we
call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but not
the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

Attached as Appendix A to this prospectus are tables showing the Accumulation
Unit Values of each Variable Sub-Account since the date we first offered the
Contracts. To obtain a fuller picture of each Variable Sub-Account's finances,
please refer to the Variable Account's financial statements contained in the
Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements of Allstate New
York also appear in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the
Contract owner, and Allstate New York, a life insurance company. As the Contract
Owner, you may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the
Contract. That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent
permitted):

..    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

..    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

..    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

..    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

..    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

..    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner or Annuitant dies,
     and

..    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die, any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiary may
exercise the rights and privileges provided to them by the Contract.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Contract Owner is a Grantor Trust, the Owner will be considered a
non-living person for purpose of this section and the Death Benefit section. The
maximum issue age of a Contract owner is age 90 as of the date we receive the
completed application to purchase the Contract.

Changing ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may
not be allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax
advisor prior to making a request for a change of Contract Owner.

The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as a 403(b)).
The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, ("Code") may limit or modify your rights and
privileges under the Contract.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. If
the Contract Owner is a living person you may change the Annuitant prior to the
Payout Start Date. In our discretion, we may permit you to designate a joint
Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life income payments depend, on the
Payout Start Date. The maximum issue age of an Annuitant cannot exceed age 80 as
of the date we receive the completed application to purchase the Contract.

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

..    the youngest Contract Owner if living, otherwise

..    the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the Death Benefit or
become the new Contract Owner, subject to the Death of Owner provisions, if the
sole surviving Contract Owner dies before the Payout Start Date. (See section
titled "Death Benefits" for more details.) If the sole surviving Contract Owner
dies after the Payout Start Date, the Beneficiary will receive any guaranteed
Income Payments scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more Beneficiaries when you apply for a Contract. You may
also name one or more contingent Beneficiaries who will receive any Death
Benefit or guaranteed income benefit if there are no surviving primary
Beneficiaries upon the death of the sole surviving Contract Owner. You may
change or add Beneficiaries at any time by writing to us, unless you have
designated an irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of Beneficiary
form to be signed and filed with us. Any change will be effective at the time
you sign the written notice, whether or not the Annuitant is living when we
receive the notice. Until we receive your written

                                  9 PROSPECTUS




notice to change a Beneficiary, we are entitled to rely on the most recent
Beneficiary information in our files. We will not be liable as to any payment or
settlement made prior to receiving the written notice. Accordingly, if you wish
to change your Beneficiary, you should deliver your written notice to us
promptly.

If you did not name a Beneficiary or if the named Beneficiary is no longer
living and there are no other surviving Beneficiaries, the new Beneficiary will
be:

..    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

..    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

..    your estate.

If more than one Beneficiary survives you, we will divide the Death Benefit
among your Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions. If
you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the Death Benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

You may restrict income payments to Beneficiaries by providing us a written
request. Once we accept the written request, the change or restriction will take
effect as of the date you signed the request. Any change is subject to any
payment we make or other action we take before we accept the change.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only an Allstate New York officer may approve a change in or waive any provision
of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

No Owner has a right to assign any interest in a Contract as collateral or
security for a loan. However, you may assign periodic income payments under the
Contract prior to the Payout Start Date. No Beneficiary may assign benefits
under the Contract until they are due. We will not be bound by any assignment
until the assignor signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of
benefits under many types of retirement plans and the terms of such plans may
themselves contain restrictions on assignments. An assignment may also result in
taxes or tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO
ASSIGN YOUR CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000 ($2,000 for a Qualified
Contract). All subsequent Purchase Payments must be $500 or more. The maximum
Purchase Payment is $2,000,000 without prior approval. We reserve the right to
change the minimum Purchase Payment and to change the maximum Purchase Payment.
You may make Purchase Payments of at least $500 at any time prior to the Payout
Start Date. We also reserve the right to reject any application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make additional purchase payments of at least $100 ($500 for allocation
to the Fixed Account) by automatically transferring amounts from your bank
account. Please consult with your sales representative for detailed information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
Purchase Payments among the Investment Alternatives. The allocation you specify
on your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in
whole percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your
allocations by notifying us in writing. We reserve the right to limit the
availability of the Investment Alternatives.

We will allocate your additional purchase payments to the investment
alternatives according to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless
you notify us in writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase
payments according to the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will
effect any change in allocation instructions at the time we receive written
notice of the change in good order.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our service center. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit additional Purchase Payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
service center located in Vernon Hills, Illinois (mailing address: P.O. BOX
82656, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2656).

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business. We also refer to these days as "VALUATION DATES."
Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00
p.m. Eastern Time

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




(3:00 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your purchase payment after 4:00 p.m.
Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date, we will credit your
purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on the next
Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 10 day period after you receive the Contract (60 days if
you are exchanging another contract for the Contract described in this
prospectus.) You may return it by delivering it or mailing it to us. If you
exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract terminates and we will pay you the
full amount of your purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account Options.
Upon cancellation, as permitted by federal or state law, we will return your
purchase payments allocated to the Variable Account after an adjustment to
reflect investment gain or loss and any applicable charges that occurred from
the date of allocation through the date of cancellation. If your Contract is
qualified under Code Section 408(b), we will refund the greater of any purchase
payment or the Contract Value,

CONTRACT VALUE

Your Contract Value at any time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to the
sum of the value of your Accumulation Units in the Variable Sub-Accounts you
have selected, plus the sum of Sub-Account values in the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Sub-Account to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Sub-Account by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Sub-Account next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Sub-Account is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Sub-Account to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Sub-Account would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Sub-Account allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account
will rise or fall to reflect:

..    changes in the share price of the Fund in which the Variable Sub-Account
     invests, and

..    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge,
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine contract maintenance charges, withdrawal charges, and transfer fees
(currently waived) separately for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation
Unit Value. Instead, we obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming
Accumulation Units. For details on how we calculate Accumulation Unit Value,
please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account on
each Valuation Date.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE FUNDS THAT ACCOMPANIES THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH FUND ARE VALUED, SINCE
THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 18 Variable Sub-Accounts. Each
Variable Sub-Account invests in the shares of a corresponding Fund. Each Fund
has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe the Funds
below.

For more complete information about each Fund, including expenses and risks
associated with the Fund, please refer to the accompanying prospectus for the
Fund. You should carefully review the Fund prospectus before allocating amounts
to the Variable Sub-Accounts. A I M Advisors, Inc. serves as the investment
advisor to each Fund.

SERIES I SHARES:        EACH FUND SEEKS*:               INVESTMENT ADVISOR
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Aggressive     Long-term growth of capital
 Growth Fund - Series
 I**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Balanced Fund   As high a total return as
 - Series I***           possible, consistent with
                         preservation of capital
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value    Long-term growth of capital
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Blue Chip      Long-term growth of capital
 Fund - Series I         with a secondary objective of
                         current income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital        Growth of capital
 Appreciation Fund -
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital        Long-term growth of capital
 Development Fund -
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Core Equity    Growth of capital
 Fund - Series I          A I M ADVISORS, INC..
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Dent           Long-term growth of capital
 Demographic Trends
 Fund - Series I****
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Diversified    High level of current income
 Income Fund - Series
 I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Government     High level of current income
 Securities Fund -       consistent with reasonable
 Series I                concern for safety of
                         principal
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Growth Fund -  Growth of capital
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. High Yield     High level of current income
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. International  Long-term growth of capital
 Growth Fund - Series
 I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core   Long-term growth of capital
 Equity Fund - Series
 I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Money Market   As high a level of current
 Fund - Series I         income as is consistent with
                         the preservation of capital
                         and liquidity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Premier        Long-term growth of capital
 Equity Fund - Series    with income as a secondary
 I                       objective
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Technology     Capital growth
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Utilities      Capital growth and current
 Fund - Series I         income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    A Fund's investment objective(s) may be changed by the Fund's Board of
     Trustees without shareholder approval.

**   Due to the sometime limited availability of common stocks of small-cap
     companies that meet the investment criteria for AIM V.I. Aggressive Growth
     Fund - Series I, the Fund may periodically suspend or limit the offering of
     its shares and it will be closed to new participants when Fund assets reach
     $200 million. During the closed periods the Fund will accept additional
     investments from existing Contract owners maintaining an allocation in the
     Fund.

***  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. In addition, the Fund's
     objective will change to long-term growth of capital and current income.

**** The AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series I is sub-advised by H.S.
     Dent Advisors, Inc. Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic
     Trends Fund - Series I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends
     Fund - Series I. In addition, H.S. Dent Advisors, Inc. will no longer be
     the sub-advisor to the Fund effective June 30, 2005.

AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS MAY GROW IN VALUE, DECLINE IN
VALUE, OR GROW LESS THAN YOU EXPECT, DEPENDING ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF
THE FUNDS IN WHICH THOSE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS INVEST. YOU BEAR THE INVESTMENT
RISK THAT THE FUNDS MIGHT NOT MEET THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES. SHARES OF THE
FUNDS

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




ARE NOT DEPOSITS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY ANY BANK AND
ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed
Account. The Fixed Account supports our insurance and annuity obligations. The
Fixed Account consists of our general assets other than those in segregated
asset accounts. We have sole discretion to invest the assets of the Fixed
Account, subject to applicable law. Any money you allocate to the Fixed Account
does not entitle you to share in the investment experience of the Fixed Account.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period earns interest at a
specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years. Guarantee Periods may
range from 1 to 10 years. In the future, we may offer Guarantee Periods of
different lengths or stop offering some Guarantee Periods.

You select the Guarantee Period for each payment or transfer. If you do not
select a Guarantee Period, we will assign the same period(s) you selected for
your most recent purchase payment(s), if available.

Each purchase payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at
least $500. We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase
payments that you may allocate to the Fixed Account. Please consult with your
sales representative for more information.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We may declare different interest rates for
Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times. We will not
change the interest rate that we credit to a particular allocation until the end
of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. WE DETERMINE THE
INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION. WE CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR
GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE. For current interest rate
information, please contact your sales representative or Allstate New York at
1-800-692-4682. The interest rate will never be less than the minimum guaranteed
amount stated in the Contract.

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST.

We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated to a Guarantee Period at
a rate that compounds to the effective annual interest rate that we declared at
the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period.

The following example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to the Fixed
Account would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective annual
interest rate:

Purchase Payment....................................................    $10,000
Guarantee Period....................................................    5 years
Annual Interest Rate................................................      4.50%



                          YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4       YEAR 5
                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                         
Beginning Contract
 Value................  $10,000.00
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)              1.045
                        ----------
                        $10,450.00

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....              $10,450.00
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                          1.045
                                    ----------
                                    $10,920.25

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                          $10,920.25
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                      1.045
                                                ----------
                                                $11,411.66

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                      $11,411.66
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                  1.045
                                                            ----------
                                                            $11,925.19

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                                   $11,925.19
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                               1.045
                                                                        -----------
                                                                         $12,461.82


TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82-$10,000)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5 year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a withdrawal
charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. The hypothetical interest rate is for
illustrative purposes only and is not intended to predict current or future
interest rates to be declared under the Contract. Actual interest rates declared
for any given Guarantee Period may be more or less than shown above but will
never be less than the guaranteed minimum rate stated in the Contract.

RENEWALS. Prior to the end of each Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice
asking you what to do with your money, including the accrued interest. At the
end of the Guarantee Period, we will automatically renew the Guarantee Period
value to a new Guarantee Period of the shortest duration available, to be
established on the day the previous Guarantee Period expired, or to the Money
Market Variable Sub-account if no Guarantee Periods are available at the time of
expiration of the previous Guarantee Period. Please consult with your
representative. During the 30-day period after the end of the Guarantee Period,
you may:

1) Take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a Guarantee Period
of the shortest duration available or the Money Market Variable Sub-account. The
new Guarantee Period will begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.
Please consult with your representative. The new interest rate will be the rate
in effect on the 1/ST/ day of the New Period; or

2) Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of your
choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous Guarantee
Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current declared rate for
those Guarantee Periods; or

3) Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive your
instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a Market
Value Adjustment; or

4) Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
withholding (if applicable). The amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been
withdrawn on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. Unless you specify
otherwise, amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee Period of
the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will begin on the day
the previous Guarantee Period ends.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal
Amount, transfers, and amounts applied to an Income Plan from a Guarantee
Period, other than those taken or applied during the 30 day period after such
Guarantee Period expires, are

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment also will apply
when you apply amounts currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income
Plan (unless applied during the 30 day period after such Guarantee Period
expires). A Market Value Adjustment may apply in the calculation of the
Settlement Value described below in the "Death Benefit Amount" section below. We
will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a transfer you make as part of a
Dollar Cost Averaging Program. We also will not apply a Market Value Adjustment
to a withdrawal you make:

..    within the Preferred Withdrawal Amount as described on page 18; or

..    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time it is
removed from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period when you remove your money. "TREASURY RATE" means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Board
Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal of your
Contract Value to an amount that is less than the purchase payment plus interest
at the minimum guaranteed interest rate under the Contract.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee
Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a period equal to
the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a higher amount payable to you, transferred, or applied to an
Income Plan. Conversely, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to
a Guarantee Period is lower than the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal
to the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a lower amount payable to you, transferred, or applied to an
Income Plan.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5 year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. You may request in writing on a form that we provide or
by telephone according to the procedure described below. The minimum amount that
you may transfer into a Guarantee Period is $500. We currently do not assess,
but reserve the right to assess, a $10 charge on each transfer in excess of 12
per Contract Year. We treat transfers to or from more than one Fund on the same
day as one transfer.

We will process transfer requests that we receive before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit Values for that Date. We will
process requests completed after 4:00 p.m. on any Valuation Date using the
Accumulation Unit Values for the next Valuation Date. The Contract permits us to
defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we
receive your request. If we decide to postpone transfers from any Guarantee
Period for 10 days or more, we will pay interest as required by applicable law.
Any interest would be payable from the date we receive the transfer request to
the date we make the transfer. If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period
other than during the 30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will
increase or decrease the amount by a Market Value Adjustment.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts
to change the relative weighting of the Variable Sub-Accounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. In addition, you will have a limited
ability to make transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the
proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may
not, however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments
into variable income payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first 6 months after the Payout Start
Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts or make
transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. Your
transfers must be at least 6 months apart.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone by calling 1-800-692-4682, if you first send
us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for telephone transfer
requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. In the event that the New York Stock
Exchange closes early, i.e., before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, or in the event that
the Exchange closes early for a period of time but then reopens for trading on
the same day, we will process telephone transfer requests as of the close of the
Exchange on that particular day. We will not accept telephone requests received
at any telephone number other than the number that appears in this paragraph or
received after the close of trading on the Exchange.

We may suspend, modify or terminate the telephone transfer privilege, as well as
any other electronic or automated means we previously approved, at any time
without notice.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING

The Contracts are intended for long-term investment. Market timing and excessive
trading can potentially dilute the value of Variable Sub-Accounts and can
disrupt management of a Fund and raise its expenses, which can impair Fund
performance and adversely affect your Contract Value. Our policy is not to
accept knowingly any money intended for the purpose of market timing or
excessive trading. Accordingly, you should not invest in the Contract if your
purpose is to engage in market timing or excessive trading, and you should
refrain from such practices if you currently own a Contract.

We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Funds also may report suspected market-timing or excessive
trading activity to us. If, in our judgment, we determine that the transfers are
part of a market timing strategy or are otherwise harmful to the underlying
Fund, we will impose the trading limitations as described below under "Trading
Limitations." Because there is no universally accepted definition of what
constitutes market timing or excessive trading, we will use our reasonable
judgment based on all of the circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Sub-Accounts, because our procedures involve the exercise of reasonable
judgment, we may not identify or prevent some market timing or excessive
trading. Moreover, imposition of trading limitations is triggered by the
detection of market timing or excessive trading activity, and the trading
limitations are not applied prior to detection of such trading activity.
Therefore, our policies and procedures do not prevent such trading activity
before it is detected. As a result, some investors may be able to engage in
market timing and excessive trading, while others are prohibited, and the
portfolio may experience the adverse effects of market timing and excessive
trading described above.

TRADING LIMITATIONS

We reserve the right to limit transfers among the investment alternatives in any
Contract Year, or to refuse any transfer request, if:

..    we believe, in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading, by, or on behalf of, one or more Contract Owners, or a
     specific transfer request or group of transfer requests, may have a
     detrimental effect on the Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable
     Sub-Account or on the share prices of the corresponding Fund or otherwise
     would be to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners; or

..    we are informed by one or more of the Funds that they intend to restrict
     the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares because of excessive
     trading or because they believe that a specific transfer or group of
     transfers would have a detrimental effect on the prices of Fund shares.

In making the determination that trading activity constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will consider, among other things:

..    the total dollar amount being transferred, both in the aggregate and in the
     transfer request;

..    the number of transfers you make over a period of time and/or the period of
     time between transfers (note: one set of transfers to and from a Variable
     Sub-Account in a short period of time can constitute market timing);

..    whether your transfers follow a pattern that appears designed to take
     advantage of short term market fluctuations, particularly within certain
     Variable Sub-Account underlying Funds that we have identified as being
     susceptible to market timing activities;

..    whether the manager of the underlying Fund has indicated that the transfers
     interfere with Fund management or otherwise adversely impact the Fund; and

..    the investment objectives and/or size of the Variable Sub-Account
     underlying Fund.

We seek to apply these trading limitations uniformly. However, because these
determinations involve the exercise of discretion, it is possible that we may
not detect some market timing or excessive trading activity. As a

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




result, it is possible that some investors may be able to engage in market
timing or excessive trading activity, while others are prohibited, and the Fund
may experience the adverse effects of market timing and excessive trading
described above.

If we determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in a pattern of market timing
or excessive trading activity involving multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, we will
require that all future transfer requests be submitted through regular U.S. mail
thereby refusing to accept transfer requests via telephone, facsimile, Internet,
or overnight delivery. In addition, for Contracts issued on or after May 1,
2000, if we determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in market timing or
excessive trading activity, we will also restrict that Contract Owner from
making future additions or transfers into the impacted Variable Sub-Account(s).

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Trading Limitations at any time as
necessary to better deter or minimize market timing and excessive trading or to
comply with regulatory requirements.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a set
amount at regular intervals during the Accumulation Phase from any Variable
Sub-Account, or the 1 year Guarantee Period of the Fixed Account, to any other
Variable Sub-Account. The interval between transfers may be monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually, or annually. You may not use dollar cost averaging to transfer
amounts to the Fixed Account.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee. In addition, we will not apply the Market
Value Adjustment to these transfers.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market. Call or write us for instructions on how to enroll.

AUTOMATIC FUND REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the
performance of each Sub-Account may cause a shift in the percentage you
allocated to each Sub-Account. If you select our Automatic Fund Rebalancing
Program, we will automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable
Sub-Account and return it to the desired percentage allocations. Money you
allocate to the Fixed Account will not be included in the rebalancing.

We will rebalance your account each quarter according to your instructions. We
will transfer amounts among the Variable Sub-Accounts to achieve the percentage
allocations you specify. You can change your allocations at any time by
contacting us in writing or by telephone. The new allocation will be effective
with the first rebalancing that occurs after we receive your request. We are not
responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Sub-Accounts. You want 40% to be in the AIM V.I. Diversified Income Variable
Sub-Account and 60% to be in the AIM V.I. Growth Variable Sub-Account. Over the
next 2 months the bond market does very well while the stock market performs
poorly. At the end of the first quarter, the AIM V.I. Diversified Income
Variable Sub-Account now represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase
in value. If you choose to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first
day of the next quarter we would sell some of your units in the AIM V.I.
Diversified Income Variable Sub-Account and use the money to buy more units in
the AIM V.I. Growth Variable Sub-Account so that the percentage allocations
would again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program is available only during the Accumulation
Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards the 12
transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject to a
transfer fee.

Fund rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of investments
among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your Contract
Value allocated to the better performing segments.

EXPENSES

As a Contract owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

During the Accumulation Phase, on each Contract Anniversary, we will deduct a
$35 contract maintenance charge from your Contract Value invested in each

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the amount invested. We also will deduct a
full contract maintenance charge if you withdraw your entire Contract Value,
unless your Contract qualifies for a waiver, described below. During the Payout
Phase, we will deduct the charge proportionately from each income payment.

The charge is for the cost of maintaining each Contract and the Variable
Account. Maintenance costs include expenses we incur in billing and collecting
purchase payments; keeping records; processing death claims, cash withdrawals,
and policy changes; proxy statements; calculating Accumulation Unit Values and
income payments; and issuing reports to Contract owners and regulatory agencies.
We cannot increase the charge. We will waive this charge if:

..    total purchase payments equal $50,000 or more, or

..    all money is allocated to the Fixed Account on a Contract Anniversary.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.35%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts.
The mortality and expense risk charge is for all the insurance benefits
available with your Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the
death benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk
(expense risk) that the current charges will not be sufficient in the future to
cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract
are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss.

We guarantee the mortality and expense risk charge and we cannot increase it. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
12th transfer in each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on
transfers that are part of a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Automatic Fund
Rebalancing Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a withdrawal charge of up to 7% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market
Value Adjustment. The charge declines annually to 0% after 7 complete years from
the day we receive the purchase payment being withdrawn. A schedule showing how
the charge declines appears on page 7. During each Contract Year, you can
withdraw up to 10% of purchase payments without paying the charge. Unused
portions of this 10% "PREFERRED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to
future Contract Years.

We determine the withdrawal charge by;

..    multiplying the percentage corresponding to the number of complete years
     since we received the purchase payment being withdrawn by

..    the part of each purchase payment withdrawal that is in excess of the
     Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment.

We will deduct withdrawal charges, if applicable, from the amount paid. For
purposes of the withdrawal charge, we will treat withdrawals as coming from the
oldest purchase payments first. However, for federal income tax purposes, please
note that withdrawals are considered to have come first from earnings in the
Contract. Thus, for tax purposes, earnings are considered to come out first,
which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your withdrawal.

If you make a withdrawal before the Payout Start Date, we will apply the
withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the date of the withdrawal, or the
withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the following day, whichever is
lower.We do not apply a withdrawal charge in the following situations:

..    on the Payout Start Date (a withdrawal charge may apply if you elect to
     receive income payments for a specified period of less than 120 months);

..    the death of the Contract owner or Annuitant (unless the Settlement Value
     is used);

..    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules for the
     Contract; or

..    withdrawals made after all purchase payments have been withdrawn.

We use the amounts obtained from the withdrawal charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals may be subject to tax penalties or income tax and a Market Value
Adjustment. You should consult your

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




own tax counsel or other tax advisers regarding any withdrawals.

We reserve the right to waive the withdrawal charge with respect to Contracts
issued to employees and registered representatives of any broker-dealer that has
entered into a sales agreement with ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS") to sell the Contracts
and all wholesalers and their employees that are under agreement with ALFS to
wholesale the Contract.

PREMIUM TAXES

Currently, we do not make deductions for premium taxes under the Contract
because New York does not charge premium taxes on annuities. We may deduct taxes
that may be imposed in the future from purchase payments or the Contract Value
when the tax is incurred or at a later time.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently making a provision for taxes. In the future, however, we
may make a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that we
will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account. We will
deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the Variable
Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and whether or
not it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Taxes section.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Fund deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Fund whose shares are held by
the Variable Sub-Accounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectus for the Funds. For a summary of current estimates of
those charges and expenses, see pages 7-8 above.

We may receive compensation from A I M Advisors, Inc., for administrative
services we provide to the Funds.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date. Withdrawals also are available under limited circumstances on
or after the Payout Start Date. See "Income Plans" on page 20.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value next computed after we
receive the request for a withdrawal at our service center, adjusted by any
Market Value Adjustment, less any withdrawal charges, contract maintenance
charges, income tax withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals
from the Variable Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to
postponement in certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account. To
complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

You have the opportunity to name the investment alternative(s) from which you
are taking the withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal
pro-rata from the investment alternatives according to the value of your
investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Variable Sub-
Account.

If you request a total withdrawal, we may require that you return your Contract
to us. We also will deduct a Contract Maintenance Charge of $35, unless we have
waived the Contract Maintenance Charge on your Contract.

Withdrawals taken prior to annuitization (referred to in this prospectus as the
Payout Phase) are generally considered to come from the earnings in the Contract
first. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally all withdrawals are treated
as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10%
federal tax penalty.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account for up to
6 months or shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment or transfer
for 10 days or more, we will pay interest as required by law. Any interest would
be payable from the date we receive the withdrawal request to the date we make
the payment or transfer.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis at any time prior to the Payout Start
Date. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50. At our
discretion, systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the
Dollar Cost Averaging or the Automatic Fund Rebalancing Programs.

Depending on fluctuations in the accumulation unit value of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and the value of the Fixed Account, systematic withdrawals may
reduce or even exhaust the Contract Value. We will make systematic withdrawal
payments to you or your designated payee. We may modify or suspend the
Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing fee for the service. If we
modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program, existing systematic
withdrawal payments will not be affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount in any
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat it as a request to withdraw
the entire amount invested in such Guarantee Period. In addition, if your
request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the Contract Value to less than
$1,000, we may treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract Value.
Before terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by withdrawals to
less than $1,000, we would inform you in writing of our intention to terminate
your Contract and give you at least 30 days in which to make an additional
Purchase Payment to restore your Contract's value to the contractual minimum of
$1,000. Your Contract will terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.
We will, however, ask you to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating
your Contract. If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its
Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less
withdrawal and other charges, and applicable taxes. Your Contract will terminate
if you withdraw all of your Contract Value.

INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

The Payout Start Date is the day that we apply your Contract Value, adjusted by
any Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, to an Income Plan.
The Payout Start Date must be no later than the Annuitant's 90th birthday.

You may change the Payout Start Date at any time by notifying us in writing of
the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a
change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An "Income Plan" is a series of payments on a scheduled basis to you or to
another person designated by you. You may choose and change your choice of
Income Plan until 30 days before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an
Income Plan, we will make income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with
guaranteed payments for 10 years. After the Payout Start Date, you may not make
withdrawals (except as described below) or change your choice of Income Plan.
Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

..    fixed income payments;

..    variable income payments; or

..    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis". Once the basis in the Contract is depleted, all remaining
payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally, all
payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Sub-Account
assets that support the variable income payments even though we may not bear any
mortality risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule,

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things being
equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend on
the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant is alive before
we make each payment. Please note that under such Income Plans, if you elect to
take no minimum guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee could receive
only 1 income payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant both die before
the second income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die before the
third income payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving variable income payments
that do not depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).
In that case you may terminate all or part of the Variable Account portion of
the income payments at any time and receive a lump sum equal to the present
value of the remaining variable payments associated with the amount withdrawn.
To determine the present value of any remaining variable income payments being
withdrawn, we use a discount rate equal to the assumed annual investment rate
that we use to compute such variable income payments. The minimum amount you may
withdraw under this feature is $1,000. A withdrawal charge may apply. We deduct
applicable premium taxes from the Contract Value at the Payout Start Date.

We may make other Income Plans available. You may obtain information about them
by writing or calling us.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead
and transfer that amount to the Variable Sub-Accounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, less applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date.
If the amount available to apply under an Income Plan is less than $2,000 or not
enough to provide an initial payment of at least $20, and state law permits, we
may:

..    pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any Market Value Adjustment and
     less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum instead of the periodic payments
     you have chosen; or

..    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $20.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Sub-Accounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Funds and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than we
expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Sub-Accounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from the Fixed Account for the
duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1)   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the
     Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2)   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3)   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or such
shorter time as state law may require. If we defer payments for 10 business days
or more, we will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the
withdrawal request to the date we make payment.

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age. However, we
reserve the right to use income payment tables that do not distinguish on the
basis of sex to the extent permitted by law. In certain employment-related
situations, employers are required by law to use the same income payment tables
for men and women. Accordingly, if the Contract is to be used in connection with
an employment-related retirement or benefit plan, you should consult with legal
counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is appropriate. For qualified
plans, where it is appropriate, we may use income payment tables that do not
distinguish on the basis of sex.

DEATH BENEFITS

We will pay a death benefit if, prior to the Payout Start Date:

1.   any Contract owner dies; or

2.   the Annuitant dies, if the Contract owner is not a living person.

We will pay the death benefit to the new Contract owner who is determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract owner would be a surviving
Contract owner or, if none, the Beneficiary(ies). In the case of a Contract
owned by a non-living owner, upon death of an Annuitant, we will pay the death
benefit to the current Contract owner.

We will not settle any death claim until we receive DUE PROOF OF DEATH.

We will accept the following documentation as Due Proof of Death:

..    a certified copy of a death certificate; or

..    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to a
     finding of death; or

any other proof acceptable to us.

Where there are multiple beneficiaries, we will only value the death benefit at
the time the first beneficiary submits the necessary documentation in good
order. Any death benefit amounts attributable to any beneficiary which remain in
the investment divisions are subject to investment risk.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the death benefit is equal to the greatest of:

1.   the Contract Value as of the date we determine the death benefit; or

2.   the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value) on the date we determine the death benefit; or

3.   the Contract Value on the DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY immediately preceding
     the date we determine the death benefit, adjusted by any purchase payments,
     partial withdrawals and charges made since that Death Benefit Anniversary.
     A "Death Benefit Anniversary" is every seventh Contract Anniversary
     beginning with the Issue Date. For example, the Issue Date, 7th and 14th
     Contract Anniversaries are the first three Death Benefit Anniversaries; or

4.   the greatest of the ANNIVERSARY VALUES as of the date we determine the
     death benefit. An "Anniversary Value" is equal to the Contract Value on a
     Contract Anniversary, increased by purchase payments made since that
     Anniversary and reduced by the amount of any partial withdrawals since that
     anniversary. Anniversary Values will be calculated for each Contract
     Anniversary prior to the earlier of: (i) the date we determine the death
     benefit; or (ii) the deceased's 75th birthday or 5 years after the Issue
     Date, if later.

In calculating the Settlement Value, the amount in each individual Guarantee
Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
will apply to amounts in a Guarantee Period, unless we calculate the Settlement
Value during the 30-day period after the expiration of the Guarantee Period.
Also, the Settlement Value will reflect deduction of any applicable withdrawal
charges, contract maintenance charges, and premium taxes.

We will determine the value of the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for payment of the death benefit,
which includes Due Proof of Death. If we receive a request after 4:00 p.m.
Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on a Valuation Date, we will process the
request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS

If the new Owner is your spouse, the new Owner may:

1.   elect to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum, or

2.   elect to apply the Death Benefit to an Income Plan. Payments from the
     Income Plan must begin within 1 year of the date of death and must be
     payable throughout:

..    The life of the new Owner; or

..    for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years, but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Owner; or

..    over the life of the new Owner with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new Owner.

If your spouse does not elect one of the above options above, the Contract will
continue in the Accumulation

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




Phase as if the death had not occurred. If the Contract is continued in the
Accumulation Phase, the following restrictions apply:

..    On the date the Contract is continued, the Contract Value will equal the
     amount of the Death Benefit as determined as of the Valuation Date on which
     we received the completed request for settlement of the Death Benefit (the
     next Valuation Date, if we receive the completed request for settlement of
     the Death Benefit after 3 p.m. Central Time). Unless otherwise instructed
     by the continuing spouse, the excess, if any, of the Death Benefit over the
     Contract Value will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable
     Account. This excess will be allocated in proportion to your Contract Value
     in those Sub-accounts as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we
     receive the completed request for settlement of the Death Benefit, except
     that any portion of this excess attributable to the Fixed Account Options
     will be allocated to the Money Market Sub-account. Within 30 days of the
     date the Contract is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of the
     following transfer alternatives without incurring a transfer fee:

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Variable Sub-Accounts;

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account and begin a new Guarantee Period; or

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Variable
     Sub-Accounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in your
Contract.

The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year
of the date of death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge.

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under this Contract.

If the new Owner is not your spouse but is a living person, the new Owner may:

1)   elect to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum, or

2)   elect to apply the Death Benefit to an Income Plan. Payments from the
     Income Plan must begin within 1 year of the date of death and must be
     payable throughout:

..    the life of the new Owner; or

..    for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years, but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Owner; or

..    over the life of the new Owner with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new Owner.

If the new Owner does not elect one of the above options above, then the new
Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of
death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the Death Benefit as
determined as of the Valuation Date on which we received the completed request
for settlement of the Death Benefit (the next Valuation Date, if we receive the
completed request for settlement of the Death Benefit after 3 p.m. Central
Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the new Owner, the excess, if any, of the
Death Benefit over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market
Variable Sub-Account. The new Owner may exercise all rights as set forth in the
TRANSFERS section during this 5 year period.

No additional Purchase Payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived for any withdrawals made during this
5 year period.

If the new Owner dies prior to the receiving all of the Contract Value, then the
new Owner's named Beneficiary(ies) will receive the greater of the Settlement
Value or the remaining Contract Value. This amount must be received as a lump
sum within 5 years of the date of the original Owner's death.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

If the new Owner is a corporation, trust, or other non-living person:

(a)  The new Owner may elect, within 180 days of the date of death, to receive
     the Death Benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the new Owner does not elect the option above, then the new Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of death. On
     the date we receive the complete request for settlement of the Death
     Benefit, the Contract Value under this option will be the Death Benefit.
     Unless otherwise instructed by the new Owner, the excess, if any of the
     Death Benefit over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market
     Variable Sub-Account. The new Owner may exercise all rights set forth in
     the Transfers provision during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

If any new Owner is a non-living person, all new Owners will be considered to be
non-living persons for the above purposes.

Under any of these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions
previously placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the new Owner from the
date of your death to the date on which the death proceeds are paid.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

 If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date and the Contract Owner is

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




a living person, then the Contract will continue with a new Annuitant as
designated by the Contract Owner.

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date and the Contract Owner is a non-living person, the following apply:

(a)  The Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the new Owner does not elect the option above, then the Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the Annuitant's date
     of death. On the date we receive the complete request for settlement of the
     Death Benefit, the Contract Value under this option will be the Death
     Benefit. Unless otherwise instructed by the Contract Owner, the excess, if
     any, of the Death Benefit over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     Money Market Variable Sub-Account. The Contract Owner may then exercise all
     rights set forth in the Transfers provision during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Annuitant.

MORE INFORMATION

ALLSTATE NEW YORK

Allstate New York is the issuer of the Contract. Allstate New York is a stock
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.
Allstate New York was incorporated in 1967 and was known as "Financial Life
Insurance Company" from 1967 to 1978. From 1978 to 1984, Allstate New York was
known as "PM Life Insurance Company." Since 1984 the company has been known as
"Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York."

Allstate New York is currently licensed to operate in New York. Our home office
is located at 100 Motor Parkway, Hauppauge, NY 11788-5107. Our service center is
located in Vernon Hills, Illinois.

Allstate New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance
Company ("Allstate Life"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company, a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Illinois. With the exception of the directors
qualifying shares, all of the outstanding capital stock of Allstate Insurance
Company is owned by The Allstate Corporation.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Allstate New York established the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A
on December 15, 1995. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a
unit investment trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable
Account or Allstate New York.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under New York law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our other
operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account that are
in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the
Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other operations.
Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of
Allstate New York.

The Variable Account consists of multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, 18 of which are
available through the Contracts. Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding Fund. We may add new Variable Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or
more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment conditions so warrant.
We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Variable Account, its
Sub-Accounts or the Funds. We may use the Variable Account to fund our other
annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of annuity contract
funded by the Variable Account.

THE FUNDS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Funds in shares of the
distributing Fund at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Funds held by the Variable Sub-Accounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Funds that we hold
directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Sub-Account by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund as of the record date of
the meeting. After the Payout Start Date, the person receiving income payments
has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined by
dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Sub-Account by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes eligible
to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Fund shares as we see fit without regard to voting
instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN FUNDS. If the shares of any of the Funds are no longer available for
investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further investment in
such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the Contract, we
may eliminate that Fund and substitute shares of another eligible investment
fund. Any substitution of securities will comply with the requirements of the
1940 Act. We also may add new Variable Sub-Accounts that invest in underlying
Funds. We will notify you in advance of any changes.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Funds sell their shares to Variable
Accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.
It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance Variable Accounts and variable annuity Variable Accounts to invest in
the same Fund. The boards of trustees of these Funds monitor for possible
conflicts among Variable Accounts buying shares of the Funds. Conflicts could
develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in treatment under
tax and other laws or the failure by a Variable Account to comply with such laws
could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a Fund's board of trustees may
require a Variable Account to withdraw its participation in a Fund. A Fund's net
asset value could decrease if it had to sell investment securities to pay
redemption proceeds to a Variable Account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

DISTRIBUTION. ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS"), located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook,
Illinois 60062, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. ALFS is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered
broker dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("EXCHANGE ACT"), and is a member of the NASD.

We will pay commissions to broker-dealers who sell the Contracts. Commissions
paid may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all Contract
sales will not exceed 8 1/2% of any purchase payments. Sometimes, we also pay
the broker-dealer a persistency bonus in addition to the standard commissions. A
persistency bonus is not expected to exceed .56%, on an annual basis, of the
purchase payments considered in connection with the bonus. These commissions are
intended to cover distribution expenses.

Allstate New York does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for any liability to Contract owners arising out of services rendered or
Contracts issued.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account.

We provide the following administrative services, among others:

..    issuance of the Contracts;

..    maintenance of Contract owner records;

..    Contract owner services;

..    calculation of unit values;

..    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

..    preparation of Contract owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. The annual statement details values and specific Contract data for
each particular Contract. You should notify us promptly in writing of any
address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and
verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question
about a periodic statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any
necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error
within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait
too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of
the potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within an employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitations on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator for
more information. Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York no longer issues
deferred annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of New York law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Allstate New York's right to issue such Contracts under New
York insurance law, have been passed upon by Michael J. Velotta, General Counsel
of Allstate New York.

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. ALLSTATE
NEW YORK MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Allstate New York is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of
Subchapter L of the Code. Since the Variable Account is not an entity separate
from Allstate New York, and its operations form a part of Allstate New York, it
will not be taxed separately. Investment income and realized capital gains of
the Variable Account are automatically applied to increase reserves under the
Contract. Under existing federal income tax law, Allstate New York believes that
the Variable Account investment income and capital gains will not be taxed to
the extent that such income and gains are applied to increase the reserves under
the Contract. Accordingly, Allstate New York does not anticipate that it will
incur any federal income tax liability attributable to the Variable Account, and
therefore Allstate New York does not intend to make provisions for any such
taxes. If Allstate New York is taxed on investment income or capital gains of
the Variable Account, then Allstate New York may impose a charge against the
Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

..    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

..    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

..    Allstate New York is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets
     for federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Allstate New York does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning circumstances
in which investor control of the separate account investments may cause a
Contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Allstate New York does not know what standards will be set
forth in any regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It
is possible that future standards announced by the Treasury Department could
adversely affect the tax treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to
modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered
the federal tax owner of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no
guarantee that such modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

..    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

..    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner;

..    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

..    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     total withdrawal, or

..    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made under an immediate annuity, or

..    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance; as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different. Your Contract may not permit partial exchanges.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Allstate New York (or its affiliates) to
the same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as
one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien.
Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income tax treaty
between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if the payee
provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a fully completed Form W-8BEN.
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




all countries nor do all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding
rate for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income from annuities held by such plans does not receive any additional
tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all benefits and
expenses, prior to purchasing an annuity as a TSA or IRA. Tax Qualified
Contracts are contracts purchased as or in connection with:

..    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Code Section 408(b);

..    Roth IRAs under Code Section 408A;

..    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Code Section 408(k);

..    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Code Section
     408(p);

..    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Code Section 403(b);

..    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans under Code
     Section 401; and

..    State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt Organization Deferred
     Compensation Plans under Code Section 457.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract
to conform with tax requirements. If you use the Contract within an employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan, the plan may impose different or additional
conditions or limitations on withdrawals, waiver of charges, death benefits,
Payout Start Dates, income payments, and other Contract features. In addition,
adverse tax consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions
and other conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan
administrator for more information. Allstate New York no longer issues deferred
annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Allstate New
York can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Allstate New York does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Please refer to your Endorsement for IRAs or 403(b) plans, if applicable, for
additional information on your death settlement options. In the case of certain
qualified plans, the terms of the Qualified Plan Endorsement and the plans may
govern the right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and generally all tax reporting of distributions
from Tax Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the
distribution is fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

..    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

..    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, Tax Qualified Contracts (excluding
Roth IRAs) require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to
withdraw the required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on
the shortfall not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered
under the Contract satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because
these distributions are required under the Code and the method of calculation is
complex, please see a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a TSA or employer sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is
incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made after separation from service after age 55 (does not apply to IRAs),

..    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

..    made for certain medical expenses,

..    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

..    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

..    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Allstate New York
is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all
non-annuitized distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover
distributions." The customer may elect out of withholding by completing and
signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we will
automatically withhold the required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain
states, if there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also
mandatory. Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 20% on all "eligible rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a
"direct rollover" of such amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan.
Eligible rollover distributions generally include all distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts, including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

..    required minimum distributions, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

..    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien or to
certain other 'foreign persons'. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if
covered by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's
country of residence if the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number
on a fully completed Form W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




identification number is a social security number or an individual taxpayer
identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS to non-resident
alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social security number. The
U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do all tax treaties
provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408(b) permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
retirement plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual
Retirement Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408A permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL

IRAS). Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an Individual
Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the Individual
Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an Individual
Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the beneficial
owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the Contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Code Section 408(k) allows eligible employers
to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees using
individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified limits,
make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the individual
retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Code Section 408(p)
allows eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Code Section 403(b) provides tax-deferred retirement
savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational organizations.
Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must provide that
distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made after
12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made only
on or after the date the employee:

..    attains age 59 1/2,

..    severs employment,

..    dies,

..    becomes disabled, or

..    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Allstate New York is
directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.
Generally, we do

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




not accept funds in 403(b) contracts that are subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS.

Section 401(a) of the Code permits corporate employers to establish various
types of tax favored retirement plans for employees. Self-employed individuals
may establish tax favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees
(commonly referred to as "H.R.10" or "Keogh"). Such retirement plans may permit
the purchase of annuity contracts. Allstate New York no longer issues annuity
contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

There are two owner types for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a): a qualified plan fiduciary or an annuitant owner.

..    A qualified plan fiduciary exists when a qualified plan trust that is
     intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is the owner. The
     qualified plan trust must have its own tax identification number and a
     named trustee acting as a fiduciary on behalf of the plan. The annuitant
     should be the person for whose benefit the contract was purchased.

..    An annuitant owner exists when the tax identification number of the owner
     and annuitant are the same, or the annuity contract is not owner by a
     qualified plan trust. The annuitant should be the person for whose benefit
     the contract was purchased.

If a qualified plan fiduciary is the owner of the contract, the qualified plan
must be the beneficiary so that death benefits from the annuity are distributed
in accordance with the terms of the qualified plan. Annuitant owned contracts
require that the beneficiary be the annuitant's spouse (if applicable), which is
consistent with the required IRS language for qualified plans under Section
401(a). A completed Annuitant Owned Qualified Plan Designation of Beneficiary
form is required in order to change the beneficiary of an annuitant owned
Qualified Plan contract.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION

PLANS. Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments
and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without
paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. In eligible governmental plans, all assets and income must be
held in a trust/ custodial account/annuity contract for the exclusive benefit of
the participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the Contracts are used
in connection with a non-governmental eligible plan, employees are considered
general creditors of the employer and the employer as owner of the Contract has
the sole right to the proceeds of the Contract. Under eligible 457 plans,
contributions made for the benefit of the employees will not be includible in
the employees' gross income until distributed from the plan. Allstate New York
no longer issues annuity contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement
plans. Contracts that have been previously sold to State and Local government
and Tax-Exempt organization Deferred Compensation Plans will be administered
consistent with the rules for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a).

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Allstate New York's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004 is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act are also incorporated herein by reference, which means
that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.
Accordingly, only the statement that is changed or replaced will legally be a
part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000839759. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at: Customer Service, 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE
68506-4142 (telephone: 1-800-692-4682).

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS OUTSTANDING
FOR EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED*

BASIC POLICY



For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,     1996     1997      1998      1999       2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --  $ 10.000  $   13.988
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --  $ 13.988  $    14.15
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --    12,661      53,890
AIM V.I. BALANCED - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --  $ 10.000  $   13.162
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --  $ 13.162  $    12.43
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --     6,382      24,499
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --          --
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --          --
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --  $   10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --  $     8.82
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --      11,309
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 9.855  $ 11.387  $ 12.739  $ 14.979  $   21.350
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $11.387  $ 12.739  $ 14.979  $ 21.350  $    18.75
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    7,681   161,013   287,336   425,748     456,761
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --  $ 10.000  $   11.655
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --  $ 11.655  $    12.55
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --     3,948      18,297
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 9.926  $ 11.699  $ 14.496  $ 18.243  $   24.138
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $11.699  $ 14.496  $ 18.243  $ 24.138  $    20.33
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    5,371   167,625   361,890   645,133     674,689
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --  $   10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --  $     7.89
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --      32,307
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $10.086  $ 10.934  $ 11.789  $ 12.035  $   12.002
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $10.934  $ 11.789  $ 12.035  $ 12.002  $    11.55
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    4,618    58,958   146,644   227,201     204,561
AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $10.080  $ 10.164  $ 10.834  $ 11.829  $   11.189
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $10.164  $ 10.834  $ 11.829  $ 11.189  $    12.15
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        0    39,009   301,983   108,494      99,531
AIM V.I. GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 9.892  $ 11.466  $ 14.338  $ 18.954  $   25.263
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $11.466  $ 14.338  $ 18.954  $ 25.263  $    19.80
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    2,384    97,039   220,831   383,214     403,785
AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --  $ 10.000  $    9.957
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --  $  9.957  $     7.95
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --     1,751         834


                                  35 PROSPECTUS





                                                                                     
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $10.168  $ 11.953  $ 12.598  $ 14.340  $   21.914
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $11.953  $ 12.598  $ 14.340  $ 21.914  $    15.90
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    5,404    85,934   136,898   220,690     245,480
AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --          --
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --          --
AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $10.023  $ 10.369  $ 10.745  $ 11.126  $   11.479
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $10.369  $ 10.745  $ 11.126  $ 11.479  $    11.98
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    4,373    42,128    87,010   137,433      95,879
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 9.800  $ 11.090  $ 13.520  $ 17.644  $   22.589
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $11.090  $ 13.520  $ 17.644  $ 22.589  $    19.00
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    5,921   180,440   405,246   987,076   1,000,356
AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --          --
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --          --
AIM V.I. UTILITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     --        --        --        --          --
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           --        --        --        --          --
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                       --        --        --        --          --




For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,     2001      2002      2003      2004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  14.15  $ 10.308  $  7.856  $  9.809
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 10.308  $  7.856  $  9.809  $ 10.809
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    51,176    37,549    30,613    28,619
AIM V.I. BALANCED - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  12.43  $ 10.849  $  8.865  $ 10.167
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 10.849  $  8.865  $ 10.167  $ 10.774
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    29,494    29,105    30,281    23,748
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 11.200  $  8.594  $ 11.319
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.200  $  8.594  $ 11.319  $ 12.390
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     6,325    22,360    26,204    45,919
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   8.82  $  6.736  $  4.902  $  6.046
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  6.736  $  4.902  $  6.046  $  6.238
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     8,408    33,025    34,736    36,134
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  18.75  $ 14.176  $ 10.569  $ 13.491
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 14.176  $ 10.569  $ 13.491  $ 14.178
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   393,890   342,465   300,657   272,332
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  12.55  $ 11.369  $  8.812  $ 11.757
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.369  $  8.812  $ 11.757  $ 13.383
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    15,528    17,080    14,370    15,343
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  20.33  $ 15.460  $ 12.863  $ 15.774
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 15.460  $ 12.863  $ 15.774  $ 16.941
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   590,855   490,936   436,022   385,401


                                  36 PROSPECTUS





                                                                               
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   7.89  $  5.294  $  3.537  $  4.793
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  5.294  $  3.537  $  4.793  $  5.114
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    23,934    21,406    21,473    20,823
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  11.55  $ 11.788  $ 11.886  $ 12.797
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.788  $ 11.886  $ 12.797  $ 13.248
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   179,226   153,878   158,069   118,523
AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  12.15  $ 12.738  $ 13.759  $ 13.706
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 12.738  $ 13.759  $ 13.706  $ 13.855
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   110,454   147,016    91,728    73,112
AIM V.I. GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  19.80  $ 12.901  $  8.777  $ 11.353
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 12.901  $  8.777  $ 11.353  $ 12.110
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   338,025   291,782   263,392   237,475
AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   7.95  $  7.443  $  6.908  $  8.717
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  7.443  $  6.908  $  8.717  $  9.558
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     4,833     5,236     4,236     4,779
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  15.90  $ 11.980  $  9.957  $ 12.665
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.980  $  9.957  $ 12.665  $ 15.480
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   213,691   190,512   160,288   141,698
AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 11.357  $  9.950  $ 12.486
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.357  $  9.950  $ 12.486  $ 14.007
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     2,829    13,588    15,110    19,232
AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  11.98  $ 12.231  $ 12.198  $ 12.092
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 12.231  $ 12.198  $ 12.092  $ 12.000
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   151,830   129,079    84,943    46,009
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $  19.00  $ 16.376  $ 11.256  $ 13.877
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 16.376  $ 11.256  $ 13.877  $ 14.466
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   881,690   685,598   606,188   538,069
AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --        --        --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --        --        --  $ 11.090
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --        --        --     4,500
AIM V.I. UTILITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --        --        --  $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --        --        --  $ 12.230
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --        --        --    61,438


*    The Contracts were first offered on October 14, 1996. The inception date of
     the following Variable Sub-Accounts is October 14, 1996: AIM V.I. Capital
     Appreciation - Series I Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Diversified Income - Series I
     Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Government Securities - Series I Sub-Account, AIM
     V.I. Growth - Series I Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Core Equity - Series I
     Sub-Account, AIM V.I. International Growth - Series I Sub-Account, AIM V.I.
     Money Market - Series I Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Premier Equity - Series I
     Sub-Account. The inception date of the AIM V.I. Aggressive Growth - Series
     I Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Balanced - Series I Sub-Account, AIM V.I. Capital
     Development - Series I Sub-Account, and AIM V.I. High Yield - Series I
     Sub-Account is October 25, 1999. The inception date of the AIM V.I. Blue
     Chip - Series I Sub-Account and AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends - Series I
     Sub-Account is January 3, 2000. The inception date of the AIM V.I. Basic
     Value - Series I Sub-Account and AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core Equity - Series I
     Sub-Account is October 1, 2001. The inception date of the AIM V.I.
     Technology - Series I Sub-Account and the AIM V.I. Utilities - Series I
     Sub-Account is October 15, 2004.The Accumulation Unit Values in this table
     reflect a mortality and expense risk charge of 1.35% and an administrative
     charge of 0.10%.

**   Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. Effective July 1, 2005, a
     corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
     in that Fund will be made.

***  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series
     I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends Fund - Series I.
     Effective July 1, 2005, a corresponding change in the name of the Variable
     Sub-Account that invests in that Fund will be made.

                                  37 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the applicable Guarantee Period
for the week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period.

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout Start Date,
to the end of the Guarantee Period.

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period for the week
preceding the receipt of the withdrawal, transfer, death benefit, or income
payment request. If a note for a maturity of length N is not available, a
weighted average will be used. If N is one year or less, J will be the 1-year
Treasury Rate.

"Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

..9 X (I - J) X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred (in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount) paid as a death benefit, or applied to an Income Plan, from a Guarantee
Period at any time other than during the 30 day period after such Guarantee
Period expires.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment: $10,000

Guarantee Period: 5 years

Treasury Rate (at the time the Guarantee Period was established): 4.50%

Assumed Net Annual Earnings Rate in Money Market Variable Sub-Account: 4.50%

Full Surrender: End of Contract Year 3

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable.


                                       
Step 1. Calculate Contract                $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
 Value at End of  Contract
 Year 3:
Step 2. Calculate the                     .10 X $10,000.00 = $1,000.00
 Preferred Withdrawal
 Amount:
Step 3. Calculate the                     I = 4.50%
 Market Value Adjustment:                 J = 4.20%

                                              730 days
                                          N = -------- = 2
                                              365 days

                                          Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X N =
                                          .9 X (.045 - .042) X (2) = .0054

                                          Market Value Adjustment = Market Value Adjustment
                                          Factor X Amount Subject to Market Value
                                          Adjustment:

                                           = .0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,000.00) = $56.22

Step 4. Calculate the                     .05 X ($10,000.00 - $1,000.00 + $56.22) = $452.81
 Withdrawal Charge:
Step 5. Calculate the                     $11,411.66 - $452.81 +  $56.22 = $11,015.07
 amount received by a
 Contract owner as a result
 of full withdrawal at the
 end of Contract Year 3:


EXAMPLE 1 (ASSUME DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)


                                       
Step 1. Calculate Contract Value at End   $10,000.00 X  (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
 of Contract Year 3:
Step 2. Calculate the Preferred           .10 X $10,000.00 = $1,000.00
 Withdrawal Amount:
Step 3. Calculate the Market Value        I = 4.50%
 Adjustment:                              J = 4.80%

                                              730 days
                                          N = -------- = 2
                                              365 days

                                          Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X N =
                                          .9 X (.045 - .048) X (2) = - .0054

                                          Market Value Adjustment = Market Value Adjustment
                                          Factor X Amount Subject to Market Value Adjustment:

                                           -.0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,000.00) = $-56.22

Step 4. Calculate the Withdrawal Charge:  .05 X ($10,000.00 - $1,000.00 - $56.22) = $447.19
Step 5. Calculate the amount received by
 a Contract owner as a result of full
 withdrawal at the end of Contract Year
 3:                                       $11,411.66 - $447.19 - $56.22 = $10,908.25


                                  39 PROSPECTUS




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONS, DELETIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF INVESTMENTS

THE CONTRACT

                              Purchase of Contracts

CALCULATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

CALCULATION OF VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

CALCULATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUES

GENERAL MATTERS

                                Incontestability

                                   Settlements

                  Safekeeping of the Variable Account's Assets

                                  Premium Taxes

                                  Tax Reserves

EXPERTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. WE DO NOT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE OFFERING DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  40 PROSPECTUS




AIM LIFETIME PLUS(SM) II VARIABLE ANNUITY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STREET ADDRESS: 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE 68506-4142 MAILING ADDRESS:
P.O. BOX 82656, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2656 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-692-4682
PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("ALLSTATE NEW YORK") is offering
the AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) II Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 21 investment alternatives ("INVESTMENT
ALTERNATIVES"). The investment alternatives include 3 fixed account options

("FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS") and 18 variable sub-accounts ("VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS")
of the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each
Variable Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of one of the following funds
("FUNDS") of AIM Variable Insurance Funds, Inc. (SERIES I SHARES):


                                                  
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH FUND - SERIES I           AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND -
AIM V.I. BALANCED FUND - SERIES I*                    SERIES I
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE FUND - SERIES I                 AIM V.I. GROWTH FUND - SERIES I
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP FUND - SERIES I                   AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD FUND - SERIES I
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION FUND - SERIES I        AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH FUND -
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT FUND - SERIES I          SERIES I
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY FUND - SERIES I                 AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY FUND -
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS FUND - SERIES I**    SERIES I
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME FUND - SERIES I          AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY FUND - SERIES I
                                                     AIM V.I. UTILITIES FUND - SERIES I


*    Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I.

**   Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series
     I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends Fund - Series I.

WE (Allstate New York) have filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated
April 30, 2005, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains
more information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference,
which means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents
appears on page 41 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us
at the address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site
(http:www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us,
including documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web
site (http:\\www.sec.gov).

                       THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED
                       OR DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS
                       PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                       ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU
                       OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

IMPORTANT NOTICES      THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS
                       THAT HAVE RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL
                       INSTITUTIONS OR BY EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE
                       CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR
                       GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL REGULATORY
                       AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT
                       RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                       THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

                       THE CONTRACTS WERE ONLY AVAILABLE IN NEW YORK, BUT ARE NO
                       LONGER AVAILABLE FOR SALE.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
OVERVIEW
  Important Terms                                                              3
  The Contract at a Glance                                                     4
  How the Contract Works                                                       6
  Expense Table                                                                7
  Financial Information                                                        9
CONTRACT FEATURES
  The Contract                                                                 9
  Purchases                                                                   10
  Contract Value                                                              11
  Investment Alternatives                                                     12
     The Variable Sub-Accounts                                                12
     The Fixed Account Options                                                13
     Transfers                                                                15
  Expenses                                                                    18
  Other Expenses                                                              19
  Access To Your Money                                                        19

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
  Income Payments                                                             20
  Death Benefits                                                              22
OTHER INFORMATION
  More Information:
     Allstate New York                                                        25
     The Variable Account                                                     25
     The Funds                                                                25
     The Contract                                                             26
     Non-Qualified Annuities Held Within a Qualified Plan                     26
     Legal Matters                                                            26
  Taxes                                                                       27
  Annual Reports and Other Documents                                          34
APPENDIX A-ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS
OUTSTANDING FOR EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST
OFFERED                                                                       35
APPENDIX B-MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT                                            39
 STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS                        41

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Accumulation Phase                                                             6
Accumulation Unit                                                             11
Accumulation Unit Value                                                       11
Allstate New York ("We and/or "Us")                                        1, 25
Anniversary Values                                                            23
Annuitant                                                                      9
Automatic Additions Program                                                   10
Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program                                            17
Beneficiary                                                                    9
Cancellation Period                                                            4
Contract*                                                                     26
Contract Anniversary                                                           5
Contract Owner ("You")                                                         9
Contract Value                                                                 5
Contract Year                                                                  5
Death Benefit Anniversary                                                     22
Dollar Cost Averaging Option                                                  13
Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                                 17
Due Proof of Death                                                            22
Enhanced Death Benefit Option                                                 23

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Fixed Account Options                                                         13
Funds                                                                         25
Guarantee Periods                                                             13
Income Plans                                                                  20
Investment Alternatives                                                        4
Issue Date                                                                     6
Market Value Adjustment                                                       14
Payout Phase                                                                   6
Payout Start Date                                                             20
Preferred Withdrawal Amount                                                   18
Right to Cancel                                                               10
SEC                                                                            1
Settlement Value                                                              22
Systematic Withdrawal Program                                                 20
Tax Qualified Contracts                                                       30
Treasury Rate                                                                 15
Valuation Date                                                                10
Variable Account                                                              25
Variable Sub-Account                                                          12

*    The AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) II Variable Annuity is a group contract and your
     ownership is represented by certificates. References to "Contract" in this
     prospectus include certificates, unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contract. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS                You can purchase a Contract with an initial
                                 purchase payment of $5,000 ($2,000 for
                                 "QUALIFIED CONTRACTS," which are Contracts
                                 issued with QUALIFIED PLANS). You can add to
                                 your Contract as often and as much as you like,
                                 but each payment must be at least $500 ($100
                                 for automatic purchase payments to the variable
                                 investment options). You must maintain a
                                 minimum account size of $1,000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

RIGHT TO CANCEL                  You may cancel your Contract within 10 days
                                 after receipt ("CANCELLATION PERIOD"). Upon
                                 cancellation, as permitted by federal or state
                                 law, we will return your purchase payments
                                 adjusted to reflect the investment experience
                                 of any amounts allocated to the Variable
                                 Account. The adjustment will reflect the
                                 deduction of mortality and expense risk charges
                                 and administrative expense charges.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXPENSES                         You will bear the following expenses:

                                 .    Total Variable Account annual fees equal
                                      to 1.10% of average daily net Assets
                                      (1.30% if you select the ENHANCED DEATH
                                      BENEFIT OPTION)

                                 .    Annual contract maintenance charge of $35
                                      (with certain exceptions)

                                 .    Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 7%
                                      of payment withdrawn (with certain
                                      exceptions)

                                 .    Transfer fee of $10 after 12th transfer in
                                      any CONTRACT YEAR (fee currently waived)

                                 .    State premium tax (New York currently does
                                      not impose one).

                                 In addition, each Fund pays expenses that you
                                 will bear indirectly if you invest in a
                                 Variable Sub-Account.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INVESTMENT                       The Contract offers 21 investment alternatives
ALTERNATIVES                     including:

                                 .    3 Fixed Account Options (which credit
                                      interest at rates we guarantee), and

                                 .    18 Variable Sub-Accounts investing in
                                      Funds offering professional money
                                      management by A I M Advisors, Inc.

                                 To find out current rates being paid on the
                                 Fixed Account Options, or to find out how the
                                 Variable Sub-Accounts have performed, please
                                 call us at 1-800-692-4682.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPECIAL SERVICES                 For your convenience, we offer these special
                                 services:

                                 .    AUTOMATIC FUND REBALANCING PROGRAM

                                 .    AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                                 .    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                                 .    SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

INCOME PAYMENTS                  You can choose fixed income payments, variable
                                 income payments, or a combination of the two.
                                 You can receive your income payments in one of
                                 the following ways:

                                 .    life income with guaranteed payments

                                 .    a joint and survivor life income with
                                      guaranteed payments

                                 .    guaranteed payments for a specified period
                                      (5 to 30 years)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




DEATH                            BENEFITS If you or the Annuitant (if the
                                 Contract is owned by a non-living person) die
                                 before the PAYOUT START DATE, we will pay the
                                 death benefit described in the Contract. We
                                 also offer an Enhanced Death Benefit Option.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TRANSFERS                        Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer
                                 your Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among
                                 the investment alternatives, with certain
                                 restrictions.

                                 We do not currently impose a fee upon
                                 transfers. However, we reserve the right to
                                 charge $10 per transfer after the 12th transfer
                                 in each "CONTRACT YEAR," which we measure from
                                 the date we issue your contract or a Contract
                                 anniversary ("CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY").
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WITHDRAWALS                      You may withdraw some or all of your Contract
                                 Value at any time during the Accumulation
                                 Phase. Full or partial withdrawals are
                                 available under limited circumstances on or
                                 after the Payout Start Date.

                                 In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a
                                 time ($1,000 for withdrawals made during the
                                 Payout Phase.) Withdrawals in the Payout Phase
                                 are only available if the Payout Option is a
                                 Variable Income Payment using Guaranteed
                                 Payments for a Specified Period. Withdrawals
                                 taken prior to annuitization (referred to in
                                 this prospectus as the Payout Phase) are
                                 generally considered to come from the earnings
                                 in the Contract first. If the Contract is
                                 tax-qualified, generally all withdrawals are
                                 treated as distributions of earnings.

                                 Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
                                 income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
                                 be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
                                 penalty. A withdrawal charge and MARKET VALUE
                                 ADJUSTMENT also may apply.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 21 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
You do this during what we call the "ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The
Accumulation Phase begins on the date we issue your Contract (we call that date
the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until the Payout Start Date, which is the date
we apply your money to provide income payments. During the Accumulation Phase,
you may allocate your purchase payments to any combination of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed Account Options. If you invest in the Fixed Account
Options, you will earn a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically. If
you invest in any of the Variable Sub-Accounts, your investment return will vary
up or down depending on the performance of the corresponding Funds.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 20. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Sub-Accounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Funds. The amount of money you accumulate under
your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan will
determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.



Issue                                  Payout Start
Date         Accumulation Phase        Date                   Payout Phase
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
                                                                     
You buy      You save for retirement   You elect to receive   You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                             income payments or     income payments    income payments
                                       receive a lump sum     for a set period   for life
                                       payment


As the Contract owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract owner, or if there is none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
See "The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we
will pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract owner or, if none, to your
Beneficiary. See "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-692-4682 if you have any questions about how the
Contract works.

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

The table below lists the expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly
when you buy a Contract. The table and the examples that follow do not reflect
premium taxes because New York currently does not impose premium taxes on
annuities. For more information about Variable Account expenses, see "Expenses,"
below. For more information about Fund expenses, please refer to the
accompanying prospectuses for the Funds.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*



Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase  0    1      2   3    4     5    6     7+
Payment Being Withdrawn
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       
Applicable Charge                                        7%   6%    5%   4%   3%    2%   1%    0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Contract Maintenance Charge                                   $35.00**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                                                         $10.00***
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 15% of the Contract Value as of
     the beginning of the Contract Year without incurring a withdrawal charge or
     Market Value Adjustment.

**   We will waive this charge in certain cases. See "Expenses."

***  Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging or automatic fund
     rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES

(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE
SUB-ACCOUNT)

WITHOUT ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION                                      1.00%
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge                                              0.10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Variable Account Annual Expense                                      1.10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITH ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION                                         1.20%
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge                                              0.10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Variable Account Annual Expense                                      1.30%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FUND ANNUAL EXPENSES

(as a percentage of Fund average daily net assets) (1) The next table shows the
minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by the Funds that you may
pay periodically during the time that you own the Contract. Advisers and/or
other service providers of certain Funds may have agreed to waive their fees
and/or reimburse Fund expenses in order to keep the Funds' expenses below
specified limits. The range of expenses shown in this table does not show the
effect of any such fee waiver or expense reimbursement.

More detail concerning each Fund's fees and expenses appears in the prospectus
for each Fund.

                             ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES

                                                               Minimum   Maximum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses/(1)/
(expenses that are deducted from Fund assets,
which may include management fees, distribution
and/or services
(12b-1) fees, and
other expenses)                                                  0.75%    1.16%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Expenses are shown as a percentage of Fund average daily net assets (before
     any waiver or reimbursement) as of December 31, 2004.

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Fund fees and expenses. The example below shows the
dollar amount of expenses that you would bear directly or indirectly if you:

..    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

..    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period,
     and

..    elected the Enhanced Death Benefit Option.

The first line of the example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Funds are charged. The second line of the example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Funds are charged. Your actual expenses
may be higher or lower than those shown below.

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

                                 1 Year   3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual
Fund Expenses                     $797      $1,215    $1,658     $3,129
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual
Fund Expenses                     $755      $1,088    $1,447     $2,711
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXAMPLE 2

This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                 1 Year    3 Years   5 Years    10 Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum
Annual Fund Expenses              $287      $877      $1,490     $3,129
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum
Annual Fund Expenses              $245      $751      $1,280     $2,711
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE LOWER OR GREATER THAN THOSE
SHOWN ABOVE. SIMILARLY, YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE LOWER OR GREATER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY FUND EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
THE ABOVE EXAMPLES ASSUME THE ELECTION OF THE ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION,
WITH A MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE OF 1.20%, AN ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
CHARGE OF 0.10% AND AN ANNUAL CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE OF $35. IF THE
ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT HAS NOT ELECTED, THE EXPENSE FIGURES SHOWN ABOVE WOULD BE
SLIGHTLY LOWER. THE ABOVE EXAMPLES ASSUME TOTAL ANNUAL FUND EXPENSES LISTED IN
THE EXPENSE TABLE WILL CONTINUE THROUGHOUT THE PERIODS SHOWN.

                                  8 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Sub-Accounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT."
Each Variable Sub-Account has a separate value for its Accumulation Units we
call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but not
the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

Attached as Appendix A to this prospectus are tables showing the Accumulation
Unit Values of each Variable Sub-Account since the date we first offered the
Contracts. To obtain a fuller picture of each Variable Sub-Account's finances,
please refer to the Variable Account's financial statements contained in the
Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements of Allstate New
York also appear in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) II Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the
Contract Owner, and Allstate New York, a life insurance company. As the Contract
owner, you may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the
Contract. That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent
permitted):

..    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

..    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

..    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

..    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

..    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

..    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner or Annuitant dies,
     and

..    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die, any surviving Contract owner or, if none, the Beneficiary may
exercise the rights and privileges provided to them by the Contract.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Contract Owner is a Grantor Trust, the Contract Owner will be
considered a non-living person for purposes of this section and the Death
Benefit section. The maximum age of the oldest Contract owner cannot exceed age
90 as of the date we receive the completed application to purchase the Contract.

Changing ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may
not be allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax
advisor prior to making a request for a change of Contract Owner.

The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as a 403(b)).
The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, ("Code") may limit or modify your rights and
privileges under the Contract.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. The
maximum age of the Annuitant cannot exceed age 90 as of the date we receive the
completed application to purchase the Contract. If the Contract Owner is a
living person you may change the Annuitant prior to the Payout Start Date. In
our discretion, we may permit you to designate a joint Annuitant, who is a
second person on whose life income payments depend, on the Payout Start Date.

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

..    the youngest Contract Owner, if living, otherwise

..    the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the Death Benefit or
become the new Contract Owner, subject to the Death of Owner provision, if the
sole surviving Contract Owner dies before the Payout Start Date (See section
titled "Death Benefits" for details.) If the sole surviving Contract owner dies
after the Payout Start Date, the Beneficiary will receive any guaranteed income
payments scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more Beneficiaries when you apply for a Contract. You may
change or add Beneficiaries at any time by writing to us, unless you have
designated an irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of Beneficiary
form to be signed and filed with us. Any change will be effective at the time
you sign the written notice, whether or not the Annuitant is living when we
receive the notice. Until we receive your written notice to change a
Beneficiary, we are entitled to rely on the most recent Beneficiary information
in our files. We will not be liable as to any payment or settlement made prior
to receiving the written notice. Accordingly, if you wish to

                                  9 PROSPECTUS




change your Beneficiary, you should deliver your written notice to us promptly.

If you do not name a Beneficiary or if the named Beneficiary is no longer living
and there are no other surviving Beneficiaries, the new Beneficiary will be:

..    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

..    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

..    your estate.

If more than one Beneficiary survives you, we will divide the death benefit
among your Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions. If
you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only an Allstate New York officer may approve a change in or waive any provision
of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

No Owner has the right to assign any interest in a Contract as collateral or
security for a loan. However, you may assign periodic income payments under the
Contract prior to the Payout Start Date. No Beneficiary may assign benefits
under the Contract until they are due. We will not be bound by any assignment
until the assignor signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of
benefits under many types of retirement plans and the terms of such plans may
themselves contain restrictions on assignments. An assignment may also result in
taxes or tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO
ASSIGN YOUR CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial Purchase Payment must be at least $5,000 ($2,000 for a Qualified
Contract). All subsequent Purchase Payments must be $500 or more. The maximum
Purchase Payment is $2,000,000 without prior approval. We reserve the right to
change the minimum Purchase Payment and to change the maximum Purchase Payment.
You may make Purchase Payments of at least $500 at any time prior to the Payout
Start Date. We also reserve the right to reject any application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of at least $100 ($500 for allocation
to the Fixed Account Options) by automatically transferring amounts from your
bank account. Please consult with your sales representative for detailed
information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in
whole percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your
allocations by notifying us in writing. We reserve the right to limit the
availability of the investment alternatives.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive written notice of the change in
good order.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our servicing center. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
service center located in Vernon Hills, Illinois (mailing address: 2940 S. 84TH
STREET, LINCOLN, NE 68506-4142).

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business. We also refer to these days as "VALUATION DATES."
Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00
p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your purchase payment
after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date, we
will credit your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on
the next Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 10 day period after you receive the Contract (60 days if
you are exchanging another contract for the Contract described in this
prospectus.) You may return it by delivering it or mailing

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




it to us. If you exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract terminates and we
will pay you the full amount of your purchase payments allocated to the Fixed
Account Options. Upon cancellation, as permitted by federal or state law, we
will return your purchase payments allocated to the Variable Account after an
adjustment to reflect investment gain or loss and applicable charges that
occurred from the date of allocation through the date of cancellation. If your
Contract is qualified under ode Section 408(b), we will refund the greater of
any purchase payment or the Contract Value.

CONTRACT VALUE

On the issue date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial purchase payment.
Thereafter, your Contract Value at any time during the Accumulation Phase is
equal to the sum of the value of your Accumulation Units in the Variable
Sub-Accounts you have selected, plus the value of your investment in the Fixed
Account Options.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Sub-Account to
allocate to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Sub-Account by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Sub-Account next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Sub-Account is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Sub-Account to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Sub-Account would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Sub-Account allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account
will rise or fall to reflect:

..    changes in the share price of the Fund in which the Variable Sub-Account
     invests, and

..    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge,
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine contract maintenance charges, withdrawal charges, and transfer fees
(currently waived) separately for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation
Unit Value. Instead, we obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming
Accumulation Units. For details on how we calculate Accumulation Unit Value,
please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account on
each Valuation Date. We also determine a separate set of Accumulation Unit
Values reflecting the cost of the Enhanced Death Benefit Option described on
page 23.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUS FOR THE FUNDS THAT ACCOMPANIES THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH FUND ARE VALUED, SINCE
THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 18 Variable Sub-Accounts. Each
Variable Sub-Account invests in the shares of a corresponding Fund. Each Fund
has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe the Funds
below.

For more complete information about each Fund, including expenses and risks
associated with the Fund, please refer to the accompanying prospectus for the
Fund. You should carefully review the Fund prospectuses before allocating
amounts to the Variable Sub-Accounts. A I M Advisors, Inc. serves as the
investment advisor to each Fund.

SERIES I SHARES:        EACH FUND SEEKS*:               INVESTMENT ADVISOR
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Aggressive     Long-term growth of capital
 Growth Fund - Series
 I**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Balanced Fund   As high a total return as
 - Series I***           possible, consistent with
                         preservation of capital
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Basic Value    Long-term growth of capital
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Blue Chip      Long-term growth of capital
 Fund - Series I         with a secondary objective of
                         current income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital        Growth of capital
 Appreciation Fund -
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital        Long-term growth of capital
 Development Fund -
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Core Equity    Growth of capital                A I M ADVISORS, INC..
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Dent           Long-term growth of capital
 Demographic Trends
 Fund - Series I****
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Diversified    High level of current income
 Income Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Government     High level of current income
 Securities Fund -       consistent with reasonable
 Series I                concern for safety of
                         principal
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Growth Fund -  Growth of capital
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. High Yield     High level of current income
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. International  Long-term growth of capital
 Growth Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core   Long-term growth of capital
 Equity Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Money Market   As high a level of current
 Fund - Series I         income as is consistent with
                         the preservation of capital
                         and liquidity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Premier        Long-term growth of capital
 Equity Fund - Series    with income as a secondary
 I                       objective
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Technology     Capital growth
 Fund - Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Utilities      Capital growth and current
 Fund - Series I         income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    A Fund's investment objective(s) may be changed by the Fund's Board of
     Trustees without shareholder approval.

**   Due to the sometime limited availability of common stocks of small-cap
     companies that meet the investment criteria for AIM V.I. Aggressive Growth
     Fund - Series I, the Fund may periodically suspend or limit the offering of
     its shares and it will be closed to new participants when Fund assets reach
     $200 million. During closed periods the Fund will accept additional
     investments from existing Contract owners maintaining an allocation in the
     Fund.

***  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. In addition, the Fund's
     objective will cahnge to long-term growth of capital and current income.

***  The AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series I is sub-advised by H.S.
     Dent Advisors, Inc. Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic
     Trends Fund - Series I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends
     Fund - Series I. In addition, H.S. Dent Advisors, Inc. will no longer be
     the sub-advisor to the Fund effective June 30, 2005.

AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS MAY GROW IN VALUE, DECLINE IN
VALUE, OR GROW LESS THAN YOU EXPECT, DEPENDING ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF
THE FUNDS IN WHICH THOSE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS INVEST. YOU BEAR THE INVESTMENT
RISK THAT THE FUNDS MIGHT NOT MEET THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES. SHARES OF THE
FUNDS

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




ARE NOT DEPOSITS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR ENDORSED BY ANY BANK AND
ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL
RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed
Account. You may choose from among 3 Fixed Account Options, including 2 DOLLAR
COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS ("DOLLAR COST AVERAGING OPTION"), and the
option to invest in one or more GUARANTEE PERIODS. The Fixed Account Options may
not be available in all states. Please consult with your sales representative
for current information. The Fixed Account supports our insurance and annuity
obligations. The Fixed Account consists of our general assets other than those
in segregated asset accounts. We have sole discretion to invest the assets of
the Fixed Account, subject to applicable law. Any money you allocate to a Fixed
Account Option does not entitle you to share in the investment experience of the
Fixed Account.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING OPTION. You may establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program,
as described on page 17, by allocating purchase payments to the Dollar Cost
Averaging Option either for 6 months (the "6 Month Dollar Cost Averaging
Option") or for 12 months (the "12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Option"). Your
purchase payments that you allocate to the Dollar Cost Averaging Option will
earn interest for the period you select at the current rate in effect at the
time of allocation. Rates may differ from those available for the Guarantee
Periods described below.

We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound over the 6 or 12
month period to the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of
allocation. You must transfer all of your money out of the 6 or 12 Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Options to other investment alternatives in equal monthly
installments beginning within 30 days of allocation. The number of monthly
installments must be no more than 6 for the 6 Month Dollar Cost Averaging
Option, and no more than 12 for the 12 Month Dollar Cost Averaging Option.

If we do not receive allocation instructions from you within one month of the
date of the payment, the payment plus associated interest will be transferred to
the Money Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments using the
longest transfer period being offered at the time the Purchase Payment is made.

At the end of the applicable transfer period, any nominal amounts remaining in
the Dollar Cost Averaging Option will be allocated to the Money Market Variable
Sub-Account.

You may not transfer funds from other investment alternatives to the Dollar Cost
Averaging Option.

Transfers out of the Dollar Cost Averaging Option do not count towards the 12
transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee.

We may declare different interest rates for different amounts allocated to the
Dollar Cost Averaging Option depending on when they were allocated. For current
interest rate information, please contact your Financial Advisor or our Customer
Service unit at 1-800-692-4682.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period earns interest at a
specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years. Guarantee Periods may
range from 1 to 10 years. In the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of
different lengths or stop offering some Guarantee Periods. You select one or
more Guarantee Periods for each purchase payment or transfer. If you do not
select the Guarantee Period for a purchase payment or transfer, we will assign
the shortest Guarantee Period available under the Contract for such payment or
transfer. We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase
payments that you may allocate to this Option. Please consult with your sales
representative for more information. Each Purchase Payment or transfer allocated
to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We may declare different interest rates for
Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times. We will not
change the interest rate that we credit to a particular allocation until the end
of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. WE DETERMINE THE
INTEREST RATES TO BE DECLARED IN OUR SOLE DISCRETION. WE CAN NEITHER PREDICT NOR
GUARANTEE WHAT THOSE RATES WILL BE IN THE FUTURE. For current interest rate
information, please contact your sales representative or Allstate New York at
1-800-692-4682. The interest rates we credit for the Dollar Cost Averaging
Option will never be less than 3% annually.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the effective annual interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period.

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




The following example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to a
Guarantee Period would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective
annual interest rate:

Purchase Payment....................................................    $10,000
Guarantee Period....................................................    5 years
Annual Interest Rate................................................      4.50%

                              END OF CONTRACT YEAR



                          YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4       YEAR 5
                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                         
Beginning Contract
 Value................  $10,000.00
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)              1.045
                        ----------
                        $10,450.00

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....              $10,450.00
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                          1.045
                                    ----------
                                    $10,920.25

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                          $10,920.25
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                      1.045
                                                ----------
                                                $11,411.66

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                      $11,411.66
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                  1.045
                                                            ----------
     $11,925.19

Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                                   $11,925.19
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                               1.045
                                                                        -----------
                                                                         $12,461.82


TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82-$10,000)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5 year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a withdrawal
charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. The hypothetical interest rate is for
illustrative purposes only and is not intended to predict current or future
interest rates to be declared under the Contract. Actual interest rates declared
for any given Guarantee Period may be more or less than shown above but will
never be less than the guaranteed minimum rate stated in the Contract, if any.

RENEWALS. At least 15 but not more than 45 days prior to the end of each
Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice asking you what to do with your
money, including the accrued interest. During the 30-day period after the end of
the Guarantee Period, you may:

1)   Take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
     Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate
     will be our then current declared rate for a Guarantee Period of that
     length; or

2)   Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of
     your choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous
     Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current
     declared rate for those Guarantee Periods; or

3)   Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
     Variable Sub-Accounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive
     your instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a
     Market Value Adjustment; or

4)   Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
     withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
     withholding (if applicable). The amount withdrawn will be deemed to have
     been withdrawn on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. Unless you
     specify otherwise, amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee
     Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal
Amount, transfers, and amounts applied to an Income Plan from a Guarantee
Period, other than those taken or applied during the 30 day period after such
Guarantee Period expires, are subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market
Value Adjustment also will apply when you apply amounts currently invested in a
Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless applied during the 30 day period
after such Guarantee Period expires). A Market Value Adjustment may apply in the
calculation of the Settlement Value described below in the "Death Benefit
Amount" section below. We will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a transfer
you make as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging Program. We also will not apply a
Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you make:

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




..    within the Preferred Withdrawal Amount as described on page 18, or

..    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for the Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time it is
removed from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period when you remove your money. "TREASURY RATE" means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Board
Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal of your
Contract Value to an amount that is less than the purchase payment plus interest
at the minimum guaranteed interest rate under the Contract. Death benefits will
not be subject to a negative Market Value Adjustment.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee
Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a period equal to
the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a higher amount payable to you, transferred, or applied to an
Income Plan. Conversely, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to
a Guarantee Period is lower than the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal
to the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a lower amount payable to you, transferred, or applied to an
Income Plan.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5 year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix A
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. You may not transfer Contract Value into the Dollar
Cost Averaging Option. You may request transfers in writing on a form that we
provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. The minimum
amount that you may transfer into a Guarantee Period is $500. We currently do
not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a $10 charge on each transfer in
excess of 12 per Contract Year. We treat transfers to or from more than one Fund
on the same day as one transfer. Transfers you make as part of a Dollar Cost
Averaging Program or Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program do not count against the
12 free transfers per Contract Year.

We will process transfer requests that we receive before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit Values for that Date. We will
process requests completed after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on any Valuation Date
using the Accumulation Unit Values for the next Valuation Date. The Contract
permits us to defer transfers from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the
date we receive your request. If we decide to postpone transfers from the Fixed
Account Options for 10 days or more, we will pay interest as required by
applicable law. Any interest would be payable from the date we receive the
transfer request to the date we make the transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30 day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts
to change the relative weighting of the Variable Sub-Accounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. In addition, you will have a limited
ability to make transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the
proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may
not, however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments
into variable income payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first 6 months after the Payout Start
Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts or make
transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the proportion of your
income payments consisting of fixed income payments. Your transfers must be at
least 6 months apart.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone by calling 1-800-692-4682, if you first send
us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for telephone transfer
requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time. In the event that the New York Stock
Exchange closes early, i.e., before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, or in the event that
the Exchange closes early for a period of time but then reopens for trading on
the same day, we will process telephone transfer requests as of the close of the
Exchange on that particular day. We will not accept telephone requests received
at any telephone number other than the number that appears in this paragraph or
received after the close of trading on the Exchange.

We may suspend, modify or terminate the telephone transfer privilege at any time
without notice.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING

The Contracts are intended for long-term investment. Market timing and excessive
trading can potentially dilute the value of Variable Sub-Accounts and can
disrupt management of a Fund and raise its expenses, which can impair Fund
performance and adversely affect your Contract Value. Our policy is not to
accept knowingly any money intended for the purpose of market timing or
excessive trading. Accordingly, you should not invest in the Contract if your
purpose is to engage in market timing or excessive trading, and you should
refrain from such practices if you currently own a Contract.

We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Funds also may report suspected market-timing or excessive
trading activity to us. If, in our judgment, we determine that the transfers are
part of a market timing strategy or are otherwise harmful to the underlying
Fund, we will impose the trading limitations as described below under "Trading
Limitations." Because there is no universally accepted definition of what
constitutes market timing or excessive trading, we will use our reasonable
judgment based on all of the circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Sub-Accounts, because our procedures involve the exercise of reasonable
judgment, we may not identify or prevent some market timing or excessive
trading. Moreover, imposition of trading limitations is triggered by the
detection of market timing or excessive trading activity, and the trading
limitations are not applied prior to detection of such trading activity.
Therefore, our policies and procedures do not prevent such trading activity
before it is detected. As a result, some investors may be able to engage in
market timing and excessive trading, while others are prohibited, and the Fund
may experience the adverse effects of market timing and excessive trading
described above.

TRADING LIMITATIONS

We reserve the right to limit transfers among the investment alternatives in any
Contract Year, or to refuse any transfer request, if:

..    we believe, in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading, by, or on behalf of, one or more Contract Owners, or a
     specific transfer request or group of transfer requests, may have a
     detrimental effect on the Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable
     Sub-Account or on the share prices of the corresponding Fund or otherwise
     would be to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners; or

..    we are informed by one or more of the Funds that they intend to restrict
     the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Fund shares because of excessive
     trading or because they believe that a specific transfer or group of
     transfers would have a detrimental effect on the prices of Fund shares.

In making the determination that trading activity constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will consider, among other things:

..    the total dollar amount being transferred, both in the aggregate and in the
     transfer request;

..    the number of transfers you make over a period of time and/or the period of
     time between transfers (note: one set of transfers to and from a Variable
     Sub-Account in a short period of time can constitute market timing);

..    whether your transfers follow a pattern that appears designed to take
     advantage of short term market fluctuations, particularly within certain
     Variable Sub-Account underlying Funds that we have identified as being
     susceptible to market timing activities;

..    whether the manager of the underlying Fund has indicated that the transfers
     interfere with Fund management or otherwise adversely impact the Fund; and

..    the investment objectives and/or size of the Variable Sub-Account
     underlying Fund.

We seek to apply these trading limitations uniformly. However, because these
determinations involve the exercise of discretion, it is possible that we may
not detect some market timing or excessive trading activity. As a result, it is
possible that some investors may be able to engage in market timing or excessive
trading activity, while others are prohibited, and the Fund may experience the
adverse effects of market timing and excessive trading described above.

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




If we determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in market timing or excessive
trading activity, we will restrict that Contract Owner from making future
additions or transfers into the impacted Variable Sub-Account(s). If we
determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in a pattern of market timing or
excessive trading activity involving multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, we will
also require that all future transfer requests be submitted through regular U.S.
mail thereby refusing to accept transfer requests via telephone, facsimile,
Internet, or overnight delivery.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Trading Limitations at any time as
necessary to better deter or minimize market timing and excessive trading or to
comply with regulatory requirements.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a set
amount at regular intervals during the Accumulation Phase from any Variable
Sub-Account, the Dollar Cost Averaging Option, or interest credited from the 3,
5, 7 or 10 year Guarantee Periods, to any Variable Sub-Account. The interval
between transfers may be monthly, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually.
Transfers made through dollar cost averaging must be $50 or more. You may not
use dollar cost averaging to transfer amounts into the Dollar Cost Averaging
Option.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee. In addition, we will not apply the Market
Value Adjustment to these transfers.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market.

Call or write us for instructions on how to enroll.

AUTOMATIC FUND REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the
performance of each Sub-Account may cause a shift in the percentage you
allocated to each Sub-Account. If you select our Automatic Fund Rebalancing
Program, we will automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable
Sub-Account and return it to the desired percentage allocations. Money you
allocate to the Fixed Account Options will not be included in the rebalancing.

We will rebalance your account each quarter according to your instructions. We
will transfer amounts among the Variable Sub-Accounts to achieve the percentage
allocations you specify. You can change your allocations at any time by
contacting us in writing or by telephone. The new allocation will be effective
with the first rebalancing that occurs after we receive your request. We are not
responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Sub-Accounts. You want 40% to be in the AIM V.I. Diversified Income Variable
Sub-Account and 60% to be in the AIM V.I. Growth Variable Sub-Account. Over the
next 2 months the bond market does very well while the stock market performs
poorly. At the end of the first quarter, the AIM V.I. Diversified Income
Variable Sub-Account now represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase
in value. If you choose to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first
day of the next quarter we would sell some of your units in the AIM V.I.
Diversified Income Variable Sub-Account and use the money to buy more units in
the AIM V.I. Growth Variable Sub-Account so that the percentage allocations
would again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program is available only during the Accumulation
Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards the 12
transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject to a
transfer fee.

Fund rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of investments
among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your Contract
Value allocated to the better performing segments.

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSES

As a Contract owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

During the Accumulation Phase, on each Contract Anniversary, we will deduct a
$35 contract maintenance charge from your Contract Value invested in each
Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the amount invested. We also will deduct a
full contract maintenance charge if you withdraw your entire Contract Value,
unless your Contract qualifies for a waiver, described below. During the Payout
Phase, we will deduct the charge proportionately from each income payment.

The charge is for the cost of maintaining each Contract and the Variable
Account. Maintenance costs include expenses we incur in billing and collecting
purchase payments; keeping records; processing death claims, cash withdrawals,
and policy changes; proxy statements; calculating Accumulation Unit Values and
income payments; and issuing reports to Contract owners and regulatory agencies.
We cannot increase the charge. We will waive this charge if:

.. total purchase payments equal $50,000 or more, or

..    all money is allocated to the Fixed Account Options, as of the Contract
     Anniversary.

After the Payout Start Date, we will waive this charge if:

..    as of the Payout Start Date, the Contract Value is $50,000 or more, or

..    all income payments are fixed amount income payments.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.00%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts
(1.20% if you select the Enhanced Death Benefit Option). The mortality and
expense risk charge is for all the insurance benefits available with your
Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the death benefits), for
certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk (expense risk) that
the current charges will not be sufficient in the future to cover the cost of
administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract are not
sufficient, then we will bear the loss. We charge an additional .20% for the
Enhanced Death Benefit Option to compensate us for the additional risk that we
accept by providing the rider.

We guarantee the mortality and expense risk charge and we cannot increase it. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
12th transfer in each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on

transfers that are part of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Fund Rebalancing
Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a withdrawal charge of up to 7% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market
Value Adjustment. The charge declines annually to 0% after 7 complete years from
the day we receive the purchase payment being withdrawn. A schedule showing how
the charge declines appears on page 7. During each Contract Year, you can
withdraw up to 15% of the Contract Value as of the beginning of that Contract
Year without paying the charge. Unused portions of this 15% "PREFERRED
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to future Contract Years.

We determine the withdrawal charge by:

..    multiplying the percentage corresponding to the number of complete years
     since we received the purchase payment being withdrawn, times

..    the part of each purchase payment withdrawal that is in excess of the
     Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment.

We will deduct withdrawal charges, if applicable, from the amount paid. For
purposes of the withdrawal charge, we will treat withdrawals as coming from the
oldest purchase payments first. However, for federal income tax purposes, please
note that withdrawals are considered to have come first from earnings in the
Contract. Thus, for tax purposes, earnings are considered to come out first,
which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your withdrawal.

If you make a withdrawal before the Payout Start Date, we will apply the
withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the date of the withdrawal, or the
withdrawal charge percentage in effect on the following day, whichever is

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




lower.We do not apply a withdrawal charge in the following situations:

..    on the Payout Start Date (a withdrawal charge may apply if you elect to
     receive income payments for a specified period of less than 120 months);

..    the death of the Contract owner or Annuitant (unless the Settlement Value
     is used);

..    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules for the
     Contract; and

..    withdrawals made after all purchase payments have been withdrawn.

We use the amounts obtained from the withdrawal charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals may be subject to tax penalties or income tax and a Market Value
Adjustment. You should consult your own tax counsel or other tax advisers
regarding any withdrawals.

PREMIUM TAXES

Currently, we do not make deductions for premium taxes under the Contract
because New York does not charge premium taxes on annuities. We may deduct taxes
that may be imposed in the future from purchase payments or the Contract Value
when the tax is incurred or at a later time.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently making a provision for taxes. In the future, however, we
may make a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that we
will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account. We will
deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the Variable
Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and whether or
not it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Taxes section.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Fund deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Fund whose shares are held by
the Variable Sub-Accounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectus for the Funds. For a summary of current estimates of
those charges and expenses, see pages 7-8.

We may receive compensation from A I M Advisors, Inc., for administrative
services we provide to the Funds.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date. Withdrawals also are available under limited circumstances on
or after the Payout Start Date. See "Income Plans" on page 20.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value next computed after we
receive the request for a withdrawal at our service center, adjusted by any
Market Value Adjustment, less any withdrawal charges, contract maintenance
charges, income tax withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals
from the Variable Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to
postponement in certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account Options.
To complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

You have the opportunity to name the investment alternative(s) from which you
are taking the withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal
pro-rata from the investment alternatives according to the value of your
investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Variable
Sub-Account.

If you request a total withdrawal, we may request that you return your Contract
to us. We also will deduct a Contract Maintenance Charge of $35, unless we have
waived the Contract Maintenance Charge on your Contract.

Withdrawals taken prior to annuitization (referred to in this prospectus as the
Payout Phase) are generally considered to come from the earnings in the Contract
first. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally all withdrawals are treated
as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10%
federal tax penalty.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account Options
for up to 6 months or shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment or
transfer for 10 days or more, we will pay interest as required by law. Any
interest would be payable from the date we receive the withdrawal request to the
date we make the payment or transfer.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis at any time prior to the Payout Start
Date. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50. Systematic
Withdrawals are not available from the Dollar Cost Averaging Option. At our
discretion, systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or the Automatic Fund Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the accumulation unit value of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and the value of the Fixed Account Options, systematic withdrawals
may reduce or even exhaust the Contract Value. Please consult your tax advisor
before taking any withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount in any
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we may treat it as a request to withdraw the
entire amount invested in such Guarantee Period. If your request for a partial
withdrawal would reduce the Contract Value to less than $1,000, we may treat it
as a request to withdraw your entire Contract Value. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value. We will, however, ask you
to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating your Contract. Before
terminating any Contract value whose value has been reduced by withdrawals to
less than $1,000, we would inform you in writing of our intention to terminate
your Contact and give you at least 30 days in which to make an additional
Purchase Payment to restore your Contract's value to the contractual minimum of
$1,000. If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its Contract
Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less withdrawal and
other charges, and applicable taxes.

INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

The Payout Start Date is the day that we apply your Contract Value, adjusted by
any Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, to an Income Plan.
The Payout Start Date must be no later than the Annuitant's 90th birthday.

You may change the Payout Start Date at any time by notifying us in writing of
the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a
change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An "Income Plan" is a series of payments on a scheduled basis to you or to
another person designated by you. You may choose and change your choice of
Income Plan until 30 days before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an
Income Plan, we will make income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with
guaranteed payments for 10 years. After the Payout Start Date, you may not make
withdrawals (except as described below) or change your choice of Income Plan.
Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

..    fixed income payments;

..    variable income payments; or

..    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis". Once the basis in the Contract is depleted, all remaining
payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally, all
payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Sub-Account
assets that support variable income payments even though we may not bear any
mortality risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant is alive before
we make each payment. Please note that under such Income Plans, if you elect to
take no minimum guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee could receive
only 1 income payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant both die before
the second income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die before the
third income payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving variable income payments
that do not depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).
In that case you may terminate all or a portion of the Variable Account portion
of the income payments at any time and receive a lump sum equal to the present
value of the remaining variable payments associated with the amount withdrawn.
To determine the present value of any remaining variable income payments being
withdrawn, we use a discount rate equal to the assumed annual investment rate
that we use to compute such variable income payments. The minimum amount you may
withdraw under this feature is $1,000. A withdrawal charge may apply. We deduct
applicable premium taxes from the Contract Value at the Payout Start Date.

We may make other Income Plans available. You may obtain information about them
by writing or calling us.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account Options on the
Payout Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of
your Fixed Account Option balance to provide variable income payments, you
should plan ahead and transfer that amount to the Variable Sub-Accounts prior to
the Payout Start Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value
among fixed and variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in
the Variable Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the
Fixed Account Options to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, less applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date.
If the Contract owner has not made any purchase payments for at least 3 years
preceding the Payout Start Date, and either the Contract Value is less than
$2,000 or not enough to provide an initial payment of at least $20, and state
law permits, we may:

..    terminate the Contract and pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any
     Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum
     instead of the periodic payments you have chosen, or

..    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $20.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Sub-Accounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Funds and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than we
expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Sub-Accounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from any Fixed Account Option for
the duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1)   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in any Fixed Account Option on
     the Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2)   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3)   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or such
shorter time as state law may require. If we defer payments for 10 business days
or more, we will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the
withdrawal request to the date we make payment.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age. However, we
reserve the right to use income payment tables that do not distinguish on the
basis of sex to the extent permitted by law. In certain employment-related
situations, employers are required by law to use the same income payment tables
for men and women. Accordingly, if the Contract is to be used in connection with
an employment-related retirement or benefit plan, you should consult with legal
counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is appropriate. For qualified
plans, where it is appropriate, we may use income payment tables that do not
distinguish on the basis of sex.

DEATH BENEFITS

We will pay a death benefit if, prior to the Payout Start Date:

1.   any Contract owner dies or,

2.   the Annuitant dies, if the Contract owner is not a living person.

We will pay the death benefit to the new Contract owner who is determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract owner would be a surviving
Contract owner or, if none, the Beneficiary(ies). In the case of the death of an
Annuitant, we will pay the death benefit to the current Contract owner. A
request for payment of the death benefit must include "DUE PROOF OF DEATH." We
will accept the following documentation as Due Proof of Death:

..    a certified copy of a death certificate,

..    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death, or

..    any other proof acceptable to us.

Where there are multiple beneficiaries, we will only value the death benefit at
the time the first beneficiary submits the necessary documentation in good
order. Any death benefit amounts attributable to any beneficiary which remain in
the investment divisions are subject to investment risk.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the death benefit is equal to the greatest of:

1.   the Contract Value as of the date we determine the death benefit, or

2.   the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value) on the date we determine the death benefit, or

3.   the sum of all purchase payments reduced by a withdrawal adjustment, as
     defined below, or

4.   the greatest of the Contract Value on each DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY prior
     to the date we determine the death benefit, increased by purchase payments
     made since that Death Benefit Anniversary and reduced by a withdrawal
     adjustment as defined below.

In calculating the Settlement Value, the amount in each individual Guarantee
Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
will apply to amounts in a Guarantee Period, unless we calculate the Settlement
Value during the 30-day period after the expiration of the Guarantee Period.
Also, the Settlement Value will reflect deduction of any applicable withdrawal
charges, contract maintenance charges, and premium taxes.

A "Death Benefit Anniversary" is every seventh Contract Anniversary during the
Accumulation Phase. For example, the 7th, 14th, and 21st Contract Anniversaries
are the first three Death Benefit Anniversaries.

The "withdrawal adjustment" is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c), where:

(a)  is the withdrawal amount;

(b)  is the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal; and

(c)  is the value of the applicable death benefit alternative immediately prior
     to the withdrawal.

Please see Appendix B to this prospectus, which contains examples of the
application of the withdrawal adjustment.

We will determine the value of the death benefit as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for payment of the death benefit. If
we receive a request after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time on a Valuation Date,

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




we will process the request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT OPTION

If the oldest Contract owner and Annuitant is less than or equal to age 80 as of
the date we receive the completed application, the Enhanced Death Benefit
Option, is an optional benefit that you may select. If the Contract owner is a
living individual, the Enhanced Death Benefit applies only for the death of the
Contract owner. If the Contract owner is not a living individual, the enhanced
death benefit applies only for the death of the Annuitant. For Contracts with
the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider, the death benefit will be the greatest of (1)
through (4) above, or (5) the Enhanced Death Benefit, described below. The
Enhanced Death Benefit will never be greater than the maximum death benefit
allowed by any state nonforfeiture laws which govern the Contract.

ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT. The Enhanced Death Benefit on the Issue Date is equal to
the initial purchase payment. On each Contract Anniversary, we will recalculate
your Enhanced Death Benefit to equal the greater of your Contract Value on that
date, or the most recently calculated Enhanced Death Benefit. We also will
recalculate your Enhanced Death Benefit whenever you make an additional purchase
payment or a partial withdrawal. Additional purchase payments will increase the
Enhanced Death Benefit dollar-for-dollar. Withdrawals will reduce the Enhanced
Death Benefit by an amount equal to a withdrawal adjustment computed in the
manner described above under "Death Benefit Amount." In the absence of any
withdrawals or purchase payments, the Enhanced Death Benefit will be the
greatest of all Contract Anniversary Contract Values on or before the date we
calculate the death benefit.

We will calculate ANNIVERSARY VALUES for each Contract Anniversary prior to the
oldest Contract owner's or the oldest Annuitant's, if the Contract owner is not
a living person, 85th birthday. After age 85, we will recalculate the Enhanced
Death Benefit only for purchase payments and withdrawals. The Enhanced Death
Benefit will never be greater than the maximum death benefit allowed by any
non-forfeiture laws which govern the Contract.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS

IF THE NEW OWNER IS YOUR SPOUSE, THE NEW OWNER MAY:

1.   elect to receive the death benefit in a lump sum, or

2.   elect to apply the death benefit to an Income Plan. Payments from the
     Income Plan must begin within 1 year of the date of death and must be
     payable throughout:

..    the life of the new Owner; or

..    for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years, but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Owner; or

..    over the life of the new Owner with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new Owner.

If your spouse does not elect one of the above options, the Contract will
continue in the Accumulation Phase as if the death had not occurred. If the
Contract is continued in the Accumulation Phase, the following restrictions
apply:

..    On the date the Contract is continued, the Contract Value will equal the
     amount of the Death Benefit as determined as of the Valuation Date on which
     we received the completed request for settlement of the death benefit (the
     next Valuation Date, if we receive the completed request for settlement of
     the death benefit after 3 p.m. Central Time). Unless otherwise instructed
     by the continuing spouse, the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the
     Contract Value will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable
     Account. This excess will be allocated in proportion to your Contract Value
     in those Sub-accounts as of the end of the Valuation Period during which we
     receive the completed request for settlement of the death benefit, except
     that any portion of this excess attributable to the Fixed Account Options
     will be allocated to the Money Market Sub-account. Within 30 days of the
     date the Contract is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of the
     following transfer alternatives without incurring a transfer fee:

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Variable Sub-Accounts;

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed
     Account and begin a new Guarantee Period; or

..    transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Variable
     Sub-Accounts and the Guaranteed Maturity Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in your
Contract.

The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year
of the date of death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge.

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under this Contract.

IF THE NEW OWNER IS NOT YOUR SPOUSE BUT IS A LIVING PERSON, THE NEW OWNER MAY:

1)   elect to receive the death benefit in a lump sum, or

2)   elect to apply the death benefit to an Income Plan. Payments from the
     Income Plan must begin within 1 year of the date of death and must be
     payable throughout:

..    the life of the new Owner; or

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




..    for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years, but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Owner; or

..    over the life of the new Owner with a guaranteed number of payments from 5
     to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the new Owner.

If the new Owner does not elect one of the above options then the new Owner must
receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of death. The
Contract Value will equal the amount of the death benefit as determined as of
the Valuation Date on which we received a completed request for settlement of
the death benefit (the next Valuation Date, if we receive a completed request
for settlement of the death benefit after 3 p.m. Central Time). Unless otherwise
instructed by the new Owner, the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the
Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market Variable Sub-Account. The
new Owner may exercise all rights as set forth in the TRANSFERS section during
this 5 year period.

No additional Purchase Payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived for any withdrawals made during this
5 year period.

If the new Owner dies prior to the receiving all of the Contract Value, then the
new Owner's named Beneficiary(ies) will receive the greater of the Settlement
Value or the remaining Contract Value. This amount must be received as a lump
sum within 5 years of the date of the original Owner's death.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

IF THE NEW OWNER IS A CORPORATION, TRUST, OR OTHER NON-LIVING PERSON:

(a)  The new Owner may elect to receive the death benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the new Owner does not elect the option above, then the new Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of your date of death. On
     the date we receive the complete request for settlement of the Death
     Benefit, the Contract Value under this option will be the death benefit.
     Unless otherwise instructed by the new Owner, the excess, if any of the
     death benefit over the Contract Value will be allocated to the Money Market
     Variable Sub-Account. The new Owner may exercise all rights set forth in
     the TRANSFERS provision during this 5 year period. No additional Purchase
     Payments may be added to the Contract under this election. Withdrawal
     Charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

If any new Owner is a non-living person, all new Owners will be considered to be
non-living persons for the above purposes.

Under any of these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions
previously placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the new Owner from the
date of your death to the date on which the death proceeds are paid.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date and the Contract Owner is a living person, then the Contract will
continue with a new Annuitant as designated by the Contract Owner.

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date and the Contract Owner is a non-living person, the following apply:

(a)  The Contract Owner may elect to receive the death benefit in a lump sum; or

(b)  If the new Owner does not elect the option above, then the Owner must
     receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the Annuitant's date
     of death. On the date we receive the complete request for settlement of the
     death benefit, the Contract Value under this option will be the death
     benefit. Unless otherwise instructed by the Contract Owner, the excess, if
     any, of the death benefit over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     Money Market Variable Sub-Account. The Contract Owner may then exercise all
     rights set forth in the TRANSFERS provision during this 5 year period. No
     additional Purchase Payments may be added to the Contract under this
     election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon Death of Owner.

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




MORE INFORMATION

ALLSTATE NEW YORK

Allstate New York is the issuer of the Contract. Allstate New York is a stock
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.
Allstate New York was incorporated in 1967 and was known as "Financial Life
Insurance Company" from 1967 to 1978. From 1978 to 1984, Allstate New York was
known as "PM Life Insurance Company." Since 1984 the company has been known as
"Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York."

Allstate New York is currently licensed to operate in New York. Our home office
is located at 100 Motor Parkway, Hauppauge, NY 11788-5107. Our service center
located in Northbrook, Illinois.

Allstate New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance
Company ("ALLSTATE LIFE"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company, a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of Illinois. With the exception of the directors
qualifying shares, all of the outstanding capital stock of Allstate Insurance
Company is owned by The Allstate Corporation.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Allstate New York established the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A
on December 15, 1995. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a
unit investment trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable
Account or Allstate New York.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under New York law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our other
operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account that are
in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the
Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other operations.

Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of
Allstate New York.

The Variable Account consists of multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, 18 of which are
available through the Contracts. Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding Fund. We may add new Variable Sub-Accounts or eliminate one or
more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment conditions so warrant.
We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Variable Account, its
Sub-Accounts or the Funds. We may use the Variable Account to fund our other
annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of annuity contract
funded by the Variable Account.

THE FUNDS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Funds in shares of the
distributing Fund at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Funds held by the Variable Sub-Accounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Funds that we hold
directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Sub-Account by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund as of the record date of
the meeting. After the Payout Start Date, the person receiving income payments
has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined by
dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Sub-Account by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Fund. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes eligible
to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Fund shares as we see fit without regard to voting
instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN FUNDS. If the shares of any of the Funds are no longer available for
investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further investment in
such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the Contract, we
may eliminate that Fund and substitute shares of another eligible investment
fund. Any substitution of securities will comply with the requirements of the
1940 Act. We also may add new Variable Sub-Accounts that invest in underlying
Funds. We will notify you in advance of any changes.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Funds sell their shares to Variable
Accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.
It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance Variable Accounts and variable annuity Variable Accounts to invest in
the same Fund. The boards of trustees of these Funds monitor for possible
conflicts among Variable Accounts buying shares of the Funds. Conflicts could
develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in treatment under
tax and other laws or the failure by a Variable Account to comply with such laws
could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a Fund's board of trustees may
require a Variable Account to withdraw its participation in a Fund. A Fund's net
asset value could decrease if it had to sell investment securities to pay
redemption proceeds to a Variable Account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

DISTRIBUTION. ALFS, Inc.* ("ALFS"), located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook, IL
60062-7154, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. ALFS is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered broker
dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("EXCHANGE
ACT"), and is a member of the NASD.

We will pay commissions to broker-dealers who sell the Contracts. Commissions
paid may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all Contract
sales will not exceed 8 1/2% of any purchase payments. Sometimes, we also pay
the broker-dealer a persistency bonus in addition to the standard commissions. A
persistency bonus is not expected to exceed 1.2%, on an annual basis, of the
purchase payments considered in connection with the bonus. These commissions are
intended to cover distribution expenses. Contracts may be sold by
representatives or employees of banks which may be acting as broker-dealers
without separate registration under the Exchange Act, pursuant to legal and
regulatory exceptions.

Allstate New York does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for any liability to Contract owners arising out of services rendered or
Contracts issued.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

..    issuance of the Contracts;

..    maintenance of Contract owner records;

..    Contract owner services;

..    calculation of unit values;

..    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

..    preparation of Contract owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. The annual statement details values and specific Contract data for
each particular Contract. You should notify us promptly in writing of any
address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and
verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question
about a periodic statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any
necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error
within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait
too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of
the potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within an employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitations on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator fr more
information. Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York no longer issues
deferred annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of New York law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Allstate New York's right to issue such Contracts under New
York insurance law, have been passed upon by Michael J. Velotta, General Counsel
of Allstate New York.

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. ALLSTATE
NEW YORK MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Allstate New York is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of
Subchapter L of the Code. Since the Variable Account is not an entity separate
from Allstate New York, and its operations form a part of Allstate New York, it
will not be taxed separately. Investment income and realized capital gains of
the Variable Account are automatically applied to increase reserves under the
Contract. Under existing federal income tax law, Allstate New York believes that
the Variable Account investment income and capital gains will not be taxed to
the extent that such income and gains are applied to increase the reserves under
the Contract. Accordingly, Allstate New York does not anticipate that it will
incur any federal income tax liability attributable to the Variable Account, and
therefore Allstate New York does not intend to make provisions for any such
taxes. If Allstate New York is taxed on investment income or capital gains of
the Variable Account, then Allstate New York may impose a charge against the
Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

..    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

..    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

..    Allstate New York is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets
     for federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Allstate New York does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning circumstances
in which investor control of the separate account investments may cause a
Contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Allstate New York does not know what standards will be set
forth in any regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It
is possible that future standards announced by the Treasury Department could
adversely affect the tax treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to
modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered
the federal tax owner of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no
guarantee that such modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

..    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

..    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner;

..    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

..    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     total withdrawal, or

..    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made under an immediate annuity, or

..    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance; as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different. Your Contract may not permit partial exchanges.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Allstate New York (or its affiliates) to
the same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as
one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien.
Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income tax treaty
between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if the payee
provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a fully completed Form W-8BEN.
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




countries nor do all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate
for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income from annuities held by such plans does not receive any additional
tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all benefits and
expenses, prior to purchasing an annuity as a TSA or IRA. Tax Qualified
Contracts are contracts purchased as or in connection with:

..    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Code Section 408(b);

..    Roth IRAs under Code Section 408A;

..    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Code Section 408(k);

..    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Code Section
     408(p);

..    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Code Section 403(b);

..    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans under Code
     Section 401; and

..    State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt Organization Deferred
     Compensation Plans under Code Section 457.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract
to conform with tax requirements. If you use the Contract within an employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan, the plan may impose different or additional
conditions or limitations on withdrawals, waiver of charges, death benefits,
Payout Start Dates, income payments, and other Contract features. In addition,
adverse tax consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions
and other conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan
administrator for more information. Allstate New York no longer issues deferred
annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Allstate New
York can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Allstate New York does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Please refer to your Endorsement for IRAs or 403(b) plans, if applicable, for
additional information on your death settlement options. In the case of certain
qualified plans, the terms of the Qualified Plan Endorsement and the plans may
govern the right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and generally all tax reporting of distributions
from Tax Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the
distribution is fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

..    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

..    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, Tax Qualified Contracts (excluding
Roth IRAs) require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to
withdraw the required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on
the shortfall not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered
under the Contract satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because
these distributions are required under the Code and the method of calculation is
complex, please see a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a TSA or employer sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is
incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made after separation from service after age 55 (does not apply to IRAs),

..    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

..    made for certain medical expenses,

..    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

..    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

..    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Allstate New York
is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all
non-annuitized distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover
distributions." The customer may elect out of withholding by completing and
signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we will
automatically withhold the required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain
states, if there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also
mandatory. Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 20% on all "eligible rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a
"direct rollover" of such amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan.
Eligible rollover distributions generally include all distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts, including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

..    required minimum distributions, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

..    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien or to
certain other 'foreign persons'. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if
covered by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's
country of residence if the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number
on a fully completed Form W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




identification number is a social security number or an individual taxpayer
identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS to non-resident
alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social security number. The
U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do all tax treaties
provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408(b) permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
retirement plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual
Retirement Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408A permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL

IRAS). Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an Individual
Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the Individual
Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an Individual
Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the beneficial
owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the Contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Code Section 408(k) allows eligible employers
to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees using
individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified limits,
make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the individual
retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Code Section 408(p)
allows eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Code Section 403(b) provides tax-deferred retirement
savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational organizations.
Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must provide that
distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made after
12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made only
on or after the date the employee:

..    attains age 59 1/2,

..    severs employment,

..    dies,

..    becomes disabled, or

..    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Allstate New York is
directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.
Generally, we do

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




not accept funds in 403(b) contracts that are subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS.

Section 401(a) of the Code permits corporate employers to establish various
types of tax favored retirement plans for employees. Self-employed individuals
may establish tax favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees
(commonly referred to as "H.R.10" or "Keogh"). Such retirement plans may permit
the purchase of annuity contracts. Allstate New York no longer issues annuity
contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

There are two owner types for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a): a qualified plan fiduciary or an annuitant owner.

..    A qualified plan fiduciary exists when a qualified plan trust that is
     intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is the owner. The
     qualified plan trust must have its own tax identification number and a
     named trustee acting as a fiduciary on behalf of the plan. The annuitant
     should be the person for whose benefit the contract was purchased.

..    An annuitant owner exists when the tax identification number of the owner
     and annuitant are the same, or the annuity contract is not owner by a
     qualified plan trust. The annuitant should be the person for whose benefit
     the contract was purchased.

If a qualified plan fiduciary is the owner of the contract, the qualified plan
must be the beneficiary so that death benefits from the annuity are distributed
in accordance with the terms of the qualified plan. Annuitant owned contracts
require that the beneficiary be the annuitant's spouse (if applicable), which is
consistent with the required IRS language for qualified plans under Section
401(a). A completed Annuitant Owned Qualified Plan Designation of Beneficiary
form is required in order to change the beneficiary of an annuitant owned
Qualified Plan contract.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION

PLANS. Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments
and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without
paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. In eligible governmental plans, all assets and income must be
held in a trust/ custodial account/annuity contract for the exclusive benefit of
the participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the Contracts are used
in connection with a non-governmental eligible plan, employees are considered
general creditors of the employer and the employer as owner of the Contract has
the sole right to the proceeds of the Contract. Under eligible 457 plans,
contributions made for the benefit of the employees will not be includible in
the employees' gross income until distributed from the plan. Allstate New York
no longer issues annuity contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement
plans. Contracts that have been previously sold to State and Local government
and Tax-Exempt organization Deferred Compensation Plans will be administered
consistent with the rules for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a).

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Allstate New York's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004 is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act are also incorporated herein by reference, which means
that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.
Accordingly, only the statement that is changed or replaced will legally be a
part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000839759. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at Customer Service, 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE
68506-4142 (telephone: 1-800-692-4682).

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED* WITHOUT THE ENHANCED
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION



For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,      2000       2001      2002      2003       2004
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                         
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   13.988  $  14.15  $  8.049  $  6.157   $  7.714
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    14.15  $  8.049  $  6.157  $  7.714   $  8.530
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      53,890   238,485   200,136   197,069    198,533
AIM V.I. BALANCED - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   13.162  $  12.43  $  8.541  $  7.003   $  8.060
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    12.43  $  8.541  $  7.003  $  8.060   $  8.571
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      24,499   329,610   320,917   290,941    274,548
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                        --  $ 10.000  $ 11.210  $  8.632   $ 11.408
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                              --  $ 11.210  $  8.632  $ 11.408   $ 12.532
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                          --    38,643   120,510   141,541    146,383
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   10.000  $   8.82  $  6.784  $  4.955   $  6.133
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $     8.82  $  6.784  $  4.955  $  6.133   $  6.349
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      11,309   507,018   549,430   546,965    519,012
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   21.350  $  18.75  $  7.233  $  5.411   $  6.932
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    18.75  $  7.233  $  5.411  $  6.932   $  7.311
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     456,761   284,137   242,299   241,264    226,743
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   11.655  $  12.55  $ 10.536  $  8.195   $ 10.971
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    12.55  $ 10.536  $  8.195  $ 10.971   $ 12.533
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      18,297    67,296    63,097    59,597     39,783
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   24.138  $  20.33  $  6.944  $  5.798   $  7.134
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    20.33  $  6.944  $  5.798  $  7.134   $  7.689
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     674,689   426,488   397,515   369,211    378,980
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   10.000  $   7.89  $  5.332  $  3.575   $  4.861
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $     7.89  $  5.332  $  3.575  $  4.861   $  5.205
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      32,307   191,409   143,535   156,869    137,352
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   12.002  $  11.55  $ 10.095  $ 10.214   $ 11.036
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    11.55  $ 10.095  $ 10.214  $ 11.036   $ 11.464
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     204,561    76,653    85,995    84,651     83,355
AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   11.189  $  12.15  $ 11.357  $ 12.311   $ 12.306
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    12.15  $ 11.357  $ 12.311  $ 12.306   $ 12.484
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      99,531   187,943   248,521   167,459    152,610
AIM V.I. GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   25.263  $  19.80  $  5.446  $  3.718   $  4.826
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    19.80  $  5.446  $  3.718  $  4.826   $  5.166
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     403,785   302,438   270,471   271,832    265,169
AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $    9.957  $   7.95  $  7.547  $  7.028   $  8.900
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $     7.95  $  7.547  $  7.028  $  8.900   $  9.793
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                         834    35,116    36,928   103,920     49,255


                                  35 PROSPECTUS





                                                                                         
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   21.914  $  15.90  $  6.136  $  5.117   $  6.532
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    15.90  $  6.136  $  5.117  $  6.532   $  8.012
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     245,480   141,910   129,999   152,651    206,187
AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                        --  $ 10.000  $ 11.367  $  9.994   $ 12.585
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                              --  $ 11.367  $  9.994  $ 12.585   $ 14.167
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                          --     3,984    21,093    31,766     29,472
AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   11.479  $  11.98  $ 10.751  $ 10.759   $ 10.703
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    11.98  $ 10.751  $ 10.759  $ 10.703   $ 10.659
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                      95,879   186,834   148,120   104,438     97,730
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $   22.589  $  19.00  $  7.602  $  5.243   $  6.487
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $    19.00  $  7.602  $  5.243  $  6.487   $  6.786
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   1,000,356   623,432   589,373   560,684    523,477
AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                        --        --        --        --   $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                              --        --        --        --   $ 11.117
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                          --        --        --        --     36,911
AIM V.I. UTILITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                        --        --        --        --   $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                              --        --        --        --   $ 12.259
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                          --        --        --        --     53,862


*    The Contracts were first offered on January 17, 2000. All Variable
     Sub-Accounts were first offered under the Contracts on January 17, 2000,
     except the AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I and AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core
     Equity Fund - Series I, which commenced operations on October 1, 2001, and
     the AIM V.I. Technology Fund - Series I and the AIM V.I. Utilities Fund -
     Series I, which were first offered on October 15, 2004. The Accumulation
     Unit Values in this table reflect a mortality and expense risk charge of
     1.00% and an administrative charge of 0.10%.

**   Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. Effective July 1, 2005, a
     corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
     in that Fund will be made.

***  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series
     I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends Fund - Series I.
     Effective July 1, 2005, a corresponding change in the name of the Variable
     Sub-account that invests in that Portfolio will be made.

                                  36 PROSPECTUS




ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED* WITH THE ENHANCED DEATH
BENEFIT OPTION



For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,     2000      2001      2002      2003       2004
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       
AIM V.I. AGGRESSIVE GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 10.985  $  8.016  $  6.119   $  7.651
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 10.985  $  8.016  $  6.119  $  7.651   $  8.444
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   102,502   198,010   219,455   202,257    178,359
AIM V.I. BALANCED - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  9.729  $  8.506  $  6.960   $  7.995
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  9.729  $  8.506  $  6.960  $  7.995   $  8.485
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    75,164   345,629   371,207   354,606    328,989
AIM V.I. BASIC VALUE - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --  $ 10.000  $ 11.204  $  8.610   $ 11.357
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --  $ 11.204  $  8.610  $ 11.357   $ 12.451
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --    17,531    51,089    59,320     55,305
AIM V.I. BLUE CHIP - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  8.837  $  6.757  $  4.924   $  6.083
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  8.837  $  6.757  $  4.924  $  6.083   $  6.285
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   177,304   474,975   497,574   476,681    449,033
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  9.513  $  7.203  $  5.378   $  6.876
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  9.513  $  7.203  $  5.378  $  6.876   $  7.237
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   131,409   235,836   252,981   236,372    215,174
AIM V.I. CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 11.566  $ 10.493  $  8.145   $ 10.883
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 11.566  $ 10.493  $  8.145  $ 10.883   $ 12.407
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     7,338    19,877    20,402    17,651     16,020
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  9.080  $  6.915  $  5.762   $  7.077
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  9.080  $  6.915  $  5.762  $  7.077   $  7.612
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   136,401   356,510   352,466   321,497    297,145
AIM V.I. DENT DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  7.902  $  5.310  $  3.554   $  4.822
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  7.902  $  5.310  $  3.554  $  4.822   $  5.153
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    78,274   164,204   168,918   142,509    127,214
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  9.833  $ 10.054  $ 10.152   $ 10.947
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  9.833  $ 10.054  $ 10.152  $ 10.947   $ 11.349
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                     6,486    40,016    55,291    54,298     46,642
AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 10.770  $ 11.311  $ 12.236   $ 12.207
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 10.770  $ 11.311  $ 12.236  $ 12.207   $ 12.358
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    15,884    96,743   129,085   105,262     88,690
AIM V.I. GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  8.312  $  5.424  $  3.696   $  4.788
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  8.312  $  5.424  $  3.696  $  4.788   $  5.114
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   122,705   241,384   245,046   206,466    194,304
AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  8.015  $  7.516  $  6.985   $  8.829
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  8.015  $  7.516  $  6.985  $  8.829   $  9.695
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    15,188    36,553    32,747    35,695     36,742


                                 37  PROSPECTUS





                                                                                       
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  8.096  $  6.110  $  5.086   $  6.479
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  8.096  $  6.110  $  5.086  $  6.479   $  7.931
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   108,706    96,654   102,940    94,381     87,589
AIM V.I. MID CAP CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --  $ 10.000  $ 11.361  $  9.969   $ 12.528
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --  $ 11.361  $  9.969  $ 12.528   $ 14.075
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --     3,675    19,816    26,343     26,487
AIM V.I. MONEY MARKET - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $ 10.468  $ 10.707  $ 10.694   $ 10.617
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $ 10.468  $ 10.707  $ 10.694  $ 10.617   $ 10.552
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                    15,332   121,447   140,442    81,551     72,126
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                $ 10.000  $  8.772  $  7.570  $  5.211   $  6.434
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                      $  8.772  $  7.570  $  5.211  $  6.434   $  6.718
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                   212,887   470,018   497,394   460,643    410,137
AIM V.I. TECHNOLOGY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --        --        --        --   $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --        --        --        --   $ 11.102
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --        --        --        --     42,692
AIM V.I. UTILITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                      --        --        --        --   $ 10.000
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                            --        --        --        --   $ 12.242
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        --        --        --        --     32,969


*    The Contracts were first offered on January 17, 2000. All Variable
     Sub-Accounts were first offered under the Contracts on January 17, 2000,
     except the AIM V.I. Basic Value Fund - Series I and AIM V.I. Mid Cap Core
     Equity Fund - Series I, which commenced operations on October 1, 2001, and
     the AIM V.I. Technology Fund - Series I and the AIM V.I. Utilities Fund -
     Series I, which were first offered on October 15, 2004. The Accumulation
     Unit Values in this table reflect a mortality and expense risk charge of
     1.20% and an administrative charge of 0.10%.

**   Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund-Series I will change its
     name to AIM V.I. Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. Effective July 1, 2005, a
     corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
     in that Fund will be made.

***  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Dent Demographic Trends Fund - Series
     I will change its name to AIM V.I. Demographic Trends Fund - Series I.
     Effective July 1, 2005, a corresponding change in the name of the Variable
     Sub-Account that invests in that Fund will be made.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the applicable Guarantee Period
for the week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period.

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout Start Date,
to the end of the Guarantee Period.

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period for the week
preceding the receipt of the withdrawal, transfer, death benefit, or income
payment request. If a note for a maturity of length N is not available, a
weighted average will be used. If N is one year or less, J will be the 1-year
Treasury Rate.

"Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:
..9 X (I - J) X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred (in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount) paid as a death benefit, or applied to an Income Plan, from a Guarantee
Period at any time other than during the 30 day period after such Guarantee
Period expires.

                                  39 PROSPECTUS




                       EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment: $10,000

Guarantee Period: 5 years

Treasury Rate (at the time the Guarantee Period was established): 4.50%

Assumed Net Annual Earnings Rate in Money Market Variable Sub-Account: 4.50%

Full Surrender: End of Contract Year 3

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable.

Step 1. Calculate Contract Value at    $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
End of Contract Year 3:

Step 2. Calculate the Free Withdrawal  15% X $10,000.00 X (1.045)/2/ = $1,638.04
 Amount:

Step 3. Calculate the Market Value     I = 4.50%
 Adjustment:                           J = 4.20%

                                           730 days
                                       N = -------- = 2
                                           365 days

                                       Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X
                                       (I - J) X N = .9 X (.045 - .042) X
                                       (730/365) = .0054

                                       Market Value Adjustment = Market
                                       Value Adjustment Factor X Amount
                                       Subject to Market Value Adjustment
                                       = .0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,638.04)
                                       = $52.78

Step 4. Calculate the Withdrawal       .05 X ($10,000.00 - $1,638.04 +
Charge:                                $52.78) = $420.74

Step 5. Calculate the amount received  $11,411.66 - $420.74 + $52.78 =
by a Contract owner as a result of     $11,043.70
full withdrawal at the end of
Contract Year 3:

EXAMPLE 1 (ASSUME DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1. Calculate Contract Value at    $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
End of Contract Year 3:

Step 2. Calculate the Preferred        .15 X $10,000.00 X (1.045)/2/ = $1,638.04
Withdrawal Amount:

Step 3. Calculate the Market Value     I = 4.5%
Adjustment:                            J = 4.8%

                                           730 days
                                       N = -------- = 2
                                           365 days

                                       Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9
                                       X (I - J) X N =
                                       .9 X (.045 - .048) X (730/365) =
                                       - .0054

                                       Market Value Adjustment = Market
                                       Value Adjustment Factor X Amount
                                       Subject to Market Value
                                       Adjustment:
                                       = -.0054 X ($11,411.66 -
                                       $1,638.04)  = -$52.78

Step 4. Calculate the Withdrawal       .05 X ($10,000.00 - $1,638.04 -
Charge:                                $52.78) = $415.46

Step 5. Calculate the amount received  $11,411.66 - $415.46 - $52.78 =
by a Contract owner as a result of     $10,943.42
full withdrawal at the end of
Contract Year 3:

                                  40 PROSPECTUS




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ADDITIONS, DELETIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS OF INVESTMENTS

THE CONTRACT

                              Purchase of Contracts

CALCULATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR

CALCULATION OF VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

CALCULATION OF ANNUITY UNIT VALUES

GENERAL MATTERS

                                Incontestability

                                   Settlements

                  Safekeeping of the Variable Account's Assets

                                  Premium Taxes

                                  Tax Reserves

EXPERTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. WE DO NOT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE OFFERING DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  41 PROSPECTUS




ALLSTATE PROVIDER VARIABLE ANNUITY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
300 N. MILWAUKEE AVE.
VERNON HILLS, IL 60061
TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-692-4682 PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 1, 2002

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK ("ALLSTATE NEW YORK") is offering
the Allstate Provider Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 42 investment alternatives ("INVESTMENT
ALTERNATIVES"). The investment alternatives including 3 fixed account options
("FIXED ACCOUNT") and 39 variable sub-accounts ("VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS") of the
Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable
Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of one of the following mutual fund
portfolios ("Portfolios"):

AIM Variable Insurance Funds             Franklin Templeton Variable Insurance
The Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth     Products Trust (VIP)
   Products Trust Fund, Inc.             Goldman Sachs Variable Insurance Trust
Dreyfus Stock Index Fund                   (VIT)
Dreyfus Variable Investment Fund (VIF)   MFS Variable Insurance Trust
Fidelity Variable Insurance Products     The Universal Institutional Funds, Inc.
   Fund (VIP)

WE (ALLSTATE NEW YORK) have filed a Statement of Additional Information, May 1,
2002, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains more
information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference, which
means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents appears on
page D-1 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us at the
address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site (http://
www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us, including
documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web site.

            THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR
            DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT
            PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO
            TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

            THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS THAT HAVE
            RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS OR BY
IMPORTANT   EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR
 NOTICES    OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL
            REGULATORY AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT
            RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

            THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

            THE CONTRACTS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN NEW YORK.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

OVERVIEW
   Important Terms                                                             3
   The Contract at a Glance                                                    4
   How the Contract Works                                                      6
   Expense Table                                                               7
   Financial Information                                                      13

CONTRACT FEATURES
   The Contract                                                               13
   Purchases                                                                  14
   Contract Value                                                             15
   Investment Alternatives                                                    16
      The Variable Sub-Accounts                                               16
      The Fixed Account                                                       19
      Transfers                                                               22
   Expenses                                                                   23
   Access To Your Money                                                       25
   Income Payments                                                            26
   Death Benefits                                                             27

OTHER INFORMATION
   More Information:                                                          29
      ALLSTATE NEW YORK                                                       29
      The Variable Account                                                    29
      The Portfolios                                                          30
      The Contract                                                            29
      Tax Qualified Plans                                                     30
      Legal Matters                                                           30
   Taxes                                                                      31
   Annual Reports and Other Documents                                         36
   Performance Information                                                    36
   Experts                                                                    36
   APPENDIX A - MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT                                       37
   APPENDIX B - WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLES                                39

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE

   Accumulation Phase                                                          6
   Accumulation Unit                                                          15
   Accumulation Unit Value                                                    15
   ALLSTATE NEW YORK ("We" or "Us")                                           29
   Anniversary Values                                                         28
   Annuitant                                                                  13
   Automatic Additions Program                                                14
   Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program                                    23
   Beneficiary                                                                13
   Cancellation Period                                                        14
   Contract*                                                                  29
   Contract Anniversary                                                        5
   Contract Owner ("You")                                                     13
   Contract Value                                                             15
   Contract Year                                                               4
   Death Benefit Anniversary                                                  27
   Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                              23
   Due Proof of Death                                                         28
   Fixed Accounts                                                             19
   Guarantee Periods                                                          19
   Income Plan                                                                26
   Investment Alternatives                                                    16
   Issue Date                                                                  6
   Market Value Adjustment                                                    21
   Payout Phase                                                                6
   Payout Start Date                                                           6
   Portfolios                                                                 30
   Preferred Withdrawal Amount                                                24
   Qualified Contracts                                                        33
   Right to Cancel                                                            14
   SEC                                                                         1
   Settlement Value                                                           27
   Systematic Withdrawal Program                                              25
   Treasury Rate                                                              21
   Valuation Date                                                             14
   Variable Account                                                           29
   Variable Sub-Account                                                       16

*    The Allstate Provider Variable Annuity is a group contract and your
     ownership is represented by certificates. References to "Contract" in this
     prospectus include certificates, unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contract. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS   You can purchase a Contract with as little as $3,000 ($2,000
                    for a "QUALIFIED CONTRACT," which is a Contract issued with
                    a qualified plan). You can add to your Contract as often and
                    as much as you like, but each payment must be at least $100,
                    $500 for allocations to the Fixed Account. You must maintain
                    a minimum account size of $1,000.

RIGHT TO CANCEL     You may cancel your Contract within 10 days after receipt
                    (60 days if you are exchanging another contract for the
                    Contract described in this prospectus) ("CANCELLATION
                    PERIOD"). Upon cancellation we will return your purchase
                    payments adjusted to the extent federal or state law permits
                    to reflect the investment experience of any amounts
                    allocated to the Variable Account.

EXPENSES            You will bear the following expenses:

                    .    Total Variable Account annual fees equal to 1.25% of
                         average daily net assets

                    .    Annual contract maintenance charge of $30 (with certain
                         exceptions)

                    .    Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 7% of payment
                         withdrawn (with certain exceptions)

                    .    Transfer fee of $10 after 12th transfer in any CONTRACT
                         YEAR (fee currently waived)

                    .    State premium tax (New York currently does not impose
                         one).

                    In addition, each Portfolio pays expenses that you will bear
                    indirectly if you invest in a Variable Sub-Account.

INVESTMENT          The Contract offers 42 investment alternatives including:
ALTERNATIVES

                    .    3 Fixed Account Options (which credit interest at rates
                         we guarantee), and

                    .    39 Variable Sub-Accounts investing in portfolios
                         ("Portfolios") offering professional money management
                         by:

                    .    A I M Advisors, Inc.

                    .    The Dreyfus Corporation

                    .    Fidelity Management & Research Company

                    .    Franklin Advisers, Inc.

                    .    Franklin Mutual Advisers, LLC

                    .    Goldman Sachs Asset Management

                    .    Goldman Sachs Asset Management International

                    .    MFS Investment Management/(R)/

                    .    Miller Anderson & Sherrerd, LLP

                    .    Morgan Stanley Asset Management

                    .    Oppenheimer Funds, Inc.

                    .    Templeton Global Advisors Limited

                    .    Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

                    .    Templeton Asset Management LTD.

                    To find out current rates being paid on the Fixed Account,
                    or to find out how the Variable Sub-Accounts have performed,
                    please call us at 1-800-692-4682.

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




SPECIAL SERVICES    For your convenience, we offer these special services:

                    .    AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

                    .    AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                    .    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                    .    SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

INCOME PAYMENTS     You can choose fixed income payments, variable income
                    payments, or a combination of the two. You can receive your
                    income payments in one of the following ways:

                    .    life income with guaranteed payments

                    .    a joint and survivor life income with guaranteed
                         payments

                    .    guaranteed payments for a specified period (5 to 30
                         years)

DEATH BENEFITS      If you die before the PAYOUT START DATE, we will pay the
                    death benefit described in the Contract.

TRANSFERS           Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer your Contract
                    value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among the investment alternatives,
                    with certain restrictions. Transfers to the Fixed Account
                    must be at least $500.

                    We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers. However, we
                    reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the 12th
                    transfer in each "CONTRACT YEAR," which we measure from the
                    date we issue your Contract or a Contract anniversary
                    ("CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY").

WITHDRAWALS         You may withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any
                    time during the Accumulation Phase. Full or partial
                    withdrawals also are available under limited circumstances
                    on or after the Payout Start Date.

                    In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time ($1,000
                    for withdrawals made during the Payout Phase). Withdrawals
                    of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior
                    to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal
                    tax penalty. A withdrawal charge and MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT
                    also may apply.

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 40 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
You do this during what we call the "ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The
Accumulation Phase begins on the date we issue your Contract (we call that date
the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until the Payout Start Date, which is the date
we apply your money to provide income payments. During the Accumulation Phase,
you may allocate your purchase payments to any combination of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed Accounts. If you invest in the Fixed Accounts, you
will earn a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest
in any of the Variable Sub-Accounts, your investment return will vary up or down
depending on the performance of the corresponding Portfolios.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 26. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Sub-Accounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate
under your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan
will determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.



Issue                                      Payout Start
Date            Accumulation Phase             Date             Payout Phase
- ----------   -----------------------   --------------------   ----------------
                                                                     
You buy      You save for retirement   You elect to receive   You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                             income payments or     income payments    income payments
                                       receive a lump sum     for a set period   for life
                                       payment


As the Contract Owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract Owner, or if there is none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
See "The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we
will pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, to your
Beneficiary. See "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-692-4682 if you have any questions about how the
Contract works.

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

The table below lists the expenses that you will bear directly or indirectly
when you buy a Contract. The table and the examples that follow do not reflect
premium taxes because New York currently does not impose premium taxes on
annuities. For more information about Variable Account expenses, see "Expenses,"
below. For more information about Portfolio expenses, please refer to the
accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*

Number of Complete Years
Since We Received the Purchase
Payment Being Withdrawn               0    1    2    3    4    5    6   7+
- ----------------------------------  ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  ---
Applicable Charge                     7%   6%   5%   4%   3%   2%   1%  0%
Annual Contract Maintenance Charge                   $30.00**
Transfer Fee                                         $10.00***

*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 15% of purchase payments without
     incurring a withdrawal charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

**   We will waive this charge in certain cases. See "Expenses."

***  Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging or automatic
     portfolio rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE
SUB-ACCOUNT)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge       1.15%*
Administrative Expense Charge           0.10%
Total Variable Account Annual Expense   1.25%

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES (as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net
assets)/1/ (After contractual Reductions and Reimbursements)

                                       (1)



                                                                                                  Total
                                                             Management   12b-1     Other       Portfolio
Portfolio                                                       Fees       Fees   Expenses   Annual Expenses
- ----------------------------------------------------------   ----------   -----   --------   ---------------
                                                                                      
AIM V.I. Balanced Fund - Series I                               0.75%      N/A      0.37%         1.12%
AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund - Series I (2)                        0.61%      N/A      0.21%          .82%
AIM V.I. Diversified Income Fund - Series I                     0.60%      N/A      0.33%         0.93%
AIM V.I. Government Securities Fund - Series I                  0.50%      N/A      0.58%         1.08%
AIM V.I. Growth Fund - Series I                                 0.62%      N/A      0.26%         0.88%
AIM V.I. International Growth Fund - Sereis I (2)               0.73%      N/A      0.32%         1.05%
AIM V.I. Premier Equity Fund - Series I (2)                     0.60%      N/A      0.25%         0.85%
The Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth Fund, Inc.:
Initial Shares                                                  0.75%      N/A      0.03%         0.78%
Dreyfus Stock Index Fund: Initial Shares                        0.25%      N/A      0.01%         0.26%
Dreyfus VIF - Growth & Income Portfolio: Initial Shares         0.75%      N/A      0.05%         0.80%
Dreyfus VIF - Money Market Portfolio                            0.50%      N/A      0.08%         0.58%
Fidelity VIP Contrafund Portfolio  - Initial Class (3)          0.58%      N/A      0.10%         0.68%
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income Portfolio - Initial Class (3)        0.48%      N/A      0.10%         0.58%
Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Initial Class (3)               0.58%      N/A      0.10%         0.68%
Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio - Initial Class (3)          0.58%      N/A      0.13%         0.71%
Franklin Small Cap Fund-Class 2 (4,5)                           0.45%     0.25%     0.31%         1.01%
Mutual Shares Securities Fund - Class 2 (4)                     0.60%     0.25%     0.19%         1.04%
Templeton Developing Markets Securities Fund - Class 2 (4)      1.25%     0.25%     0.32%         1.82%
Templeton Foreign Securities Fund - Class 2 (4,6,7)             0.68%     0.25%     0.22%         1.15%
Templeton Growth Securities Fund - Class 2 (4,8)                0.80%     0.25%     0.05%         1.10%
Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth Fund (9)                       0.75%      N/A      0.94%         1.69%
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity Fund (9)            0.75%      N/A      0.47%         1.22%
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) U.S. Equity Fund (9)                 0.70%      N/A      0.12%         0.82%
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Fund (9)                 1.00%      N/A      1.05%         2.05%
MFS Emerging Growth Series - Initial Class (10)                 0.75%      N/A      0.12%         0.87%
MFS Investors Trust Series - Initial Class (10)                 0.75%      N/A      0.15%         0.90%
MFS New Discovery Series (10,11)                                0.90%      N/A      0.16%         1.06%
MFS Research Series - Initial Class (10)                        0.75%      N/A      0.15%         0.90%
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth Fund/VA                           0.64%      N/A      0.04%         0.68%
Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation Fund/VA                        0.64%      N/A      0.04%         0.68%
Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA                           0.64%      N/A      0.06%         0.70%
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth & Income Fund/VA                 0.68%      N/A      0.05%         0.73%
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond Fund/VA(12)                          0.74%      N/A      0.05%         0.79%
Van Kampen UIF Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio (13,14)         0.40%      N/A      0.31%         0.71%
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio (13,14)                  0.55%      N/A      0.36%         0.91%
Van Kampen UIF Global Equity Portfolio (13,14)                  0.80%      N/A      0.48%         1.28%
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value Portfolio (13,14)                  0.75%      N/A      0.35%         1.10%
Van Kampen UIF Value Portfolio (13,14)                          0.55%      N/A      0.38%         0.93%


(1)  Figures shown in the Table are for the year ended December 31, 2001(except
     as otherwise noted).

(2)  Effective May 1, 2002 the AIM V.I. Growth and Income Fund, AIM V.I.
     International Equity Fund and AIM V.I. Value Fund changed their names to
     the AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund, AIM V.I. International Growth Fund and AIM
     V.I. Premier Equity Fund, respectively.

(3)  Actual "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" were lower because a portion of

                                  8 PROSPECTUS




     the brokerage commissions that the Portfolios paid was used to reduce the
     Portfolios' expenses. In addition, through arrangements with the
     Portfolios' custodian, credits realized as a result of uninvested cash
     balances are used to reduce a portion of the Portfolios' custodian
     expenses. These offsets may be discontinued at any time. Had these offsets
     been taken into account, "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" would have been
     0.64% for Contrafund Portfolio, 0.57% for Equity-Income Portfolio, 0.65%
     for Growth Portfolio and 0.70% for High Income Portfolio.

(4)  The Portfolio's Class 2 distribution plan or "rule 12b-1 plan" is described
     in the Portfolio's prospectus.

(5)  The manager had agreed in advance to make an estimated reduction of 0.08%
     to its management fee to reflect reduced services resulting from the
     Portfolio's investment in a Franklin Templeton money fund. This reduction
     is required by the Portfolio's Board of Trustees and an order of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. Without this reduction, "Total
     Portfolio Annual Expenses" would have been 1.09%.

(6)  Effective May 1, 2002 the Templeton International Securities Fund - Class 2
     changed its name to the Templeton Foreign Securities Fund - Class 2.

(7)  The manager had agreed in advance to make an estimated reduction of 0.01%
     to its management fee to reflect reduced services resulting from the
     Portfolio's investment in a Franklin Templeton money fund. This reduction
     is required by the Portfolio's Board of Trustees and an order of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. Without this reduction, "Total
     Portfolio Annual Expenses" would have been 1.16%.

(8)  The Portfolio administration fee is paid indirectly through the management
     fee.

(9)  "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" listed in the table above reflect gross
     ratios prior to any voluntary waivers/ reimbursements of expenses. Goldman
     Sachs Asset Management and Goldman Sachs Asset Management International,
     the investment advisers, have voluntarily agreed to reduce or limit certain
     other expenses (excluding management fees, taxes, interest, brokerage fees,
     litigation, indemnification and other extraordinary expenses) to the extent
     "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" exceed 1.00% for Capital Growth Fund,
     1.00% for CORESM Small Cap Equity Fund, 0.90% for CORESM U.S. Equity Fund
     and 1.35% for International Equity Fund. With these limitations taken into
     consideration, "Management Fees", "Rule 12b-1 Fees", "Other Expenses" and
     "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" were as follows:



                                                                                        Total
                                                   Management   12b-1    Other        Portfolio
Portfolio                                             Fees       Fees   Expenses   Annual Expenses
- ------------------------------------------------   ----------   -----   --------   ---------------
                                                                            
Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth Fund                 0.75%      N/A      0.25%         1.00%
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity Fund      0.75%      N/A      0.25%         1.00%
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) U.S. Equity Fund           0.70%      N/A      0.11%         0.81%
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity Fund           1.00%      N/A      0.35%         1.35%


(10) Each Portfolio has an expense offset arrangement which reduces the
     Portfolios' custodian fee based upon the amount of cash maintained by the
     Portfolio with its custodian and dividend disbursing agent. Each Portfolio
     may enter into other such arrangements and directed brokerage arrangements,
     which would also have the effect of reducing the Portfolios' expenses.
     "Other Expenses" do not take these expense reductions into account, and are
     therefore higher than the actual expenses of the Portfolios. Had these fee
     reductions been taken into account, "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" would
     have been lower and would equal 0.86% for Emerging Growth Series, 0.89% for
     Investors Trust Series, 1.05% for New Discovery Series and 0.89 for
     Research Series.

(11) MFS has contractually agreed, subject to reimbursement, to bear expenses
     for the Portfolio such that "Other Expenses" (after taking into account the
     expense offset arrangement described in note 10 above), do not exceed 0.15%
     of the average daily net assets of the Portfolios during the current fiscal
     year. Without these fee arrangements "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses"
     would have been 1.09%. These contractual fee arrangements will continue at
     least until May 1, 2003, unless changed with the consent of the board of
     trustees which oversee the Portfolios.

(12) Oppenheimer Funds, Inc. (OFI) will reduce the management fee by 0.10% as
     long as the fund's trailing 12-month performance at the end of the quarter
     is in the fifth Lipper peer-group quintile; and by 0.05% as long as it is
     in the fourth quintile. If the fund emerges from a "penalty box" position
     for a quarter but then slips back in the next quarter, OFI will reinstate
     the waiver. The waiver is voluntary and may be terminated by the Manager at
     any time.

(13) "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" listed in the table above reflect gross
     ratios prior to any voluntary waivers/ reimbursements of expenses by the
     adviser. For the year ended December 31, 2001, the management fee was
     reduced to reflect the voluntary waiver of a portion or all of the

                                  9 PROSPECTUS




     management fee and the reimbursement by the Portfolios' adviser to the
     extent "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses" exceed the following percentages:

     Van Kampen UIF Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio 0.70%; Van Kampen UIF
     Equity Growth Portfolio 0.85%; Van Kampen UIF Global Value Equity Portfolio
     1.15%; Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value Portfolio 1.05%; Van Kampen UIF Value
     Portfolio 0.85%. The adviser may terminate this voluntary waiver at any
     time at its sole discretion. After such reductions, the "Management Fees",
     "Rule 12b-1 Fees", "Other Expenses" and "Total Portfolio Annual Expenses"
     were as follows:



                                                                                       Total
                                                  Management   12b-1    Other        Portfolio
Portfolio                                            Fees       Fees   Expenses   Annual Expenses
- -----------------------------------------------   ----------   -----   --------   ---------------
                                                                           
Van Kampen UIF Core Plus Fixed Income Portfolio      0.39%      N/A      0.31%         0.70%
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio               0.49%      N/A      0.36%         0.85%
Van Kampen UIF Global Equity Portfolio               0.67%      N/A      0.48%         1.15%
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value Portfolio               0.70%      N/A      0.35%         1.05%
Van Kampen UIF Value Portfolio                       0.47%      N/A      0.38%         0.85%


(14) Effective May 1, 2002 the Portfolios have been re-branded and have changed
     names from Morgan Stanley UIF Fixed Income Portfolio to Van Kampen UIF Core
     Plus Fixed Income Portfolio, Morgan Stanley UIF Equity Growth Portfolio to
     Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth Portfolio, Morgan Stanley UIF Global Value
     Equity Portfolio to Van Kampen UIF Global Value Equity Portfolio, Morgan
     Stanley UIF Mid Cap Value Portfolio to Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value
     Portfolio and Morgan Stanley UIF Value Portfolio to Van Kampen UIF Value
     Portfolio.

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 1

The example below shows the dollar amount of expenses that you would bear
directly or indirectly if you:

..    invested $1,000 in a Variable Sub-Account,

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, surrendered your Contract, or
     began receiving income payments for a specified period of less than 120
     months, at the end of each time period.

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO PAY IF YOU
SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT OR RECEIVE INCOME PAYMENTS. THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE
DEDUCTIONS FOR PREMIUM TAXES BECAUSE NEW YORK DOES NOT CHARGE PREMIUM TAXES ON
ANNUITIES.

Variable Sub-Account                          1 Year  3 Years  5 Years  10 Years
- --------------------------------------------- ------  -------  -------  --------
AIM V.I. Balanced                               $76     $111    $148      $279
AIM V.I. Core Equity                            $73     $101    $133      $248
AIM V.I. Diversified Income                     $74     $105    $138      $259
AIM V.I. Government Securities                  $76     $109    $146      $275
AIM V.I. Growth                                 $73     $103    $136      $254
AIM V.I. International Growth                   $75     $109    $144      $272
AIM V.I. Premier Equity                         $73     $102    $134      $251
The Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth, Inc.   $72     $100    $130      $244
Dreyfus Stock Index                             $67     $ 84    $103      $187
Dreyfus VIF - Growth & Income                   $73     $101    $131      $246
Dreyfus VIF - Money Market                      $70     $ 94    $120      $222
Fidelity VIP Contrafund                         $71     $ 97    $125      $233
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income                      $70     $ 94    $120      $222
Fidelity VIP Growth                             $71     $ 97    $125      $233
Fidelity VIP High Income                        $72     $ 98    $127      $236
Franklin Small Cap                              $75     $107    $142      $268
Mutual Shares Securities                        $75     $108    $144      $271
Templeton Developing Markets                    $75     $108    $144      $271
Templeton Foreign Securities                    $76     $112    $150      $282
Templeton Growthl Securitie                     $76     $110    $147      $277
Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth                $82     $128    $177      $335
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity     $77     $114    $153      $289
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) U.S. Equity          $73     $101    $133      $248
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity          $85     $139    $195      $369
MFS Emerging Growth                             $73     $103    $135      $253
MFS Investors Trust                             $74     $104    $137      $256
MFS New Discovery                               $75     $109    $145      $273
MFS Research                                    $74     $104    $137      $256
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth/VA                $71     $ 97    $125      $233
Oppenheimer Capital AppreciationVA              $71     $ 97    $125      $233
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA                $64     $ 76    $ 89      $158
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth & Income/VA      $72     $ 99    $128      $238
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA                   $73     $101    $131      $245
Van Kampen UIF Core Plus Fixed Income           $72     $ 98    $127      $236
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth                    $74     $104    $137      $257
Van Kampen UIF Global Equity                    $74     $105    $138      $259
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value                    $78     $110    $156      $277
Van Kampen UIF Value                            $78     $116    $156      $295

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 2

Same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that you decided not to surrender
your Contract, or you began receiving income payments (for at least 120 months
if under an Income Plan with a specified period), at the end of each period.

Variable Sub-Account                          1 Year  3 Years  5 Years  10 Years
- --------------------------------------------- ------  -------  -------  --------
AIM V.I. Balanced                               $25     $ 77     $131     $279
AIM V.I. Core Equity                            $22     $ 67     $116     $248
AIM V.I. Diversified Income                     $23     $ 71     $121     $259
AIM V.I. Government Securities                  $25     $ 75     $129     $275
AIM V.I. Growth                                 $22     $ 69     $119     $254
AIM V.I. International Growth                   $24     $ 75     $127     $272
AIM V.I. Premier Equity                         $22     $ 68     $117     $251
The Dreyfus Socially Responsible Growth, Inc.   $21     $ 66     $113     $244
Dreyfus Stock Index                             $16     $ 50     $ 86     $187
Dreyfus VIF - Growth & Income                   $22     $ 67     $114     $246
Dreyfus VIF - Money Market                      $19     $ 60     $103     $222
Fidelity VIP Contrafund                         $20     $ 63     $108     $233
Fidelity VIP Equity-Income                      $19     $ 60     $103     $222
Fidelity VIP Growth                             $20     $ 63     $108     $233
Fidelity VIP High Income                        $24     $ 64     $110     $236
Franklin Small Cap                              $24     $ 73     $125     $268
Mutual Shares Securities                        $24     $ 74     $127     $271
Templeton Developing Markets                    $25     $ 74     $127     $271
Templeton Foreign Securities                    $25     $ 78     $133     $282
Templeton Growthl Securitie                     $25     $ 76     $130     $277
Goldman Sachs VIT Capital Growth                $31     $ 94     $160     $335
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) Small Cap Equity     $26     $ 80     $136     $289
Goldman Sachs VIT CORE(SM) U.S. Equity          $22     $ 67     $116     $248
Goldman Sachs VIT International Equity          $34     $105     $178     $369
MFS Emerging Growth                             $22     $ 69     $118     $253
MFS Investors Trust                             $23     $ 70     $120     $256
MFS New Discovery                               $24     $ 75     $128     $273
MFS Research                                    $23     $ 70     $120     $256
Oppenheimer Aggressive Growth/VA                $20     $ 63     $108     $233
Oppenheimer Capital AppreciationVA              $20     $ 63     $108     $233
Oppenheimer Global Securities/VA                $13     $ 42     $ 72     $158
Oppenheimer Main Street Growth & Income/VA      $21     $ 65     $111     $238
Oppenheimer Strategic Bond/VA                   $22     $ 67     $114     $245
Van Kampen UIF Core Plus Fixed Income           $21     $ 64     $110     $236
Van Kampen UIF Equity Growth                    $23     $ 70     $120     $257
Van Kampen UIF Global Equity                    $23     $ 71     $121     $259
Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap Value                    $25     $ 76     $130     $277
Van Kampen UIF Value                            $27     $ 82     $139     $295

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. THE EXAMPLES ASSUME THAT ANY PORTFOLIO EXPENSE WAIVERS
OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS DESCRIBED IN THE FOOTNOTES ON PAGE 8-9 ARE IN
EFFECT FOR THE TIME PERIODS PRESENTED ABOVE. YOUR ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE LESSER
OR GREATER THAN THOSE SHOWN ABOVE. SIMILARLY, YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE LESSER
OR GREATER THAN 5%, WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. TO REFLECT THE CONTRACT MAINTENANCE
CHARGE IN THE EXAMPLES, WE ESTIMATED AN EQUIVALENT PERCENTAGE CHARGE, BASED ON
AN ASSUMED AVERAGE CONTRACT SIZE OF $45,000.

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Sub-Accounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT."
Each Variable Sub-Account has a separate value for its Accumulation Units we
call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but not
the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

No Accumulation Unit Values are reported because as of the date of this
prospectus, no sales of the Contract had occurred.

To obtain more information on each Variable Sub-Account's finances, please refer
to the Variable Account's financial statements contained in the Statement of
Additional Information. The financial statements of ALLSTATE NEW YORK also
appear in the Statement of Additional Information. The Variable Account
Financial Statements do not reflect any assets attributed to the Contracts
offered by this prospectus because no sales of the Contract have occurred as of
the date of this prospectus.

THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The Allstate Provider Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the Contract
Owner, and Allstate New York, a life insurance company. As the Contract Owner,
you may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the
Contract. That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent
permitted):

..    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

..    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

..    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

..    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

..    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

..    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner dies, and

..    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die, any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiary may
exercise the rights and privileges provided to them by the Contract.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-natural person and a natural
person. The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner cannot exceed 85 as of the
date we receive the completed application.

Changing ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may
not be allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax
advisor prior to making a request for a change of Contract Owner.

You can use the Contract with or without a qualified plan. A qualified plan is a
retirement savings plan, such as an IRA or tax-sheltered annuity, that meets the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code. Qualified plans may limit or modify
your rights and privileges under the Contract. We use the term "QUALIFIED
CONTRACT" to refer to a Contract issued with a qualified plan. See "Qualified
Contracts" on page 33.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. The
maximum age of the oldest Annuitant cannot exceed 85 as of the date we receive
the completed application. If the Contract Owner is a natural person you may
change the Annuitant prior to the Payout Start Date. In our discretion, we may
permit you to designate a joint Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life
income payments depend, on the Payout Start Date.

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

..    the youngest Contract Owner, if living, otherwise

..    the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit or
become the new Contract Owner subject to the Death of Owner provision if the
sole surviving Contract Owner dies before the Payout Start Date. See "Death
Benefits" on page 27. If the sole surviving Contract Owner dies after the Payout
Start Date, the Beneficiary will receive any guaranteed income payments
scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more Beneficiaries when you apply for a Contract. You may
change or add Beneficiaries at any time by writing to us, unless you have
designated an irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of Beneficiary
form to be signed and filed with us. Any change will be effective at the time
you sign the written notice, whether or not the Annuitant is living when we
receive the notice. Until we receive your written notice to change a
Beneficiary, we are entitled to rely on the most recent Beneficiary information
in our files. We will not be liable as to any payment or settlement made prior
to

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




receiving the written notice. Accordingly, if you wish to change your
Beneficiary, you should deliver your written notice to us promptly.

If you do not name a Beneficiary or, if the named Beneficiary is no longer
living and there are no other surviving Beneficiaries, the new Beneficiary will
be:

..    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

..    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

..    your estate.

If more than one Beneficiary survives you (or the Annuitant if the Contract
Owner is not a natural person), we will divide the death benefit among your
Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions. If you have
not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in equal
amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only an Allstate New York officer may approve a change in or waive any provision
of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

You may not assign any interest in a Contract as collateral or security for a
loan. However, you may assign periodic income payments under the Contract prior
to the Payout Start Date. No Beneficiary may assign benefits under the Contract
until they are due. We will not be bound by any assignment until the assignor
signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the validity of any
assignment.

Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of benefits under many types
of retirement plans and the terms of such plans may themselves contain
restrictions on assignments. An assignment may also result in taxes and tax
penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR
CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial purchase payment must be at least $3,000 ($2,000 for a Qualified
Contract). All subsequent purchase payments must be $100 ($500 for allocations
to the Fixed Account) or more. You may make purchase payments at any time prior
to the Payout Start Date. We reserve the right to limit the maximum amount of
purchase payments, or reduce the minimum purchase payment we will accept. We
reserve the right to reject any application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of at least $100 ($500 for allocation
to the Fixed Account) by automatically transferring amounts from your bank
account. Please consult with your representative for detailed information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in
whole percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your
allocations by notifying us in writing. We reserve the right to limit the
availability of the investment alternatives.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive written notice of the change in
good order.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our service center. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
service center located in Vernon Hills, Illinois (mailing address: 300 N.
Milwaukee Ave., Vernon Hills, IL 60061.

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business. We also refer to these days as "VALUATION DATES."
Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00
p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your purchase payment
after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date, we
will credit your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on
the next Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 10 day period after

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




you receive the Contract (60 days if you are exchanging another contract for the
Contract described in this prospectus). You may return it by delivering it or
mailing it to us. If you exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract
terminates and we will pay you the full amount of your purchase payments
allocated to the Fixed Account. Upon cancellation, as permitted by federal or
state law, we will return your purchase payments allocated to the Variable
Account after an adjustment to the extent federal or state law permits to
reflect investment gain or loss that occurred from the date of allocation
through the date of cancellation. If your Contract is qualified under Section
408 of the Internal Revenue Code, we will refund the greater of any purchase
payments or the Contract Value.

CONTRACT VALUE

On the Issue Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial purchase payment.
Your Contract Value at any other time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to
the sum of the value as of the most recent Valuation Date of your Accumulation
Units in the Variable Sub-Accounts you have selected, plus the value of your
investment in the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Sub-Account to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Sub-Account by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Sub-Account next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Sub-Account is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Sub-Account to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Sub-Account would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Sub-Account allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account
will rise or fall to reflect:

..    changes in the share price of the Portfolio in which the Variable
     Sub-Account invests, and

..    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge,
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine contract maintenance charges, withdrawal charges, and transfer fees
(currently waived) separately for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation
Unit Value. Instead, we obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming
Accumulation Units. For details on how we calculate Accumulation Unit Value,
please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account on
each Valuation Date.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS THAT ACCOMPANY THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH PORTFOLIO ARE VALUED,
SINCE THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 39 Variable Sub-Accounts. Each
Variable Sub-Account invests in the shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Each
Portfolio has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe
the Portfolios below.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the accompanying prospectuses for
the Portfolios. You should carefully review the Portfolio prospectuses before
allocating amounts to the Variable Sub-Accounts.

PORTFOLIO:              EACH PORTFOLIO SEEKS:
- ----------------------  -----------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS

AIM V.I. Balanced       Achieve as high a total
Fund*                   return as possible,
                        consistent with preservation
                        of capital.

AIM V.I. Core Equity    Growth of capital with a
Fund***                 secondary objective of
                        current income
                                                       AIM ADVISORS, INC.
AIM V.I. Diversified    A high level of current
Income Fund*            income

AIM V.I. Government     A high level of current
Securities Fund*        income consistent with a
                        reasonable concern for safety
                        of principal

AIM V.I. Growth Fund*   Growth of capital

AIM V.I. International  Long-term growth of capital
Growth Fund****

AIM V.I. Premier        Long-term growth of capital.
Equity Fund*****        Income is a secondary
                        objective.

THE DREYFUS SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE GROWTH FUND, INC.; THE DREYFUS STOCK INDEX
FUND; AND THE DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND (VIF) (COLLECTIVELY, THE
DREYFUS FUNDS)

The Dreyfus Socially    Capital growth and,
Responsible Growth      secondarily, current income
Fund, Inc.

Dreyfus Stock Index     To match the total return
Fund                    Stock Price Index of the
                        Standard & Poor's(C) 500
                        Composite                      THE DREYFUS CORPORATION

Dreyfus VIF Growth &    Long-term capital growth,
Income Portfolio        income current and growth of
                        income, consistent with
                        reasonable investment risk

Dreyfus VIF Money       A high level of current
Market Portfolio        income as is consistent with
                        the preservation of capital
                        and the maintenance of
                        liquidity

FIDELITY VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS FUND

Fidelity VIP            Reasonable income
Equity-Income
Portfolio
                                                       FIDELITY MANAGEMENT &
Fidelity VIP Growth     Capital appreciation           RESEARCH COMPANY
Portfolio

Fidelity VIP High       High level of current income
Income Portfolio        while also considering growth
                        of capital

Fidelity VIP            Portfolio Long-term capital
Contrafund(R)           appreciation

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST (VIP) -- CLASS 2

Franklin Small Cap      Long-term capital growth       FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC.
Fund

Mutual Shares           Capital appreciation.          FRANKLIN MUTUAL
Securities Fund         Secondary goal is income.      ADVISORS, LLC.

Templeton Developing    Long-term capital              TEMPLETON ASSET
Markets Securities      Appreciation                   MANAGEMENT LTD.
Fund

Templeton Growth        Long-term capital growth       TEMPLETON GLOBAL
Securities Fund                                        ADVISORS LIMITED

Templeton               Long-term capital growth       TEMPLETON INVESTMENT
International                                          COUNSEL, LLC.
Securities Fund

GOLDMAN SACHS VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST (VIT)

Goldman Sachs VIT       Long-term growth of capital
Capital Growth Fund
                                                       GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET
Goldman Sachs VIT       Long-term growth of capital    MANAGEMENT
Core(SM)Small Cap
Equity Fund

Goldman Sachs VIT       Long-term growth of capital
Core(SM)U.S. Equity     and dividend income
Fund

Goldman Sachs VIT       Long-term capital              GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET
International Equity    appreciation                   MANAGEMENT INTERNATIONAL
Fund

MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)

MFS Emerging Growth     Long-term growth of capital
Series

MFS Investors Trust     Long-term growth of capital    MFS INVESTMENT
Series**                with a secondary objective to  MANAGEMENT(R)
                        seek reasonable current
                        income

MFS New Discovery       Capital appreciation
Series

MFS Research Series     Long-term growth of capital
                        and future income

THE UNIVERSAL INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS, INC.

Van Kampen UIF Equity   Long-term capital
Growth******            appreciation

Van Kampen UIF Core     Above-average total return     MORGAN STANLEY ASSET
Plus Fixed              over a market cycle of three   MANAGEMENT
Income******            to five years

Van Kampen UIF Global   Long-term capital
Equity******            appreciation

Van Kampen UIF Mid Cap  Above-average total return
Value******             over a market cycle of three
                        to five years

Van Kampen UIF          Above-average total return     MILLER ANDERSON &
Value******             over a market cycle of three   SHERRERD, LLP
                        to five years

OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS

Oppenheimer Aggressive  Capital appreciation
Growth Fund/VA

Oppenheimer Capital     Capital appreciation
Appreciation Fund/VA
                                                       OPPENHEIMER FUNDS, INC.
Oppenheimer Global      Long-term capital
Securities Fund/VA      appreciation

Oppenheimer Main        High total return, which
Street Growth & Income  includes growth in the value
Fund/VA                 of its shares as well as
                        current income, from equity
                        and debt securities

Oppenheimer Strategic   High level of current income
Bond Fund/VA

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




*      The Portfolio's investment objectives may be changed by the Portfolio's
       Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

**     Effective May 1, 2001, the MFS Growth with Income Series changed its name
       to MFS Investors Trust Series, and changed its investment policies.

***    Effective May 1, 2002, the Portfolio changed its name from AIM V.I.
       Growth and Income Fund to AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund. We have made a
       corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
       in that Portfolio.

****   Effective May 1, 2002, the Portfolio changed its name from AIM V.I.
       International Equity Fund to AIM V.I. International Growth Fund. We have
       made a corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that
       invests in that Portfolio.

*****  Effective May 1, 2002, the Portfolio changed its name from AIM V.I. Value
       Fund to AIM V.I. Premier Equity Fund. We have made a corresponding change
       in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests in that Portfolio.

****** Effective May 1, 2002, the Portfolio changed its name from Morgan Stanley
       to Van Kampen. We have made a corresponding change in the name of the
       Variable Sub-Account that invests in that Portfolio.

AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS MAY GROW IN VALUE, DECLINE IN
VALUE, OR GROW LESS THAN YOU EXPECT, DEPENDING ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF
THE PORTFOLIOS IN WHICH THOSE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS INVEST. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK THAT THE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT MEET THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES.
SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIOS ARE NOT DEPOSITS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY ANY BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT BE MANAGED BY THE SAME PORTFOLIO
MANAGERS WHO MANAGE RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS WTH SIMILAR NAMES. THESE PORTFOLIOS ARE
LIKELY TO DIFFER FROM SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL FUNDS IN ASSETS, CASH FLOW, AND TAX
MATTERS. ACCORDINGLY, THE HOLDINGS ARE RESULT OF VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIO
CAN BE EXPECTED TO BE HIGHER AS LEVELS THAN THE INVESTMENT RESULTS OF A
SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUND.

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed Account
Options. We will credit a minimum annual interest rate of 3% to money you
allocate to any of the Fixed Account Options. Please consult with your
representative for current information. The Fixed Account consists of our
general account assets other than those in segregated asset accounts. We have
sole discretion to invest the assets of the Fixed Account, subject to applicable
law. Any money you allocate to the Fixed Account Option does not entitle you to
share in the investment experience of the Fixed Account.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SIX MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. Under this Option, you may
establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to The
Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option ("Six Month DCA Fixed
Account Option"). We will credit interest to purchase payments you allocate to
this Option for six months at the current rate in effect at the time of
allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound at the
annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Six
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. You must transfer all of your money out of the
Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in six equal
monthly installments. If you discontinue the Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging
Option before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining
balance in this Option to the Dreyfus VIF Money Market Variable Sub-Account
unless you request a different investment alternative. No transfers are
permitted into the Six Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Dreyfus VIF Money
Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transfering Account
Value to the Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this manner may not be
consistent with the theory of Dollar Cost Averaging described on page 23.

TWELVE MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. Under this Option, you
may establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to
The Twelve Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option ("Twelve Month DCA
Fixed Account Option"). We will credit interest to purchase payments you
allocate to this Option for twelve months at the current rate in effect at the
time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound
at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. You must transfer all of your money out of the
Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in twelve
equal monthly installments. If you discontinue the Twelve Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Option before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the
remaining balance in this Option to the Dreyfus VIF Money Market Variable
Sub-Account unless you request a different investment alternative. No transfers
are permitted into the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Dreyfus VIF Money
Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transferring Account
Value to the Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this manner may not be
consistent with the theory of dollar cost averaging described on page 23.

At the end of the transfer period, any nominal amounts remaining in the Six
Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account or the Twelve Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account will be allocated to the Dreyfus VIF Money Market
Variable Sub-Account.

Transfers out of the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Options do not count
towards the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee.

INVESTMENT RISK. We bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option and the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account
Option. That is because we guarantee the current interest rates we credit to the
amounts you allocate to either of these Options, which will never be less than
the minimum guaranteed rate in the Contract. Currently, we determine, in our
sole discretion, the amount of interest credited in excess of the guaranteed
rate.

We may declare more than one interest rate for different monies based upon the
date of allocation to the Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option and the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. For current interest rate information, please
contact your representative or our customer support unit at 1-800-692-4682.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

 Under this option, each payment or transfer allocated to the Fixed Account
earns interest at a specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years we
call a GUARANTEE PERIOD. Guarantee Periods may range from 1 to 10 years. We are

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




currently offering Guarantee Periods of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 10 years in length. In
the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or stop offering
some Guarantee Periods. You select one or more Guarantee Periods for each
purchase payment or transfer. If you do not select the Guarantee Period for a
purchase payment or transfer, we will assign the shortest Guarantee Period
available under the Contract for such payment or transfer.

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase payments that
you may allocate to the Fixed Account. Please consult with your sales
representative for more information.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We may declare different interest rates for
Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times. We will not
change the interest rate that we credit to a particular allocation until the end
of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. We determine the
interest rates to be declared in our sole discretion. We can neither predict nor
guarantee what those rates will be in the future. For current interest rate
information, please contact your sales representative or ALLSTATE NEW YORK at
1-800-692-4682. The interest rate will never be less than the minimum guaranteed
amount stated in the Contract.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the effective annual interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period.

The following example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to the Fixed
Account would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective annual
interest rate:

Purchase Payment ......... .........................................    $10,000
Guarantee Period....................................................    5 years
Annual Interest Rate................................................      4.50%



                                                                   END OF CONTRACT YEAR
                                              --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                YEAR 1       YEAR 2       YEAR 3       YEAR 4       YEAR 5
                                              ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                   
Beginning Contract Value...................   $10,000.00
   X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)               x    1.045
                                              ----------
                                              $10,450.00

Contract Value at end of Contract Year.....                $10,450.00
   X (1 + Annual Interest                                  x    1.045
                                                           ----------
                                                           $10,920.25

Contract Value at end of Contract Year.....                             $10,920.25
   X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                              1.045
                                                                        ----------
                                                                        $11,411.66

Contract Value at end of Contract Year.....                                          $11,411.66
   X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                      x    1.045
                                                                                     ----------
                                                                                     $11,925.19

Contract Value at end of Contract Year.....                                                       $11,925.19
   X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                                        1.045
                                                                                                  ----------
                                                                                                  $12,461.82


TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82-$10,000)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5 year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a withdrawal
charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10%
federal tax penalty. The hypothetical interest rate is for illustrative purposes
only and is not intended to predict future interest rates to be declared under
the Contract. Actual interest rates declared for any given Guarantee Period may
be more or less than shown above but will never be less than the guaranteed
minimum rate stated in the Contract.

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




RENEWALS. At least 15 but not more than 45 days prior to the end of each
Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice asking you what to do with your
money, including the accrued interest. During the 30-day period after the end of
the Guarantee Period, you may:

1) take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will begin
on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our
then current declared rate for a Guarantee Period of that length; or

2) Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of your
choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous Guarantee
Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current declared rate for
those Guarantee Periods; or

3) Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
Variable Sub-Accounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive your
instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a Market
Value Adjustment. We will pay interest from the day the Guarantee Period expired
until the date of the transfer. The interest will be the rate for the Shortest
Guarantee Period then being offered; or

4) Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
withholding (if applicable). The amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been
withdrawn on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. Unless you specify
otherwise, amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee Period of
the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will begin on the day
the previous Guarantee Period ends. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as
ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an
additional 10% federal tax penalty.

Under our automatic laddering program ("Automatic Laddering Program"), you may
choose, in advance, to use Guarantee Periods of the same length for all
renewals. You can select this Program at any time during the Accumulation Phase,
including on the Issue Date. We will apply renewals to Guarantee Periods of the
selected length until you direct us in writing to stop. We may stop offering
this Program at any time. For additional information on the Automatic Laddering
Program, please call our customer service center at 1-800-692-4682.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals in excess of the PREFERRED WITHDRAWAL
AMOUNT, and transfers from a Guarantee Period, other than those taken during the
30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires, are subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment also applies when you apply amounts
currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless paid or
applied during the 30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires). A
positive Market Value Adjustment will apply to amounts currently invested in a
Guarantee Period that are paid out as death benefits. We will not apply a Market
Value Adjustment to a transfer you make as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging
Program. We also will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you
make:

..    within the Preferred Withdrawal Amount as described on page 24, or

..    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for the Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time it is
removed from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period when you remove your money. "TREASURY RATE" means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Bulletin
Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal of your
Contract Value to an amount that is less than the purchase payment plus interest
at the minimum guaranteed interest rate under the Contract.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee
Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a period equal to
the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a higher amount payable to you or transferred. Conversely, if the
Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee Period is lower than
the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will result in a lower amount
payable to you or transferred.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5 year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 2 year Treasury

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




Rate is 4.80%, then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will
result in a decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix A
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives at any time. The minimum amount that you may transfer
into a Guarantee Period is $500. You may request transfers in writing on a form
that we provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. We
currently do not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a $10 charge on each
transfer in excess of 12 per Contract Year. We treat transfers to or from more
than one Portfolio on the same day as one transfer. Transfers you make as part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program do
not count against the 12 free transfers per Contract Year.

We will process transfer requests that we receive before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for that Date. We will process requests completed after 4:00 p.m. Eastern
Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for the next Valuation Date. The Contract permits us to defer transfers
from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your request.
If we decide to postpone transfers from the Fixed Account for 10 days or more,
we will pay interest as required by applicable law. Any interest would be
payable from the date we receive the transfer request to the date we make the
transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30 day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment. If any transfer reduces your value in such
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat the request as a transfer of
the entire value in such Guarantee Period.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer fees and restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts
to change the relative weighting of the Variable Sub-Accounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. In addition, you will have a limited
ability to make transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the
proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may
not, however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments
into variable income payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first 6 months after the Payout Start
Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts or make
transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the proportion of your
income payments consisting of fixed income payments. Your transfers must be at
least 6 months apart.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone by calling 1-800-692-4682, if you first send
us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for telephone transfer
requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). In the event that
the New York Stock Exchange closes early, i.e., before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time), or in the event that the Exchange closes early for a
period of time but then reopens for trading on the same day, we will process
telephone transfer requests as of the close of the Exchange on that particular
day. We will not accept telephone requests received at any telephone number
other than the number that appears in this paragraph or received after the close
of trading on the Exchange.

We may suspend, modify or terminate the telephone transfer privilege at any time
without notice.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

EXCESSIVE TRADING LIMITS

We reserve the right to limit transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts in any
Contract year, or to refuse any Variable Sub-Account transfer request, if:

..    we believe, in our sole discretion, that excessive trading by such Contract
     Owner or Owners, or a specific transfer request or group of transfer
     requests, may have a detrimental effect on the Accumulation Unit Values of
     any Variable Sub-Account or the share prices of the corresponding Portfolio
     or would be to the disadvantage of other Contract owners; or

..    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase or redemption of Portfolio shares because of
     excessive trading or because they believe that a specific transfer or
     groups of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the prices of
     Portfolio shares.

We may apply the restrictions in any manner reasonably designed to prevent
transfers that we consider disadvantageous to other Contract Owners.

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




                          DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a set
amount every month during the Accumulation Phase from any Variable Sub-Account,
or the the Six Month DCA Fixed Account, or the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account
Option, to any other Variable Sub-Account. You may not use dollar cost averaging
to transfer amounts to the Fixed Account.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee. In addition, we will not apply the Market
Value Adjustment to these transfers.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this Program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market.

Call or write us for instructions on how to enroll.

AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the
performance of each Sub-Account may cause a shift in the percentage you
allocated to each Sub-Account. If you select our Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing
Program, we will automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable
Sub-Account and return it to the desired percentage allocations. Money you
allocate to the Fixed Account will not be included in the rebalancing.

We will rebalance your account each quarter according to your instructions. We
will transfer amounts among the Variable Sub-Accounts to achieve the percentage
allocations you specify. You can change your allocations at any time by
contacting us in writing or by telephone. The new allocation will be effective
with the first rebalancing that occurs after we receive your request. We are not
responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Sub-Accounts. You want 40% to be in the AIM V.I. Balanced Variable Sub-Account
and 60% to be in the Fidelity VIP Growth Variable Sub-Account. Over the next 2
months the bond market does very well while the stock market performs poorly. At
the end of the first quarter, the AIM V.I. Balanced Variable Sub-Account now
represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase in value. If you choose
to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first day of the next quarter
we would sell some of your units in the AIM V.I. Balanced Variable Sub-Account
and use the money to buy more units in the Fidelity VIP Growth Variable
Sub-Account so that the percentage allocations would again be 40% and 60%
respectively.

The Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards
the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject
to a transfer fee.

Portfolio rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of
investments among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your
Contract Value allocated to the better performing segments.

You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing
programs at the same time.

EXPENSES

As a Contract Owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

During the Accumulation Phase, on each Contract Anniversary, we will deduct a
$30 contract maintenance charge from your Contract Value invested in each
Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the amount invested. We also will deduct a
full contract maintenance charge if you withdraw your entire Contract Value,
unless your Contract qualifies for a waiver, described below. During the Payout
Phase, we will deduct the charge proportionately from each income payment.

The charge is for the cost of maintaining each Contract and the Variable
Account. Maintenance costs include expenses we incur in billing and collecting
purchase payments; keeping records; processing death claims, cash withdrawals,
and policy changes; proxy statements; calculating Accumulation Unit Values and
income payments; and issuing reports to Contract Owners and regulatory agencies.
We cannot increase the charge. We will waive this charge if:

..    total purchase payments equal $50,000 or more, or

..    all of your money is allocated to the Fixed Account on a Contract
     Anniversary.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




annual rate of 1.15% of the average daily net assets you have invested in the
Variable Sub-Accounts. The mortality and expense risk charge is for all the
insurance benefits available with your Contract (including our guarantee of
annuity rates and the death benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and
for assuming the risk (expense risk) that the current charges will be sufficient
in the future to cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges
under the Contract are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss.

We guarantee the mortality and expense risk charge and we cannot increase it. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
12th transfer in each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on
transfers that are part of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a withdrawal charge of up to 7% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market
Value Adjustment. The charge declines by 1% annually to 0% after 7 complete
years from the day we receive the purchase payment being withdrawn. A schedule
showing how the charge declines appears on page 6. During each Contract Year,
you can withdraw up to 15% of purchase payments without paying the charge.
Unused portions of this 15% "PREFERRED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried
forward to future Contract Years.

We determine the withdrawal charge by:

..    multiplying the percentage corresponding to the number of complete years
     since we received the purchase payment being withdrawn, times

..    the part of each purchase payment withdrawal that is in excess of the
     Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment.

We will deduct withdrawal charges, if applicable, from the amount paid. For
purposes of the withdrawal charge, we will treat withdrawals as coming from the
oldest purchase payments first. However, for federal income tax purposes, please
note that withdrawals are considered to have come first from earnings in the
Contract, which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your withdrawal.

We do not apply a withdrawal charge in the following situations:

..    on the Payout Start Date (a withdrawal charge may apply if you elect to
     receive income payments for a specified period of less than 120 months);

..    the death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (unless the Settlement Value
     is used);

..    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS minimum distribution rules for the
     Contract; or

..    withdrawals made after all purchase payments have been withdrawn.

We use the amounts obtained from the withdrawal charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the withdrawal charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age
59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. Withdrawals may
also be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. You should consult your own tax
counsel or other tax advisers regarding any withdrawals.

PREMIUM TAXES

Currently, we do not make deductions for premium taxes under the Contract
because New York does not charge premium taxes on annuities. We may deduct taxes
that may be imposed in the future from purchase payments or the Contract Value
when the tax is incurred or at a later time.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently making a provision for such taxes. In the future, however,
we may make a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that
we will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account. We
will deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the Variable
Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and whether or
not it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Taxes section.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Portfolio deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios whose shares are held
by the

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




Variable Sub-Accounts. These fees and expenses are described in the accompanying
prospectuses for the Portfolios. For a summary of these charges and expenses,
see pages 8-10. We may receive compensation from the investment advisers or
administrators of the Portfolios for administrative services we provide to the
Portfolios.

ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date. Full or partial withdrawals also are available under limited
circumstances on or after the Payout Start Date. See "Income Plans" on page 25.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value next computed after we
receive the request for a withdrawal at our customer service center, adjusted by
any Market Value Adjustment, less any withdrawal charges, contract maintenance
charges, income tax withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals
from the Variable Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to
postponement in certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account. To
complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
withdrawal charge and premium taxes.

Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age
59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

You must name the investment alternative from which you are taking the
withdrawal. If none is named, then the withdrawal request is incomplete and
cannot be honored.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Variable
Sub-Account.

If you request a total withdrawal, you must return your Contract to us.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1. The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2. An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3. The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account for up to
6 months or a shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment or transfer
for 10 business days or more, we will pay interest as required by law. Any
interest would be payable from the date we receive the withdrawal request to the
date we make the payment or transfer.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis at any time prior to the Payout Start
Date. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50. At our
discretion, systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the net asset value of the Variable Sub-Accounts
and the value of the Fixed Account, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even
exhaust the Contract Value. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary income
and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal
tax penalty. Please consult your tax advisor before taking any withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount in any
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat it as a request to withdraw
the entire amount invested in such Guarantee Period. If your request for a
partial withdrawal would reduce your Contract Value to less than $1,000, we may
treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract Value. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value. We will, however, ask you
to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating your Contract.

Before terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by withdrawals to
less than $1,000, we will inform you in writing of our intention to terminate
your Contract and give you ast least 30 days in which to make an additional
purchase payment to restore your Contract's value to the contractual minimum of
$1,000. If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its Contract
Value, adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less withdrawal and
other charges and applicable taxes.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

The Payout Start Date is the day that we apply your money to an Income Plan. The
Payout Start Date must be no later than the day the Annuitant reaches age 90, or
the 10th Contract Anniversary, if later.

You may change the Payout Start Date at any time by notifying us in writing of
the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a
change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An "Income Plan" is a series of payments on a scheduled basis to you or to
another person designated by you. You may choose and change your choice of
Income Plan until 30 days before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an
Income Plan, we will make income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with
guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have designated only one Annuitant or
Income Plan 2 with guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have desginated joint
Annuitants. After the Payout Start Date, you may not make withdrawals (except as
described below) or change your choice of Income Plan.

Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

..    fixed income payments;

..    variable income payments; or

..    a combination of the two.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Sub-Account
assets that support variable income payments even though we may not bear any
mortality risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant is alive before
we make each payment.

Please note that under such Income Plans, if you elect to take no minimum
guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee could receive only 1 income
payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant both die before the second
income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die before the third income
payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving variable income payments
that do not depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).
In that case you may terminate all or part of the Variable Account portion of
the income payments at any time and receive a lump sum equal to the present
value of the remaining variable income payments associated with the amount
withdrawn. To determine the present value of any remaining variable income
payments being withdrawn, we use a discount rate equal to the assumed annual
investment rate that we use to compute such variable income payments. The
minimum amount you may withdraw under this feature is $1,000. A withdrawal
charge may apply. You will also have a limited ability to make transfers from
the Variable Account portion of the income payments to increase the proportion
of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may not,
however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments into
variable income payments. We deduct applicable premium taxes, if any, from the
Contract Value at the Payout Start Date. New York does not currently impose a
premium tax.

We may make other Income Plans available. You may obtain information about them
by writing or calling us.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead and
transfer that amount to the Variable Sub-Accounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment, less
applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date. If the Contract
Value is less than $2,000 or not enough to provide an initial payment of at
least $20, and state law permits, we may:

..    terminate the Contract and pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any
     Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum
     instead of the periodic payments you have chosen, or

..    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $20.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Sub-Accounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolio and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than we
expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Sub-Accounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate.

Please refer to the Statement of Additional Information for more detailed
information as to how we determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from the Fixed Account for the
duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1. adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the
Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2. deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3. applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as we are
offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or such
shorter time as state law may require. If we defer payments for 10 business days
or more, we will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the
withdrawal request to the date we make payment.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age. However, we
reserve the right to use income payment tables that do not distinguish on the
basis of sex to the extent permitted by law. In certain employment-related
situations, employers are required by law to use the same income payment tables
for men and women. Accordingly, if the Contract is to be used in connection with
an employment-related retirement or benefit plan, you should consult with legal
counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is appropriate. For qualified
plans, where it is appropriate, we may use income payment tables that do not
distinguish on the basis of sex.

DEATH BENEFITS

We will pay a death benefit if, prior to the Payout Start Date:

1. any Contract owner dies or,

2. the Annuitant dies, if the Contract Owner is not a natural person.

We will pay the death benefit to the new Contract Owner who is determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract Owner would be a surviving
Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiary(ies).

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the death benefit is equal to the greatest of:

1. the Contract Value as of the date we determine the death benefit, or

2. the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
Contract Value) on the date we determine the death benefit, or

3. the Contract Value on the DEATH BENEFIT

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




ANNIVERSARY immediately preceding the date we determine the death benefit,
adjusted by any purchase payments, withdrawal adjustment as defined below, and
charges made since that Death Benefit Anniversary. A "Death Benefit Anniversary"
is every seventh Contract Anniversary beginning with the Issue Date. For
example, the Issue Date, 7th and 14th Contract Anniversaries are the first three
Death Benefit Anniversaries, or

4. the greatest of the Anniversary Values as of the date we determine the death
benefit. An "Anniversary Value" is equal to the Contract Value on a Contract
Anniversary, increased by purchase payments made since that anniversary and
reduced by the amount of any withdrawal adjustment, as defined below, since that
anniversary. Anniversary Values will be calculated for each Contract Anniversary
prior to the earlier of:

(i) the date we determine the death benefit, or

(ii) the deceased's 75th birthday or 5 years after the Issue Date, if later.

A positive Market Value Adjustment will apply to amounts currently invested in a
Guarantee Period that are paid out as death benefits.

The value of the death benefit will be determined at the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for payment of the death benefit,
which includes Due Proof of Death.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c), where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount,

(b) = the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the value of the applicable death benefit alternative immediately prior to
      the withdrawal.

See Appendix C for an example representative of how the withdrawal adjustment
applies.

We will not settle any death claim until we receive Due Proof of Death. We will
accept the following documentation as Due Proof of Death:

..    a certified copy of a death certificate; or

..    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to a
     finding of death; or

..    any other proof acceptable to us.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS

A death benefit will be paid:

1. if the new Contract Owner elects to receive the death benefit distributed in
a single payment within 180 days of the date of death, and

2. if the death benefit is paid as of the day the value of the death benefit is
determined.

Otherwise, the Settlement Value will be paid. The new Contract Owner may make a
single withdrawal of any amount within one year of the date of death without
incurring a withdrawal charge. However, any applicable Market Value Adjustment,
determined as of the date of the withdrawal, will apply.

We reserve the right to waive the 180 day limit on a non-discriminatory basis.
The Settlement Value paid will be the Settlement Value next computed on or after
the requested distribution date for payment, or on the mandatory distribution
date of 5 years after the date of death.

In any event, the entire value of the Contract must be distributed within 5
years after the date of death unless an Income Plan is elected or a surviving
spouse continues the Contract in accordance with the provisions described below.

If the Contract Owner eligible to receive the death benefit is not a natural
person, the Contract Owner may elect to receive the distribution upon death in
one or more distributions. However, the entire value of the Contract must be
distributed within five years after the date of death.

If the Contract Owner is a natural person, the Contract Owner may elect to
receive the distribution upon death either in one or more distributions, or by
periodic payments through an Income Plan. Payments from the Income Plan must
begin within one year of the date of death and must be payable throughout:

..    the life of the Contract Owner; or

..    a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Contract Owner; or

..    the life of the Contract Owner with payments guaranteed for a period not to
     exceed the life expectancy of the Contract Owner.

If the surviving spouse of the deceased Contract Owner is the sole new Contract
Owner, then the spouse may elect one of the options listed above or may continue
the Contract in the Accumulation Phase as if the death had not occurred. The
Contract may only be continued once.

If the Contract is continued in the Accumulation Phase, the surviving spouse may
make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year of the date of death
without incurring a withdrawal charge. However, any applicable Market Value
Adjustment, determined as of the date of the withdrawal, will apply. Withdrawals
of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




MORE INFORMATION

ALLSTATE NEW YORK

Allstate New York is the issuer of the Contract. Allstate New York is a stock
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.

Allstate New York was incorporated in 1967 and was known as "Financial Life
Insurance Company" from 1967 to 1978. From 1978 to 1984, Allstate New York was
known as "PM Life Insurance Company." Since 1984 the company has been known as
"Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York."

Allstate New York is currently licensed to operate in New York. Our home office
is One Allstate Drive, Farmingville, New York 11738. Our service center is
located in Vernon Hills, Illinois.

Allstate New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance
Company ("Allstate Life"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company, a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois. With the exception of the
directors qualifying shares, all of the outstanding capital stock of Allstate
Insurance Company is owned by The Allstate Corporation.

Independent rating agencies regularly evaluate life insurers' claims-paying
ability, quality of investments, and overall stability. A.M. Best Company
assigns an A+ (Superior) financial strength rating to Allstate Life, which
results in A+g rating to Allstate New York due to its group affiliation with
Allstate Life. Standard & Poor's Insurance Rating Service assigns an AA+ (Very
Strong) financial strength rating and Moody's Investors Service assigns an Aa2
(Excellent) financial strength rating to Allstate New York, sharing the same
ratings of its parents, Allstate Life. These ratings do not reflect the
performance of the Variable Account.We may from time to time advertise these
ratings in our sales literature.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Allstate New York established the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A
on December 15, 1995. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a
unit investment trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable
Account or Allstate New York.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under New York law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our other
operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account that are
in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the
Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other operations.

Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of
Allstate New York.

The Variable Account consists of multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, 39 of which are
available through the Contracts. Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding Portfolio. We may add new Variable Sub-Accounts or eliminate one
or more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment conditions so
warrant. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Variable Account,
its Sub-Accounts or the Portfolios. We may use the Variable Account to fund our
other annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of annuity
contract funded by the Variable Account.

THE CONTRACT

DISTRIBUTION. ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS"), located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook,
Illinois 60062, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. ALFS is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered
broker-dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act"), and is a member of the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc.

The Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either
individually or through an incorporated insurance agency. Commission paid to
broker-dealers may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales to broker-dealers will not exceed 6.25% of any purchase payments.
These commissions are intended to cover distribution expenses. From time to
time, we may offer additional sales incentives of up to 1% of purchase payments
to broker-dealers who maintain certain sales volume levels.

Allstate New York does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for any liability to Contract Owners arising out of services rendered or
Contracts issued.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

..    issuance of the Contracts;

..    maintenance of Contract Owner records;

..    Contract Owner services;

..    calculation of unit values;

..    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

..    preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. The annual statement details values and specific Contract data for
each

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




particular Contract. You should notify us promptly in writing of any address
change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and verify
their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question about a
periodic statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any necessary
adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error within a
reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait too
long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of the
potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

TAX QUALIFIED PLANS

If you use the Contract with a qualified plan, the plan may impose different or
additional conditions or limitations on withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal
charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates, income payments, and other Contract
features. In addition, adverse tax consequences may result if qualified plan
limits on distributions and other conditions are not met. Please consult your
qualified plan administrator for more information.

THE PORTFOLIOS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Portfolios in shares of the
distributing Portfolio at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Portfolios held by the Variable Sub-Accounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios that we
hold directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract Owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Sub-Account by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date of the meeting. After the Payout Start Date, the person receiving income
payments has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined
by dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Sub-Account by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes eligible
to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Portfolio shares as we see fit without regard to
voting instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN PORTFOLIOS. If the shares of any of the Portfolios are no longer
available for investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further
investment in such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the
Contract, we may eliminate that Portfolio and substitute shares of another
eligible investment portfolio. Any substitution of securities will comply with
the requirements of the 1940 Act. We also may add new Variable Sub-Accounts that
invest in additional mutual funds. We will notify you in advance of any changes.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to Variable
Accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.

It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance Variable Accounts and variable annuity Variable Accounts to invest in
the same Portfolio. The boards of directors of these Portfolios monitor for
possible conflicts among Variable Accounts buying shares of the Portfolios.

Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in
treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a Variable Account to
comply with such laws could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a
Portfolio's board of directors may require a Variable Account to withdraw its
participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolio's net asset value could decrease if it
had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds to a Variable
Account withdrawing because of a conflict.

LEGAL MATTERS

JordenBurt LLP, Washington, D.C., has advised ALLSTATE NEW YORK on certain
federal securities law matters. All matters of New York law pertaining to the
Contracts, including the validity of the Contracts and ALLSTATE NEW YORK's right
to issue such Contracts under New York insurance law, have been passed upon by
Michael J. Velotta, General Counsel of Allstate New York.

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. ALLSTATE
NEW YORK MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

ALLSTATE NEW YORK is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of
Subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code. Since the Variable Account is not an
entity separate from ALLSTATE NEW YORK, and its operations form a part of
ALLSTATE NEW YORK, it will not be taxed separately. Investment income and
realized capital gains of the Variable Account are automatically applied to
increase reserves under the Contract. Under existing federal income tax law,
ALLSTATE NEW YORK believes that the Variable Account investment income and
capital gains will not be taxed to the extent that such income and gains are
applied to increase the reserves under the Contract. Accordingly, ALLSTATE NEW
YORK does not anticipate that it will incur any federal income tax liability
attributable to the Variable Account, and therefore ALLSTATE NEW YORK does not
intend to make provisions for any such taxes. If ALLSTATE NEW YORK is taxed on
investment income or capital gains of the Variable Account, then ALLSTATE NEW
YORK may impose a charge against the Variable Account in order to make provision
for such taxes.

TAXATION OF ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

1. the Contract Owner is a natural person,

2. the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
according to Treasury Department regulations, and

3. ALLSTATE NEW YORK is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets for
federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements, and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"ADEQUATELY DIVERSIFIED" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract Owner during the taxable
year. Although ALLSTATE NEW YORK does not have control over the Funds or their
investments, we expect the Funds to meet the diversification requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning
circumstances in which investor control of the separate account investments may
cause a contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The
Treasury Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding
the extent that owners could direct sub-account investments without being
treated as owners of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
rulings in which it found that contract owners were not owners of separate
account assets. For example, you have the choice to allocate premiums and
Contract Values among a broader selection of investment alternatives. Also, you
may be able to transfer among investment alternatives more frequently than in
such rulings. These differences could result in you

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this occurs, income and
gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in your gross income.

ALLSTATE NEW

YORK does not know what standards will be set forth in any regulations or
rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It is possible that future
standards announced by the Treasury Department could adversely affect the tax
treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to modify the Contract as
necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered the federal tax owner
of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no guarantee that such
modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a non-qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a nonqualified contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. The Federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.

It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

1. if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion of
such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's death;

2. if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date of
the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any portion of
the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the benefit of) a
designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such Beneficiary (or over
a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Beneficiary) and the
distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract Owner's death. If the Contract
Owner's designated Beneficiary is the surviving spouse of the Contract Owner,
the Contract may be continued with the surviving spouse as the new Contract
Owner.

3. if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at death
rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by a
non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

1. if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
full withdrawal, or

2. if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same manner
as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty
tax generally applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age
59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

1. made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

2. made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally disabled,

3. made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's life
or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies of the
Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

4. made under an immediate annuity, or

5. attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions,

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




any additional withdrawal or other modification of the payment stream would
violate the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to
meet this requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment
received prior to the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age
59 1/2 would be subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the
penalty tax applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by
the penalty tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus
interest for the years in which the exception was used. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to taking a withdrawal.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER IRC SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is a tax-free
exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment contract or
annuity contract for a new non-qualified annuity contract. The Contract Owner(s)
must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old contract
carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information from the
relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will assume
that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost basis to
them.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Except for certain Qualified Contracts, any amount you receive as a
loan under a Contract, and any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or
pledge) of the Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion
and may also incur the 10% penalty tax. Currently we do not allow assignments.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by ALLSTATE NEW YORK (or its affiliates) to
the same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as
one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, ALLSTATE NEW YORK is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

ALLSTATE NEW YORK is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding,
then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

                               QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on qualified plan and IRA investments is tax deferred, and the income
on variable annuities held by such plans does not receive any additional tax
deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all benefits and
expenses, prior to purchasing a variable annuity in a qualified plan or IRA.
Contracts may be used as investments with certain qualified plans such as:

..    Individual Retirement Annuities or Accounts (IRAs) under Section 408 of the
     Code;

..    Roth IRAs under Section 408A of the Code;

..    Simplified Employee Pension Plans under Section 408(k) of the Code;

..    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE) Plans under Section
     408(p) of the Code;

..    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Section 403(b) of the Code;

..    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans under Sections
     401 and 403; and

..    State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt Organization Deferred
     Compensation Plans under Section 457.

ALLSTATE NEW YORK reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the Qualified Plans listed above or to modify the Contract
to conform with tax requirements. The tax rules applicable to participants in
such qualified plans vary according to the type of plan and the terms and
conditions of the plan itself. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain
transactions such as excess contributions, premature distributions, and
distributions that do not conform to specified commencement and minimum
distribution rules.

In the case of certain qualified plans, the terms of the plans may govern the
right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM A QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If you make a partial
withdrawal under a Qualified Contract other than a Roth IRA, the portion of the
payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment that the investment in
the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions, after tax contributions to
qualified plans) bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We
do not keep track of nondeductible contributions, and all tax reporting of
distributions from Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that
the distribution is fully taxable.

"QUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




any distributions made more than five taxable years after the taxable year of
the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which are:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

..    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

..    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"NONQUALIFIED DISTRIBUTIONS" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions. All tax reporting of distributions from Roth
IRAs will indicate that the taxable amount is not determined.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, qualified plans require minimum
distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to withdraw the required minimum
distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on the shortfall not withdrawn
from the contract. Not all income plans offered under this annuity contract
satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because these distributions
are required under the code and the method of calculation is complex, please see
a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA
(e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA) may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.

The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. It is possible that the
Death Benefit could be viewed as violating the prohibition on investment in life
insurance contracts, with the result that the Contract would not satisfy the
requirements of an IRA. We believe that these regulations do not prohibit all
forms of optional death benefits; however, at this time we are not allowing the
Enhanced Earnings Death Benefit Plus Option to be sold with an IRA.

It is also possible that the certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a 403(b) plan.

ALLSTATE NEW YORK reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10% penalty
tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a Qualified
Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution made prior to
the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is incurred on
distributions:

1. made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

2. made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

3. made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's life
or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies of the
Contract Owner and the Contract Beneficiary,

4. made pursuant to an IRS levy,

5. made for certain medical expenses,

6. made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (only applies for
IRAs),

7. made for qualified higher education expenses (only applies for IRAs), and

8. made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and only
applies for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect to
Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an exception
to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional withdrawal or
other modification of the payment stream would violate the requirement that
payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this requirement would
mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to the later of 5
years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to a 10% penalty
tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax for the year of
the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have been imposed
without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the exception was
used. You should consult a competent tax advisor prior to taking a withdrawal.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, ALLSTATE NEW YORK is
required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all non-annuitized
distributions that are not considered "ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS." The
customer may elect out of withholding by completing and signing a withholding
election form. If no election is made, we will automatically withhold the
required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain states, if there is federal
withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory. ALLSTATE NEW YORK is
required to withhold federal income

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




tax at a rate of 20% on all "ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS" unless you elect
to make a "DIRECT ROLLOVER" of such amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement
plan. Eligible rollover distributions generally include all distributions from
Qualified Contracts, excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

1. required minimum distributions, or

2. a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
least 10 years, or,

3. a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

4. hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, ALLSTATE NEW YORK is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates from all annuitized distributions. The customer may
elect out of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form.

If no election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding,
then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408 of the Code permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
plans may be "ROLLED OVER" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual Retirement
Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Section 408A of the Code permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "ROLLED OVER" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS. Section 408(k) of the Code allows eligible
employers to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees
using individual retirement annuities. Under these plans the employer may,
within specified limits, make deductible contributions on behalf of the
employees to the individual retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the
Contract in connection with such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE PLANS). Sections 408(p) and
401(k) of the Code allow eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to
establish SIMPLE retirement plans for their employees. SIMPLE plans may be
structured as a SIMPLE retirement account using an IRA or as a Section 401(k)
qualified cash or deferred arrangement. In general, a SIMPLE plan consists of a
salary deferral program for eligible employees and matching or nonelective
contributions made by employers. Employers intending to use the Contract in
conjunction with SIMPLE plans should seek competent tax and legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Section 403(b) of the Tax Code provides tax-deferred
retirement savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational
organizations. Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must
provide that distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made
after 12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made
only on or after the date the employee:

..    attains age 59 1/2,

..    separates from service,

..    dies,

..    becomes disabled, or

..    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where ALLSTATE NEW YORK is
directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.

CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS. Sections 401(a)
and 403(a) of the Code permit corporate employers to establish various types of
tax favored retirement plans for employees. Self-employed individuals may
establish tax favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees. Such
retirement plans (commonly referred to as "H.R.10" or "KEOGH") may permit the
purchase of annuity contracts.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION
PLANS. Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments
and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without
paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. In eligible governmental plans, all assets and income must be
held in a trust/ custodial account/annuity contract for the exclusive

                                  35 PROSPECTUS




benefit of the participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the Contracts
are used in connection with a non-governmental eligible plan, employees are
considered general creditors of the employer and the employer as owner of the
Contract has the sole right to the proceeds of the Contract. Under eligible 457
plans, contributions made for the benefit of the employees will not be
includible in the employees' gross income until distributed from the plan.

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

ALLSTATE NEW YORK's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2001 is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act are also incorporated herein by reference, which means
that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.
Accordingly, only the statement that is changed or replaced will legally be a
part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000948255. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http:// www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at: Customer Service, P.O. Box 94038, Palatine, Illinois
60094-4038 (telephone: 1-800-692-4682).

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

We may advertise the performance of the Variable Sub-Accounts, including yield
and total return information. Yield refers to the income generated by an
investment in a Variable Sub-Account over a specified period. Total return
represents the change, over a specified period of time, in the value of an
investment in a Variable Sub-Account after reinvesting all income distributions.

All performance advertisements will include, as applicable, standardized yield
and total return figures that reflect the deduction of insurance charges, the
contract maintenance charge, and withdrawal charge. Performance advertisements
also may include total return figures that reflect the deduction of insurance
charges, but not the contract maintenance or withdrawal charges. The deduction
of such charges would reduce the performance shown. In addition, performance
advertisements may include aggregate, average, year-by-year, or other types of
total return figures.

Performance information for periods prior to the inception date of the Variable
Sub-Accounts will be based on the historical performance of the corresponding
Portfolios for the periods beginning with the inception dates of the Portfolios
and adjusted to reflect current Contract expenses. You should not interpret
these figures to reflect actual historical performance of the Variable Account.

We may include in advertising and sales materials tax deferred compounding
charts and other hypothetical illustrations that compare currently taxable and
tax deferred investment programs based on selected tax brackets. Our
advertisements also may compare the performance of our Variable Sub-Accounts
with: (a) certain unmanaged market indices, including but not limited to the Dow
Jones Industrial Average, the Standard & Poor's 500, and the Shearson Lehman
Bond Index; and/or (b) other management investment companies with investment
objectives similar to the underlying funds being compared. In addition, our
advertisements may include the performance ranking assigned by various
publications, including the Wall Street Journal, Forbes, Fortune, Money,
Barron's, Business Week, USA Today, and statistical services, including Lipper
Analytical Services Mutual Fund Survey, Lipper Annuity and Closed End Survey,
the Variable Annuity Research Data Survey, and SEI.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Allstate New York as of December 31, 2001 and 2000
and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2001 and
related financial statement schedules incorporated herein by reference from the
Annual Report on Form 10-K of Allstate New York and from the STatement of
Additional Information, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
auditors, as stated in their report incorporated herein by reference, and have
been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon the
authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of the Variable Accounts as of December 31, 2001 and
for each of the periods in the two years then ended incorporated herein by
reference from the Statement of Additional Information, have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report
incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon
the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.

                                  36 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the applicable Guarantee Period
for the week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period.

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout Start Date,
to the end of the Guarantee Period; and

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the Guarantee Period for the week
preceding the receipt of the withdrawal, transfer, death benefit, or income
payment request. If a note for a maturity of length N is not available, a
weighted average will be used.

"Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Bulletin Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

..9 x (I - J) x N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transefered (in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount) paid as a death benefit, or applied to an Income Plan, from a Guarantee
Period at any time other than during the 30 day period after such Guarentee
Period expires.

EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment: $10,000 allocated to a Guarantee Period

Guarantee Period: 5 years

Guaranteed Interest Rate: 4.50%

5 Year Treasury Rate at the time the Guarantee Period is established: 4.50%

Full Surrender: End of Contract Year 3

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable.

EXAMPLE 1 (ASSUME DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1. Calculate
Contract Value at End
of Contract Year 3:          $10,000.00 X  (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66

Step 2. Calculate the
Preferred Withdrawal Amount:  .15 X 10,000.000 = $1,500.00

Step 3. Calculate the        I = 4.5%
Market Value Adjustment:     J = 4.2%
                             N = 730 days
                             ------------ = 2
                                 365 days

                             Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X N
                             = .9 X (.045 - .042) X (730/365) = .0054

                             Market Value Adjustment = Market Value Adjustment
                             Factor x Amount Subject to Market Value Adjustment:
                             = .0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,500.00) = $53.32

Step 4. Calculate the
Withdrawal Charge:           = .05 X (10,000.00 - 1,500.00 + 53.52) = $427.68

Step 5. Calculate the amount
received by a Contract Owner
as a result of full
withdrawal at the end of
Contract Year 3:             11,411.66 - 427.68 + 53.52 = $11,037.50

                                  37 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1. Calculate Contract
Value at End of Contract
Year 3:                      10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66

Step 2. Calculate the
Preferred Withdrawal
Amount:                      .15 X 10,000.00 = $1,500.00

Step 3. Calculate the
Market Value Adjustment:     I = 4.5%
                             J = 4.8%
                             N = 730 days
                                 -------- = 2
                                 365 days

                             Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I-J) X N
                             = .9 X (.045 - .048) X (730/365) = -.0054

                             Market Value Adjustment = Market Value Adjustment
                             Factor X Amount Subject to Market Value Adjustment:
                             -.0054 X (11,411.66 - 1,500.00) = -$53.52

Step 4. Calculate the
Withdrawal Charge:           .05 X (10,000.00 - 1,500.00 - 53.52) = $422.32

Step 5. Calculate the
amount received by a
Contract Owner as a result
of full withdrawal at the
end of Contract Year 3:      11,411.66 - 422.32 - 53.52 = $10,935.82

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B
WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE

Issue Date: January 1, 2002

Initial Purchase Payment: $50,000

Death Benefit Amount



                                                            Death Benefit
                                                 Contract       Value
                             Contract Value    Transaction      After                              Greatest
 Date   Type of Occurence   Before Occurrence     Amount      Occurence    Anniversary Value  Anniversary Value
- ------  ------------------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                                                 
1/1/01      Issue Date                --         $50,000       $50,000          $50,000            $50,000
1/1/02       Contract
           Anniversary           $55,000              --       $55,000          $50,000            $55,000
7/1/02  Partial Withdrawal       $60,000         $15,000       $45,000          $37,500            $41,250


Withdrawal adjustment equals the partial withdrawal amount divided by the
Contract Value immediately prior to the partial withdrawal multiplied by the
value of the applicable death benefit amount alternative immediately prior to
the partial withdrawal.

DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT                                    (w)        $15,000
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal       (a)        $60,000
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately
Prior to Partial Withdrawal                                  (d)        $50,000
Withdrawal Adjustment                                   [(w)/(a)]x(d)   $12,500
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                  $37,500

GREATEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT                                    (w)        $15,000
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal       (a)        $60,000
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately
Prior to Partial Withdrawal                                  (d)        $55,000
Withdrawal Adjustment                                   [(w)/(a)]x(d)   $13,750
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                  $41,250

Please remember that you are looking at a hypothetical example, and that your
investment performance may be greater or less than the figures shown.

                                  39 PROSPECTUS




CUSTOM PORTFOLIO VARIABLE ANNUITY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STREET ADDRESS: 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE 68506-4142 MAILING ADDRESS:
P.O. BOX 82656, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2656 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-692-4682
PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("ALLSTATE NEW YORK") is offering
the Custom Portfolio Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 29 investment alternatives ("INVESTMENT
ALTERNATIVES"). The investment alternatives include 3 fixed account options
("FIXED ACCOUNT") and 26 variable sub-accounts ("VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS") of the
Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable
Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of one of the following underlying
fund portfolios ("PORTFOLIOS"):

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS               DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS    DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND
                                            (VIF)
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE
 PRODUCTS TRUST                            WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST FUNDS
OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS         DELAWARE VIP TRUST
THE DREYFUS SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE GROWTH
 FUND, INC.

WE (Allstate New York) have filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated
April 30, 2005, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains
more information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference,
which means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents
appears on page 40 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us
at the address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site (http://
www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us, including
documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web site.

              THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR
              DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS
              IT PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
              ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

              THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS THAT
IMPORTANT     HAVE RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
              OR BY EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT
 NOTICES      DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS
              OR ANY FEDERAL REGULATORY AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS
              INVOLVES INVESTMENT RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF
              PRINCIPAL.

              THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

              THE CONTRACTS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN NEW YORK.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
OVERVIEW
  Important Terms                                                              3
  The Contract at a Glance                                                     4
  How the Contract Works                                                       6
  Expense Table                                                                7
  Financial Information                                                        9
CONTRACT FEATURES
  The Contract                                                                 9
  Purchases                                                                   10
  Contract Value                                                              11
  Investment Alternatives                                                     11
     The Variable Sub-Accounts                                                11
     The Fixed Account                                                        13
     Transfers                                                                17
  Expenses                                                                    19
  Access To Your Money                                                        20
  Income Payments                                                             21

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Death Benefits                                                                23
OTHER INFORMATION
  More Information:                                                           26
     Allstate New York                                                        26
     The Variable Account                                                     26
     The Portfolios                                                           27
     The Contract                                                             27
     Non-Qualified Annuities Held Within a Qualified Plan                     28
     Legal Matters                                                            28
  Taxes                                                                       29
  Annual Reports and Other Documents                                          35
APPENDIX A-ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE                                            34
APPENDIX B-MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT                                            37
APPENDIX C-WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE                                      39
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS                         40

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Accumulation Phase                                                             6
Accumulation Unit                                                             11
Accumulation Unit Value                                                       11
Allstate New York ("We" or "Us")                                               1
Anniversary Values                                                            23
Annuitant                                                                      9
Automatic Additions Program                                                   10
Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program                                       18
Beneficiary                                                                    9
Cancellation Period                                                           11
Contract*                                                                      9
Contract Anniversary                                                           5
Contract Owner ("You")                                                         9
Contract Value                                                                 5
Contract Year                                                                  5
Death Benefit Anniversary                                                     24
Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                                 18
Due Proof of Death                                                            24
Fixed Account                                                                 13

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Guarantee Periods                                                             14
Income Payments                                                               21
Investment Alternatives                                                       11
Issue Date                                                                     6
Market Value Adjustment                                                       16
Payout Phase                                                                   6
Payout Start Date                                                             21
Portfolios                                                                    27
Preferred Withdrawal Amount                                                   20
Tax Qualified Contracts                                                       32
Right to Cancel                                                               11
SEC                                                                            1
Settlement Value                                                              24
Systematic Withdrawal Program                                                 21
Treasury Rate                                                                 16
Valuation Dates                                                               11
Variable Account                                                              26
Variable Sub-Account                                                          11

*    The Allstate Custom Portfolio Variable Annuity is a group contract and your
     ownership is represented by certificates. References to "Contract" in this
     prospectus include certificates, unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contract. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS                You can purchase a Contract with as little as
                                 $3,000 ($2,000 for a "QUALIFIED CONTRACT" which
                                 is a Contract issued with a qualified
                                 endorsement). You can add to your Contract as
                                 often and as much as you like, but each payment
                                 must be at least $100. For allocations to the
                                 Fixed Account the minimum payment must be at
                                 least $500. You must maintain a minimum account
                                 size of $1,000.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT TO CANCEL                  You may cancel your Contract within 10 days
                                 after receipt (60 days if you are exchanging
                                 another contract for the Contract described in
                                 this prospectus) ("CANCELLATION PERIOD"). Upon
                                 cancellation we will return your purchase
                                 payments adjusted to the extent federal or
                                 state law permits to reflect the investment
                                 experience of any amounts allocated to the
                                 Variable Account.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES                         You will bear the following expenses:

                                 .    Total Variable Account annual fees equal
                                      to 1.25% of average daily net assets

                                 .    Annual contract maintenance charge of $30
                                      (with certain exceptions)

                                 .    Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 7%
                                      of payment withdrawn (with certain
                                      exceptions)

                                 .    Transfer fee of $10 after 12th transfer in
                                      any CONTRACT YEAR (fee currently waived)

                                 .    State premium tax (New York currently does
                                      not impose one).

                                 In addition, each Portfolio pays expenses that
                                 you will bear indirectly if you invest in a
                                 Variable Sub-Account.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT                       The Contract offers 29 investment alternatives
ALTERNATIVES                     including:

                                 .    3 Fixed Account Options (which credits
                                      interest at rates we guarantee), and

                                 .    26 Variable Sub-Accounts investing in
                                      Portfolios offering professional money
                                      management by:

                                 .    A I M Advisors, Inc.

                                 .    Fidelity Management & Research Company

                                 .    Templeton Investment Counsel, LLC

                                 .    OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

                                 .    The Dreyfus Corporation

                                 .    Wells Fargo Funds Management, LLC

                                 .    Delaware Management Company

                                 To find out current rates being paid on the
                                 Fixed Account, or to find out how the Variable
                                 Sub-Accounts have performed, please call us at
                                 1-800-692- 4682.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL SERVICES                 For your convenience, we offer these special
                                 services:

                                 . AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

                                 . AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                                 . DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                                 . SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME PAYMENTS                  You can choose fixed income payments, variable
                                 income payments, or a combination of the two.
                                 You can receive your income payments in one of
                                 the following ways:

                                 .    life income with guaranteed payments

                                 .    a joint and survivor life income with
                                      guaranteed payments

                                 .    guaranteed payments for a specified period
                                      (5 to 30 years)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DEATH BENEFITS                   If you die before the PAYOUT START DATE, we
                                 will pay the death benefit described in the
                                 Contract.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS                        Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer
                                 your Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among
                                 the investment alternatives, with certain
                                 restrictions. Transfers to the Fixed Account
                                 must be at least $500.

                                 We do not currently impose a fee upon
                                 transfers. However, we reserve the right to
                                 charge $10 per transfer after the 12th transfer
                                 in each Contract Year, which we measure from
                                 the date we issue your Contract or a Contract
                                 anniversary ("CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY").

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWALS                      You may withdraw some or all of your Contract
                                 Value at any time during the Accumulation
                                 Phase. Full or partial withdrawals also are
                                 available under limited circumstances on or
                                 after the Payout Start Date. In general, you
                                 must withdraw at least $50 at a time ($1,000
                                 for withdrawals made during the Payout Phase).
                                 Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase
                                 are generally considered to come from the
                                 earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract
                                 is tax-qualified, generally all withdrawals are
                                 treated as distributions of earnings.
                                 Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
                                 income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
                                 be subject to an additional 10% federal tax
                                 penalty. A withdrawal charge and MARKET VALUE
                                 ADJUSTMENT also may apply.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 29 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
You do this during what we call the "ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The
Accumulation Phase begins on the date we issue your Contract (we call that date
the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until the Payout Start Date, which is the date
we apply your money to provide income payments. During the Accumulation Phase,
you may allocate your purchase payments to any combination of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or Fixed Account. If you invest in the Fixed Account, you will
earn a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest in any
of the Variable Sub-Accounts, your investment return will vary up or down
depending on the performance of the corresponding Portfolios.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 22. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Sub-Accounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate
under your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan
will determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.



Issue                                  Payout Start
Date            Accumulation Phase         Date                Payout Phase
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
                                                                     
You buy      You save for retirement   You elect to receive   You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                             income payments or     income payments    income payments
                                       receive a lump sum     for a set period   for life
                                       payment


As the Contract Owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract Owner, or if there is none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
See "The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we
will pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, to your
Beneficiary. See "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-692-4682 if you have any question about how the Contract
works.

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

The following tables show the fees and expenses that you will pay when buying,
owning, making withdrawals or surrendering the Contract. The first table
describes the fees and expenses that you will pay when you make a withdrawal,
surrender the Contract, or transfer Contract Value among the investment
alternatives. Premium taxes are not reflected in the tables because New York
currently does not impose premium taxes on annuities.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*


                                                                     
Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase
 Payment Being Withdrawn                                 0    1    2    3    4    5    6     7
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable Charge                                        7%   6%   5%   4%   3%   2%   1%    0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                                                         $10.00**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 15% of purchase payments without
     incurring a Withdrawal Charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

**   Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging or automatic
     portfolio rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time you own the Contract, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

Annual Contract Maintenance Charge                                $30.00/(1)/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1)  We will waive this charge in certain cases.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
(AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                        1.15%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge                                            0.10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Variable Account Annual Expense                                    1.25%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES

(as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net assets)/(1)/

The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the
Contract. Advisers and/or other service providers of certain Portfolios may have
agreed to waive their fees and/or reimburse Portfolio expenses in order to keep
the Portfolios' expenses below specified limits. The range of expenses shown in
this table does not show the effect of any such fee waiver or expense
reimbursement. More detail concerning each Portfolio's fees and expenses appears
in the prospectus for each Portfolio.

ANNUAL PORTFOLIO EXPENSES

                                                               Minimum   Maximum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from Portfolio
assets, which may include
management fees, and
other expenses)                                                  0.26%    1.14%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Expenses are shown as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net assets
     (before any waiver or reimbursement) as of December 31, 2004.

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLES

Example 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Portfolio fees and expenses.

The example shows the dollar amount of expenses that you would bear directly or
indirectly if you:

..    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

..    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period.

THE EXAMPLE DOES NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

The first line of the example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Portfolios are charged. The second line of the example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios are charged. Your actual
expenses may be higher or lower than those shown below because of variations in
a Portfolio's expense ratio from year to year.

                                 1 Year    3 Years    5 Years    10 Years
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Maximum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $785     $1,181     $1,601     $3,015
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Minimum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $695     $  909     $1,144     $2,088
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXAMPLE 2

This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                 1 Year    3 Years    5 Years   10 Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Maximum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $275      $841      $1,431     $3,015
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Minimum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $185      $569      $  974     $2,088
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY PORTFOLIO EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
THE EXAMPLES REFLECT THE FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS, IF APPLICABLE, AND THE
DEDUCTION OF THE ANNUAL CONTRACT MAINTANENCE CHARGE OF $30 EACH YEAR.

                                  8 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Sub-Accounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT."
Each Variable Sub-Account has a separate value for its Accumulation Units we
call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but not
the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

Attached as Appendix A to this prospectus are tables showing the Accumulation
Unit Values for each Variable Sub-Account since the date the Contracts were
first offered. To obtain a fuller picture of each Variable Sub-Account's
finances, please refer to the Variable Account's financial statements contained
in the Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements of Allstate
New York also appear in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The Custom Portfolio Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the Contract
Owner, and Allstate New York, a life insurance company. As the Contract Owner,
you may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the
Contract. That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent
permitted):

..    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

..    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

..    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

..    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

..    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

..    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner dies, and

..    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Contract Owner will be the
surviving Owner. If there is no surviving Owner, the new Contract Owner will be
the Beneficiary(ies) as described in the Beneficiary provision. The new Contract
Owner may exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract, except
that if the new Contract Owner took ownership as the Beneficiary, the new
Contract Owner's rights will be subject to any restrictions previously placed
upon the Beneficiary.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Owner is a Grantor Trust, the Contract Owner will be considered a
non-living person for purposes of the Death of Owner and Death of Annuitant
provisions of your Contract. The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner cannot
exceed 85 as of the date we receive the completed application. Changing
ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may not be
allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax advisor prior
to making a request for a change of Contract Owner.

The Contract can also be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as a 403(b)).
The endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, ("Code") may limit or modify your rights and
privileges under the Contract.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. The
maximum age of the oldest Annuitant cannot exceed 85 as of the date we receive
the completed application. If the Contract Owner is a living person you may
change the Annuitant prior to the Payout Start Date. In our discretion, we may
permit you to designate a joint Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life
income payments depend, on the Payout Start Date.

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

..    the youngest Contract Owner, if living, otherwise

..    the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit or
become the new Contract Owner subject to the Death of Owner provision if the
sole surviving Contract Owner dies before the Payout Start Date. See "Death
Benefits" on page 23. If the sole surviving Contract Owner dies after the Payout
Start Date, the Beneficiary will receive any guaranteed income payments
scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more primary and contingent Beneficiaries when you apply for
a Contract. The primary Beneficiary is the Beneficiary(ies) who is first
entitled to receive benefits under the Contract upon the death of the sole
surviving Contract Owner. The contingent Beneficiary is the Beneficiary(ies)
entitled to receive

                                  9 PROSPECTUS




benefits under the Contract when all primary Beneficiaries predecease the sole
surviving Contract Owner.

You may restrict income payments to Beneficiaries by providing us a written
request. Once we accept the written request, the change or restriction will take
effect as of the date you signed the request. Any change is subject to any
payment we make or other action we take before we accept the change.

You may change or add Beneficiaries at any time by writing to us, unless you
have designated an irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of
Beneficiary form to be signed and filed with us. After we accept the form, the
change of Beneficiary will be effective as of the date you signed the form,
whether or not the Annuitant is living when we receive the notice. Each change
is subject to any payment made by us or any other action we take before we
accept the change. Accordingly, if you wish to change your Beneficiary, you
should deliver your written notice to us promptly.

If you do not name a Beneficiary or, if the named Beneficiary is no longer
living and there are no other surviving Beneficiaries, the new Beneficiary will
be:

..    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

..    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

..    your estate.

If more than one Beneficiary survives you, we will divide the death benefit
among your Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions. If
you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only an Allstate New York officer may approve a change in or waive any provision
of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

No owner has a right to assign any interest in a Contract as collateral or
security for a loan. However, you may assign periodic income payments under the
Contract prior to the Payout Start Date. No Beneficiary may assign benefits
under the Contract until they are due. We will not be bound by any assignment
until the assignor signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the
validity of any assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of
benefits under many types of qualified plans and the terms of such plans may
themselves contain restrictions on assignments. An assignment may also result in
taxes and tax penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO
ASSIGN YOUR CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial purchase payment must be at least $3,000 ($2,000 for a Qualified
Contract). All subsequent purchase payments must be $100 ($500 for an allocation
to the Fixed Account) or more. You may make purchase payments at any time prior
to the Payout Start Date. We reserve the right to limit the maximum amount of
purchase payments we will accept. We also reserve the right to reject any
application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of at least $100 ($500 for allocation
to the Fixed Account) by automatically transferring amounts from your bank
account. Please consult with your representative for detailed information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in
whole percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your
allocations by notifying us in writing. We reserve the right to limit the
availability of the investment alternatives.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive written notice, in good order, of
the change.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our service center. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
service

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




center located in Vernon Hills, Illinois (mailing address: 300 N. Milwaukee Ave,
Vernon Hills, Illinois 60061).

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business. We also refer to these days as "VALUATION DATES."
Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00
p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your purchase payment
after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date, we
will credit your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on
the next Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 10 day period after you receive the Contract (60 days if
you are exchanging another contract for the Contract described in this
prospectus). You may return it by delivering it or mailing it to us. If you
exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract terminates and we will pay you the
full amount of your purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account. Upon
cancellation, as permitted by federal or state law, we will return your purchase
payments allocated to the Variable Account after an adjustment to the extent
federal or state law permits to reflect investment gain or loss that occurred
from the date of allocation through the date of cancellation. If your Contract
is qualified under Code Section 408(b), we will refund the greater of any
purchase payment or the Contract Value.

CONTRACT VALUE

On the Issue Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial purchase payment.
Your Contract Value at any other time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to
the sum of the value as of the most recent Valuation Date of your Accumulation
Units in the Variable Sub-Accounts you have selected, plus the value of your
investment in the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Sub-Account to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Sub-Account by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Sub-Account next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Sub-Account is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Sub-Account to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Sub-Account would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Sub-Account allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account
will rise or fall to reflect:

..    changes in the share price of the Portfolio in which the Variable
     Sub-Account invests, and

..    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge,
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine contract maintenance charges, withdrawal charges, and transfer fees
(currently waived) separately for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation
Unit Value. Instead, we obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming
Accumulation Units. For details on how we calculate Accumulation Unit Value,
please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account on
each Valuation Date.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS THAT ACCOMPANY THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH PORTFOLIO ARE VALUED,
SINCE THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 26 Variable Sub-Accounts. Each
Variable Sub-Account invests in the shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Each
Portfolio has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe
the Portfolios below.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the accompanying prospectus for
the Portfolio. You should carefully review the Portfolio prospectuses before
allocating amounts to the Variable Sub-Accounts.

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




PORTFOLIO:                 EACH PORTFOLIO SEEKS        INVESTMENT ADVISER:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS - SERIES I SHARES: (*)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Balanced Fund -   As high a total return as
 Series I /1/               possible, consistent with
                            preservation of capital
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital           Growth of capital
 Appreciation Fund -
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Government        High level of current        A I M ADVISORS, INC.
 Securities Fund - Series   income consistent with
 I                          reasonable concern for
                            safety of principal
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Growth Fund -     Growth of capital
 Series I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. High Yield Fund   High level of current
 - Series I                 income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. International     Long-term growth of
 Growth Fund - Series I     capital
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Premier Equity    Long-term growth of
 Fund - Series I            capital with income as a
                            secondary objective
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP               Long-term capital
 Contrafund(R) Portfolio    appreciation.
 - Initial Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP               Reasonable income by
 Equity-Income Portfolio    investing primarily in
 - Initial Class            income-producing equity
                            securities. In
                            choosing these
                            securities, the
                            fund will also
                            consider the
                            potential for
                            capital
                            appreciation. The           FIDELITY MANAGEMENT
                            fund's & goal               RESEARCH COMPANY
                            is to achieve a
                            yield which
                            exceeds the
                            composite yield on
                            the securities
                            comprising the S&P
                            500.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth        To achieve capital
 Portfolio - Initial        appreciation.
 Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth        To provide capital growth
 Opportunities Portfolio
 - Initial Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas      Long-term growth of
 Portfolio - Initial        capital.
 Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELAWARE VIP TRUST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delaware VIP Small Cap     Capital appreciation
 Value Series - Standard                               DELAWARE MANAGEMENT
 Class                                                 COMPANY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Delaware VIP Trend Series  Long-term capital
 - Standard Class           appreciation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE DREYFUS SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE GROWTH FUND, INC.; DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND;
AND DREYFUS VARIABLE INVESTMENT FUND (VIF)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Dreyfus Socially       Capital growth and,
 Responsible Growth Fund,   secondarily, current
 Inc.: Initial Shares       income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dreyfus Stock Index Fund,  To match the total return
 Inc.: Initial Shares       of the Standard & Poor's   THE DREYFUS CORPORATION
                            500 Composite Stock Price
                            Index
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dreyfus VIF -              Long-term capital growth
 Appreciation Portfolio:    consistent with the
 Initial Shares /(2)/       preservation of capital.
                             Its secondary goal is
                            current income.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dreyfus VIF - Money        A high level of current
 Market Portfolio           income as is consistent
                            with the preservation of
                            capital and the
                            maintenance of liquidity
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FRANKLIN TEMPLETON VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS TRUST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FTVIP Templeton Global     High total return
 Asset Allocation Fund -                               TEMPLETON INVESTMENT
 Class 2                                               COUNSEL, LLC
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FTVIP Templeton Foreign    Long-term capital growth.
 Securities Fund - Class
 2
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Aggressive     Capital appreciation by
 Growth Fund/VA             investing in "growth
                            type"  companies.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street    High total return (which
 Fund/VA                    includes growth in the     OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
                            value of its shares as
                            well as current income)
                            from equity and debt
                            securities.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Strategic      A high level of current
 Bond Fund/VA               income principally
                            derived from interest on
                            debt securities.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WELLS FARGO VARIABLE TRUST FUNDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Advantage      Long-term total return,
 Asset Allocation Fund      consistent with
 /(3)/                      reasonable risk
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Advantage      Long-term capital           WELLS FARGO FUNDS
 Equity Income Fund/(4)/    appreciation and           MANAGEMENT, LLC
                            above-average dividend
                            income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Wells Fargo Advantage      Total return comprised of
 Large Company Core Fund    long-term capital
 /(5)/                      appreciation and current
                            income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    The Portfolio's investment objective(s) may be changed by the Portfolio's
     Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

(1)  Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund- Series I will change
     its name to AIM V.I Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. In addition, the
     Portfolio's objective will change to long-term growth of capital and
     current income.

(2)  Sub-Advised by Fayez Sarofim & Co.

(3)  Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Asset Allocation Fund changed
     its name toWells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund. The Portfolio's
     objective has not changed.

(4)  Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Equity Income Fund changed its
     name to Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund. The Portfolio's objective
     has not changed.

(5)  Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Growth Fund changed its name to
     Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund. In addition, the Portfolio's
     objective has changed.

AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS MAY GROW IN VALUE, DECLINE IN
VALUE, OR GROW LESS THAN YOU EXPECT, DEPENDING ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF
THE PORTFOLIOS IN WHICH THOSE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS INVEST. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK THAT THE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT MEET THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES.
SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIOS ARE NOT DEPOSITS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY ANY BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT BE MANAGED BY THE SAME PORTFOLIO
MANAGERS WHO MANAGE RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS WITH SIMILAR NAMES. THESE PORTFOLIOS ARE
LIKELY TO DIFFER FROM SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL FUNDS IN ASSETS, CASH FLOW, AND TAX
MATTERS. ACCORDINGLY, THE HOLDINGS AND RESULTS OF A VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIO
CAN BE EXPECTED TO BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE INVESTMENT RESULTS OF A SIMILARLY
NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUND.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed Account
Options. We will credit a minimum annual interest rate of 3% to money you
allocate to any of the Fixed Account Options. Please consult with your
representative for current information. The Fixed Account supports our insurance
and annuity obligations. The Fixed Account consists of our general account
assets other than those in segregated asset accounts. We have sole discretion to
invest the assets of the Fixed Account, subject to applicable law. Any money you
allocate to a Fixed Account Option does not entitle you to share in the
investment experience of the Fixed Account.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION

SIX MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. Under this Option, you may
establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to the
Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option ("Six Month DCA Fixed
Account Option"). We will credit interest to purchase payments you allocate to
this Option for six months at the current rate in effect at

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




the time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will
compound at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Six
Month DCA Fixed Account Option.

You must transfer all of your money out of the Six Month DCA Fixed Account
Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in six equal monthly installments. If you
discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging Option before the end of the transfer
period, we will transfer the remaining balance in this Option to the Dreyfus VIF
Money Market Variable Sub-Account unless you request a different investment
alternative. No transfers are permitted into the Six Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Dreyfus VIF Money
Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transferring Account
Value to the Dreyfus Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this manner may not be
consistent with the theory of Dollar Cost Averaging described on page 18.

TWELVE MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION. Under this Option, you
may establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program by allocating purchase payments to
the Twelve Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option ("Twelve Month DCA
Fixed Account Option"). We will credit interest to purchase payments you
allocate to this Option for twelve months at the current rate in effect at the
time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that will compound
at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option.

You must transfer all of your money out of the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account
Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in twelve equal monthly installments. If you
discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging Option before the end of the transfer
period, we will transfer the remaining balance in this Option to the Dreyfus VIF
Money Market Variable Sub-Account unless you request a different investment
alternative. No transfers are permitted into the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Dreyfus VIF Money
Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transferring Account
Value to the Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this manner may not be
consistent with the theory of dollar cost averaging described on page 18.

At the end of the transfer period, any nominal amounts remaining in the Six
Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account or the Twelve Month Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account will be allocated to the Dreyfus VIF Money Market
Variable Sub-Account.

Transfers out of the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Options do not count
towards the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee.

INVESTMENT RISK. We bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the
Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option and the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account
Option. That is because we guarantee the current interest rates we credit to the
amounts you allocate to either of these Options, which will never be less than
the minimum guaranteed rate in the Contract. Currently, we determine, in our
sole discretion, the amount of interest credited in excess of the guaranteed
rate.

We may declare more than one interest rate for different monies based upon the
date of allocation to the Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option and the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. For current interest rate information, please
contact your representative or our customer support unit at 1-800-692-4682.

GUARANTEE PERIODS

Under this option, each payment or transfer allocated to the Fixed Account earns
interest at a specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years we call a
Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods may range from 1 to 10 years. We are
currently offering Guarantee Periods of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 10 years in length. In
the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or stop offering
some Guarantee Periods. You select one or more Guarantee Periods for each
purchase payment or transfer. If you do not select the Guarantee Period for a
purchase payment or transfer, we will assign the shortest Guarantee Period
available under the Contract for such payment or transfer.

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase payments that
you may allocate to the Fixed Account. Please consult with your representative
for more information.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We may declare different interest rates for
Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times. We will not
change the interest rate that we credit to a particular allocation until the end
of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




will set those interest rates based on investment returns available at the time
of the determination. In addition, we may consider various other factors in
determining interest rates including regulatory and tax requirements, our sales
commission and administrative expenses, general economic trends, and competitive
factors. We determine the interest rates to be declared in our sole discretion.
We can neither predict nor guarantee what those rates will be in the future. For
current interest rate information, please contact your representative or
Allstate New York at 1-800-692-4682. The interest rate will never be less than
the minimum guaranteed amount stated in the Contract.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the effective annual interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period.

The following example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to the Fixed
Account would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective annual
interest rate:

Purchase Payment....................................................    $10,000
Guarantee Period....................................................    5 years
Annual Interest Rate................................................      4.50%

                              END OF CONTRACT YEAR



                          YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4       YEAR 5
                        ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                         
Beginning Contract
 Value................  $10,000.00
 X (1 +Annual Interest
 Rate)                     X 1.045
                        ----------
                        $10,450.00
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....              $10,450.00
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                        X 1.045
                                    ----------
                                    $10,920.25
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                          $10,920.25
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                    X 1.045
                                                ----------
                                                $11,411.66
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                      $11,411.66
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                X 1.045
                                                            ----------
     $11,925.19
Contract Value at end
 of Contract Year.....                                                   $11,925.19
 X (1 + Annual
 Interest Rate)                                                             X 1.045
                                                                         ----------
                                                                         $12,461.82


TOTAL INTEREST CREDITED DURING GUARANTEE PERIOD = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82-$10,000)

This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5 year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a Withdrawal
Charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10%
federal tax penalty. The hypothetical interest rate is for illustrative purposes
only and is not intended to predict future interest rates to be declared under
the Contract. Actual interest rates declared for any given Guarantee Period may
be more or less than shown above but will never be less than the guaranteed
minimum rate stated in the Contract.

RENEWALS. At least 15 but not more than 45 days prior to the end of each
Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice asking you what to do with your
money, including the accrued interest. During the 30-day period after the end of
the Guarantee Period, you may:

1)   Take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
     Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate
     will be our then current declared rate for a Guarantee Period of that
     length; or

2)   Instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of
     your choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous
     Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current
     declared rate for those Guarantee Periods; or

3)   Instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
     Variable Sub-Accounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive
     your instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. We will pay interest from the day the Guarantee
     Period expired until the date of the transfer. The interest will be the
     rate for the shortest Guarantee Period then being offered; or

4)   Withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
     withdrawal charge, but we will not

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




     adjust the amount withdrawn to include a Market Value Adjustment. You may
     also be required to pay premium taxes and withholding (if applicable). The
     amount withdrawn will be deemed to have been withdrawn on the day the
     previous Guarantee Period ends. Unless you specify otherwise, amounts not
     withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee Period of the shortest
     duration available. The new Guarantee Period will begin on the day the
     previous Guarantee Period ends. Withdrawal of earnings are taxed as
     ordinary income, and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an
     additional tax penalty

Under our automatic laddering program ("Automatic Laddering Program"), you may
choose, in advance, to use Guarantee Periods of the same length for all
renewals. You can select the Automatic Laddering Program at any time during the
Accumulation Phase, including on the Issue Date. We will apply renewals to
Guarantee Periods of the selected length until you direct us in writing to stop.
We may stop offering the Automatic Laddering Program at any time. For additional
information on the Automatic Laddering Program, please call our customer service
center at 1-800-692-4682.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals in excess of the PREFERRED WITHDRAWAL
AMOUNT, and transfers from a Guarantee Period, other than those taken during the
30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires, are subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment also applies when you apply amounts
currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless paid or
applied during the 30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires). A
positive Market Value Adjustment will apply to amounts currently invested in a
Guarantee Period that are paid out as death benefits. We will not apply a Market
Value Adjustment to a transfer you make as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging
Program. We also will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you
make:

..    within the Preferred Withdrawal Amount as described on page 19, or

..    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for the Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time it is
removed from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period when you remove your money. "TREASURY RATE" means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Board
Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal of your
Contract Value to an amount that is less than the purchase payment plus interest
at the minimum guaranteed interest rate under the Contract.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee
Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a period equal to
the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a higher amount payable to you or transferred. Conversely, if the
Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee Period is lower than
the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will result in a lower amount
payable to you or transferred.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5 year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be negative, which will result in a
decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. The minimum amount that you may transfer into a
Guarantee Period is $500. You may request transfers in writing on a form that we
provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. We
currently do not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a $10 charge on each
transfer in excess of 12 per Contract Year. We treat transfers to or from more
than one Portfolio on the same day as one transfer. Transfers you make as part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program do
not count against the 12 free transfers per Contract Year.

We will process transfer requests that we receive before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for that Date. We will process requests completed after 4:00 p.m. Eastern
Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for the next Valuation Date. The Contract permits us to defer transfers
from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your request.
If we decide to postpone transfers from the Fixed Account for 10 days or more,
we will pay interest as required by applicable law. Any interest would be
payable from the date we receive the transfer request to the date we make the
transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30 day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment. If any transfer reduces your value in such
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat the request as a transfer of
the entire value in such Guarantee Period.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer fees and restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts
to change the relative weighting of the Variable Sub-Accounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. In addition, you will have a limited
ability to make transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the
proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may
not, however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments
into variable income payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first 6 months after the Payout Start
Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts or make
transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the proportion of your
income payments consisting of fixed income payments. Your transfers must be at
least 6 months apart.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone by calling 1-800-692-4682, if you first send
us a completed authorization form. The cut off time for telephone transfer
requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). In the event that
the New York Stock Exchange closes early, i.e., before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time), or in the event that the Exchange closes early for a
period of time but then reopens for trading on the same day, we will process
telephone transfer requests as of the close of the Exchange on that particular
day. We will not accept telephone requests received at any telephone number
other than the number that appears in this paragraph or received after the close
of trading on the Exchange.

We may suspend, modify or terminate the telephone transfer privilege, as well as
any other electronic or automated means we previously approved, at any time
without notice.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING

The Contracts are intended for long-term investment. Market timing and excessive
trading can potentially dilute the value of Variable Sub-Accounts and can
disrupt management of a Portfolio and raise its expenses, which can impair
Portfolio performance and adversely affect your Contract Value. Our policy is
not to accept knowingly any money intended for the purpose of market timing or
excessive trading. Accordingly, you should not invest in the Contract if your
purpose is to engage in market timing or excessive trading, and you should
refrain from such practices if you currently own a Contract.

We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Portfolios also may report suspected market-timing or
excessive trading activity to us. If, in our judgment, we determine that the
transfers are part of a market timing strategy or are otherwise harmful to the
underlying Portfolio, we will impose the trading limitations as described below
under "Trading Limitations." Because there is no universally accepted definition
of what constitutes market timing or

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




excessive trading, we will use our reasonable judgment based on all of the
circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Sub-Accounts, because our procedures involve the exercise of reasonable
judgment, we may not identify or prevent some market timing or excessive
trading. Moreover, imposition of trading limitations is triggered by the
detection of market timing or excessive trading activity, and the trading
limitations are not applied prior to detection of such trading activity.
Therefore, our policies and procedures do not prevent such trading activity
before it is detected. As a result, some investors may be able to engage in
market timing and excessive trading, while others are prohibited, and the
portfolio may experience the adverse effects of market timing and excessive
trading described above.

TRADING LIMITATIONS

We reserve the right to limit transfers among the investment alternatives in any
Contract year, or to refuse any transfer request, if:

..    we believe, in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading, by, or on behalf of, one or more Contract Owners, or a
     specific transfer request or group of transfer requests, may have a
     detrimental effect on the Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable
     Sub-Account or on the share prices of the corresponding Portfolio or
     otherwise would be to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners; or

..    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Portfolio shares because
     of excessive trading or because they believe that a specific transfer or
     group of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the prices of
     Portfolio shares.

In making the determination that trading activity constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will consider, among other things:

..    the total dollar amount being transferred, both in the aggregate and in the
     transfer request;

..    the number of transfers you make over a period of time and/or the period of
     time between transfers (note: one set of transfers to and from a Variable
     Sub-Account in a short period of time can constitute market timing);

..    whether your transfers follow a pattern that appears designed to take
     advantage of short term market fluctuations, particularly within certain
     Variable Sub-Account underlying Portfolios that we have identified as being
     susceptible to market timing activities;

..    whether the manager of the underlying Portfolio has indicated that the
     transfers interfere with Portfolio management or otherwise adversely impact
     the Portfolio; and

..    the investment objectives and/or size of the Variable Sub-Account
     underlying Portfolio.

We seek to apply these trading limitations uniformly. However, because these
determinations involve the exercise of discretion, it is possible that we may
not detect some market timing or excessive trading activity. As a result, it is
possible that some investors may be able to engage in market timing or excessive
trading activity, while others are prohibited, and the Portfolio may experience
the adverse effects of market timing and excessive trading described above.

If we determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in market timing or excessive
trading activity, we will restrict that Contract Owner from making future
additions or transfers into the impacted Variable Sub-Account(s). If we
determine that a Contract Owner has engaged in a pattern of market timing or
excessive trading activity involving multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, we will
also require that all future transfer requests be submitted through regular U.S.
mail thereby refusing to accept transfer requests via telephone, facsimile,
Internet, or overnight delivery.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Trading Limitations at any time as
necessary to better deter or minimize market timing and excessive trading or to
comply with regulatory requirements.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a set
amount every month during the Accumulation Phase from any Variable Sub-Account,
the Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, or the Twelve Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Fixed Account, to any other Variable Sub-Account. You may not use
dollar cost averaging to transfer amounts to the Fixed Account.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this Program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market.

Call or write us for instructions on how to enroll.

AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the
performance of each Variable Sub-Account may cause a shift in the percentage you
allocated to each Variable Sub-Account. If you select our Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing Program, we will

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable Sub-Account and
return it to the desired percentage allocations. Money you allocate to the Fixed
Account will not be included in the rebalancing.

We will rebalance your account each quarter according to your instructions. We
will transfer amounts among the Variable Sub-Accounts to achieve the percentage
allocations you specify. You can change your allocations at any time by
contacting us in writing or by telephone. The new allocation will be effective
with the first rebalancing that occurs after we receive your request. We are not
responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Sub-Accounts. You want 40% to be in the AIM V.I. Balanced - Series I Sub-Account
Variable Sub-Account and 60% to be in the Fidelity VIP Growth - Initial Class
Sub-Account Variable Sub-Account. Over the next 2 months the bond market does
very well while the stock market performs poorly. At the end of the first
quarter, the AIM V.I. Balanced - Series I Sub-Account Variable Sub-Account now
represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase in value. If you choose
to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first day of the next quarter
we would sell some of your units in the AIM V.I. Balanced - Series I Sub-Account
Variable Sub-Account and use the money to buy more units in the Fidelity VIP
Growth - Initial Class Sub-Account Variable Sub-Account so that the percentage
allocations would again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards
the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject
to a transfer fee.

Portfolio rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of
investments among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your
Contract Value allocated to the better performing segments.

You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging and automatic Portfolio Rebalancing
programs at the same time.

EXPENSES

As a Contract Owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

During the Accumulation Phase, on each Contract Anniversary, we will deduct a
$30 contract maintenance charge from your Contract Value invested in each
Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the amount invested. We also will deduct a
full contract maintenance charge if you withdraw your entire Contract Value,
unless your Contract qualifies for a waiver, described below. During the Payout
Phase, we will deduct the charge proportionately from each income payment.

The charge is for the cost of maintaining each Contract and the Variable
Account. Maintenance costs include expenses we incur in billing and collecting
purchase payments; keeping records; processing death claims, cash withdrawals,
and policy changes; proxy statements; calculating Accumulation Unit Values and
income payments; and issuing reports to Contract Owners and regulatory agencies.
We cannot increase the charge. We will waive this charge if:

..    total purchase payments equal $50,000 or more, or

..    all of your money is allocated to the Fixed Account on a Contract
     Anniversary.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.15%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts.
The mortality and expense risk charge is for all the insurance benefits
available with your Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the
death benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk
(expense risk) that the current charges will not be sufficient in the future to
cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract
are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss.

We guarantee the mortality and expense risk charge and we cannot increase it. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE We deduct an administrative expense charge daily
at an annual rate of 0.10% of the average daily net assets you have invested in
the Variable Sub-Accounts. We intend this charge to cover actual administrative
expenses that exceed the revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is
no necessary relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on
a given Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that
Contract. We assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the
Payout Phase. We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
12th transfer in each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on
transfers that are part of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing Program.

WITHDRAWAL CHARGE We may assess a Withdrawal Charge of up to 7% of the purchase
payment(s) you withdraw in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted
by a Market Value Adjustment. The charge declines by 1% annually to 0% after 7
complete years from the day we receive the purchase payment being withdrawn.
Beginning on January 1, 2004, if you make a withdrawal before the Payout Start
Date, we will apply the Withdrawal Charge percentage in effect on the date of
the withdrawal, or the Withdrawal Charge percentage in effect on the following
day, whichever is lower. A schedule showing how the Withdrawal Charge declines
appears on page 7. During each Contract Year, you can withdraw up to 15% of
purchase payments without paying the Withdrawal Charge. Unused portions of this
15% "PREFERRED WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to future Contract
Years.

We determine the Withdrawal Charge by:

..    multiplying the percentage corresponding to the number of complete years
     since we received the purchase payment being withdrawn, times

..    the part of each purchase payment withdrawal that is in excess of the
     Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment.

We will deduct Withdrawal Charges, if applicable, from the amount paid. For
purposes of the Withdrawal Charge, we will treat withdrawals as coming from the
oldest purchase payments first. However, for federal income tax purposes, please
note that withdrawals are considered to have come first from earnings in the
Contract, which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your withdrawal.

We do not apply a Withdrawal Charge in the following situations:

..    on the Payout Start Date (a Withdrawal Charge may apply if you elect to
     receive income payments for a specified period of less than 120 months);

..    the death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (unless the Settlement Value
     is used);

..    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS required minimum distribution rules for
     the Contract; or

..    withdrawals made after all purchase payments have been withdrawn.

We use the amounts obtained from the Withdrawal Charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the Withdrawal Charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase are generally considered to come
from the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally all withdrawals are treated as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals
of earnings are taxable as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2,
may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. Withdrawals may also be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment. You should consult your own tax counsel or
other tax advisers regarding any withdrawals.

PREMIUM TAXES

Currently, we do not make deductions for premium taxes under the Contract
because New York does not charge premium taxes on annuities. We may deduct taxes
that may be imposed in the future from purchase payments or the Contract Value
when the tax is incurred or at a later time.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently making a provision for such taxes. In the future, however,
we may make a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that
we will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account. We
will deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the Variable
Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and whether or
not it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Taxes section.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Portfolio deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios whose shares are held
by the Variable Sub-Accounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectus for the Portfolios. For a summary of the maximum and
minimum amounts for these charges and expenses, see pages 7-8. We may receive
compensation from the investment advisers or administrators of the Portfolios
for administrative services we provide to the Portfolios.

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date. Full or partial withdrawals also are available under limited
circumstances on or after the Payout Start Date. See "Income Plans" on page 22.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value next computed after we
receive the request for a withdrawal at our customer service center, adjusted by
any Market Value Adjustment, less any Withdrawal Charges, contract maintenance
charges, income tax withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals
from the Variable Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to
postponement in certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account. To
complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
Withdrawal Charge and premium taxes.

Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase are generally considered to come
from the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally all withdrawals are treated as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals
of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

You have the opportunity to name the investment alternative(s) from which you
are taking the withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal
pro-rata from the investment alternatives according to the value of your
investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Variable Sub-
Account.

If you request a total withdrawal, you must return your Contract to us.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account for up to
6 months or a shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment or transfer
for 10 business days or more, we will pay interest as required by law. Any
interest would be payable from the date we receive the withdrawal request to the
date we make the payment or transfer.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis at any time prior to the Payout Start
Date. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50. At our
discretion, systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the net asset value of the Variable Sub-Accounts
and the value of the Fixed Account, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even
exhaust the Contract Value. Please consult your tax advisor before taking any
withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount in any
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat it as a request to withdraw
the entire amount invested in such Guarantee Period. If your request for a
partial withdrawal would reduce your Contract Value to less than $1,000, we may
treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract Value. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value. We will, however, ask you
to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating your Contract. Before
terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by withdrawals to less
than $1,000, we will inform you in writing of our intention to terminate your
Contract and give you at least 30 days in which to make an additional purchase
payment to restore your Contract's value to the contractual minimum of $1,000.
If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its Contract Value,
adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less withdrawal and other
charges and applicable taxes.

INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

The Payout Start Date is the day that we apply your money to an Income Plan. The
Payout Start Date must be no later than the day the Annuitant reaches age 90, or
the 10th Contract Anniversary, if later. You may change the Payout Start Date at
any time by notifying us in

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




writing of the change at least 30 days before the scheduled Payout Start Date.
Absent a change, we will use the Payout Start Date stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An "Income Plan" is a series of payments on a scheduled basis to you or to
another person designated by you. You may choose and change your choice of
Income Plan until 30 days before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an
Income Plan, we will make income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with
guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have designated only one annuitant or
Income Plan 2 with guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have designated a
joint Annuitant. After the Payout Start Date, you may not make withdrawals
(except as described below) or change your choice of Income Plan.

Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

..    fixed income payments;

..    variable income payments; or

..    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis". Once the investment in the Contract is depleted, all
remaining payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally, all payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to
age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract. The number of months guaranteed may be 0 months, or range from
60 to 360 months.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract. The number of months guaranteed may be 0 months, or range from 60
to 360 months.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENT FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30 YEARS).
Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you have
chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. Income payments
for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will deduct
the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Sub-Account assets that
support variable income payments even though we may not bear any mortality risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant is alive before
we make each payment.

Please note that under such Income Plans, if you elect to take no minimum
guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee could receive only 1 income
payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant both die before the second
income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die before the third income
payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving variable income payments
that do not depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).
In that case you may terminate all or part of the Variable Account portion of
the income payments at any time and receive a lump sum equal to the present
value of the remaining variable income payments associated with the amount
withdrawn. To determine the present value of any remaining variable income
payments being withdrawn, we use a discount rate equal to the assumed annual
investment rate that we use to compute such variable income payments. The
minimum amount you may withdraw under this feature is $1,000. A withdrawal
charge may apply. You will also have a limited ability to make transfers from
the Variable Account portion of the income payments to increase the proportion
of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may not,
however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments into
variable income payments. We deduct applicable premium taxes, if any, from the
Contract Value at the Payout Start Date. New York does not currently impose a
premium tax.

We may make other Income Plans available. You may obtain information about them
by writing or calling us.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead and
transfer that amount to the Variable Sub-Accounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment, less
applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date. If the Contract
Value is less than $2,000 or not enough to provide an initial payment of at
least $20, and state law permits, we may:

..    terminate the Contract and pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any
     Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum
     instead of the periodic payments you have chosen, or

..    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $20.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Sub-Accounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, if any, the
age and sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that
the payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolio and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than we
expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Sub-Accounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from the Fixed Account for the
duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1.   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the
     Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2.   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3.   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or such
shorter time as state law may require. If we defer payments for 10 business days
or more, we will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the
withdrawal request to the date we make payment.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age, except in
states that require unisex tables. We reserve the right to use income payment
tables that do not distinguish on the basis of sex to the extent permitted by
law. In certain employment-related situations, employers are required by
applicable law to use the same income payment tables for men and women.
Accordingly, if the Contract is to be used in connection with an
employment-related retirement or benefit plan, and we do not offer unisex
annuity tables in your state, you should consult with legal counsel as to
whether the purchase of a Contract is appropriate. For qualified plans, where it
is appropriate, we may use income payment tables that do not distinguish on the
basis of sex.

DEATH BENEFITS

We will pay the death proceeds prior to the Payout Start Date on:

(a)  the death of any Contract Owner, or

(b)  the death of the Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-living
     person.

We will pay the death proceeds to the new Contract Owner as determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract Owner would be a surviving
Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiary(ies). In the case of a Contract
owned by a non-living owner, upon the death of the Annuitant, we will pay the
death proceeds to the current Contract Owner.

We will determine the value of the death proceeds as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for settlement of the death
proceeds. If we receive a request after 3 p.m. Central Time on a Valuation Date,
we will process the request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




A complete request for settlement of the death proceeds must include DUE PROOF
OF DEATH. We will accept the following documentation as "Due Proof of Death:"

..    a certified copy of the death certificate,

..    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death, or

..    any other proof acceptable to us.

DEATH PROCEEDS

If we receive a complete request for settlement of the death proceeds within 180
days of the date of the death of any Contract Owner, or the death of the
Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-living owner, the death proceeds
are equal to the Death Benefit described below. Otherwise, the death proceeds
are equal to the greater of the Contract Value or the Settlement Value.

We reserve the right to extend, on a non-discriminatory basis, the 180-day
period in which the death proceeds will equal the Death Benefit as described
below. This right applies only to the amount payable as death proceeds and in no
way restricts when a claim may be filed.

If we do not receive a complete request for settlement of the death proceeds
within 180 days of the date of death, the death proceeds are equal to the
greater of:

1)   the Contract Value as of the date we determine the death proceeds; or

2)   the Settlement Value as of the date we determine the death proceeds.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of:

1.   the Contract Value as of the date we receive a complete request for
     settlement of the death proceeds, or

2.   the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value) on the date we determine the death proceeds, or

3.   the Contract Value on the Death Benefit Anniversary immediately preceding
     the date we receive a complete request for settlement of the death
     proceeds, adjusted by any purchase payments, withdrawal adjustment as
     defined below, and charges made since that Death Benefit Anniversary. A
     "DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY" is every seventh Contract Anniversary beginning
     with the Issue Date. For example, the Issue Date, 7th and 14th Contract
     Anniversaries are the first three Death Benefit Anniversaries, or

4.   the greatest of the Anniversary Values as of the date we receive a complete
     request for settlement of the death proceeds. An "ANNIVERSARY VALUE" is
     equal to the Contract Value on a Contract Anniversary, increased by
     purchase payments made since that Anniversary and reduced by the amount of
     any withdrawal adjustment, as defined below, since that anniversary.
     Anniversary Values will be calculated for each Contract Anniversary prior
     to the earlier of:

(i)  the date we determine the death benefit, or

(ii) the deceased's 75th birthday or 5 years after the Issue Date, if later.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c), where:

(a)  = the withdrawal amount,

(b)  = the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c)  = the value of the applicable death benefit alternative immediately prior
       to the withdrawal.

See Appendix C for an example representative of how the withdrawal adjustment
applies.

In calculating the Settlement Value, the amount in each individual Guarantee
Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
will apply to amounts in a Guarantee Period, unless we calculate the Settlement
Value during the 30-day period after the expiration of the Guarantee Period.
Also, the Settlement Value will reflect the deduction of any applicable
Withdrawal Charges, contract maintenance charges, and premium taxes. Contract
maintenance charges will be pro rated for the part of the Contract Year elapsed
as of the date we determine the Settlement Value, unless your Contract qualifies
for a waiver of such charges described in the "Contract Maintenance Charge"
section above.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS
DEATH OF OWNER

1.   If your spouse is the sole surviving Contract Owner, or is the sole
     Beneficiary:

a.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out under one of
     the Income Plans (described in "Income Payments" above), subject to the
     following conditions:

The Payout Start Date must be within one year of your date of death. Income
payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of your spouse; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of your spouse; or

iii. over the life of your spouse with a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to
     30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of your spouse.

c.   If your spouse does not elect one of these options, the Contract will
     continue in the Accumulation

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




Phase as if the death had not occurred. If the Contract is continued in the
Accumulation Phase, the following conditions apply: The Contract Value of the
continued Contract will be the Death Proceeds. Unless otherwise instructed by
the continuing spouse, the excess, if any, of the Death Proceeds over the
Contract Value will be allocated to the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account.
This excess will be allocated in proportion to your Contract Value in those
Variable Sub-Accounts as of the end of the Valuation Date on which we receive
the complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the next Valuation
Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time), except that any
portion of this excess attributable to the Fixed Account Options will be
allocated to the money market Variable Sub-Account. Within 30 days of the date
the Contract is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of the following
transfer alternatives without incurring a transfer fee:

i.   transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Variable Sub-accounts;

ii.  transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Fixed Account and begin a
     new Guarantee Period; or

iii. transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Variable
     Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in the
Contract.

The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year
of the date of your death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market Value
Adjustment.

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death Proceeds of the continued Contract
will be described under "Death Benefit Amount."

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under the Contract.

2.   If the new Contract Owner is not your spouse but is a living person or if
     there are multiple living-person new Contract Owners:

a.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump
     sum; or

b.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out
     under one of the Income Plans (described in "Income Payments" on page 21),
     subject to the following conditions:

The Payout Start Date must be within one year of your date of death. Income
payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of the new Contract Owner; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Contract Owner; or

iii. over the life of the new Contract Owner with a guaranteed number of
     payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the
     new Contract Owner.

c.   If the new Contract Owner does not elect one of the options above, then the
     new Contract Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years
     of your date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the
     Death Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which
     we receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the
     next Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central
     Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the new Contract Owner, the excess,
     if any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to
     the money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the new Contract Owner
     may make transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on
     page 18) during this 5 year period. No additional purchase payments may be
     added to the Contract under this election. Withdrawal Charges will be
     waived for any withdrawals made during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon the death of the Contract
Owner.

If the new Contract Owner dies prior to the omplete liquidation of the Contract
Value, then the new Contract Owner's named Beneficiary(ies) will receive the
greater of the Settlement Value or the remaining Contract Value. This amount
must be liquidated as a lump sum within 5 years of the date of the original
Contract Owner's death.

3.   If the new Contract Owner is a corporation or other type of non-living
     person:

a.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump
     sum; or

b.   If the new Contract Owner does not elect the option above, then the new
     Contract Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of
     your date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the Death
     Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which we
     receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the next
     Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time).
     Unless otherwise instructed by the new Contract Owner, the excess, if any,
     of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the new Contract Owner may
     make transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on page
     18) during this 5 year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to make additional options available to the new Contract
Owner upon the death of the Contract Owner.

If any new Contract Owner is a non-living person, all new Contract Owners will
be considered to be non-living persons for the above purposes. Under any of
these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the new Contract Owner from the
date of your death to the date on which the Death Proceeds is paid.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date, the following apply:

1.   If the Contract Owner is a living person, then the Contract will continue
     with a new Annuitant, who will be:

a.   the youngest Contract Owner; otherwise

b.   the youngest Beneficiary. You may change the Annuitant before the Payout
     Start Date.

2.   If the Contract Owner is a non-living person:

a.   The Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum;
     or

b.   If the Contract Owner does not elect the option above, then the Contract
     Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the
     Annuitant's date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the
     Death Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which
     we receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the
     next Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central
     Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the Contract Owner, the excess, if
     any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the Contract Owner may make
     transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on page 18)
     during this 5 year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




We reserve the right to make additional options available to the Contract Owner
upon the death of the Annuitant.

Under any of these options, all ownership rights are available to the non-living
Contract Owner from the date of the Annuitant's death to the date on which the
Death Proceeds is paid.

MORE INFORMATION

ALLSTATE NEW YORK

Allstate New York is the issuer of the Contract. Allstate New York is a stock
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.
Allstate New York was incorporated in 1967 and was known as "Financial Life
Insurance Company" from 1967 to 1978. From 1978 to 1984, Allstate New York was
known as "PM Life Insurance Company." Since 1984 the company has been known as
"Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York."

Allstate New York is currently licensed to operate in New York. Our home office
is located 100 Motor Parkway, Hauppauge, New York 11788-5107. Our service center
is located in Vernon Hills, Illinois.

Allstate New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance
Company ("Allstate Life") , a stock life insurance company incorporated under
the laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company, a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois. With the exception of the
directors qualifying shares, all of the outstanding capital stock of Allstate
Insurance Company is owned by The Allstate Corporation.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Allstate New York established the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A
on December 15, 1995. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a
unit investment trust. The SEC does not supervise the management of the Variable
Account or Allstate New York.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under New York law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our other
operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account that are
in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the
Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other operations.

Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of
Allstate New York.

The Variable Account consists of multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, 26 of which are
available through the Contracts. Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding Portfolio. We may add new Variable Sub-Accounts or eliminate one
or more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment conditions so
warrant. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Variable Account,
its Sub-Accounts or the Portfolios. We

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




may use the Variable Account to fund our other annuity contracts. We will
account separately for each type of annuity contract funded by the Variable
Account.

THE PORTFOLIOS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Portfolios in shares of the
distributing Portfolio at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Portfolios held by the Variable Sub-Accounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios that we
hold directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract Owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Sub-Account by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date of the meeting. After the Payout Start Date, the person receiving income
payments has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined
by dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Sub-Account by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes eligible
to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Portfolio shares as we see fit without regard to
voting instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN PORTFOLIOS. If the shares of any of the Portfolios are no longer
available for investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further
investment in such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the
Contract, we may eliminate that Portfolio and substitute shares of another
eligible investment portfolio. Any substitution of securities will comply with
the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940. We also may add new
Variable Sub-Accounts that invest in additional portfolios. We will notify you
in advance of any changes.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to Variable
Accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.

It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance Variable Accounts and variable annuity Variable Accounts to invest in
the same Portfolio. The boards of directors of these Portfolios monitor for
possible conflicts among Variable Accounts buying shares of the Portfolios.

Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in
treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a Variable Account to
comply with such laws could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a
Portfolio's board of directors may require a Variable Account to withdraw its
participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolio's net asset value could decrease if it
had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds to a Variable
Account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

DISTRIBUTION. ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS"), located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook,
Illinois 60062, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. ALFS is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered
broker-dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act"), and is a member of the NASD.

Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered representatives of
broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either individually or
through an incorporated insurance agency. Commissions paid to broker-dealers may
vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all Contract sales to
broker-dealers will not exceed 8.5% of any purchase payments. These commissions
are intended to cover distribution expenses. From time to time, we may offer
additional sales incentives of up to 1% of purchase payments to broker-dealers
who maintain certain sales volume levels.

Allstate New York does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for any liability to Contract Owners arising out of services rendered or
Contracts issued.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

..    issuance of the Contracts;

..    maintenance of Contract Owner records;

..    Contract Owner services;

..    calculation of unit values;

..    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




..    preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. The annual statement details values and specific Contract data for
each particular Contract. You should notify us promptly in writing of any
address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and
verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question
about a periodic statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any
necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error
within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait
too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of
the potential error.

We also will provide you with additional periodic and other reports, information
and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within an employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitations on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments, and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator for
more information. We no longer issue deferred annuities to employer sponsored
qualified retirement plans.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of New York law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Allstate New York's right to issue such Contracts under New
York insurance law, have been passed upon by Michael J. Velotta, General Counsel
of Allstate New York.

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




TAXES

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. ALLSTATE
NEW YORK MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Allstate New York is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of
Subchapter L of the Code. Since the Variable Account is not an entity separate
from Allstate New York, and its operations form a part of Allstate New York, it
will not be taxed separately. Investment income and realized capital gains of
the Variable Account are automatically applied to increase reserves under the
Contract. Under existing federal income tax law, Allstate New York believes that
the Variable Account investment income and capital gains will not be taxed to
the extent that such income and gains are applied to increase the reserves under
the Contract. Accordingly, Allstate New York does not anticipate that it will
incur any federal income tax liability attributable to the Variable Account, and
therefore Allstate New York does not intend to make provisions for any such
taxes. If Allstate New York is taxed on investment income or capital gains of
the Variable Account, then Allstate New York may impose a charge against the
Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

..    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

..    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

..    Allstate New York is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets
     for federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Allstate New York does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




announced that the regulations

do not provide guidance concerning circumstances in which investor control of
the separate account investments may cause a Contract owner to be treated as the
owner of the separate account. The Treasury Department also stated that future
guidance would be issued regarding the extent that owners could direct
sub-account investments without being treated as owners of the underlying assets
of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Allstate New York does not know what standards will be set
forth in any regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It
is possible that future standards announced by the Treasury Department could
adversely affect the tax treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to
modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered
the federal tax owner of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no
guarantee that such modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

..    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

..    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner;

..    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

..    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     total withdrawal, or

..    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made under an immediate annuity, or

..    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance; as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different. Your Contract may not permit partial exchanges.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Allstate New York (or its affiliates) to
the same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as
one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien.
Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income tax treaty
between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if the payee
provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a fully completed Form W-8BEN.
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




countries nor do all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate
for annuities.

TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income from annuities held by such plans does not receive any additional
tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all benefits and
expenses, prior to purchasing an annuity as a TSA or IRA. Tax Qualified
Contracts are contracts purchased as or in connection with:

..    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Code Section 408(b);

..    Roth IRAs under Code Section 408A;

..    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Code Section 408(k);

..    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Code Section
     408(p);

..    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Code Section 403(b);

..    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans under Code
     Section 401; and

..    State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt Organization Deferred
     Compensation Plans under Code Section 457.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract
to conform with tax requirements. If you use the Contract within an employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan, the plan may impose different or additional
conditions or limitations on withdrawals, waiver of charges, death benefits,
Payout Start Dates, income payments, and other Contract features. In addition,
adverse tax consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions
and other conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan
administrator for more information. Allstate New York no longer issues deferred
annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Allstate New
York can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Allstate New York does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Please refer to your Endorsement for IRAs or 403(b) plans, if applicable, for
additional information on your death settlement options. In the case of certain
qualified plans, the terms of the Qualified Plan Endorsement and the plans may
govern the right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and generally all tax reporting of distributions
from Tax Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the
distribution is fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

..    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

..    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, Tax Qualified Contracts (excluding
Roth IRAs) require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to
withdraw the required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on
the shortfall not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered
under the Contract satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because
these distributions are required under the Code and the method of calculation is
complex, please see a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a TSA or employer sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is
incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made after separation from service after age 55 (does not apply to IRAs),

..    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

..    made for certain medical expenses,

..    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

..    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

..    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Allstate New York
is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all
non-annuitized distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover
distributions." The customer may elect out of withholding by completing and
signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we will
automatically withhold the required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain
states, if there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also
mandatory. Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 20% on all "eligible rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a
"direct rollover" of such amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan.
Eligible rollover distributions generally include all distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts, including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

..    required minimum distributions, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

..    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien or to
certain other 'foreign persons'. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if
covered by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's
country of residence if the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number
on a fully completed Form W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




identification number is a social security number or an individual taxpayer
identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS to non-resident
alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social security number. The
U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do all tax treaties
provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408(b) permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
retirement plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual
Retirement Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408A permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL
IRAS). Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an Individual
Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the Individual
Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an Individual
Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the beneficial
owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the Contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Code Section 408(k) allows eligible employers
to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees using
individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified limits,
make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the individual
retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Code Section 408(p)
allows eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Code Section 403(b) provides tax-deferred retirement
savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational organizations.
Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must provide that
distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made after
12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made only
on or after the date the employee:

..    attains age 59 1/2,

..    severs employment,

..    dies,

..    becomes disabled, or

..    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Allstate New York is
directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.

Generally, we do

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




not accept funds in 403(b) contracts that are subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

CORPORATE AND SELF-EMPLOYED PENSION AND PROFIT SHARING PLANS.

Section 401(a) of the Code permits corporate employers to establish various
types of tax favored retirement plans for employees. Self-employed individuals
may establish tax favored retirement plans for themselves and their employees
(commonly referred to as "H.R.10" or "Keogh"). Such retirement plans may permit
the purchase of annuity contracts. Allstate New York no longer issues annuity
contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

There are two owner types for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a): a qualified plan fiduciary or an annuitant owner.

..    A qualified plan fiduciary exists when a qualified plan trust that is
     intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code is the owner. The
     qualified plan trust must have its own tax identification number and a
     named trustee acting as a fiduciary on behalf of the plan. The annuitant
     should be the person for whose benefit the contract was purchased.

..    An annuitant owner exists when the tax identification number of the owner
     and annuitant are the same, or the annuity contract is not owner by a
     qualified plan trust. The annuitant should be the person for whose benefit
     the contract was purchased.

If a qualified plan fiduciary is the owner of the contract, the qualified plan
must be the beneficiary so that death benefits from the annuity are distributed
in accordance with the terms of the qualified plan. Annuitant owned contracts
require that the beneficiary be the annuitant's spouse (if applicable), which is
consistent with the required IRS language for qualified plans under Section
401(a). A completed Annuitant Owned Qualified Plan Designation of Beneficiary
form is required in order to change the beneficiary of an annuitant owned
Qualified Plan contract.

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT AND TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATION DEFERRED COMPENSATION

PLANS. Section 457 of the Code permits employees of state and local governments
and tax-exempt organizations to defer a portion of their compensation without
paying current taxes. The employees must be participants in an eligible deferred
compensation plan. In eligible governmental plans, all assets and income must be
held in a trust/ custodial account/annuity contract for the exclusive benefit of
the participants and their beneficiaries. To the extent the Contracts are used
in connection with a non-governmental eligible plan, employees are considered
general creditors of the employer and the employer as owner of the Contract has
the sole right to the proceeds of the Contract. Under eligible 457 plans,
contributions made for the benefit of the employees will not be includible in
the employees' gross income until distributed from the plan. Allstate New York
no longer issues annuity contracts to employer sponsored qualified retirement
plans. Contracts that have been previously sold to State and Local government
and Tax-Exempt organization Deferred Compensation Plans will be administered
consistent with the rules for contracts intended to qualify under Section
401(a).

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Allstate New York's annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004, is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act are also incorporated herein by reference, which means
that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.
Accordingly, only the statement that is changed or replaced will legally be a
part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000839759. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at Customer Service, P.O. Box 82656, Lincoln, NE 68501-2656
(telephone: 1-800-692-4682).

                                  35 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED*



For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,                        2000      2001      2002      2003       2004
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          
AIM V.I. BALANCED - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.154  $  8.881  $  7.270   $  8.354
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.154  $  8.881  $  7.270  $  8.354   $  8.870
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       26,413   122,945   252,907   290,005    278,556
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.242  $  7.001  $  5.230   $  6.689
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.242  $  7.001  $  5.230  $  6.689   $  7.043
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       10,595    65,809   134,666   161,621    175,396
AIM V.I. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.807  $ 11.356  $ 12.290   $ 12.226
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.807  $ 11.356  $ 12.290  $ 12.226   $ 12.423
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       12.496    51,574   205,419   280,241    227,477
AIM V.I. GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  8.338  $  5.443  $  3.710   $  4.809
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 8.338  $  5.443  $  3.710  $  4.809   $  5.139
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       14,487    66,340   103,684   128,420    114,786
AIM V.I. HIGH YIELD - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  8.362  $  7.845  $  7.294   $  9.223
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 8.362  $  7.845  $  7.294  $  9.223   $ 10.132
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        7,031    27,476    54,243    74,581    106,724
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  8.989  $  6,787  $  5.652   $  7.203
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 8.989  $  6.787  $  5.652  $  7.203   $  8.820
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        6,197    51,835    95,690    96,516     92,690
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  8.980  $  7.754  $  5.339   $  6.595
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 8.980  $  7.754  $  5.339  $  6.595   $  6.889
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       29,890   132,390   194,292   196,079    182,257
FIDELITY VIP CONTRAFUND(R) - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.950  $  8.621  $  7.718   $  9.791
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.950  $  8.621  $  7.718  $  9.791   $ 11.165
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       16,726    54,431   130,889   142,815    143,910
FIDELITY VIP EQUITY-INCOME - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.810  $ 10.145  $  8.320   $ 10.708
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.810  $ 10.145  $  8.320  $ 10.708   $ 11.794
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        1,655    98,345   343,378   427,122    427,302
 FIDELITY VIP GROWTH - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.389  $  7.634  $  5.269   $  6.913
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.389  $  7.634  $  5.269  $  6.913   $  7.057
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       12,984   111,676   271,819   292,079    287,423
FIDELITY VIP GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.350  $  7.901  $  6.098   $  7.820
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.350  $  7.901  $  6.098  $  7.820   $  8.278
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        4,746    23,416    49,139    63,281     75,230
FIDELITY VIP OVERSEAS - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.314  $  7.251  $  5.707   $  8.081
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.314  $  7.251  $  5.707  $  8.081   $  9.068
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        4,880    29,515    84,428    84,019     86,851


                                        36 PROSPECTUS





                                                                                                          
FTVIP TEMPLETON GLOBAL ASSET ALLOCATION - CLASS 2 SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.443  $  9.286  $  8.768   $ 11.425
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.443  $  9.286  $  8.768  $ 11.425   $ 13.055
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                          632    13,934    25,836    37,170     38,129
FTVIP TEMPLETON FOREIGN SECURITIES - CLASS 2 SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.522  $  8.728  $  7.019   $  9.164
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.522  $  8.728  $  7.019  $  9.164   $ 10.276
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        7,881    44,999   110,201   121,630    115,042
OPPENHEIMER AGGRESSIVE GROWTH/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.162  $  6.218  $  4.434   $  5.499
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.162  $  6.218  $  4.434  $  5.499   $  6.504
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       10,578   137,154   289,514   301,948    293,993
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.274  $  8.227  $  6.597   $  8.256
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.274  $  8.227  $  6.597  $  8.256   $  8.924
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       35,354   173,074   401,718   494,003    512,442
OPPENHEIMER STRATEGIC BOND/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.320  $ 10.685  $ 11.336   $ 13.218
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.320  $ 10.685  $ 11.336  $ 13.218   $ 14.185
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        8,730    96,313   220,809   276,973    263,324
THE DREYFUS SOCIALLY RESPONSIBLE GROWTH FUND, INC.: INITIAL SHARES SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.249  $  7.071  $  4.962   $  6.174
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.249  $  7.071  $  4.962  $  6.174   $  6.475
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       11.070    32,951    39,724    41,869     39,582
DREYFUS STOCK INDEX FUND, INC.: INITIAL SHARES SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.409  $  8.159  $  6.255   $  7.929
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.409  $  8.159  $  6.255  $  7.929   $  8.663
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                       28,181   185,335   611,361   703,922    677,882
DREYFUS VIF - APPRECIATION: INITIAL SHARES SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.931  $  8.894  $  7.314   $  8.752
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.931  $  8.894  $  7.314  $  8.752   $  9.079
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        1,285    27,925    80,006    97,355     93,398
DREYFUS VIF - MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                         --        --        --  $ 10.000   $  8.752
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                               --        --        --  $  9.957   $  9.911
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                           --        --        --   398,378    329,692
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE ASSET ALLOCATION SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.012  $  9.198  $  7.916   $  9.544
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.012  $  9.198  $  7.916  $  9.544   $ 10.306
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                          667    13,021    54,392    66,680     59,351
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE EQUITY INCOME SUB-ACCOUNT ****
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 10.429  $  9.741  $  7.766   $  9.679
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $10.429  $  9.741  $  7.766  $  9.679   $ 10.617
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                          264     8,467    23,695    25,815     30,383
WELLS FARGO ADVANTAGE LARGE COMPANY CORE SUB-ACCOUNT *****
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.048  $  7.218  $  5.286   $  6.451
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.048  $  7.218  $  5.286  $  6.451   $  6.904
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                          390     4,893    20,443    40,250     55,986
DELAWARE VIP SMALL CAP VALUE - STANDARD CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $ 11.593  $ 12.802  $ 11.934   $ 16.732
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $11.593  $ 12.802  $ 11.934  $ 16.732   $ 20.073
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        7,204    45,515   133,174   157,546    161,967
DELAWARE VIP TREND - STANDARD CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                                    $10.000  $  9.265  $  7.745  $  6.124   $  8.170
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                          $ 9.265  $  7.745  $  6.124  $  8.170   $  9.084
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                                        5,514    24,184    80,076   112,774    114,856


                                  37 PROSPECTUS




*     The Contracts were first offered on June 1, 2000. The Accumulation Unit
      Values in this table reflect a mortality and expense risk charge of 1.15%
      and an administrative charge of 0.10%. All of the Variable Sub-Accounts,
      with the exception of the Dreyfus VIF - Money Market Sub-Account which was
      first offered on April 30, 2003, were first offered under the Contracts on
      June 1, 2000.

**    Effective July 1, 2005, the AIM V.I. Balanced Fund -Series I will change
      its name to AIM V.I Basic Balanced Fund-Series I. Effective July 1, 2005,
      a corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that
      invests in that Portfolio will be made.

***   Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Asset Allocation Fund changed
      its name to Wells Fargo Advantage Asset Allocation Fund. We have made a
      corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
      in that Portfolio.

****  Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Equity Income Fund changed its
      name to Wells Fargo Advantage Equity Income Fund. We have made a
      corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
      in that Portfolio.

***** Effective April 11, 2005 the Wells Fargo VT Growth Fund changed its name
      to Wells Fargo Advantage Large Company Core Fund. We have made a
      corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
      in that Portfolio.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the applicable Guarantee Period
for the week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period.

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout Start Date,
to the end of the Guarantee Period; and

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to N years for the week preceding the
receipt of the withdrawal, transfer, death benefit, or income payment request.
If a note for a maturity of length N is not available, a weighted average will
be used.

"Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

..9 X (I - J) X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred (in excess of the Free Withdrawal
Amount) paid as a death benefit, or applied to an Income Plan, from a Guarantee
Period at any time other than during the 30 day period after such Guarantee
Period expires.

                                  39 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment: $10,000 allocated to a Guarantee Period

Guarantee Period: 5 years

Guaranteed Interest Rate: 4.50%

5 Year Treasury Rate at the time the Guarantee Period is established: 4.50%

Full Surrender: End of Contract Year 3

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable.

EXAMPLE 1 (ASSUME DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1.  Calculate Contract      $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
 Value at End of Contract Year 3:
Step 2. Calculate the Preferred  .15 X $10,000.00 = $1,500.00
 Withdrawal Amount:
Step 3. Calculate the Market      I = 4.5%
 Value Adjustment:                J = 4.2%

                                      730 days
                                  N = -------- = 2
                                      365 days

                                 Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X
                                 N = .9 X (.045 - .042) X (730/365) = .0054

                                 Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                 Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject to Market
                                 Value Adjustment:
                                  = .0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,500.00) = $53.32

                   EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1.  Calculate Contract      $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
 Value at End of Contract Year
 3:
Step 2. Calculate the Preferred  .15 X $10,000.00 = $1,500.00
 Withdrawal Amount:
Step 3. Calculate the Market      I = 4.5%
 Value Adjustment:                J = 4.8%

                                      730 days
                                  N = -------- = 2
                                      365 days

                                 MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FACTOR: .9 X (I - J)
                                 X N = .9 X (.045 - .048) X (730/365) = -.0054

                                 Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                 Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject to Market
                                 Value Adjustment:
                                 = -.0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,500.00) = -$53.52

                                  40 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX C

WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE

Issue Date: January 1, 2005

Initial Purchase Payment: $50,000

                              Death Benefit Amount



                                       Contract                  Contract    Death Benefit    Greatest
                                     Value Before  Transaction  Value After   Anniversary    Anniversary
    Date       Type of Occurrence     Occurrence     Amount     Occurrence       Value          Value
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                             
   1/1/05          Issue Date               --       $50,000      $50,000       $50,000        $50,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1/1/06     Contract Anniversary     $55,000            --      $55,000       $50,000        $55,000
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   7/1/06      Partial Withdrawal      $60,000       $15,000      $45,000       $37,500        $41,250
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Withdrawal adjustment equals the partial withdrawal amount divided by the
Contract Value immediately prior to the partial withdrawal multiplied by the
value of the applicable death benefit amount alternative immediately prior to
the partial withdrawal.


                                                                                          
DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Partial Withdrawal Amount                                                     (w)               $15,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal                        (a)               $60,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately Prior to Partial         (d)               $50,000
Withdrawal
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawal Adjustment                                                                           $12,500
                                                                        [(w)/(a)] X (d)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                                          $37,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GREATEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Partial Withdrawal Amount                                                     (w)               $15,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal                        (a)               $60,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately Prior to Partial         (d)               $55,000
Withdrawal
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawal Adjustment                                                                           $13,750
                                                                        [(w)/(a)] * (d)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                                          $41,250
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Please remember that you are looking at a hypothetical example, and that your
investment performance may be greater or less than the figures shown.

                                  41 PROSPECTUS




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

              Additions, Deletions or Substitutions of Investments

                                  The Contract

                              Purchase of Contracts

                     Calculation of Accumulation Unit Values

                     Calculation of Variable Income Payments

                                 General Matters

                                Incontestability

                                   Settlements

                  Safekeeping of the Variable Account's Assets

                                     Experts

                              Financial Statements

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. WE DO NOT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE OFFERING DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  42 PROSPECTUS




SELECTDIRECTIONS(SM) VARIABLE ANNUITY

ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

STREET ADDRESS: 2940 S. 84TH STREET, LINCOLN, NE 68506-4142 MAILING ADDRESS:
P.O. BOX 82656, LINCOLN, NE 68501-2656 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 1-800-632-3492
PROSPECTUS DATED APRIL 30, 2005

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Allstate New York") is offering
the SelectDirections(SM) Variable Annuity, a group flexible premium deferred
variable annuity contract ("CONTRACT"). This prospectus contains information
about the Contract that you should know before investing. Please keep it for
future reference.

The Contract currently offers 27 investment alternatives ("INVESTMENT
ALTERNATIVES"). The investment alternatives including 3 fixed accounts ("FIXED
ACCOUNT") and 24 variable sub-accounts ("VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS") of the Allstate
Life of New York Separate Account A ("VARIABLE ACCOUNT"). Each Variable
Sub-Account invests exclusively in shares of one of the following underlying
fund portfolios ("PORTFOLIOS"):

AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS:            MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM):
- -----------------------------            ------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Fund -     MFS Research Bond Series - Initial
 Series I                                 Class*
AIM V.I. Core Equity Fund - Series I     MFS High Income Series - Initial Class
AIM V.I. Diversified Income Fund -       MFS Investors Trust Series - Initial
 Series I                                 Class
AIM V.I. International Growth Fund -     MFS New Discovery Series - Initial
 Series I                                 Class
AIM V.I. Premier Equity Fund - Series I

FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS: OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS:
- ----------------------------------------  -----------------------------------
  Fidelity VIP Contrafund(R) Portfolio - Oppenheimer Core Bond Fund/VA **
   Initial Class                         Oppenheimer Capital Appreciation
  Fidelity VIP Growth Portfolio - Initial Fund/VA
   Class                                 Oppenheimer Global Securities Fund/VA
  Fidelity VIP High Income Portfolio -   Oppenheimer High Income Fund/VA
   Initial Class                         Oppenheimer Main Street Small Cap
  Fidelity VIP Index 500 Portfolio -      Fund/VA
   Initial Class
  Fidelity VIP Investment Grade Bond     VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST:
   Portfolio - Initial Class             ---------------------------------
  Fidelity VIP Overseas Portfolio -      Van Kampen LIT Comstock Portfolio,
   Initial Class                          Class I
                                         Van Kampen LIT Emerging Growth
                                          Portfolio, Class I
                                         Van Kampen LIT Government Portfolio,
                                          Class I
                                         Van Kampen LIT Money Market Portfolio,
                                          Class I

*    Effective May 1, 2005, the MFS Bond Series - Initial Class will change its
     name to MFS Research Bond Series - Initial Class.

**   Effective Apil 29, 2005, the Oppenheimer Bond Fund/VA changed its name to
     Oppenheimer Core Bond Fund/VA.

WE (Allstate New York) have filed a Statement of Additional Information, dated
April 30, 2005, with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). It contains
more information about the Contract and is incorporated herein by reference,
which means it is legally a part of this prospectus. Its table of contents
appears on page 41 of this prospectus. For a free copy, please write or call us
at the address or telephone number above, or go to the SEC's Web site (http://
www.sec.gov). You can find other information and documents about us, including
documents that are legally part of this prospectus, at the SEC's Web site.

                       THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED
                       OR DISAPPROVED THE SECURITIES DESCRIBED IN THIS
                       PROSPECTUS, NOR HAS IT PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                       ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANYONE WHO TELLS YOU
                       OTHERWISE IS COMMITTING A FEDERAL CRIME.

                       THE CONTRACTS MAY BE DISTRIBUTED THROUGH BROKER-DEALERS
      IMPORTANT        THAT HAVE RELATIONSHIPS WITH BANKS OR OTHER FINANCIAL
                       INSTITUTIONS OR BY EMPLOYEES OF SUCH BANKS. HOWEVER, THE
       NOTICES         CONTRACTS ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR
                       GUARANTEED BY SUCH INSTITUTIONS OR ANY FEDERAL REGULATORY
                       AGENCY. INVESTMENT IN THE CONTRACTS INVOLVES INVESTMENT
                       RISKS, INCLUDING POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                       THE CONTRACTS ARE NOT FDIC INSURED.

                       THE CONTRACTS ARE ONLY AVAILABLE IN NEW YORK.

                                  1 PROSPECTUS




TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
OVERVIEW
  Important Terms                                                              3
  The Contract at a Glance                                                     4
  How the Contract Works                                                       6
  Expense Table                                                                7
  Financial Information                                                        9
CONTRACT FEATURES
  The Contract                                                                 9
  Purchases                                                                   10
  Contract Value                                                              11
  Investment Alternatives                                                     12
     The Variable Sub-Accounts                                                12
     The Fixed Account                                                        14
     Transfers                                                                17
  Expenses                                                                    19
  Access To Your Money                                                        21
  Income Payments                                                             22

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
  Death Benefits                                                              24
OTHER INFORMATION
  More Information:                                                           26
     Allstate New York                                                        26
     The Variable Account                                                     26
     The Portfolios                                                           27
     The Contract                                                             27
     Non-Qualified Annuities Held Within a Qualified Plan                     28
     Legal Matters                                                            28
  Federal Tax Matters                                                         29
  Annual Reports and Other Documents                                          35
APPENDIX A-ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUES AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION
UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS
WERE FIRST OFFERED                                                            38
APPENDIX B -MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT                                           38
APPENDIX C - WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE                                    40
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TABLE OF CONTENTS                         41

                                  2 PROSPECTUS




IMPORTANT TERMS

This prospectus uses a number of important terms that you may not be familiar
with. The index below identifies the page that describes each term. The first
use of each term in this prospectus appears in highlights.

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Accumulation Phase                                                            6
Accumulation Unit                                                            11
Accumulation Unit Value                                                      11
Allstate New York ("We" or "Us")                                              1
Anniversary Values                                                           24
Annuitant                                                                     9
Automatic Additions Program                                                  10
Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program                                      18
Beneficiary                                                                   9
Cancellation Period                                                           4
Contract*                                                                     9
Contract Anniversary                                                          5
Contract Owner ("You")                                                        9
Contract Value                                                                5
Contract Year                                                                 4
Death Benefit Anniversary                                                    24
Dollar Cost Averaging Program                                                18
Due Proof of Death                                                           24
Fixed Account                                                                14

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
Guarantee Periods                                                            15
Income Plans                                                                 22
Investment Alternatives                                                      12
Issue Date                                                                    6
Market Value Adjustment                                                      16
Payout Phase                                                                  6
Payout Start Date                                                             6
Portfolios                                                                   27
Preferred Withdrawal Amount                                                  20
Right to Cancel                                                              11
SEC                                                                           1
Settlement Value                                                             24
Systematic Withdrawal Program                                                21
Tax Qualified Contracts                                                      32
Treasury Rate                                                                16
Valuation Dates                                                              11
Variable Account                                                             26
Variable Sub-Account                                                         12

*    The SelectDirections(SM) Variable Annuity is a group contract and your
     ownership is represented by certificates. References to "CONTRACT" in this
     prospectus include certificates, unless the context requires otherwise.

                                  3 PROSPECTUS




THE CONTRACT AT A GLANCE

The following is a snapshot of the Contract. Please read the remainder of this
prospectus for more information.

FLEXIBLE PAYMENTS      You can purchase a Contract with as little as
                       $3,000 ($2,000 for a "QUALIFIED CONTRACT" which is a
                       Contract issued with a qualified endorsement). You can
                       add to your Contract as often and as much as you like,
                       but each payment must be at least $100. You must maintain
                       a minimum account size of $1,000.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RIGHT TO CANCEL        You may cancel your Contract within 10 days after receipt
                       (60 days if you are exchanging another contract for the
                       Contract described in this prospectus) ("CANCELLATION
                       PERIOD"). Upon cancellation we will return your purchase
                       payments adjusted, to the extent federal or state law
                       permits, to reflect the investment experience of any
                       amounts allocated to the Variable Account.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EXPENSES               You will bear the following expenses:

                       .    Total Variable Account annual fees equal to 1.25% of
                            average daily net assets

                       .    Annual contract maintenance charge of $30 (with
                            certain exceptions)

                       .    Withdrawal charges ranging from 0% to 7% of payment
                            withdrawn (with certain exceptions)

                       .    Transfer fee of $10 after 12th transfer in any
                            CONTRACT YEAR (fee currently waived)

                       .    State premium tax (New York currently does not
                            impose one).

                       In addition, each Portfolio pays expenses that you will
                       bear indirectly if you invest in a Variable Sub-Account.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTMENT             The Contract offers 27 investment alternatives
ALTERNATIVES           including:

                       .    3 Fixed Account Options (which credits interest at
                            rates we guarantee), and

                       .    24 Variable Sub-Accounts investing in Portfolios
                            offering professional money management by:

                       .    A I M Advisors, Inc.

                       .    Fidelity Management & Research Company

                       .    MFS(TM) Investment Management

                       .    OppenheimerFunds, Inc.

                       .    Van Kampen Asset Management

                       To find out current rates being paid on the Fixed
                       Account, or to find out how the Variable Sub-Accounts
                       have performed, please call us at 1-800-632-3492.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SPECIAL SERVICES       For your convenience, we offer these special services:

                       .    AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

                       .    AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

                       .    DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

                       .    SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME PAYMENTS        You can choose fixed income payments, variable income
                       payments, or a combination of the two. You can receive
                       your income payments in one of the following ways:

                       .    life income with guaranteed payments

                       .    joint and survivor life income with guaranteed
                            payments

                       .    guaranteed payments for a specified period (5 to 30
                            years)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  4 PROSPECTUS




DEATH BENEFITS         If you die before the PAYOUT START DATE, we will pay the
                       death benefit described in the Contract.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSFERS              Before the Payout Start Date, you may transfer your
                       Contract value ("CONTRACT VALUE") among the investment
                       alternatives, with certain restrictions. Transfers to the
                       Fixed Account must be at least $500.

                       We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers. However,
                       we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
                       12th transfer in each "Contract Year," which we measure
                       from the date we issue your Contract or a Contract
                       anniversary ("CONTRACT ANNIVERSARY").
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WITHDRAWALS            You may withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at
                       anytime during the Accumulation Phase. Full or partial
                       withdrawals also are available under limited
                       circumstances on or after the Payout Start Date.

                       In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time
                       ($1,000 for withdrawals made during the Payout Phase).
                       Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase are
                       generally considered to come from the earnings in the
                       Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
                       generally all withdrawals are treated as distributions of
                       earnings. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
                       income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject
                       to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. A withdrawal
                       charge and MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT also may apply.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  5 PROSPECTUS




HOW THE CONTRACT WORKS

The Contract basically works in two ways.

First, the Contract can help you (we assume you are the CONTRACT OWNER) save for
retirement because you can invest in up to 27 investment alternatives and
generally pay no federal income taxes on any earnings until you withdraw them.
You do this during what we call the "ACCUMULATION PHASE" of the Contract. The
Accumulation Phase begins on the date we issue your Contract (we call that date
the "ISSUE DATE") and continues until the Payout Start Date, which is the date
we apply your money to provide income payments. During the Accumulation Phase,
you may allocate your purchase payments to any combination of the Variable
Sub-Accounts and/or the Fixed Account. If you invest in the Fixed Account, you
will earn a fixed rate of interest that we declare periodically. If you invest
in any of the Variable Sub-Accounts, your investment return will vary up or down
depending on the performance of the corresponding Portfolios.

Second, the Contract can help you plan for retirement because you can use it to
receive retirement income for life and/ or for a pre-set number of years, by
selecting one of the income payment options (we call these "INCOME PLANS")
described on page 22. You receive income payments during what we call the
"PAYOUT PHASE" of the Contract, which begins on the Payout Start Date and
continues until we make the last payment required by the Income Plan you select.
During the Payout Phase, if you select a fixed income payment option, we
guarantee the amount of your payments, which will remain fixed. If you select a
variable income payment option, based on one or more of the Variable
Sub-Accounts, the amount of your payments will vary up or down depending on the
performance of the corresponding Portfolios. The amount of money you accumulate
under your Contract during the Accumulation Phase and apply to an Income Plan
will determine the amount of your income payments during the Payout Phase.

The timeline below illustrates how you might use your Contract.



Issue                                Payout Start
Date            Accumulation Phase       Date                 Payout Phase
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------->
                                                                    
You buy    You save for retirement   You elect to receive    You can receive    Or you can receive
a Contract                           income payments or      income payments    income payments
                                     receive a lump sum      for a set period   for life
                                     payment


As the Contract Owner, you exercise all of the rights and privileges provided by
the Contract. If you die, any surviving Contract Owner, or if there is none, the
BENEFICIARY will exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract.
See "The Contract." In addition, if you die before the Payout Start Date, we
will pay a death benefit to any surviving Contract Owner or, if none, to your
Beneficiary. See "Death Benefits."

Please call us at 1-800-632-3492 if you have any question about how the Contract
works.

                                  6 PROSPECTUS




EXPENSE TABLE

The following tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay when
buying, owning, making withdrawals or surrendering the Contract. The first table
describes the fees and expenses that you will pay when you make a withdrawal,
surrender the Contract, or transfer Contract Value among the investment
alternatives. Premium taxes are not reflected in the tables because New York
currently does not impose premium taxes on annuities.

CONTRACT OWNER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Withdrawal Charge (as a percentage of purchase payments)*



                                                                     
Number of Complete Years Since We Received the Purchase  0    1    2    3    4    5    6     7+
 Payment Being Withdrawn
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable Charge                                        7%   6%   5%   4%   3%   2%   1%    0%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Transfer Fee                                                         $10.00**
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


*    Each Contract Year, you may withdraw up to 15% of purchase payments without
     incurring a Withdrawal Charge or a Market Value Adjustment.

**   Applies solely to the thirteenth and subsequent transfers within a Contract
     Year, excluding transfers due to dollar cost averaging or automatic
     portfolio rebalancing. We are currently waiving the transfer fee.

The next tables describe the fees and expenses that you will pay periodically
during the time you own the Contract, not including Portfolio fees and expenses.

Annual Contract Maintenance Charge                                  $30.00/(1)/
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  We will waive this charge in certain cases.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT ANNUAL EXPENSES
 (AS A PERCENTAGE OF DAILY NET ASSET VALUE
DEDUCTED FROM EACH VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT)

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge                                        1.15%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Administrative Expense Charge                                            0.10%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Variable Account Annual Expense                                    1.25%
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PORTFOLIO ANNUAL EXPENSES (AS A PERCENTAGE OF PORTFOLIO AVERAGE DAILY NET
ASSETS)(1)

The next table shows the minimum and maximum total operating expenses charged by
the Portfolios that you may pay periodically during the time that you own the
Contract. Advisers and/or other service providers of certain Portfolios may have
agreed to waive their fees and/or reimburse Portfolio expenses in order to keep
the Portfolios' expenses below specified limits. The range of expenses shown in
this table does not show the effect of any such fee waiver or expense
reimbursement. More detail concerning each Portfolio's fees and expenses appears
in the prospectus for each Portfolio.

                            ANNUAL PORTFOLIO EXPENSES

                                                               Minimum   Maximum
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses
(expenses that are deducted from Portfolio
assets, which may include
management fees, and
other expenses)                                                  0.10%    1.14%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Expenses are shown as a percentage of Portfolio average daily net assets
     (before any waiver or reimbursement) as of December 31, 2004.

                                  7 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLES

EXAMPLE 1

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the
Contracts with the cost of investing in other variable annuity contracts. These
costs include Contract owner transaction expenses, Contract fees, Variable
Account annual expenses, and Portfolio fees and expenses.

The example shows the dollar amount that you would bear directly or indirectly
if you:

..    invested $10,000 in the Contract for the time periods indicated,

..    earned a 5% annual return on your investment, and

..    surrendered your Contract, or you began receiving income payments for a
     specified period of less than 120 months, at the end of each time period.

THE EXAMPLES DO NOT INCLUDE ANY TAXES OR TAX PENALTIES YOU MAY BE REQUIRED TO
PAY IF YOU SURRENDER YOUR CONTRACT.

The first line of the example assumes that the maximum fees and expenses of any
of the Portfolios are charged. The second line of the example assumes that the
minimum fees and expenses of any of the Portfolios are charged. Your actual
expenses may be higher or lower than those shown below, because of variations in
a Portfolio's expense ratio from year to year.

                                 1 Year    3 Years    5 Years   10 Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Maximum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                 $785     $1,181    $1,601     $3,015
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on Minimum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                 $678     $  859    $1,059     $1,911
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

EXAMPLE 2

 This Example uses the same assumptions as Example 1 above, except that it
assumes you decided not to surrender your Contract, or you began receiving
income payments for a specified period of at least 120 months, at the end of
each time period.

                                  1Year     3Years     5Years    10Years
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Maximum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $275      $841       $1,431    $3,015
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Costs Based on
Minimum Annual
Portfolio Expenses                $168      $519       $  889    $1,911
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT EXAMPLES AND NOT A REPRESENTATION OF
PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES. YOUR RATE OF RETURN MAY BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN 5%,
WHICH IS NOT GUARANTEED. THE EXAMPLES DO NOT ASSUME THAT ANY PORTFOLIO EXPENSE
WAIVERS OR REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENTS ARE IN EFFECT FOR THE PERIODS PRESENTED.
THE EXAMPLES REFLECT THE FREE WITHDRAWAL AMOUNTS, IF APPLICABLE, AND THE
DEDUCTION OF THE ANNUAL CONTRACT MAINTANENCE CHARGE OF $30 EACH YEAR.

                                  8 PROSPECTUS




FINANCIAL INFORMATION

To measure the value of your investment in the Variable Sub-Accounts during the
Accumulation Phase, we use a unit of measure we call the "ACCUMULATION UNIT."
Each Variable Sub-Account has a separate value for its Accumulation Units we
call "ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE." Accumulation Unit Value is analogous to, but not
the same as, the share price of a mutual fund.

Attached as Appendix A to this prospectus are tables showing the Accumulation
Unit Values of each Variable Sub-Account since the date the Contracts were first
offered. To obtain a fuller picture of each Variable Sub-Account's finances,
please refer to the Variable Account's financial statements contained in the
Statement of Additional Information. The financial statements of Allstate New
York also appear in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE CONTRACT

CONTRACT OWNER

The SelectDirections(SM) Variable Annuity is a contract between you, the
Contract Owner, and Allstate New York, a life insurance company. As the Contract
Owner, you may exercise all of the rights and privileges provided to you by the
Contract. That means it is up to you to select or change (to the extent
permitted):

..    the investment alternatives during the Accumulation and Payout Phases,

..    the amount and timing of your purchase payments and withdrawals,

..    the programs you want to use to invest or withdraw money,

..    the income payment plan you want to use to receive retirement income,

..    the Annuitant (either yourself or someone else) on whose life the income
     payments will be based,

..    the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries who will receive the benefits that the
     Contract provides when the last surviving Contract Owner dies, and

..    any other rights that the Contract provides.

If you die prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Contract Owner will be the
surviving Owner. If there is no surviving Owner, the new Contract Owner will be
the Beneficiary(ies) as described in the Beneficiary provision. The new Contract
Owner may exercise the rights and privileges provided by the Contract, except
that if the new Contract Owner took ownership as the Beneficiary, the new
Contract Owner's rights will be subject to any restrictions previously placed
upon the Beneficiary.

The Contract cannot be jointly owned by both a non-living person and a living
person. If the Owner is a Grantor Trust, the Contract Owner will be considered a
non-living person for purposes of the Death of Owner and Death of Annuitant
provisions of your Contract. The maximum age of the oldest Contract Owner cannot
exceed 85 as of the date we receive the completed application. Changing
ownership of this Contract may cause adverse tax consequences and may not be
allowed under qualified plans. Please consult with a competent tax advisor prior
to making a request for a change of Contract Owner.

The Contract can alo be purchased as an IRA or TSA (also known as 403(b)). The
endorsements required to qualify these annuities under the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended, ("Code") may limit or modify your rights and privileges
under the Contract.

ANNUITANT

The Annuitant is the individual whose life determines the amount and duration of
income payments (other than under Income Plans with guaranteed payments for a
specified period). You initially designate an Annuitant in your application. The
maximum age of the oldest Annuitant cannot exceed 85 as of the date we receive
the completed application. If the Contract Owner is a living person you may
change the Annuitant prior to the Payout Start Date. In our discretion, we may
permit you to designate a joint Annuitant, who is a second person on whose life
income payments depend, on the Payout Start Date.

If the Annuitant dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the new Annuitant will be:

..    the youngest Contract Owner, if living, otherwise

..    the youngest Beneficiary.

BENEFICIARY

The Beneficiary is the person who may elect to receive the death benefit or
become the new Contract Owner subject to the Death of Owner provision if the
sole surviving Contract Owner dies before the Payout Start Date. See "Death
Benefits" on page 24. If the sole surviving Contract Owner dies after the Payout
Start Date, the Beneficiary will receive any guaranteed income payments
scheduled to continue.

You may name one or more primary and contingent Beneficiaries when you apply for
a Contract. The primary Beneficiary is the Beneficiary(ies) who is first
entitled to receive benefits under the Contract upon the death of the sole
surviving Contract Owner. The contingent Beneficiary is the Beneficiary(ies)
entitled to receive benefits under the Contract when all primary

                                  9 PROSPECTUS




Beneficiaries predecease the sole surviving Contract Owner.

You may restrict income payments to Beneficiaries by providing us a written
request. Once we accept the written request, the change or restriction will take
effect as of the date you signed the request. Any change is subject to any
payment we make or other action we take before we accept the change.

You may change or add Beneficiaries at any time by writing to us, unless you
have designated an irrevocable Beneficiary. We will provide a change of
Beneficiary form to be signed and filed with us. After we accept the form, the
change of Beneficiary will be effective as of the date you signed the form,
whether or not the Annuitant is living when we receive the notice. Each change
is subject to any payment made by us or any other action we take before we
accept the change. Accordingly, if you wish to change your Beneficiary, you
should deliver your written notice to us promptly.

If you do not name a Beneficiary or, if the named Beneficiary is no longer
living and there are no other surviving Beneficiaries, the new Beneficiary will
be:

..    your spouse or, if he or she is no longer alive,

..    your surviving children equally, or if you have no surviving children,

..    your estate.

If more than one Beneficiary survives you, we will divide the death benefit
among your Beneficiaries according to your most recent written instructions. If
you have not given us written instructions, we will pay the death benefit in
equal amounts to the surviving Beneficiaries.

MODIFICATION OF THE CONTRACT

Only an Allstate New York officer may approve a change in or waive any provision
of the Contract. Any change or waiver must be in writing. None of our agents has
the authority to change or waive the provisions of the Contract. We may not
change the terms of the Contract without your consent, except to conform the
Contract to applicable law or changes in the law. If a provision of the Contract
is inconsistent with state law, we will follow state law.

ASSIGNMENT

You may not assign any interest in a Contract as collateral or security for a
loan. However, you may assign periodic income payments under the Contract prior
to the Payout Start Date. No Beneficiary may assign benefits under the Contract
until they are due. We will not be bound by any assignment until the assignor
signs it and files it with us. We are not responsible for the validity of any
assignment. Federal law prohibits or restricts the assignment of benefits under
many types of qualified plans and the terms of such plans may themselves contain
restrictions on assignments. An assignment may also result in taxes or tax
penalties. YOU SHOULD CONSULT WITH YOUR ATTORNEY BEFORE TRYING TO ASSIGN YOUR
CONTRACT.

PURCHASES

MINIMUM PURCHASE PAYMENTS

Your initial purchase payment must be at least $3,000 ($2,000 for a Qualified
Contract). All subsequent purchase payments must be $100 ($500 for allocation to
the Fixed Account or the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account) or more. You may
make purchase payments at any time prior to the Payout Start Date. We reserve
the right to limit the maximum amount of purchase payments, or reduce the
minimum purchase payment we will accept. We reserve the right to reject any
application.

AUTOMATIC ADDITIONS PROGRAM

You may make subsequent purchase payments of at least $100 ($500 for allocation
to the Fixed Account) by automatically transferring amounts from your bank
account. Please consult with your Personal Financial Representative for detailed
information.

ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS

At the time you apply for a Contract, you must decide how to allocate your
purchase payments among the investment alternatives. The allocation you specify
on your application will be effective immediately. All allocations must be in
whole percents that total 100% or in whole dollars. You can change your
allocations by notifying us in writing. We reserve the right to limit the
availability of the investment alternatives.

We will allocate your purchase payments to the investment alternatives according
to your most recent instructions on file with us. Unless you notify us in
writing otherwise, we will allocate subsequent purchase payments according to
the allocation for the previous purchase payment. We will effect any change in
allocation instructions at the time we receive, in good order, written notice of
the change.

We will credit the initial purchase payment that accompanies your completed
application to your Contract within 2 business days after we receive the payment
at our service center. If your application is incomplete, we will ask you to
complete your application within 5 business days. If you do so, we will credit
your initial purchase payment to your Contract within that 5 business day
period. If you do not, we will return your purchase payment at the end of the 5
business day period unless you expressly allow us to hold it until you complete
the application. We will credit subsequent purchase payments to the Contract at
the close of the business day on which we receive the purchase payment at our
service

                                  10 PROSPECTUS




center located in Lincoln, Nebraska (mailing address: P.O. Box 82656, Lincoln,
NE 68501-2656).

We are open for business each day Monday through Friday that the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business. We also refer to these days as "VALUATION DATES."
Our business day closes when the New York Stock Exchange closes, usually 4:00
p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). If we receive your purchase payment
after 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date, we
will credit your purchase payment using the Accumulation Unit Values computed on
the next Valuation Date.

RIGHT TO CANCEL

You may cancel the Contract by returning it to us within the Cancellation
Period, which is the 10 day period after you receive the Contract (60 days if
you are exchanging another contract for the Contract described in this
prospectus). You may return it by delivering it or mailing it to us. If you
exercise this "RIGHT TO CANCEL," the Contract terminates and we will pay you the
full amount of your purchase payments allocated to the Fixed Account. Upon
cancellation, as permitted by federal or state law, we will return your purchase
payments allocated to the Variable Account after an adjustment to the extent
federal or state law permits to reflect investment gain or loss that occurred
from the date of allocation through the date of cancellation. If your Contract
is qualified under Code Section 408(b), we will refund the greater of any
purchase payment or the Contract Value.

CONTRACT VALUE

On the Issue Date, the Contract Value is equal to the initial purchase payment.
Your Contract Value at any other time during the Accumulation Phase is equal to
the sum of the value as of the most recent Valuation Date of your Accumulation
Units in the Variable Sub-Accounts you have selected, plus the value of your
investment in the Fixed Account.

ACCUMULATION UNITS

To determine the number of Accumulation Units of each Variable Sub-Account to
credit to your Contract, we divide (i) the amount of the purchase payment or
transfer you have allocated to a Variable Sub-Account by (ii) the Accumulation
Unit Value of that Variable Sub-Account next computed after we receive your
payment or transfer. For example, if we receive a $10,000 purchase payment
allocated to a Variable Sub-Account when the Accumulation Unit Value for the
Sub-Account is $10, we would credit 1,000 Accumulation Units of that Variable
Sub-Account to your Contract. Withdrawals and transfers from a Variable
Sub-Account would, of course, reduce the number of Accumulation Units of that
Sub-Account allocated to your Contract.

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE

As a general matter, the Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account
will rise or fall to reflect:

..    changes in the share price of the Portfolio in which the Variable
     Sub-Account invests, and

..    the deduction of amounts reflecting the mortality and expense risk charge,
     administrative expense charge, and any provision for taxes that have
     accrued since we last calculated the Accumulation Unit Value.

We determine contract maintenance charges, withdrawal charges, and transfer fees
(currently waived) separately for each Contract. They do not affect Accumulation
Unit Value. Instead, we obtain payment of those charges and fees by redeeming
Accumulation Units. For details on how we calculate Accumulation Unit Value,
please refer to the Statement of Additional Information.

We determine a separate Accumulation Unit Value for each Variable Sub-Account on
each Valuation Date.

YOU SHOULD REFER TO THE PROSPECTUSES FOR THE PORTFOLIOS THAT ACCOMPANY THIS
PROSPECTUS FOR A DESCRIPTION OF HOW THE ASSETS OF EACH PORTFOLIO ARE VALUED,
SINCE THAT DETERMINATION DIRECTLY BEARS ON THE ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE OF THE
CORRESPONDING VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT AND, THEREFORE, YOUR CONTRACT VALUE.

                                  11 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS

You may allocate your purchase payments to up to 24 Variable Sub-Accounts. Each
Variable Sub-Account invests in the shares of a corresponding Portfolio. Each
Portfolio has its own investment objective(s) and policies. We briefly describe
the Portfolios below.

For more complete information about each Portfolio, including expenses and risks
associated with the Portfolio, please refer to the accompanying prospectus for
the Portfolio. You should carefully review the Portfolio prospectuses before
allocating amounts to the Variable Sub-Accounts.

PORTFOLIO:               EACH PORTFOLIO SEEKS:         INVESTMENT ADVISOR:
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM VARIABLE INSURANCE FUNDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Capital         Growth of capital
 Appreciation Fund -
 Series I*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Core Equity     Growth of capital
 Fund - Series I*                                        A I M ADVISORS, INC.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Diversified     High level of current income
 Income Fund - Series
 I*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. International   Long-term growth of capital
 Growth Fund - Series
 I*
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AIM V.I. Premier Equity  Long-term growth of capital
 Fund - Series I*         with income as a secondary
                          objective
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIDELITY(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE PRODUCTS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP             Long-term capital
 Contrafund(R)            appreciation.
 Portfolio - Initial
 Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Growth      To achieve capital
 Portfolio - Initial      appreciation.
 Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP High        High level of current
 Income Portfolio -       income, while also
 Initial Class            considering growth of          FIDELITY MANAGEMENT &
                          capital.                       RESEARCH COMPANY
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Index 500   Investment results that
 Portfolio - Initial      correspond to the total
 Class                    return of common stocks
                          publicly traded in
                          the United States,
                          as represented by
                          the Standard &
                          Poor's 500(SM) Index
                          (S&P 500(R)).
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Investment As high a level of
 current Grade Bond Portfolio - income as is
 consistent Initial Class with the
 preservation of capital.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fidelity VIP Overseas Long-term growth of
capital.
 Portfolio - Initial
 Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS(R) VARIABLE INSURANCE TRUST(SM)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Research Bond        To provide total return
 Series - Initial         (high current income and
 Class**                  long-term growth of
                          capital)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS High Income Series   High current income by
 - Initial Class          investing primarily in a
                          professionally managed         MFS(TM) INVESTMENT
                          diversified portfolio of       MANAGEMENT
                          fixed income securities,
                          some of which may involve
                          equity features
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS Investors Trust      To provide long-term growth
 Series - Initial Class   of capital and secondarily
                          to provide reasonable
                          current income
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MFS New Discovery        Capital appreciation.
 Series - Initial Class
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  12 PROSPECTUS




OPPENHEIMER VARIABLE ACCOUNT FUNDS
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Core Bond    High level of current
 Fund/VA***               income. As a secondary
                          objective, the
                          Portfolio seeks
                          capital appreciation
                          when consistent with
                          its primary
                          objective.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Capital      Capital appreciation by
 Appreciation Fund/VA     investing in securities of
                          well-known, established
                          companies.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Global       Long-term capital               OPPENHEIMERFUNDS, INC.
 Securities Fund/VA       appreciation by investing a
                          substantial portion
                          of assets in
                          securities of
                          foreign issuers,
                          growth-type
                          companies, cyclical
                          industries and
                          special situations
                          that are considered
                          to have appreciation
                          possibilities.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer High Income  A high level of current
 Fund/VA                  income from investment in
                          high-yield fixed-income
                          securities.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oppenheimer Main Street  Capital appreciation.
 Small Cap Fund/VA
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
VAN KAMPEN LIFE INVESTMENT TRUST
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Comstock  Capital growth and income      VAN KAMPEN ASSET
 Portfolio, Class I       through investments in        MANAGEMENT
                          equity securities,
                          including common stocks,
                          preferred stocks and
                          securities convertible into
                          common and preferred
                          stocks.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Emerging  Capital appreciation.
 Growth Portfolio,
 Class I
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT           High current return
 Government Portfolio,    consistent with
 Class I                  preservation of capital
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Van Kampen LIT Money     Protection of capital and
 Market Portfolio,        high current income through
 Class I                  investments in money market
                          instruments.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    The Portfolio's investment objective(s) may be changed by the Portfolio's
     Board of Trustees without shareholder approval

..**  Effective May 1, 2005, the MFS Bond Series-Initial Class will change its
     name to MFS Research Bond Series-Initial Class. In addition, the
     Portfolio's objective will change as described above.

***  Effective April 29, 2005, the Oppenheimer Bond Fund/VA changed its name to
     Oppenheimer Core Bond Fund/VA. The Portfolio's objective has not changed.

AMOUNTS YOU ALLOCATE TO VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS MAY GROW IN VALUE, DECLINE IN
VALUE, OR GROW LESS THAN YOU EXPECT, DEPENDING ON THE INVESTMENT PERFORMANCE OF
THE PORTFOLIOS IN WHICH THOSE VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNTS INVEST. YOU BEAR THE
INVESTMENT RISK THAT THE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT MEET THEIR INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES.
SHARES OF THE PORTFOLIOS ARE NOT DEPOSITS, OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED OR
ENDORSED BY ANY BANK AND ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE
CORPORATION, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY.

VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIOS MIGHT NOT BE MANAGED BY THE SAME PORTFOLIO
MANAGERS WHO MANAGE RETAIL MUTUAL FUNDS WITH SIMILAR NAMES. THESE PORTFOLIOS ARE
LIKELY TO DIFFER FROM SIMILARLY NAMED RETAIL FUNDS IN ASSETS, CASH FLOW, AND TAX
MATTERS. ACCORDINGLY, THE HOLDINGS AND RESULTS OF A VARIABLE INSURANCE PORTFOLIO
CAN BE EXPECTED TO BE HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE INVESTMENT RESULTS OF A SIMILARLY
NAMED RETAIL MUTUAL FUND.

                                  13 PROSPECTUS




INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: THE FIXED ACCOUNT

You may allocate all or a portion of your purchase payments to the Fixed Account
Options. We will credit a minimum annual interest rate of 3% to money you
allocate to any of the Fixed Account Options. Please consult with your
representative for current information. The Fixed Account supports our insurance
and annuity obligations. The Fixed Account consists of our general assets other
than those in segregated asset accounts. We have sole discretion to invest the
assets of the Fixed Account, subject to applicable law. Any money you allocate
to the Fixed Account Option does not entitle you to share in the investment
experience of the Fixed Account.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTIONS

SIX MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION

Under this Option, you may establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program allocating
purchase payments to the Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Option
("Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option"). We will credit interest to purchase
payments you allocate to this Option for six months at the current rate in
effect at the time of allocation. We will credit interest daily at a rate that
will compound at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at the time of
allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Six
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. You must transfer all of your money out of the
Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in six equal
monthly installments. If you discontinue the Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option
before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining balance in
this Option to the Van Kampen LIT Money Market Variable Sub-Account unless you
request a different investment alternative. No transfers are permitted into the
Six Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Van Kampen LIT
Money Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transferring
Account Value to the Van Kampen LIT Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this
manner may not be consistent with the theory of dollar cost averaging described
on page 19.

TWELVE MONTH DOLLAR COST AVERAGING FIXED ACCOUNT OPTION

Under this Option, you may establish a Dollar Cost Averaging Program by
allocating purchase payments to the Twelve Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed
Account Option ("Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account Option"). We will credit
interest to purchase payments you allocate to this Option for twelve months at
the current rate in effect at the time of allocation. We will credit interest
daily at a rate that will compound at the annual interest rate we guaranteed at
the time of allocation.

We will follow your instructions in transferring amounts monthly from the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. You must transfer all of your money out of the
Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account Option to the Variable Sub-Accounts in twelve
equal monthly installments. If you discontinue the Dollar Cost Averaging Option
before the end of the transfer period, we will transfer the remaining balance in
this Option to the Van Kampen LIT Money Market Variable Sub-Account unless you
request a different investment alternative. No transfers are permitted into the
Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account.

For each purchase payment allocated to this Option, your first monthly transfer
will occur at the end of the first month following such purchase payment. If we
do not receive an allocation from you within one month of the date of payment,
we will transfer the payment plus associated interest to the Van Kampen LIT
Money Market Variable Sub-Account in equal monthly installments. Transferring
Account Value to the Van Kampen LIT Money Market Variable Sub-Account in this
manner may not be consistent with the theory of dollar cost averaging described
on page 19.

At the end of the transfer period, any nominal amounts remaining in the Six
Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account or the Twelve Month Term Dollar Cost
Averaging Fixed Account will be allocated to the Van Kampen LIT Money Market
Variable Sub-Account.

Transfers out of the Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account Options do not count
towards the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee.

INVESTMENT RISK

We bear the investment risk for all amounts allocated to the Six Month DCA Fixed
Account Option and the Twelve Month DCA Fixed Account Option. That is because we
guarantee the current interest rates we credit to the amounts you allocate to
either of these Options, which will never be less than the minimum guaranteed
rate in the Contract. Currently, we determine, in our sole discretion, the
amount of interest credited in excess of the guaranteed rate.

We may declare more than one interest rate for different monies based upon the
date of allocation to the Six Month DCA Fixed Account Option and the Twelve
Month DCA Fixed Account Option. For current rate information, please contact
your representative or our customer support unit at 1-800-632-3492.

                                  14 PROSPECTUS




GUARANTEE PERIODS

Under this option, each payment or transfer allocated to the Fixed Account earns
interest at a specified rate that we guarantee for a period of years we call a
Guarantee Period. Guarantee Periods may range from 1 to 10 years. We are
currently offering Guarantee Periods of 1, 3, 5, 7, and 10 years in length. In
the future we may offer Guarantee Periods of different lengths or stop offering
some Guarantee Periods. You select one or more Guarantee Periods for each
purchase payment or transfer. If you do not select the Guarantee Period for a
purchase payment or transfer, we will assign the shortest Guarantee Period
available under the Contract for such payment or transfer.

Each payment or transfer allocated to a Guarantee Period must be at least $500.
We reserve the right to limit the number of additional purchase payments that
you may allocate to the Fixed Account. Please consult with your Personal
Financial Representative for more information.

INTEREST RATES. We will tell you what interest rates and Guarantee Periods we
are offering at a particular time. We may declare different interest rates for
Guarantee Periods of the same length that begin at different times. We will not
change the interest rate that we credit to a particular allocation until the end
of the relevant Guarantee Period.

We have no specific formula for determining the rate of interest that we will
declare initially or in the future. We will set those interest rates based on
investment returns available at the time of the determination. In addition, we
may consider various other factors in determining interest rates including
regulatory and tax requirements, our sales commission and administrative
expenses, general economic trends, and competitive factors. We determine the
interest rates to be declared in our sole discretion. We can neither predict nor
guarantee what those rates will be in the future. For current interest rate
information, please contact your Personal Financial Representative or Allstate
New York at 1-800-632-3492. The interest rate will never be less than the
minimum guaranteed amount stated in the Contract.

HOW WE CREDIT INTEREST. We will credit interest daily to each amount allocated
to a Guarantee Period at a rate that compounds to the effective annual interest
rate that we declared at the beginning of the applicable Guarantee Period.

The following example illustrates how a purchase payment allocated to the Fixed
Account would grow, given an assumed Guarantee Period and effective annual
interest rate:

Purchase Payment....................................................    $10,000
Guarantee Period....................................................    5 years
Annual Interest Rate................................................      4.50%

Total Interest Credited During Guarantee Period = $2,461.82 ($12,461.82-$10,000)

END OF CONTRACT YEAR



                                             YEAR 1      YEAR 2      YEAR 3      YEAR 4       YEAR 5
                                           ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ------------
                                                                            
Beginning Contract Value.................  $10,000.00
 X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                 X 1.045
                                           ----------
                                           $10,450.00

Contract Value at end of Contract Year...              $10,450.00
 X (1 + Annual Interest                                   X 1.045
                                                       ----------
                                                       $10,920.25

Contract Value at end of Contract Year...                          $10,920.25
 X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                         X 1.045
                                                                   ----------
                                                                   $11,411.66

Contract Value at end of Contract Year...                                      $11,411.66
 X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                     X 1.045
                                                                               ----------
                                                                               $11,925.19

Contract Value at end of Contract Year...                                                   $11,925.19
 X (1 + Annual Interest Rate)                                                                  X 1.045
                                                                                           -----------
                                                                                            $12,461.82


This example assumes no withdrawals during the entire 5 year Guarantee Period.
If you were to make a withdrawal, you may be required to pay a Withdrawal
Charge. In addition, the amount withdrawn may be increased or decreased by a
Market Value Adjustment that reflects changes in interest rates since the time
you invested the amount withdrawn. Withdrawals of earnings are taxed as ordinary
income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may be subject to an additional 10%
federal tax penalty. The hypothetical interest rate is for illustrative purposes
only and is not intended to predict future interest rates to be declared under
the Contract. Actual interest rates declared for any given Guarantee Period may
be more or less than shown above but will never be less than the guaranteed
minimum rate stated in the Contract.

                                  15 PROSPECTUS




RENEWALS. At least 15 but not more than 45 days prior to the end of each
Guarantee Period, we will mail you a notice asking you what to do with your
money, including the accrued interest. During the 30-day period after the end of
the Guarantee Period, you may:

1)   take no action. We will automatically apply your money to a new Guarantee
     Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate
     will be our then current declared rate for a Guarantee Period of that
     length; or

2)   instruct us to apply your money to one or more new Guarantee Periods of
     your choice. The new Guarantee Period(s) will begin on the day the previous
     Guarantee Period ends. The new interest rate will be our then current
     declared rate for those Guarantee Periods; or

3)   instruct us to transfer all or a portion of your money to one or more
     Variable Sub-Accounts. We will effect the transfer on the day we receive
     your instructions. We will not adjust the amount transferred to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. We will pay interest from the day the Guarantee
     Period expired until the date of the transfer. The interest will be the
     rate for the Shortest Guarantee Period then being offered; or

4)   withdraw all or a portion of your money. You may be required to pay a
     withdrawal charge, but we will not adjust the amount withdrawn to include a
     Market Value Adjustment. You may also be required to pay premium taxes and
     withholding (if applicable). The amount withdrawn will be deemed to have
     been withdrawn on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. Unless you
     specify otherwise, amounts not withdrawn will be applied to a new Guarantee
     Period of the shortest duration available. The new Guarantee Period will
     begin on the day the previous Guarantee Period ends. Withdrawals of
     earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2,
     may be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

Under our automatic laddering program ("Automatic Laddering Program"), you may
choose, in advance, to use Guarantee Periods of the same length for all
renewals. You can select the Automatic Laddering Program at any time during the
Accumulation Phase, including on the Issue Date. We will apply renewals to
Guarantee Periods of the selected length until you direct us in writing to stop.
We may stop offering the Automatic Laddering Program at any time. For additional
information on the Automatic Laddering Program, please call our customer service
center at 1-800-632-3492.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT. All withdrawals in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal
Amount, and transfers from a Guarantee Period, other than those taken during the
30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires, are subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment also applies when you apply amounts
currently invested in a Guarantee Period to an Income Plan (unless paid or
applied during the 30 day period after such Guarantee Period expires). A
positive Market Value Adjustment will apply to amounts currently invested in a
Guarantee Period that are paid out as death benefits. We will not apply a Market
Value Adjustment to a transfer you make as part of a Dollar Cost Averaging
Program. We also will not apply a Market Value Adjustment to a withdrawal you
make:

..    within the Preferred Withdrawal Amount as described on page 20, or

..    to satisfy the IRS minimum distribution rules for a qualified Contract.

We apply the Market Value Adjustment to reflect changes in interest rates from
the time you first allocate money to a Guarantee Period to the time it is
removed from that Guarantee Period. We calculate the Market Value Adjustment by
comparing the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the Guarantee Period at its
inception to the Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period when you remove your money. "TREASURY RATE" means the U.S.
Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported in Federal Reserve Board
Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or negative, depending on changes in
interest rates. As such, you bear the investment risk associated with changes in
interest rates. If interest rates increase significantly, the Market Value
Adjustment and any withdrawal charge, premium taxes, and income tax withholding
(if applicable) could reduce the amount you receive upon full withdrawal of your
Contract Value to an amount that is less than the purchase payment plus interest
at the minimum guaranteed interest rate under the Contract.

Generally, if the Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee
Period is higher than the applicable current Treasury Rate for a period equal to
the time remaining in the Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment
will result in a higher amount payable to you or transferred. Conversely, if the
Treasury Rate at the time you allocate money to a Guarantee Period is lower than
the applicable Treasury Rate for a period equal to the time remaining in the
Guarantee Period, then the Market Value Adjustment will result in a lower amount
payable to you or transferred.

For example, assume that you purchase a Contract and you select an initial
Guarantee Period of 5 years and the 5 year Treasury Rate for that duration is
4.50%. Assume that at the end of 3 years, you make a partial withdrawal. If, at
that later time, the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.20%, then the Market
Value Adjustment will be positive, which will result in an increase in the
amount payable to you. Conversely, if the current 2 year Treasury Rate is 4.80%,
then the Market Value Adjustment will be

                                  16 PROSPECTUS




negative, which will result in a decrease in the amount payable to you.

The formula for calculating Market Value Adjustments is set forth in Appendix B
to this prospectus, which also contains additional examples of the application
of the Market Value Adjustment.

INVESTMENT ALTERNATIVES: TRANSFERS

TRANSFERS DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

During the Accumulation Phase, you may transfer Contract Value among the
investment alternatives. The minimum amount that you may transfer into a
Guarantee Period is $500. You may request transfers in writing on a form that we
provided or by telephone according to the procedure described below. We
currently do not assess, but reserve the right to assess, a $10 charge on each
transfer in excess of 12 per Contract Year. We treat transfers to or from more
than one Portfolio on the same day as one transfer. Transfers you make as part
of a Dollar Cost Averaging Program or Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program do
not count against the 12 free transfers per Contract Year.

We will process transfer requests that we receive before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for that Date. We will process requests completed after 4:00 p.m. Eastern
Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time) on any Valuation Date using the Accumulation Unit
Values for the next Valuation Date. The Contract permits us to defer transfers
from the Fixed Account for up to 6 months from the date we receive your request.
If we decide to postpone transfers from the Fixed Account for 10 days or more,
we will pay interest as required by applicable law. Any interest would be
payable from the date we receive the transfer request to the date we make the
transfer.

If you transfer an amount from a Guarantee Period other than during the 30 day
period after such Guarantee Period expires, we will increase or decrease the
amount by a Market Value Adjustment. If any transfer reduces your value in such
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat the request as a transfer of
the entire value in such Guarantee Period.

We reserve the right to waive any transfer fees and restrictions.

TRANSFERS DURING THE PAYOUT PHASE

During the Payout Phase, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts
to change the relative weighting of the Variable Sub-Accounts on which your
variable income payments will be based. In addition, you will have a limited
ability to make transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the
proportion of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may
not, however, convert any portion of your right to receive fixed income payments
into variable income payments.

You may not make any transfers for the first 6 months after the Payout Start
Date. Thereafter, you may make transfers among the Variable Sub-Accounts or make
transfers from the Variable Sub-Accounts to increase the proportion of your
income payments consisting of fixed income payments. Your transfers must be at
least 6 months apart.

TELEPHONE TRANSFERS

You may make transfers by telephone by calling 1-800-632-3492, if you first send
us a completed authorization form. The cut off-time for telephone transfer
requests is 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (3:00 p.m. Central Time). In the event that
the New York Stock Exchange closes early, i.e., before 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time
(3:00 p.m. Central Time), or in the event that the Exchange closes early for a
period of time but then reopens for trading on the same day, we will process
telephone transfer requests as of the close of the Exchange on that particular
day. We will not accept telephone requests received at any telephone number
other than the number that appears in this paragraph or received after the close
of trading on the Exchange.

We may suspend, modify or terminate the telephone transfer privilege, as well as
any other electronic or automated means we previously approved, at any time
without notice.

We use procedures that we believe provide reasonable assurance that the
telephone transfers are genuine. For example, we tape telephone conversations
with persons purporting to authorize transfers and request identifying
information. Accordingly, we disclaim any liability for losses resulting from
allegedly unauthorized telephone transfers. However, if we do not take
reasonable steps to help ensure that a telephone authorization is valid, we may
be liable for such losses.

MARKET TIMING & EXCESSIVE TRADING

The Contracts are intended for long-term investment. Market timing and excessive
trading can potentially dilute the value of Variable Sub-Accounts and can
disrupt management of a Portfolio and raise its expenses, which can impair
Portfolio performance. Our policy is not to accept knowingly any money intended
for the purpose of market timing or excessive trading. Accordingly, you should
not invest in the Contract if your purpose is to engage in market timing or
excessive trading, and you should refrain from such practices if you currently
own a Contract.

                                  17 PROSPECTUS




We seek to detect market timing or excessive trading activity by reviewing
trading activities. Portfolios also may report suspected market-timing or
excessive trading activity to us. If, in our judgment, we determine that the
transfers are part of a market timing strategy or are otherwise harmful to the
underlying Portfolio, we will impose the trading limitations as described below
under "Trading Limitations." Because there is no universally accepted definition
of what constitutes market timing or excessive trading, we will use our
reasonable judgment based on all of the circumstances.

While we seek to deter market timing and excessive trading in Variable
Sub-Accounts, not all market timing or excessive trading is identifiable or
preventable. Imposition of trading limitations is triggered by the detection of
market timing or excessive trading activity, and the trading limitations are not
applied prior to detection of such trading activity. Therefore, our policies and
procedures do not prevent such trading activity before it first occurs. To the
extent that such trading activity occurs prior to detection and the imposition
of trading restrictions, the portfolio may experience the adverse effects of
market timing and excessive trading described above.

TRADING LIMITATIONS

We reserve the right to limit transfers among the investment alternatives in any
Contract year, or to refuse any transfer request, if:

..    we believe, in our sole discretion, that certain trading practices, such as
     excessive trading, by, or on behalf of, one or more Contract Owners, or a
     specific transfer request or group of transfer requests, may have a
     detrimental effect on the Accumulation Unit Values of any Variable
     Sub-Account or on the share prices of the corresponding Portfolio or
     otherwise would be to the disadvantage of other Contract Owners; or

..    we are informed by one or more of the Portfolios that they intend to
     restrict the purchase, exchange, or redemption of Portfolio shares because
     of excessive trading or because they believe that a specific transfer or
     group of transfers would have a detrimental effect on the prices of
     Portfolio shares.

In making the determination that trading activity constitutes market timing or
excessive trading, we will consider, among other things:

..    the total dollar amount being transferred, both in the aggregate and in the
     transfer request;

..    the number of transfers you make over a period of time and/or the period of
     time between transfers (note: one set of transfers to and from a
     sub-account in a short period of time can constitute market timing);

..    whether your transfers follow a pattern that appears designed to take
     advantage of short term market fluctuations, particularly within certain
     Sub-account underlying portfolios that we have identified as being
     susceptible to market timing activities;

..    whether the manager of the underlying portfolio has indicated that the
     transfers interfere with portfolio management or otherwise adversely impact
     the portfolio; and

..    the investment objectives and/or size of the Sub-account underlying
     portfolio.

If we determine that a contract owner has engaged in market timing or excessive
trading activity, we will restrict that contract owner from making future
additions or transfers into the impacted Sub-account(s). If we determine that a
contract owner has engaged in a pattern of market timing or excessive trading
activity involving multiple Sub-accounts, we will also require that all future
transfer requests be submitted through regular U.S. mail thereby refusing to
accept transfer requests via telephone, facsimile, Internet, or overnight
delivery. Any Sub-account or transfer restrictions will be uniformly applied.

In our sole discretion, we may revise our Trading Limitations at any time as
necessary to better deter or minimize market timing and excessive trading or to
comply with regulatory requirements.

DOLLAR COST AVERAGING PROGRAM

Through the Dollar Cost Averaging Program, you may automatically transfer a set
amount every month during the Accumulation Phase from any Variable Sub-Account,
the Six Month Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Account, or the Twelve Month Dollar
Cost Averaging Fixed Account, to any other Variable Sub-Account. You may not use
dollar cost averaging to transfer amounts to the Fixed Account.

We will not charge a transfer fee for transfers made under this Program, nor
will such transfers count against the 12 transfers you can make each Contract
Year without paying a transfer fee.

The theory of dollar cost averaging is that if purchases of equal dollar amounts
are made at fluctuating prices, the aggregate average cost per unit will be less
than the average of the unit prices on the same purchase dates. However,
participation in this Program does not assure you of a greater profit from your
purchases under the Program nor will it prevent or necessarily reduce losses in
a declining market.

Call or write us for instructions on how to enroll.

AUTOMATIC PORTFOLIO REBALANCING PROGRAM

Once you have allocated your money among the Variable Sub-Accounts, the
performance of each Variable Sub-Account may cause a shift in the percentage you
allocated to each Variable Sub-Account. If you select our Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing Program, we will

                                  18 PROSPECTUS




automatically rebalance the Contract Value in each Variable Sub-Account and
return it to the desired percentage allocations. Money you allocate to the Fixed
Account will not be included in the rebalancing.

We will rebalance your account each quarter according to your instructions. We
will transfer amounts among the Variable Sub-Accounts to achieve the percentage
allocations you specify. You can change your allocations at any time by
contacting us in writing or by telephone. The new allocation will be effective
with the first rebalancing that occurs after we receive your request. We are not
responsible for rebalancing that occurs prior to receipt of your request.

Example:

Assume that you want your initial purchase payment split among 2 Variable
Sub-Accounts. You want 40% to be in the AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation Variable
Sub-Account and 60% to be in the Fidelity VIP Growth Variable Sub-Account. Over
the next 2 months the bond market does very well while the stock market performs
poorly. At the end of the first quarter, the AIM V.I. Capital Appreciation
Variable Sub-Account now represents 50% of your holdings because of its increase
in value. If you choose to have your holdings rebalanced quarterly, on the first
day of the next quarter we would sell some of your units in the AIM V.I. Capital
Appreciation Variable Sub-Account and use the money to buy more units in the
Fidelity VIP Growth Variable Sub-Account so that the percentage allocations
would again be 40% and 60% respectively.

The Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program is available only during the
Accumulation Phase. The transfers made under the Program do not count towards
the 12 transfers you can make without paying a transfer fee, and are not subject
to a transfer fee.

Portfolio rebalancing is consistent with maintaining your allocation of
investments among market segments, although it is accomplished by reducing your
Contract Value allocated to the better performing segments.

You may not use the Dollar Cost Averaging and the Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing programs at the same time.

EXPENSES

As a Contract Owner, you will bear, directly or indirectly, the charges and
expenses described below.

CONTRACT MAINTENANCE CHARGE

During the Accumulation Phase, on each Contract Anniversary, we will deduct a
$30 contract maintenance charge from your Contract Value invested in each
Variable Sub-Account in proportion to the amount invested. We also will deduct a
full contract maintenance charge if you withdraw your entire Contract Value,
unless your Contract qualifies for a waiver, described below. During the Payout
Phase, we will deduct the charge proportionately from each income payment.

The charge is for the cost of maintaining each Contract and the Variable
Account. Maintenance costs include expenses we incur in billing and collecting
purchase payments; keeping records; processing death claims, cash withdrawals,
and policy changes; proxy statements; calculating Accumulation Unit Values and
income payments; and issuing reports to Contract Owners and regulatory agencies.
We cannot increase the charge. We will waive this charge if:

..    total purchase payments equal $50,000 or more, or

..    all of your money is allocated to the Fixed Account on a Contract
     Anniversary.

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE

We deduct a mortality and expense risk charge daily at an annual rate of 1.15%
of the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts.
The mortality and expense risk charge is for all the insurance benefits
available with your Contract (including our guarantee of annuity rates and the
death benefits), for certain expenses of the Contract, and for assuming the risk
(expense risk) that the current charges will be sufficient in the future to
cover the cost of administering the Contract. If the charges under the Contract
are not sufficient, then we will bear the loss.

We guarantee the mortality and expense risk charge and we cannot increase it. We
assess the mortality and expense risk charge during both the Accumulation Phase
and the Payout Phase.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE

We deduct an administrative expense charge daily at an annual rate of 0.10% of
the average daily net assets you have invested in the Variable Sub-Accounts. We
intend this charge to cover actual administrative expenses that exceed the
revenues from the contract maintenance charge. There is no necessary
relationship between the amount of administrative charge imposed on a given
Contract and the amount of expenses that may be attributed to that Contract. We
assess this charge each day during the Accumulation Phase and the Payout Phase.
We guarantee that we will not raise this charge.

TRANSFER FEE

We do not currently impose a fee upon transfers among the investment
alternatives. However, we reserve the right to charge $10 per transfer after the
12th transfer in each Contract Year. We will not charge a transfer fee on
transfers that are part of a Dollar Cost Averaging or Automatic Portfolio
Rebalancing Program.

                                  19 PROSPECTUS




WITHDRAWAL CHARGE

We may assess a Withdrawal Charge of up to 7% of the purchase payment(s) you
withdraw in excess of the Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market
Value Adjustment. The charge declines by 1% annually to 0% after 7 complete
years from the day we receive the purchase payment being withdrawn. Beginning on
January 1, 2004, if you make a withdrawal before the Payout Start Date, we will
apply the Withdrawal Charge percentage in effect on the date of the withdrawal,
or the Withdrawal Charge percentage in effect on the following day, whichever is
lower. A schedule showing how the Withdrawal Charge declines appears on page 7.
During each Contract Year, you can withdraw up to 15% of purchase payments
without paying the Withdrawal Charge. Unused portions of this 15% "PREFERRED
WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT" are not carried forward to future Contract Years.

We determine the Withdrawal Charge by:

..    multiplying the percentage corresponding to the number of complete years
     since we received the purchase payment being withdrawn, times

..    the part of each purchase payment withdrawal that is in excess of the
     Preferred Withdrawal Amount, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment.

We will deduct Withdrawal Charges, if applicable, from the amount paid. For
purposes of the Withdrawal Charge, we will treat withdrawals as coming from the
oldest purchase payments first. However, for federal income tax purposes, please
note that withdrawals are considered to have come first from earnings in the
Contract, which means you pay taxes on the earnings portion of your withdrawal.

We do not apply a Withdrawal Charge in the following situations:

..    on the Payout Start Date (a Withdrawal Charge may apply if you elect to
     receive income payments for a specified period of less than 120 months);

..    the death of the Contract Owner or Annuitant (unless the Settlement Value
     is used);

..    withdrawals taken to satisfy IRS required minimum distribution rules for
     the Contract; or

..    withdrawals made after all purchase payments have been withdrawn.

We use the amounts obtained from the Withdrawal Charge to pay sales commissions
and other promotional or distribution expenses associated with marketing the
Contracts. To the extent that the Withdrawal Charge does not cover all sales
commissions and other promotional or distribution expenses, we may use any of
our corporate assets, including potential profit which may arise from the
mortality and expense risk charge or any other charges or fee described above,
to make up any difference.

Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase are generally considered to come
from the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally all withdrawals are treated as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals
of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty. Withdrawals may also be
subject to a Market Value Adjustment. You should consult your own tax counsel or
other tax advisers regarding any withdrawals.

PREMIUM TAXES

Currently, we do not make deductions for premium taxes under the Contract
because New York does not charge premium taxes on annuities. We may deduct taxes
that may be imposed in the future from purchase payments or the Contract Value
when the tax is incurred or at a later time.

DEDUCTION FOR VARIABLE ACCOUNT INCOME TAXES

We are not currently making a provision for such taxes. In the future, however,
we may make a provision for taxes if we determine, in our sole discretion, that
we will incur a tax as a result of the operation of the Variable Account. We
will deduct for any taxes we incur as a result of the operation of the Variable
Account, whether or not we previously made a provision for taxes and whether or
not it was sufficient. Our status under the Internal Revenue Code is briefly
described in the Federal Tax Matters section.

OTHER EXPENSES

Each Portfolio deducts advisory fees and other expenses from its assets. You
indirectly bear the charges and expenses of the Portfolios whose shares are held
by the Variable Sub-Accounts. These fees and expenses are described in the
accompanying prospectuses for the Portfolios. For a summary of the maximum and
minimum amounts for these charges and expenses, see pages 8-9. We may receive
compensation from the investment advisers or administrators of the Portfolios
for administrative services we provide to the Portfolios.

                                  20 PROSPECTUS




ACCESS TO YOUR MONEY

You can withdraw some or all of your Contract Value at any time prior to the
Payout Start Date. Full or partial withdrawals also are available under limited
circumstances on or after the Payout Start Date. See "Income Plans" on page 22.

The amount payable upon withdrawal is the Contract Value next computed after we
receive the request for a withdrawal at our customer service center, adjusted by
any Market Value Adjustment, less any Withdrawal Charges, contract maintenance
charges, income tax withholding, and any premium taxes. We will pay withdrawals
from the Variable Account within 7 days of receipt of the request, subject to
postponement in certain circumstances.

You can withdraw money from the Variable Account or the Fixed Account. To
complete a partial withdrawal from the Variable Account, we will cancel
Accumulation Units in an amount equal to the withdrawal and any applicable
Withdrawal Charge and premium taxes.

Withdrawals taken during the Accumulation Phase are generally considered to come
from the earnings in the Contract first. If the Contract is tax-qualified,
generally all withdrawals are treated as distributions of earnings. Withdrawals
of earnings are taxed as ordinary income and, if taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

You have the opportunity to name the investment alternative(s) from which you
are taking the withdrawal. If none is specified, we will deduct your withdrawal
pro-rata from the investment alternatives according to the value of your
investments therein.

In general, you must withdraw at least $50 at a time. You also may withdraw a
lesser amount if you are withdrawing your entire interest in a Variable
Sub-Account.

If you request a total withdrawal, you must return your Contract to us.

POSTPONEMENT OF PAYMENTS

We may postpone the payment of any amounts due from the Variable Account under
the Contract if:

1.   The New York Stock Exchange is closed for other than usual weekends or
     holidays, or trading on the Exchange is otherwise restricted;

2.   An emergency exists as defined by the SEC; or

3.   The SEC permits delay for your protection.

In addition, we may delay payments or transfers from the Fixed Account for up to
6 months or a shorter period if required by law. If we delay payment or transfer
for 10 business days or more, we will pay interest as required by law. Any
interest would be payable from the date we receive the withdrawal request to the
date we make the payment or transfer.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PROGRAM

You may choose to receive systematic withdrawal payments on a monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis at any time prior to the Payout Start
Date. The minimum amount of each systematic withdrawal is $50. At our
discretion, systematic withdrawals may not be offered in conjunction with the
Dollar Cost Averaging Program or the Automatic Portfolio Rebalancing Program.

Depending on fluctuations in the net asset value of the Variable Sub-Accounts
and the value of the Fixed Account, systematic withdrawals may reduce or even
exhaust the Contract Value. Please consult your tax advisor before taking any
withdrawal.

We will make systematic withdrawal payments to you or your designated payee. We
may modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program and charge a processing
fee for the service. If we modify or suspend the Systematic Withdrawal Program,
existing systematic withdrawal payments will not be affected.

MINIMUM CONTRACT VALUE

If your request for a partial withdrawal would reduce the amount in any
Guarantee Period to less than $500, we will treat it as a request to withdraw
the entire amount invested in such Guarantee Period. If your request for a
partial withdrawal would reduce your Contract Value to less than $1,000, we may
treat it as a request to withdraw your entire Contract Value. Your Contract will
terminate if you withdraw all of your Contract Value. We will, however, ask you
to confirm your withdrawal request before terminating your Contract. Before
terminating any Contract whose value has been reduced by withdrawals to less
than $1,000, we will inform you in writing of our intention to terminate your
Contract and give you at least 30 days in which to make an additional purchase
payment to restore your Contract's value to the contractual minimum of $1,000.
If we terminate your Contract, we will distribute to you its Contract Value,
adjusted by any applicable Market Value Adjustment, less withdrawal and other
charges and applicable taxes.

                                  21 PROSPECTUS




INCOME PAYMENTS

PAYOUT START DATE

The Payout Start Date is the day that we apply your money to an Income Plan. The
Payout Start Date must be no later than the day the Annuitant reaches age 90, or
the 10th Contract Anniversary, if later. You may change the Payout Start Date at
any time by notifying us in writing of the change at least 30 days before the
scheduled Payout Start Date. Absent a change, we will use the Payout Start Date
stated in your Contract.

INCOME PLANS

An "Income Plan" is a series of payments on a scheduled basis to you or to
another person designated by you. You may choose and change your choice of
Income Plan until 30 days before the Payout Start Date. If you do not select an
Income Plan, we will make income payments in accordance with Income Plan 1 with
guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have designated only one Annuitant, or
Income Plan 2 with guaranteed payments for 10 years if you have designated joint
Annuitants. After the Payout Start Date, you may not make withdrawals (except as
described below) or change your choice of Income Plan.

Three Income Plans are available under the Contract. Each is available to
provide:

..    fixed income payments;

..    variable income payments; or

..    a combination of the two.

A portion of each payment will be considered taxable and the remaining portion
will be a non-taxable return of your investment in the Contract, which is also
called the "basis". Once the basis in the Contract is depleted, all remaining
payments will be fully taxable. If the Contract is tax-qualified, generally, all
payments will be fully taxable. Taxable payments taken prior to age 59 1/2, may
be subject to an additional 10% federal tax penalty.

The three Income Plans are:

INCOME PLAN 1 - LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under this plan, we make
periodic income payments for at least as long as the Annuitant lives. If the
Annuitant dies before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we
will continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required
by the Contract. The number of months guaranteed may be 0 months, or range from
60 to 360 months.

INCOME PLAN 2 - JOINT AND SURVIVOR LIFE INCOME WITH GUARANTEED PAYMENTS. Under
this plan, we make periodic income payments for at least as long as either the
Annuitant or the joint Annuitant is alive. If both the Annuitant and the joint
Annuitant die before we have made all of the guaranteed income payments, we will
continue to pay the remainder of the guaranteed income payments as required by
the Contract. The number of months guaranteed may be 0 months, or range from 60
to 360 months.

INCOME PLAN 3 - GUARANTEED PAYMENTS FOR A SPECIFIED PERIOD (5 YEARS TO 30
YEARS). Under this plan, we make periodic income payments for the period you
have chosen. These payments do not depend on the Annuitant's life. Income
payments for less than 120 months may be subject to a withdrawal charge. We will
deduct the mortality and expense risk charge from the Variable Sub-Account
assets that support variable income payments even though we may not bear any
mortality risk.

The length of any guaranteed payment period under your selected Income Plan
generally will affect the dollar amounts of each income payment. As a general
rule, longer guarantee periods result in lower income payments, all other things
being equal. For example, if you choose an Income Plan with payments that depend
on the life of the Annuitant but with no minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments, the income payments generally will be greater than the income payments
made under the same Income Plan with a minimum specified period for guaranteed
payments.

If you choose Income Plan 1 or 2, or, if available, another Income Plan with
payments that continue for the life of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant, we may
require proof of age and sex of the Annuitant or joint Annuitant before starting
income payments, and proof that the Annuitant or joint Annuitant is alive before
we make each payment.

Please note that under such Income Plans, if you elect to take no minimum
guaranteed payments, it is possible that the payee could receive only 1 income
payment if the Annuitant and any joint Annuitant both die before the second
income payment, or only 2 income payments if they die before the third income
payment, and so on.

Generally, you may not make withdrawals after the Payout Start Date. One
exception to this rule applies if you are receiving variable income payments
that do not depend on the life of the Annuitant (such as under Income Plan 3).
In that case you may terminate all or part of the Variable Account portion of
the income payments at any time and receive a lump sum equal to the present
value of the remaining variable income payments associated with the amount
withdrawn. To determine the present value of any remaining variable income
payments being withdrawn, we use a discount rate equal to the assumed annual
investment rate that we use to compute such variable income payments. The
minimum amount you may withdraw under this feature is $1,000. A withdrawal
charge may apply. You will also have a limited ability to make transfers from
the Variable Account portion of the income payments to increase the proportion
of your income payments consisting of fixed income payments. You may not,
however, convert any

                                  22 PROSPECTUS




portion of your right to receive fixed income payments into variable income
payments. We deduct applicable premium taxes, if any, from the Contract Value at
the Payout Start Date. New York does not currently impose a Premium Tax.

We may make other Income Plans available. You may obtain information about them
by writing or calling us.

You must apply at least the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the Payout
Start Date to fixed income payments. If you wish to apply any portion of your
Fixed Account balance to provide variable income payments, you should plan ahead
and transfer that amount to the Variable Sub-Accounts prior to the Payout Start
Date. If you do not tell us how to allocate your Contract Value among fixed and
variable income payments, we will apply your Contract Value in the Variable
Account to variable income payments and your Contract Value in the Fixed Account
to fixed income payments.

We will apply your Contract Value, adjusted by a Market Value Adjustment, less
applicable taxes to your Income Plan on the Payout Start Date. If the Contract
Value is less than $2,000 or not enough to provide an initial payment of at
least $20, and state law permits, we may:

..    terminate the Contract and pay you the Contract Value, adjusted by any
     Market Value Adjustment and less any applicable taxes, in a lump sum
     instead of the periodic payments you have chosen, or

..    reduce the frequency of your payments so that each payment will be at least
     $20.

VARIABLE INCOME PAYMENTS

The amount of your variable income payments depends upon the investment results
of the Variable Sub-Accounts you select, the premium taxes you pay, the age and
sex of the Annuitant, and the Income Plan you choose. We guarantee that the
payments will not be affected by (a) actual mortality experience and (b) the
amount of our administration expenses.

We cannot predict the total amount of your variable income payments. Your
variable income payments may be more or less than your total purchase payments
because (a) variable income payments vary with the investment results of the
underlying Portfolio and (b) the Annuitant could live longer or shorter than we
expect based on the tables we use.

In calculating the amount of the periodic payments in the annuity tables in the
Contract, we assumed an annual investment rate of 3%. If the actual net
investment return of the Variable Sub-Accounts you choose is less than this
assumed investment rate, then the dollar amount of your variable income payments
will decrease. The dollar amount of your variable income payments will increase,
however, if the actual net investment return exceeds the assumed investment
rate. The dollar amount of the variable income payments stays level if the net
investment return equals the assumed investment rate. Please refer to the
Statement of Additional Information for more detailed information as to how we
determine variable income payments.

FIXED INCOME PAYMENTS

We guarantee income payment amounts derived from the Fixed Account for the
duration of the Income Plan. We calculate the fixed income payments by:

1.   adjusting the portion of the Contract Value in the Fixed Account on the
     Payout Start Date by any applicable Market Value Adjustment;

2.   deducting any applicable premium tax; and

3.   applying the resulting amount to the greater of (a) the appropriate value
     from the income payment table in your Contract or (b) such other value as
     we are offering at that time.

We may defer making fixed income payments for a period of up to 6 months or such
shorter time as state law may require. If we defer payments for 10 business days
or more, we will pay interest as required by law from the date we receive the
withdrawal request to the date we make payment.

CERTAIN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Contracts offered by this prospectus contain income payment tables that
provide for different payments to men and women of the same age, except in
states that require unisex tables. We reserve the right to use income payment
tables that do not distinguish on the basis of sex to the extent permitted by
applicable law. In certain employment-related situations, employers are required
by law to use the same income payment tables for men and women. Accordingly, if
the Contract is to be used in connection with an employment-related retirement
or benefit plan and we do not offer unisex annuity tables in your state, you
should consult with legal counsel as to whether the purchase of a Contract is
appropriate.

                                  23 PROSPECTUS




DEATH BENEFITS

We will pay the death proceeds prior to the Payout Start Date on:

(a)  the death of any Contract Owner, or

(b)  the death of the Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-living
     person.

We will pay the death proceeds to the new Contract Owner as determined
immediately after the death. The new Contract Owner would be a surviving
Contract Owner or, if none, the Beneficiary(ies). In the case of a Contract
owned by a non-living owner, upon the death of the Annuitant, we will pay the
death proceeds to the current Contract Owner.

We will determine the value of the death proceeds as of the end of the Valuation
Date on which we receive a complete request for settlement of the death
proceeds. If we receive a request after 3 p.m. Central Time on a Valuation Date,
we will process the request as of the end of the following Valuation Date.

A complete request for settlement of the death proceeds must include DUE PROOF
OF DEATH. We will accept the following documentation as "Due Proof of Death:"

..    a certified copy of the death certificate,

..    a certified copy of a decree of a court of competent jurisdiction as to the
     finding of death, or

..    any other proof acceptable to us.

DEATH PROCEEDS If we receive a complete request for settlement of the death
proceeds within 180 days of the date of the death of any Contract Owner, or the
death of the Annuitant, if the Contract is owned by a non-living owner, the
death proceeds are equal to the Death Benefit described below. Otherwise, the
death proceeds are equal to the greater of the Contract Value or the Settlement
Value.

We reserve the right to extend, on a non-discriminatory basis, the 180-day
period in which the death proceeds will equal the Death Benefit as described
below. This right applies only to the amount payable as death proceeds and in no
way restricts when a claim may be filed.

If we do not receive a complete request for settlement of the death proceeds
within 180 days of the date of death, the death proceeds are equal to the
greater of:

1)   the Contract Value as of the date we determine the death proceeds; or

2)   the Settlement Value as of the date we determine the death proceeds.

DEATH BENEFIT AMOUNT

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death Benefit is equal to the greatest of:

1.   the Contract Value as of the date we receive a complete request for
     settlement of the death proceeds, or

2.   the SETTLEMENT VALUE (that is, the amount payable on a full withdrawal of
     Contract Value) on the date we determine the death proceeds, or

3.   the Contract Value on the Death Benefit Anniversary immediately preceding
     the date we receive a complete request for settlement of the death
     proceeds, adjusted by any purchase payments, withdrawal adjustment as
     defined below, and charges made since that Death Benefit Anniversary. A
     "DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY" is every seventh Contract Anniversary beginning
     with the Issue Date. For example, the Issue Date, 7th and 14th Contract
     Anniversaries are the first three Death Benefit Anniversaries, or

4.   the greatest of the Anniversary Values as of the date we receive a complete
     request for settlement of the death proceeds. An "ANNIVERSARY VALUE" is
     equal to the Contract Value on a Contract Anniversary, increased by
     purchase payments made since that Anniversary and reduced by the amount of
     any withdrawal adjustment, as defined below, since that anniversary.
     Anniversary Values will be calculated for each Contract Anniversary prior
     to the earlier of:

(i)  the date we determine the death benefit, or

(ii) the deceased's 75th birthday or 5 years after the Issue Date, if later.

The withdrawal adjustment is equal to (a) divided by (b), with the result
multiplied by (c), where:

(a) = the withdrawal amount,

(b) = the Contract Value immediately prior to the withdrawal, and

(c) = the value of the applicable death benefit alternative immediately prior to
the withdrawal.

See Appendix C for an example representative of how the withdrawal adjustment
applies.

In calculating the Settlement Value, the amount in each individual Guarantee
Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment. A Market Value Adjustment
will apply to amounts in a Guarantee Period, unless we calculate the Settlement
Value during the 30-day period after the expiration of the Guarantee Period.
Also, the Settlement Value will reflect the deduction of any applicable
Withdrawal Charges, contract maintenance charges, and premium taxes. Contract
maintenance charges will be pro rated for the part of the Contract Year elapsed
as of the date we determine the Settlement Value, unless your Contract qualifies
for a waiver of such charges described in the "Contract Maintenance Charge"
section above.

DEATH BENEFIT PAYMENTS
DEATH OF OWNER

                                  24 PROSPECTUS




1.   If your spouse is the sole surviving Contract Owner, or is the sole
     Beneficiary:

a.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum; or

b.   Your spouse may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out under one of
     the Income Plans (described in "Income Payments" above), subject to the
     following conditions:

The Payout Start Date must be within one year of your date of death. Income
payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of your spouse; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of your spouse; or

iii. over the life of your spouse with a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to
     30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of your spouse.

c.   If your spouse does not elect one of these options, the Contract will
     continue in the Accumulation Phase as if the death had not occurred. If the
     Contract is continued in the Accumulation Phase, the following conditions
     apply: The Contract Value of the continued Contract will be the Death
     Proceeds. Unless otherwise instructed by the continuing spouse, the excess,
     if any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to
     the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account. This excess will be allocated in
     proportion to your Contract Value in those Variable Sub-Accounts as of the
     end of the Valuation Date on which we receive the complete request for
     settlement of the Death Proceeds (the next Valuation Date if we receive the
     request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time), except that any portion of this
     excess attributable to the Fixed Account Options will be allocated to the
     money market Variable Sub-Account. Within 30 days of the date the Contract
     is continued, your surviving spouse may choose one of the following
     transfer alternatives without incurring a transfer fee:

i.   transfer all or a portion of the excess among the Variable Sub-accounts;

ii.  transfer all or a portion of the excess into the Fixed Account and begin a
     new Guarantee Period; or

iii. transfer all or a portion of the excess into a combination of Variable
     Sub-Accounts and the Fixed Account.

Any such transfer does not count as one of the free transfers allowed each
Contract Year and is subject to any minimum allocation amount specified in the
Contract.

The surviving spouse may make a single withdrawal of any amount within one year
of the date of your death without incurring a Withdrawal Charge or Market Value
Adjustment.

Prior to the Payout Start Date, the Death Proceeds of the continued Contract
will be described under "Death Benefit Amount."

Only one spousal continuation is allowed under the Contract.

2.   If the new Contract Owner is not your spouse but is a living person or if
     there are multiple living-person new Contract Owners:

a.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump
     sum; or

b.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds paid out
     under one of the Income Plans (described in "Income Payments" on page 22),
     subject to the following conditions:

The Payout Start Date must be within one year of your date of death. Income
payments must be payable:

i.   over the life of the new Contract Owner; or

ii.  for a guaranteed number of payments from 5 to 50 years but not to exceed
     the life expectancy of the new Contract Owner; or

iii. over the life of the new Contract Owner with a guaranteed number of
     payments from 5 to 30 years but not to exceed the life expectancy of the
     new Contract Owner.

c.   If the new Contract Owner does not elect one of the options above, then the
     new Contract Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years
     of your date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the
     Death Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which
     we receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the
     next Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central
     Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the new Contract Owner, the excess,
     if any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to
     the money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the new Contract Owner
     may make transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on
     page 18) during this 5 year period. No additional purchase payments may be
     added to the Contract under this election. Withdrawal Charges will be
     waived for any withdrawals made during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to offer additional options upon the death of the Contract
Owner.

If the new Contract Owner dies prior to the complete liquidation of the Contract
Value, then the new Contract Owner's named Beneficiary(ies) will receive the
greater of the Settlement Value or the remaining Contract Value. This amount
must be liquidated as a lump sum within 5 years of the date of the original
Contract Owner's death.

                                  25 PROSPECTUS




3.   If the new Contract Owner is a corporation or other type of non-living
     person:

a.   The new Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump
     sum; or

b.   If the new Contract Owner does not elect the option above, then the new
     Contract Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of
     your date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the Death
     Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which we
     receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the next
     Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central Time).
     Unless otherwise instructed by the new Contract Owner, the excess, if any,
     of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the new Contract Owner may
     make transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on page
     18) during this 5 year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to make additional options available to the new Contract
Owner upon the death of the Contract Owner.

If any new Contract Owner is a non-living person, all new Contract Owners will
be considered to be non-living persons for the above purposes. Under any of
these options, all ownership rights, subject to any restrictions previously
placed upon the Beneficiary, are available to the new Contract Owner from the
date of your death to the date on which the Death Proceeds is paid.

DEATH OF ANNUITANT

If the Annuitant who is not also the Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout
Start Date, the following apply:

1.   If the Contract Owner is a living person, then the Contract will continue
     with a new Annuitant, who will be:

a.   the youngest Contract Owner; otherwise

b.   the youngest Beneficiary. You may change the Annuitant before the Payout
     Start Date.

2.   If the Contract Owner is a non-living person:

a.   The Contract Owner may elect to receive the Death Proceeds in a lump sum;
     or

b.   If the Contract Owner does not elect the option above, then the Contract
     Owner must receive the Contract Value payable within 5 years of the
     Annuitant's date of death. The Contract Value will equal the amount of the
     Death Proceeds as determined as of the end of the Valuation Date on which
     we receive a complete request for settlement of the Death Proceeds (the
     next Valuation Date if we receive the request after 3:00 p.m. Central
     Time). Unless otherwise instructed by the Contract Owner, the excess, if
     any, of the Death Proceeds over the Contract Value will be allocated to the
     money market Variable Sub-Account. Henceforth, the Contract Owner may make
     transfers (as described in "Transfers During the Payout Phase" on page 18)
     during this 5 year period.

No additional purchase payments may be added to the Contract under this
election. Withdrawal Charges will be waived during this 5 year period.

We reserve the right to make additional options available to the Contract Owner
upon the death of the Annuitant.

Under any of these options, all ownership rights are available to the non-living
Contract Owner from the date of the Annuitant's death to the date on which the
Death Proceeds is paid.

MORE INFORMATION

ALLSTATE NEW YORK

Allstate New York is the issuer of the Contract. Allstate New York is a stock
life insurance company organized under the laws of the State of New York.

Allstate New York was incorporated in 1967 and was known as "Financial Life
Insurance Company" from 1967 to 1978. From 1978 to 1984, Allstate New York was
known as "PM Life Insurance Company." Since 1984 the company has been known as
"Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York."

Allstate New York is currently licensed to operate in New York. Our home office
is located at 100 Motor Parkway, Hauppauge, New York 11788-5107.

Allstate New York is a wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance
Company ("Allstate Life"), a stock life insurance company incorporated under the
laws of the State of Illinois. Allstate Life is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Allstate Insurance Company, a stock property-liability insurance company
incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois. With the exception of the
directors' qualifying shares, all of the outstanding capital stock of Allstate
Insurance Company is owned by The Allstate Corporation.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT

Allstate New York established the Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A
on December 15, 1995. We have registered the Variable Account with the SEC as a
unit investment trust. The SEC does not supervise the

                                  26 PROSPECTUS




management of the Variable Account or Allstate New York.

We own the assets of the Variable Account. The Variable Account is a segregated
asset account under New York law. That means we account for the Variable
Account's income, gains and losses separately from the results of our other
operations. It also means that only the assets of the Variable Account that are
in excess of the reserves and other Contract liabilities with respect to the
Variable Account are subject to liabilities relating to our other operations.

Our obligations arising under the Contracts are general corporate obligations of
Allstate New York.

The Variable Account consists of multiple Variable Sub-Accounts, 24 of which are
available through the Contracts. Each Variable Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding Portfolio. We may add new Variable Sub-Accounts or eliminate one
or more of them, if we believe marketing, tax, or investment conditions so
warrant. We do not guarantee the investment performance of the Variable Account,
its Sub-Accounts or the Portfolios. We may use the Variable Account to fund our
other annuity contracts. We will account separately for each type of annuity
contract funded by the Variable Account.

THE PORTFOLIOS

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS. We automatically reinvest all
dividends and capital gains distributions from the Portfolios in shares of the
distributing Portfolio at their net asset value.

VOTING PRIVILEGES. As a general matter, you do not have a direct right to vote
the shares of the Portfolios held by the Variable Sub-Accounts to which you have
allocated your Contract Value. Under current law, however, you are entitled to
give us instructions on how to vote those shares on certain matters. Based on
our present view of the law, we will vote the shares of the Portfolios that we
hold directly or indirectly through the Variable Account in accordance with
instructions that we receive from Contract owners entitled to give such
instructions.

As a general rule, before the Payout Start Date, the Contract Owner or anyone
with a voting interest is the person entitled to give voting instructions. The
number of shares that a person has a right to instruct will be determined by
dividing the Contract Value allocated to the applicable Variable Sub-Account by
the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio as of the record
date of the meeting. After the Payout Start Date, the person receiving income
payments has the voting interest. The payee's number of votes will be determined
by dividing the reserve for such Contract allocated to the applicable Variable
Sub-Account by the net asset value per share of the corresponding Portfolio. The
votes decrease as income payments are made and as the reserves for the Contract
decrease.

We will vote shares attributable to Contracts for which we have not received
instructions, as well as shares attributable to us, in the same proportion as we
vote shares for which we have received instructions, unless we determine that we
may vote such shares in our own discretion. We will apply voting instructions to
abstain on any item to be voted on a pro-rata basis to reduce the votes eligible
to be cast.

We reserve the right to vote Portfolio shares as we see fit without regard to
voting instructions to the extent permitted by law. If we disregard voting
instructions, we will include a summary of that action and our reasons for that
action in the next semi-annual financial report we send to you.

CHANGES IN PORTFOLIOS. If the shares of any of the Portfolios are no longer
available for investment by the Variable Account or if, in our judgment, further
investment in such shares is no longer desirable in view of the purposes of the
Contract, we may eliminate that Portfolio and substitute shares of another
eligible investment portfolio. Any substitution of securities will comply with
the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940. We also may add new
Variable Sub-Accounts that invest in additional Portfolios. We will notify you
in advance of any changes.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Certain of the Portfolios sell their shares to Variable
Accounts underlying both variable life insurance and variable annuity contracts.

It is conceivable that in the future it may be unfavorable for variable life
insurance Variable Accounts and variable annuity Variable Accounts to invest in
the same Portfolio. The boards of directors of these Portfolios monitor for
possible conflicts among Variable Accounts buying shares of the Portfolios.

Conflicts could develop for a variety of reasons. For example, differences in
treatment under tax and other laws or the failure by a Variable Account to
comply with such laws could cause a conflict. To eliminate a conflict, a
Portfolio's board of directors may require a Variable Account to withdraw its
participation in a Portfolio. A Portfolio's net asset value could decrease if it
had to sell investment securities to pay redemption proceeds to a Variable
Account withdrawing because of a conflict.

THE CONTRACT

DISTRIBUTION. ALFS, Inc. ("ALFS"), located at 3100 Sanders Road, Northbrook,
Illinois 60062, serves as principal underwriter of the Contracts. ALFS is a
wholly owned subsidiary of Allstate Life Insurance Company. ALFS is a registered
broker-dealer under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
("Exchange Act"), and is a member of the NASD, Inc.

The Contracts described in this prospectus are sold by registered
representatives of broker-dealers who are our licensed insurance agents, either
individually or through an incorporated insurance agency. Commissions paid to

                                  27 PROSPECTUS




broker-dealers may vary, but we estimate that the total commissions paid on all
Contract sales to broker-dealers will not exceed 8.5% of any purchase payments.

These commissions are intended to cover distribution expenses.

From time to time, we may offer additional sales incentives of up to 1% of
purchase payments to broker-dealers who maintain certain sales volume levels.

Allstate New York does not pay ALFS a commission for distribution of the
Contracts. The underwriting agreement with ALFS provides that we will reimburse
ALFS for any liability to Contract Owners arising out of services rendered or
Contracts issued.

ADMINISTRATION. We have primary responsibility for all administration of the
Contracts and the Variable Account. We provide the following administrative
services, among others:

..    issuance of the Contracts;

..    maintenance of Contract Owner records;

..    Contract Owner services;

..    calculation of unit values;

..    maintenance of the Variable Account; and

..    preparation of Contract Owner reports.

We will send you Contract statements and transaction confirmations at least
annually. The annual statement details values and specific Contract data for
each particular Contract. You should notify us promptly in writing of any
address change. You should read your statements and confirmations carefully and
verify their accuracy. You should contact us promptly if you have a question
about a periodic statement. We will investigate all complaints and make any
necessary adjustments retroactively, but you must notify us of a potential error
within a reasonable time after the date of the questioned statement. If you wait
too long, we will make the adjustment as of the date that we receive notice of
the potential error. We also will provide you with additional periodic and other
reports, information and prospectuses as may be required by federal securities
laws.

NON-QUALIFIED ANNUITIES HELD WITHIN A QUALIFIED PLAN

If you use the Contract within an employer sponsored qualified retirement plan,
the plan may impose different or additional conditions or limitaitons on
withdrawals, waivers of withdrawal charges, death benefits, Payout Start Dates,
income payments, and other Contract features. In addition, adverse tax
consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions and other
conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan administrator for
more information. Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York no longer issues
deferred annuities to employer spnsored qualified retirement plans.

LEGAL MATTERS

All matters of New York law pertaining to the Contracts, including the validity
of the Contracts and Allstate New York's right to issue such Contracts under New
York insurance law, have been passed upon by Michael J. Velotta, General Counsel
of Allstate New York.

                                  28 PROSPECTUS




FEDERAL TAX MATTERS

THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS GENERAL AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. ALLSTATE
NEW YORK MAKES NO GUARANTEE REGARDING THE TAX TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACT OR
TRANSACTION INVOLVING A CONTRACT.

Federal, state, local and other tax consequences of ownership or receipt of
distributions under an annuity contract depend on your individual circumstances.
If you are concerned about any tax consequences with regard to your individual
circumstances, you should consult a competent tax adviser.

TAXATION OF ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK

Allstate New York is taxed as a life insurance company under Part I of
Subchapter L of the Code. Since the Variable Account is not an entity separate
from Allstate New York, and its operations form a part of Allstate New York, it
will not be taxed separately. Investment income and realized capital gains of
the Variable Account are automatically applied to increase reserves under the
Contract. Under existing federal income tax law, Allstate New York believes that
the Variable Account investment income and capital gains will not be taxed to
the extent that such income and gains are applied to increase the reserves under
the Contract. Accordingly, Allstate New York does not anticipate that it will
incur any federal income tax liability attributable to the Variable Account, and
therefore Allstate New York does not intend to make provisions for any such
taxes. If Allstate New York is taxed on investment income or capital gains of
the Variable Account, then Allstate New York may impose a charge against the
Variable Account in order to make provision for such taxes.

TAXATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITIES IN GENERAL

TAX DEFERRAL. Generally, you are not taxed on increases in the Contract Value
until a distribution occurs. This rule applies only where:

..    the Contract Owner is a natural person,

..    the investments of the Variable Account are "adequately diversified"
     according to Treasury Department regulations, and

..    Allstate New York is considered the owner of the Variable Account assets
     for federal income tax purposes.

NON-NATURAL OWNERS. Non-natural owners are also referred to as Non Living Owners
in this prospectus. As a general rule, annuity contracts owned by non-natural
persons such as corporations, trusts, or other entities are not treated as
annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. The income on such contracts
does not enjoy tax deferral and is taxed as ordinary income received or accrued
by the non-natural owner during the taxable year.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE NON-NATURAL OWNER RULE. There are several exceptions to the
general rule that annuity contracts held by a non-natural owner are not treated
as annuity contracts for federal income tax purposes. Contracts will generally
be treated as held by a natural person if the nominal owner is a trust or other
entity which holds the contract as agent for a natural person. However, this
special exception will not apply in the case of an employer who is the nominal
owner of an annuity contract under a non-Qualified deferred compensation
arrangement for its employees. Other exceptions to the non-natural owner rule
are: (1) contracts acquired by an estate of a decedent by reason of the death of
the decedent; (2) certain qualified contracts; (3) contracts purchased by
employers upon the termination of certain qualified plans; (4) certain contracts
used in connection with structured settlement agreements; and (5) immediate
annuity contracts, purchased with a single premium, when the annuity starting
date is no later than a year from purchase of the annuity and substantially
equal periodic payments are made, not less frequently than annually, during the
annuity period.

GRANTOR TRUST OWNED ANNUITY. Contracts owned by a grantor trust are considered
owned by a non-natural owner. Grantor trust owned contracts receive tax deferral
as described in the Exceptions to the Non-Natural Owner Rule section. In
accordance with the Code, upon the death of the annuitant, the death benefit
must be paid. According to your Contract, the Death Benefit is paid to the
surviving Contract Owner. Since the trust will be the surviving Contract Owner
in all cases, the Death Benefit will be payable to the trust notwithstanding any
beneficiary designation on the annuity contract. A trust, including a grantor
trust, has two options for receiving any death benefits: 1) a lump sum payment;
or 2) payment deferred up to five years from date of death.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. For a Contract to be treated as an annuity for
federal income tax purposes, the investments in the Variable Account must be
"adequately diversified" consistent with standards under Treasury Department
regulations. If the investments in the Variable Account are not adequately
diversified, the Contract will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes. As a result, the income on the Contract will be taxed as
ordinary income received or accrued by the Contract owner during the taxable
year. Although Allstate New York does not have control over the Portfolios or
their investments, we expect the Portfolios to meet the diversification
requirements.

OWNERSHIP TREATMENT. The IRS has stated that a contract owner will be considered
the owner of separate account assets if he possesses incidents of ownership in
those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control over the
assets. At the time the diversification regulations were issued, the Treasury
Department

                                  29 PROSPECTUS




announced that the regulations do not provide guidance concerning circumstances
in which investor control of the separate account investments may cause a
Contract owner to be treated as the owner of the separate account. The Treasury
Department also stated that future guidance would be issued regarding the extent
that owners could direct sub-account investments without being treated as owners
of the underlying assets of the separate account.

Your rights under the Contract are different than those described by the IRS in
private and published rulings in which it found that Contract owners were not
owners of separate account assets. For example, if your contract offers more
than twenty (20) investment alternatives you have the choice to allocate
premiums and contract values among a broader selection of investment
alternatives than described in such rulings. You may be able to transfer among
investment alternatives more frequently than in such rulings. These differences
could result in you being treated as the owner of the Variable Account. If this
occurs, income and gain from the Variable Account assets would be includible in
your gross income. Allstate New York does not know what standards will be set
forth in any regulations or rulings which the Treasury Department may issue. It
is possible that future standards announced by the Treasury Department could
adversely affect the tax treatment of your Contract. We reserve the right to
modify the Contract as necessary to attempt to prevent you from being considered
the federal tax owner of the assets of the Variable Account. However, we make no
guarantee that such modification to the Contract will be successful.

TAXATION OF PARTIAL AND FULL WITHDRAWALS. If you make a partial withdrawal under
a Non-Qualified Contract, amounts received are taxable to the extent the
Contract Value, without regard to surrender charges, exceeds the investment in
the Contract. The investment in the Contract is the gross premium paid for the
contract minus any amounts previously received from the Contract if such amounts
were properly excluded from your gross income. If you make a full withdrawal
under a Non-Qualified Contract, the amount received will be taxable only to the
extent it exceeds the investment in the Contract.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY PAYMENTS. Generally, the rule for income taxation of annuity
payments received from a Non-Qualified Contract provides for the return of your
investment in the Contract in equal tax-free amounts over the payment period.
The balance of each payment received is taxable. For fixed annuity payments, the
amount excluded from income is determined by multiplying the payment by the
ratio of the investment in the Contract (adjusted for any refund feature or
period certain) to the total expected value of annuity payments for the term of
the Contract. If you elect variable annuity payments, the amount excluded from
taxable income is determined by dividing the investment in the Contract by the
total number of expected payments. The annuity payments will be fully taxable
after the total amount of the investment in the Contract is excluded using these
ratios. If any variable payment is less than the excludable amount you should
contact a competent tax advisor to determine how to report any unrecovered
investment. The federal tax treatment of annuity payments is unclear in some
respects. As a result, if the IRS should provide further guidance, it is
possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as taxable could be
different. If you die, and annuity payments cease before the total amount of the
investment in the Contract is recovered, the unrecovered amount will be allowed
as a deduction for your last taxable year.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE PAYOUT START DATE. Federal tax law is unclear regarding
the taxation of any additional withdrawal received after the Payout Start Date.
It is possible that a greater or lesser portion of such a payment could be
taxable than the amount we determine.

DISTRIBUTION AT DEATH RULES. In order to be considered an annuity contract for
federal income tax purposes, the Contract must provide:

..    if any Contract Owner dies on or after the Payout Start Date but before the
     entire interest in the Contract has been distributed, the remaining portion
     of such interest must be distributed at least as rapidly as under the
     method of distribution being used as of the date of the Contract Owner's
     death;

..    if any Contract Owner dies prior to the Payout Start Date, the entire
     interest in the Contract will be distributed within 5 years after the date
     of the Contract Owner's death. These requirements are satisfied if any
     portion of the Contract Owner's interest that is payable to (or for the
     benefit of) a designated Beneficiary is distributed over the life of such
     Beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
     the Beneficiary) and the distributions begin within 1 year of the Contract
     Owner's death. If the Contract Owner's designated Beneficiary is the
     surviving spouse of the Contract Owner, the Contract may be continued with
     the surviving spouse as the new Contract Owner;

..    if the Contract Owner is a non-natural person, then the Annuitant will be
     treated as the Contract Owner for purposes of applying the distribution at
     death rules. In addition, a change in the Annuitant on a Contract owned by
     a non-natural person will be treated as the death of the Contract Owner.

TAXATION OF ANNUITY DEATH BENEFITS. Death Benefit amounts are included in income
as follows:

..    if distributed in a lump sum, the amounts are taxed in the same manner as a
     total withdrawal, or

..    if distributed under an Income Plan, the amounts are taxed in the same
     manner as annuity payments.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS. A 10% penalty tax applies to the taxable
amount of any

                                  30 PROSPECTUS




premature distribution from a non-Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally
applies to any distribution made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2.
However, no penalty tax is incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or becoming totally
     disabled,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made under an immediate annuity, or

..    attributable to investment in the Contract before August 14, 1982.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS. With respect to non-Qualified Contracts
using substantially equal periodic payments or immediate annuity payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the Contract Owner's attaining age 59 1/2 would be
subject to a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax
applied. The tax for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty
tax that would have been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the
years in which the exception was used. A material modification does not include
permitted changes described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a
competent tax advisor prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal
periodic payment stream.

TAX FREE EXCHANGES UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 1035. A 1035 exchange is
a tax-free exchange of a non-qualified life insurance contract, endowment
contract or annuity contract into a non-Qualified annuity contract. The contract
owner(s) must be the same on the old and new contract. Basis from the old
contract carries over to the new contract so long as we receive that information
from the relinquishing company. If basis information is never received, we will
assume that all exchanged funds represent earnings and will allocate no cost
basis to them.

PARTIAL EXCHANGES. The IRS has issued a ruling that permits partial exchanges of
annuity contracts. Under this ruling, if you take a withdrawal from a receiving
or relinquishing annuity contract within 24 months of the partial exchange, then
special aggregation rules apply for purposes of determining the taxable amount
of a distribution. The IRS has issued limited guidance on how to aggregate and
report these distributions. The IRS is expected to provide further guidance; as
a result, it is possible that the amount we calculate and report to the IRS as
taxable could be different. Your Contract may not permit partial exchanges.

TAXATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES. If you transfer a non-Qualified Contract without
full and adequate consideration to a person other than your spouse (or to a
former spouse incident to a divorce), you will be taxed on the difference
between the Contract Value and the investment in the Contract at the time of
transfer. Any assignment or pledge (or agreement to assign or pledge) of the
Contract Value is taxed as a withdrawal of such amount or portion and may also
incur the 10% penalty tax.

AGGREGATION OF ANNUITY CONTRACTS. The Code requires that all non-Qualified
deferred annuity contracts issued by Allstate New York (or its affiliates) to
the same Contract Owner during any calendar year be aggregated and treated as
one annuity contract for purposes of determining the taxable amount of a
distribution.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

Generally, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 10% from all non-annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out of
withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold the required 10% of the taxable
amount. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using the wage
withholding rates for all annuitized distributions. The customer may elect out
of withholding by completing and signing a withholding election form. If no
election is made, we will automatically withhold using married with three
exemptions as the default. If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is
provided, we will automatically withhold using single with zero exemptions as
the default. In certain states, if there is federal withholding, then state
withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien.
Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if covered by an income tax treaty
between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's country of residence if the payee
provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number on a fully completed Form W-8BEN.
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is a social security number or an
individual taxpayer identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS
to non-resident alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social
security number. The U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all

                                  31 PROSPECTUS




countries nor do

all tax treaties provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

                             TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

The income on tax sheltered annuity (TSA) and IRA investments is tax deferred,
and the income from annuities held by such plans does not receive any additional
tax deferral. You should review the annuity features, including all benefits and
expenses, prior to purchasing an annuity as a TSA or IRA. Tax Qualified
Contracts are contracts purchased as or in connection with:

..    Individual Retirement Annuities (IRAs) under Code Section 408(b);

..    Roth IRAs under Code Section 408A;

..    Simplified Employee Pension (SEP IRA) under Code Section 408(k);

..    Savings Incentive Match Plans for Employees (SIMPLE IRA) under Code Section
     408(p);

..    Tax Sheltered Annuities under Code Section 403(b);

..    Corporate and Self Employed Pension and Profit Sharing Plans under Code
     Section 401; and

..    State and Local Government and Tax-Exempt Organization Deferred
     Compensation Plans under Code Section 457.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the retirement plans listed above or to modify the Contract
to conform with tax requirements. If you use the Contract within an employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan, the plan may impose different or additional
conditions or limitations on withdrawals, waiver of charges, death benefits,
Payout Start Dates, income payments, and other Contract features. In addition,
adverse tax consequences may result if qualified plan limits on distributions
and other conditions are not met. Please consult your qualified plan
administrator for more information. Allstate New York no longer issues deferred
annuities to employer sponsored qualified retirement plans.

The tax rules applicable to participants with tax qualified annuities vary
according to the type of contract and the terms and conditions of the
endorsement. Adverse tax consequences may result from certain transactions such
as excess contributions, premature distributions, and, distributions that do not
conform to specified commencement and minimum distribution rules. Allstate New
York can issue an individual retirement annuity on a rollover or transfer of
proceeds from a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer sponsored retirement plan under
which the decedent's surviving spouse is the beneficiary. Allstate New York does
not offer an individual retirement annuity that can accept a transfer of funds
for any other, non-spousal, beneficiary of a decedent's IRA, TSA, or employer
sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Please refer to your Endorsement for IRAs or 403(b) plans, if applicable, for
additional information on your death settlement options. In the case of certain
qualified plans, the terms of the Qualified Plan Endorsement and the plans may
govern the right to benefits, regardless of the terms of the Contract.

TAXATION OF WITHDRAWALS FROM AN INDIVIDUALLY OWNED TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACT. If
you make a partial withdrawal under a Tax Qualified Contract other than a Roth
IRA, the portion of the payment that bears the same ratio to the total payment
that the investment in the Contract (i.e., nondeductible IRA contributions)
bears to the Contract Value, is excluded from your income. We do not keep track
of nondeductible contributions, and generally all tax reporting of distributions
from Tax Qualified Contracts other than Roth IRAs will indicate that the
distribution is fully taxable.

"Qualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are not included in gross income.
"Qualified distributions" are any distributions made more than five taxable
years after the taxable year of the first contribution to any Roth IRA and which
are:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made to a beneficiary after the Contract Owner's death,

..    attributable to the Contract Owner being disabled, or

..    made for a first time home purchase (first time home purchases are subject
     to a lifetime limit of $10,000).

"Nonqualified distributions" from Roth IRAs are treated as made from
contributions first and are included in gross income only to the extent that
distributions exceed contributions.

REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. Generally, Tax Qualified Contracts (excluding
Roth IRAs) require minimum distributions upon reaching age 70 1/2. Failure to
withdraw the required minimum distribution will result in a 50% tax penalty on
the shortfall not withdrawn from the Contract. Not all income plans offered
under the Contract satisfy the requirements for minimum distributions. Because
these distributions are required under the Code and the method of calculation is
complex, please see a competent tax advisor.

THE DEATH BENEFIT AND TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Pursuant to the Code and IRS
regulations, an IRA (e.g., traditional IRA, Roth IRA, SEP IRA and SIMPLE IRA)
may not invest in life insurance contracts. However, an IRA may provide a death
benefit that equals the greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value.
The Contract offers a death benefit that in certain circumstances may exceed the
greater of the purchase payments or the Contract Value. We believe that the
Death Benefits offered by your Contract do not constitute life insurance under
these regulations.

                                  32 PROSPECTUS




It is also possible that certain death benefits that offer enhanced earnings
could be characterized as an incidental death benefit. If the death benefit were
so characterized, this could result in current taxable income to a Contract
Owner. In addition, there are limitations on the amount of incidental death
benefits that may be provided under qualified plans, such as in connection with
a TSA or employer sponsored qualified retirement plan.

Allstate New York reserves the right to limit the availability of the Contract
for use with any of the qualified plans listed above.

PENALTY TAX ON PREMATURE DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. A 10%
penalty tax applies to the taxable amount of any premature distribution from a
Tax Qualified Contract. The penalty tax generally applies to any distribution
made prior to the date you attain age 59 1/2. However, no penalty tax is
incurred on distributions:

..    made on or after the date the Contract Owner attains age 59 1/2,

..    made as a result of the Contract Owner's death or total disability,

..    made in substantially equal periodic payments over the Contract Owner's
     life or life expectancy, or over the joint lives or joint life expectancies
     of the Contract Owner and the Beneficiary,

..    made after separation from service after age 55 (does not apply to IRAs),

..    made pursuant to an IRS levy,

..    made for certain medical expenses,

..    made to pay for health insurance premiums while unemployed (applies only
     for IRAs),

..    made for qualified higher education expenses (applies only for IRAs), and

..    made for a first time home purchase (up to a $10,000 lifetime limit and
     applies only for IRAs).

During the first 2 years of the individual's participation in a SIMPLE IRA,
distributions that are otherwise subject to the premature distribution penalty,
will be subject to a 25% penalty tax.

You should consult a competent tax advisor to determine how these exceptions may
apply to your situation.

SUBSTANTIALLY EQUAL PERIODIC PAYMENTS ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. With respect
to Tax Qualified Contracts using substantially equal periodic payments as an
exception to the penalty tax on premature distributions, any additional
withdrawal or other material modification of the payment stream would violate
the requirement that payments must be substantially equal. Failure to meet this
requirement would mean that the income portion of each payment received prior to
the later of 5 years or the taxpayer's attaining age 59 1/2 would be subject to
a 10% penalty tax unless another exception to the penalty tax applied. The tax
for the year of the modification is increased by the penalty tax that would have
been imposed without the exception, plus interest for the years in which the
exception was used. A material modification does not include permitted changes
described in published IRS rulings. You should consult a competent tax advisor
prior to creating or modifying a substantially equal periodic payment stream.

INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING ON TAX QUALIFIED CONTRACTS. Generally, Allstate New York
is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 10% from all
non-annuitized distributions that are not considered "eligible rollover
distributions." The customer may elect out of withholding by completing and
signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we will
automatically withhold the required 10% from the taxable amount. In certain
states, if there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also
mandatory. Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax at a
rate of 20% on all "eligible rollover distributions" unless you elect to make a
"direct rollover" of such amounts to an IRA or eligible retirement plan.
Eligible rollover distributions generally include all distributions from Tax
Qualified Contracts, including TSAs but excluding IRAs, with the exception of:

..    required minimum distributions, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over a period of at
     least 10 years, or,

..    a series of substantially equal periodic payments made over the life (joint
     lives) of the participant (and beneficiary), or,

..    hardship distributions.

For all annuitized distributions that are not subject to the 20% withholding
requirement, Allstate New York is required to withhold federal income tax using
the wage withholding rates. The customer may elect out of withholding by
completing and signing a withholding election form. If no election is made, we
will automatically withhold using married with three exemptions as the default.
If no U.S. taxpayer identification number is provided, we will automatically
withhold using single with zero exemptions as the default. In certain states, if
there is federal withholding, then state withholding is also mandatory.

Election out of withholding is valid only if the customer provides a U.S.
residence address and taxpayer identification number.

Generally, Code Section 1441 provides that Allstate New York as a withholding
agent must withhold 30% of the taxable amounts paid to a non-resident alien. A
non-resident alien is someone other than a U.S. citizen or resident alien or to
certain other 'foreign persons'. Withholding may be reduced or eliminated if
covered by an income tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-resident alien's
country of residence if the payee provides a U.S. taxpayer identification number
on a fully completed Form W-8BEN. A U.S. taxpayer

                                  33 PROSPECTUS




identification number is a social security number or an individual taxpayer
identification number ("ITIN"). ITINs are issued by the IRS to non-resident
alien individuals who are not eligible to obtain a social security number. The
U.S. does not have a tax treaty with all countries nor do all tax treaties
provide an exclusion or lower withholding rate for annuities.

INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408(b) permits eligible
individuals to contribute to an individual retirement program known as an
Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA). Individual Retirement Annuities are subject
to limitations on the amount that can be contributed and on the time when
distributions may commence. Certain distributions from other types of qualified
retirement plans may be "rolled over" on a tax-deferred basis into an Individual
Retirement Annuity.

ROTH INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES. Code Section 408A permits eligible
individuals to make nondeductible contributions to an individual retirement
program known as a Roth Individual Retirement Annuity. Roth Individual
Retirement Annuities are subject to limitations on the amount that can be
contributed and on the time when distributions may commence.

Subject to certain limitations, a traditional Individual Retirement Account or
Annuity may be converted or "rolled over" to a Roth Individual Retirement
Annuity. The income portion of a conversion or rollover distribution is taxable
currently, but is exempted from the 10% penalty tax on premature distributions.

ANNUITIES HELD BY INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS (COMMONLY KNOWN AS CUSTODIAL

IRAS). Code Section 408 permits a custodian or trustee of an Individual
Retirement Account to purchase an annuity as an investment of the Individual
Retirement Account. If an annuity is purchased inside of an Individual
Retirement Account, then the Annuitant must be the same person as the beneficial
owner of the Individual Retirement Account.

Generally, the death benefit of an annuity held in an Individual Retirement
Account must be paid upon the death of the Annuitant. However, in most states,
the Contract permits the custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement
Account to continue the Contract in the accumulation phase, with the Annuitant's
surviving spouse as the new Annuitant, if the following conditions are met:

1)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account is the owner
     of the annuity and has the right to the death proceeds otherwise payable
     under the Contract;

2)   The deceased Annuitant was the beneficial owner of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

3)   We receive a complete request for settlement for the death of the
     Annuitant; and

4)   The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account provides us
     with a signed certification of the following:

(a)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse is the sole beneficiary of the Individual
     Retirement Account;

(b)  The Annuitant's surviving spouse has elected to continue the Individual
     Retirement Account as his or her own Individual Retirement Account; and

(c)  The custodian or trustee of the Individual Retirement Account has continued
     the Individual Retirement Account pursuant to the surviving spouse's
     election.

SIMPLIFIED EMPLOYEE PENSION IRA. Code Section 408(k) allows eligible employers
to establish simplified employee pension plans for their employees using
individual retirement annuities. These employers may, within specified limits,
make deductible contributions on behalf of the employees to the individual
retirement annuities. Employers intending to use the Contract in connection with
such plans should seek competent tax advice.

SAVINGS INCENTIVE MATCH PLANS FOR EMPLOYEES (SIMPLE IRA). Code Section 408(p)
allows eligible employers with 100 or fewer employees to establish SIMPLE
retirement plans for their employees using individual retirement annuities. In
general, a SIMPLE IRA consists of a salary deferral program for eligible
employees and matching or nonelective contributions made by employers. Employers
intending to purchase the Contract as a SIMPLE IRA should seek competent tax and
legal advice.

TO DETERMINE IF YOU ARE ELIGIBLE TO CONTRIBUTE TO ANY OF THE ABOVE LISTED IRAS
(TRADITIONAL, ROTH, SEP, OR SIMPLE), PLEASE REFER TO IRS PUBLICATION 590 AND
YOUR COMPETENT TAX ADVISOR.

TAX SHELTERED ANNUITIES. Code Section 403(b) provides tax-deferred retirement
savings plans for employees of certain non-profit and educational organizations.
Under Section 403(b), any contract used for a 403(b) plan must provide that
distributions attributable to salary reduction contributions made after
12/31/88, and all earnings on salary reduction contributions, may be made only
on or after the date the employee:

..    attains age 59 1/2,

..    severs employment,

..    dies,

..    becomes disabled, or

..    incurs a hardship (earnings on salary reduction contributions may not be
     distributed on account of hardship).

These limitations do not apply to withdrawals where Allstate New York is
directed to transfer some or all of the Contract Value to another 403(b) plan.
Generally, we do

                                  34 PROSPECTUS




not accept funds in 403(b) contracts that are subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).

ANNUAL REPORTS AND OTHER DOCUMENTS

Allstate New York's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2004, is incorporated herein by reference, which means that it is legally a part
of this prospectus.

After the date of this prospectus and before we terminate the offering of the
securities under this prospectus, all documents or reports we file with the SEC
under the Exchange Act are also incorporated herein by reference, which means
that they also legally become a part of this prospectus.

Statements in this prospectus, or in documents that we file later with the SEC
and that legally become a part of this prospectus, may change or supersede
statements in other documents that are legally part of this prospectus.
Accordingly, only the statement that is changed or replaced will legally be a
part of this prospectus.

We file our Exchange Act documents and reports, including our annual and
quarterly reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q electronically on the SEC's "EDGAR"
system using the identifying number CIK No. 0000839759. The SEC maintains a Web
site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The
address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. You also can view these materials at
the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. For more information on the operations of SEC's Public Reference Room,
call 1-800-SEC-0330.

If you have received a copy of this prospectus, and would like a free copy of
any document incorporated herein by reference (other than exhibits not
specifically incorporated by reference into the text of such documents), please
write or call us at Customer Service, P.O. Box 82656, Lincoln, NE 68501-2656
(telephone: 1-800-632-3492).

                                  35 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX A

ACCUMULATION UNIT VALUE AND NUMBER OF ACCUMULATION UNITS OUTSTANDING FOR EACH
VARIABLE SUB-ACCOUNT SINCE CONTRACTS WERE FIRST OFFERED*



For the period beginning January 1 and ending December 31,         2000      2001      2002      2003       2004
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                           
AIM V.I. CAPITAL APPRECIATION - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   7.63  $  5.779  $  4.317   $  5.521
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  7.63  $  5.779  $  4.317  $  5.521   $  5.813
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                         1,991    35,576    91,317   117,184    160,308
AIM V.I. CORE EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.18  $  6.231  $  5.195   $  6.382
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.18  $  6.231  $  5.195  $  6.382   $  6.868
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                         1,488    34,966    62,419    79,425     94,314
AIM V.I. DIVERSIFIED INCOME - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.99  $ 10.223  $ 10.328   $ 11.141
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.99  $ 10.223  $ 10.328  $ 11.141   $ 11.555
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           364     5,443    24,375    33,509     47,763
AIM V.I. INTERNATIONAL GROWTH - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.66  $  6.538  $  5.444   $  9.938
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.66  $  6.538  $  5.444  $  9.938   $  8.496
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           305    11,638    15,358    20,763     28,603
AIM V.I. PREMIER EQUITY - SERIES I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.67  $  7.482  $  5.153   $  6.365
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.67  $  7.482  $  5.153  $  6.365   $  6.648
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        21,939    71,223   158,710   177,633    197,713
FIDELITY VIP CONTRAFUND(R) - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.39  $  8.138  $  7.285   $  9.242
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.39  $  8.138  $  7.285  $  9.242   $ 10.539
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                         2,196    31,995    97,646   147,589    197,911
FIDELITY VIP GROWTH - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.53  $  6.934  $  4.786   $  6.279
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.53  $  6.934  $  4.786  $  6.279   $  6.410
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        27,151    90,481   208,536   257,920    354,754
FIDELITY VIP HIGH INCOME - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.40  $  7.317  $  7.474   $  9.393
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.40  $  7.317  $  7.474  $  9.393   $ 10.166
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                            33    20,582    43,029    63,385    103,282
FIDELITY VIP INDEX 500 - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.04  $  7.845  $  6.025   $  7.640
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.04  $  7.845  $  6.025  $  7.640   $  8.345
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    67,571   215,402   267,570    404,671
 FIDELITY VIP INVESTMENT GRADE BOND - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $  10.44  $ 11.179  $ 12.181   $ 12.655
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $ 10.44  $ 11.179  $ 12.181  $ 12.655   $ 13.054
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           132    26,618   143,699      202,    195,735
FIDELITY VIP OVERSEAS - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.97  $  6.982  $  5.496   $  7.781
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.97  $  6.982  $  5.496  $  7.781   $  8.732
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                            92    25,188    36,513    43,249     52,535
MFS RESEARCH BOND - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT **
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $  10.39  $ 11.150  $ 11.993   $ 12.949
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $ 10.39  $ 11.150  $ 11.993  $ 12.949   $ 13.563
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    18,271   100,799   121,895    110,249


                                  36 PROSPECTUS






                                                                                           
MFS HIGH INCOME - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.22  $  9.298  $  9.417   $ 10.969
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.22  $  9.298  $  9.417  $ 10.969   $ 11.823
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           108    10,338     9,733    15,277     49,548
MFS INVESTORS TRUST - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.73  $  8.078  $  6.305   $  7.605
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.73  $  8.078  $  6.305  $  7.605   $  8.363
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    27,560    73,504    87,690    114,180
MFS NEW DISCOVERY - INITIAL CLASS SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.89  $  8.336  $  5.628   $  7.432
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.89  $  8.336  $  5.628  $  7.432   $  7.817
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                         6,891    19,369    66,020    77,933     86,243
OPPENHEIMER CORE BOND/VA SUB-ACCOUNT ***
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $  10.20  $ 10.857  $ 11.695   $ 12.332
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $ 10.20  $ 10.857  $ 11.695  $ 12.332   $ 12.847
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    25,776   106,484   121,184    143,175
OPPENHEIMER CAPITAL APPRECIATION/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.95  $  7.723  $  5.578   $  7.213
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.95  $  7.723  $  5.578  $  7.213   $  7.617
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                            91   107,889   186,591   237,209    299,956
OPPENHEIMER GLOBAL SECURITIES/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.63  $  8.363  $  6.431   $  9.082
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.63  $  8.363  $  6.431  $  9.082   $ 10.687
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    41,075    84,628   108,776    130,413
OPPENHEIMER HIGH INCOME/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   9.46  $  9.520  $  9.176   $ 11.232
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  9.46  $  9.520  $  9.176  $ 11.232   $ 12.087
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0    23,570    52,432    63,049     95,050
OPPENHEIMER MAIN STREET SMALL CAP/VA SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   8.73  $  8.589  $  7.146   $ 10.187
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  8.73  $  8.589  $  7.146  $ 10.187   $ 12.013
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           240    22,387    77,910   119,444    164,702
VAN KAMPEN LIT COMSTOCK, CLASS I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $  11.58  $ 11.154  $  8.894   $ 11.505
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $ 11.58  $ 11.154  $  8.894  $ 11.505   $ 13.379
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                           337    38,811   117,684   175,133    232,285
VAN KAMPEN LIT EMERGING GROWTH, CLASS I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $   7.47  $  5.053  $  3.369   $  4.237
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $  7.47  $  5.053  $  3.369  $  4.237   $  4.478
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                        16,637    65,356   138,721   171,774    182,412
VAN KAMPEN LIT GOVERNMENT, CLASS I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                          --        --  $ 10.000  $ 10.642   $ 10.692
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                                --        --  $ 10.642  $ 10.692   $ 10.999
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                            --        --    46,592    56,776     48,986
VAN KAMPEN LIT MONEY MARKET, CLASS I SUB-ACCOUNT
 Accumulation Unit Value, Beginning of Period                     $ 10.00  $  10.14  $ 10.381  $ 10.377   $ 10.305
 Accumulation Unit Value, End of Period                           $ 10.14  $ 10.381  $ 10.377  $ 10.305   $ 10.258
 Number of Units Outstanding, End of Period                             0   129,426   199,118   192,771    199,636


*    The Contracts were first offered on September 22, 2000. The Accumulation
     Unit Values in this table reflect a mortality and expense risk charge of
     1.15% and an administrative expense charge of 0.10%. All of the Variable
     Sub-Accounts were first offered under the Contracts on September 19, 2000,
     with the exception of the Van Kampen LIT Government, Class I Sub-Account
     that was first offered April 30, 2002.

**   Effective May 1, 2005, the MFS Bond Series - Initial Class will change its
     name to MFS Research Bond Series - Initial Class. We will make a
     corresponding change in the name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests
     in that Portfolio.

***  Effective Apil 29, 2005, the Oppenheimer Bond Fund/VA changed its name to
     Oppenheimer Core Bond Fund/VA. We have made a corresponding change in the
     name of the Variable Sub-Account that invests in that Portfolio.

                                  37 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX B MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The Market Value Adjustment is based on the following:

I = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to the applicable Guarantee Period
for the week preceding the establishment of the Guarantee Period.

N = the number of whole and partial years from the date we receive the
withdrawal, transfer, or death benefit request, or from the Payout Start Date,
to the end of the Guarantee Period; and

J = the Treasury Rate for a maturity equal to N years for the week preceding the
receipt of the withdrawal, transfer, death benefit, or income payment request.
If a note for a maturity of length N is not available, a weighted average will
be used.

"Treasury Rate" means the U.S. Treasury Note Constant Maturity Yield as reported
in Federal Reserve Board Statistical Release H.15.

The Market Value Adjustment factor is determined from the following formula:

..9 X (I - J) X N

To determine the Market Value Adjustment, we will multiply the Market Value
Adjustment factor by the amount transferred (in excess of the Preferred
Withdrawal Amount) paid as a death benefit, or applied to an Income Plan, from a
Guarantee Period at any time other than during the 30 day period after such
Guarantee Period expires.

                                  38 PROSPECTUS




EXAMPLES OF MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

Purchase Payment: $10,000 allocated to a Guarantee Period

Guarantee Period: 5 years

Guaranteed Interest Rate: 4.50%

5 Year Treasury Rate at the time the Guarantee Period is established: 4.50%

Full Surrender: End of Contract Year 3

NOTE: These examples assume that premium taxes are not applicable.

EXAMPLE 1 (ASSUME DECLINING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1.  Calculate Contract      $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/ = $11,411.66
 Value at End of Contract Year
 3:
Step 2. Calculate the Preferred .15 X
 $10,000.00 = $1,500.00 Withdrawal Amount:

Step 3. Calculate the Market      I = 4.5%
 Value Adjustment:                J = 4.2%

                                      730 days
                                  N = -------- = 2
                                      365 days

                                 Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X
                                 N = .9 X (.045 - .042) X (730/365) = .0054

                                 Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                 Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject to Market
                                 Value Adjustment:

                                  = .0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,500.00) = $53.32

EXAMPLE 2: (ASSUMES RISING INTEREST RATES)

Step 1.  Calculate Contract      $10,000.00 X (1.045)/3/  = $11,411.66
 Value at End of Contract Year 3:
Step 2. Calculate the Preferred .15 X
 $10,000.00 = $1,500.00 Withdrawal Amount:
Step 3. Calculate the Market      I = 4.5%
 Value Adjustment:                J = 4.8%

                                       730 days
                                   N = -------- = 2
                                       365 days

                                 Market Value Adjustment Factor: .9 X (I - J) X
                                 N = .9 X (.045 - .048) X (730/365) = -.0054

                                 Market Value Adjustment = Market Value
                                 Adjustment Factor X Amount Subject to Market
                                 Value Adjustment:

                                  = -.0054 X ($11,411.66 - $1,500.00) = -$53.52

                                  39 PROSPECTUS




APPENDIX C WITHDRAWAL ADJUSTMENT EXAMPLE

Issue Date: January 1, 2005

Initial Purchase Payment: $50,000

Death Benefit Amount



- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Contract                  Contract                     Greatest
                Type       Value Before  Transaction  Value After  Death Benefit   Anniversary
   Date     of Occurrence   Occurrence     Amount     Occurrence    Anniversary       Value
                 Value
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   
  1/1/05      IssueDate         --         $50,000      $50,000       $50,000        $50,000
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1/1/06      Contract       $55,000         --         $55,000       $50,000        $55,000
             Anniversary
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  7/1/06       Partial       $60,000       $15,000      $45,000       $37,500        $41,250
             Withdrawal
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Withdrawal adjustment equals the partial withdrawal amount divided by the
Contract Value immediately prior to the partial withdrawal multiplied by the
value of the applicable death benefit amount alternative immediately prior to
the partial withdrawal.



DEATH BENEFIT ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT                                                     (w)               $15,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal                        (a)               $60,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately Prior to Partial         (d)               $50,000
Withdrawal
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawal Adjustment                                                    [(w)/(a)] X (d)        $12,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                                          $37,500
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GREATEST ANNIVERSARY VALUE DEATH BENEFIT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PARTIAL WITHDRAWAL AMOUNT                                                     (w)               $15,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Contract Value Immediately Prior to Partial Withdrawal                        (a)               $60,000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Value of Applicable Death Benefit Amount Immediately Prior to Partial         (d)               $55,000
Withdrawal
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Withdrawal Adjustment                                                    [(w)/(a)] X (d)        $13,750
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted Death Benefit                                                                          $41,250
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Please remember that you are looking at a hypothetical example, and that your
investment performance may be greater or less than the figures shown.

                                  40 PROSPECTUS




STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

              Additions, Deletions or Substitutions of Investments

                                  The Contract

                              Purchase of Contracts

                     Calculation of Accumulation Unit Values

                     Calculation of Variable Income Payments

                                 General Matters

                                Incontestability

                                   Settlements

                  Safekeeping of the Variable Account's Assets

                                     Experts

                              Financial Statements

THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFERING IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFERING MAY NOT LAWFULLY BE MADE. WE DO NOT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO PROVIDE
ANY INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS REGARDING THE OFFERING DESCRIBED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                  41 PROSPECTUS




                                     PART II

                   INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Registrant anticipates that it will incur the following approximate expenses in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be
registered:

Registration fees................   $    0

Cost of printing and engraving...   $4,000
Legal fees.......................   $    0
Accounting fees..................   $3,000
Mailing fees.....................   $6,500

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

The By-laws of Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York ("Registrant")
provide that Registrant will indemnify all of its directors, former directors,
officers and former officers, to the fullest extent permitted under law, who
were or are a party or are threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by
reason of the fact that such persons were or are directors or officers of
Registrant, against liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by them. The indemnity shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which directors or officers may be
entitled by law or under any articles of incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote
of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. In addition, the
indemnity shall inure to the benefit of the legal representatives of directors
and officers or of their estates, whether such representatives are court
appointed or otherwise designated, and to the benefit of the heirs of such
directors and officers. The indemnity shall extend to and include claims for
such payments arising out of any proceeding commenced or based on actions of
such directors and officers taken prior to the effectiveness of this indemnity;
provided that payment of such claims had not been agreed to or denied by
Registrant before such date.

The directors and officers of Registrant have been provided liability insurance
for certain losses arising from claims or charges made against them while acting
in their capacities as directors or officers of Registrant.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

During the period beginning on December 1, 2008 and ending on April 3, 2009, the
Registrant inadvertently sold deferred annuity contracts or participating
interests therein pursuant to two registration statements on Form S-3 that were
not in compliance with Rule 415(a)(5) under the Securities Act of 1933.  The
aggregate amount of securities sold was $2,908,070.  Purchasers, however, did
receive all material information relating to the security prior to sale,
including the prospectus from the existing registration statement. When the
technical violation was discovered, the Registrant filed new registration
statements on Form S-3 with the Commission to comply with the requirements of
Rule 415(a)(5) for continuous offering.  These registration statements were
declared effective on March 27, 2009 (SEC File No. 333-158183) and April 27,
2009 (SEC File No. 333-158655).  Although the legal effect of a violation of
Rule 415(a)(5) is not entirely clear, the Registrant may have been deemed to
have inadvertently sold unregistered securities during the time period noted
above.  New procedures have been implemented to ensure timely submission of
future registration statement filings.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

16(a)

Exhibit No. Description

(1) Form of Underwriting Agreement (Incorporated herein by reference to
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Form N-4 Registration Statement
(File No. 033-65381) dated September 23, 1996.)

(2) None

3(i) Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Allstate Life Insurance Company
of New York dated December 2, 2003. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
3(i) to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's Annual Report on Form 10-K
for 2003, SEC File No. 333-100029.

3(ii) Amended By-Laws of Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York dated
December 16, 1998.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to
Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
1998, SEC File No. 333-100029.

(4)(a) Form of AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) Variable Annuity Contract (Incorporated
herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form N-4 Registration
Statement of Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A (File No. 033-65381)
dated September 23, 1996.)

(b) Form of AIM Lifetime Plus(SM) II Variable Annuity Contract (Incorporated
herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Form N-4 Registration
Statement of Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A (File No. 033-65381)
dated November 12, 1999.)

(c) Form of "Allstate Custom Portfolio," "Allstate Provider" or
"SelectDirections(SM)" Variable Annuity Contract (Incorporated herein by
reference to Form N-4 Registration Statement of Allstate Life of New York
Separate Account A (File No. 333-94785) dated January 14, 2000.)

(d) Form of Amendatory Endorsement to Add Dollar Cost Averaging Fixed Accounts
to the "Allstate Custom Portfolio", "Allstate Provider", or "SelectDirections"
Variable Annuity (Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment
No. 23 to Form N-4 Registration Statement of Allstate Life of New York Separate
Account A (File No. 333-94785) dated April 20, 2001.)

(e) Form of Amendatory Endorsement for Transfer Limitations under the "Allstate
Custom Portfolio", "Allstate Provider", or "SelectDirections" Variable Annuity
(Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 23 to Form N-4
Registration Statement of Allstate Life of New York Separate Account A (File No.
333-94785) dated April 20, 2001.)

(f) Form of Death Benefit Endorsement (Previously filed in Post-Effective
Amendment No. 1 to this Registration Statement (File No. 333-100029) dated April
11, 2003.)

(5)(a) Opinion and Consent of General Counsel re: Legality (Incorporated herein
by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Form S-3 Registration Statement
of Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York (File No. 033-65355) dated
September 23, 1996.)

(5)(b) Opinion and Consent of General Counsel re: Legality (Incorporated herein
by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Form S-3 Registration
Statement of Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York (File No. 033-65355)
dated November 12, 1999.)

(5)(c) Opinion and Consent of General Counsel re: Legality (Incorporated herein
by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Form S-3 Registration
Statement (File No.333-95703) dated February 14, 2000.)

(5)(d) Opinion of General Counsel Re: Legality (Incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Form S-3 Registration Statement (File
No.333-95703) dated July 21, 2000.)

(5)(e) Opinion of General Counsel Re: Legality (Incorporated herein by reference
to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3
(File No. 333-95703) dated August 21, 2000.)




(5)(f) Opinion of General Counsel Re: Legality (Incorporated herein by reference
to Registrant's Form S-3 Initial Registration Statement (File No. 333-61846)
dated May 30, 2001.)

(5)(g) Opinion of General Counsel Re: Securities registered (Previously filed in
Registrant's Form S-3 Initial Registration Statement (File No. 333-100029) dated
September 24, 2002.)

(5)(h) Opinion of General Counsel Re: Legality (Incorporated by reference to
Registrant's Form S-3 Registration Statement (File No. 333-158183) dated March
24, 2009)

(8) None

(9) None

(10)  Material Contracts

10.1  Form of Amended and Restated Service and Expense Agreement between
      Allstate Insurance Company, The Allstate Corporation and certain
      affiliates effective January 1, 2004. Incorporated herein by reference to
      Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form
      10-K for 2007. (SEC File No.000-31248)

10.2 Form of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Service and Expense
     Agreement between Allstate Insurance Company, The Allstate Corporation and
     certain affiliates effective January 1, 2009. Incorporated herein by
     reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Current
     Report on Form 8-K filed February 17, 2010. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.3  New York Insurer Supplement to Amended and Restated Service and Expense
      Agreement between Allstate Insurance Company, The Allstate Corporation,
      Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York and Intramerica Life Insurance
      Company, effective March 5, 2005. Incorporated herein by reference to
      Exhibit 10.2 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Quarterly Report on Form
      10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2005. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.4  Investment Advisory Agreement and Amendment to Service Agreement as of
      January 1, 2002 between Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate Investments,
      LLC and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York.  Incorporated herein
      by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New
      York's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2002.
      (SEC File No. 333-61846)

10.5  Form of Tax Sharing Agreement among The Allstate Corporation and certain
      affiliates dated as of November 12, 1996. Incorporated herein by reference
      to Exhibit 10.24 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's Annual Report Form
      10-K for 2007. (SEC File No.000-31248)

10.6  Underwriting Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York
      and ALFS, Inc., effective October 1, 1996. Incorporated herein by
      reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File
      No. 333-61846)

10.7  Principal Underwriting Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company
      of New York and Allstate Distributors, L.L.C., effective May 1, 2000.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter
      ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-61846)

10.8  Amendment Number One to the Principal Underwriting Agreement between
      Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York and Allstate Distributors,
      L.L.C. effective October 1, 2002.  Incorporated herein by reference to
      Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's Quarterly
      Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006. (SEC File No.
      333-100029)

10.9  Selling Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York,
      ALFS, Inc. and Allstate Financial Services, LLC effective May 1, 2005.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2003.  (SEC File No.
      000-31248)

10.10 Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Allstate
      Life Insurance Company of New York effective January 1, 1984 as amended by
      Amendment No. 1 effective September 1, 1984, Amendment No.2 effective
      January 1, 1987, Amendment No.3 effective October 1, 1988, Amendment No.4
      effective January 1, 1994 and Amendment No.5 effective December 31, 1995.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter
      ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-61846)

10.11 Amendment No. 6 to Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance
      Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective
      December 1, 2007.  Filed herewith.

10.12 Amendment No. 7 to Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance
      Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective
      November 1, 2009.  Filed herewith.

10.13 Assumption Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company
      and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective July 1, 1984.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter
      ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-61846)

10.14 Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Allstate
      Life Insurance Company of New York, effective January 1, 1986, as amended
      by Amendment No.1 effective December 31, 1995 and Amendment No. 2
      effective December 1, 1995. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
      10.8 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's Quarterly Report on
      Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File No. 333-61846)

10.15 Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company and Allstate
      Life Insurance Company of New York, effective January 1, 1991, as amended
      by Amendment No.1 effective December 31, 1995.  Incorporated herein by
      reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York's
      Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for quarter ended June 30, 2002. (SEC File
      No. 333-61846)

10.16 Stop Loss Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company
      and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective December 31,
      2001. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2003. (SEC
      File No. 333- 100029)

10.17 Cash Management Services Master Agreement between Allstate Insurance
      Company and Allstate Bank (f/k/a Allstate Federal Savings Bank) dated
      March 16, 1999. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to
      Allstate Life Insurance Company's Form 10 filed on April 24, 2002. (SEC
      File No. 000-31248)

10.18 Amendment No. 1 effective January 5, 2001 to Cash Management Services
      Master Agreement between Allstate Insurance Company and Allstate Bank
      dated March 16, 1999. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to
      Allstate Life Insurance Company's Form 10 filed on April 24, 2002. (SEC
      File No. 000- 31248)

10.19 Amendment No. 2 entered into November 8, 2002 to the Cash Management
      Services Master Agreement between Allstate Insurance Company, Allstate
      Bank and Allstate Motor Club, Inc. dated March 16, 1999.  Incorporated
      herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for 2007. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.20 Premium Depository Service Supplement dated as of September 30, 2005 to
      Cash Management Services Master Agreement between Allstate Insurance
      Company, Allstate Bank, Allstate Motor Club, Inc. and certain other
      parties. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Allstate
      Life Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for 2007. (SEC
      File No. 000-31248)

10.21 Variable Annuity Service Supplement dated November 10, 2005 to Cash
      Management Services Agreement between Allstate Bank, Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York and certain other parties.  Incorporated
      herein by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Allstate Life Insurance Company's
      Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for 2007. (SEC File No. 000-31248)

10.22 Sweep Agreement Service Supplement dated as of October 11, 2006 to Cash
      Management Services Master Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance
      Company, Allstate Bank, Allstate Motor Club, Inc. and certain other
      companies. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Allstate
      Life Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for 2007. (SEC
      File No. 000-31248)

10.23 Agreement for the Settlement of State and Local Tax Credits among Allstate
      Insurance Company and certain affiliates effective January 1, 2007.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Current Report on Form 8-K filed February
      21, 2008. (SEC File No. 333-100029)

10.24 Intercompany Loan Agreement among The Allstate Corporation, Allstate Life
      Insurance Company, Lincoln Benefit Life Company and other certain
      subsidiaries of The Allstate Corporation dated February 1, 1996.
      Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of Allstate Life
      Insurance Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2006. (SEC File No.
      000-31248)

10.25 Administrative Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company, ALFS,
      Inc., and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective June 1,
      1993. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Allstate Life
      Insurance Company of New York's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2008. (SEC
      File No. 333- 100029)

10.26 Administrative Services Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance Company
      of New York and ALFS, Inc. effective January 1, 2002. Incorporated herein
      by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to Allstate Life Insurance Company of New
      York's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2008. (SEC File No. 333-100029)

(24) Powers of  Attorney for Marcia  D. Alazraki, Robert  K. Becker, Michael  B.
Boyle, Matthew S.  Easley, Mark A.  Green, Robert J.  Holden, Cleveland Johnson,
Jr., Susan L. Lees, Kenneth R. O'Brien, Samuel H. Pilch, John C. Pintozzi,  John
Raben, Jr., Phyllis Hill Slater, Matthew E. Winter. Filed herewith.

16(b) Financial statement schedules required by Regulation S-X (17 CFR Part 210)
and Item 11(e) of Form S-1 are included in Part I.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to the registration statement:

(i) to include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act
of 1933;

(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the
effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective
amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a
fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities
offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that
which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the
estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus
filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum
aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee"
table in the effective registration statement.

(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of
distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any
material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial
bonafide offering thereof;

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of
the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the
offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of
1933 to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of
a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration
statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration
statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided,
however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that
is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus
that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time
of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement
that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such
date of first use.

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the
Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the
securities:

The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities
of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the
purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of
any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller
to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such
purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant
relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 ((S)230.424
of this chapter);

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned
registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering
containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its
securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the
undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant, Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York, pursuant to the
foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the
opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.



                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Registrant has duly
caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the Township of Northfield, State of
Illinois on the 8th day of April, 2010.

                                    ALLSTATE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                                                    (REGISTRANT)


                                    By: /s/ SUSAN L. LEES
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                        Susan L. Lees, Director, Vice President,
                                        General Counsel and Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration
statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
8th day of April, 2010.


*/MARCIA D. ALAZRAKI                    Director
- -------------------------------------
Marcia D. Alazraki


*/ROBERT K. BECKER                      Director and Vice President
- -------------------------------------
Robert K. Becker


*/MICHAEL B. BOYLE                      Director and Vice President
- -------------------------------------
Michael B. Boyle


*/MATTHEW S. EASLEY                     Director and Vice President
- -------------------------------------
Matthew S. Easley


*/MARK A. GREEN                         Director and Vice President
- ------------------------------------
Mark. A. Green


*/ROBERT J. HOLDEN                      Director, Vice President and Chief
- -------------------------------------   Operations Officer
Robert J. Holden


*/CLEVELAND JOHNSON, JR.                Director
- -------------------------------------
Cleveland Johnson, Jr.


/s/ SUSAN L. LEES                       Director, Vice President, General
- -------------------------------------   Counsel and Secretary
Susan L. Lees


*/KENNETH R. O'BRIEN                    Director
- -------------------------------------
Kenneth R. O'Brien


*/SAMUEL H. PILCH                       Controller and Group Vice President
- -------------------------------------   (Principal Accounting Officer)
Samuel H. Pilch


*/JOHN C. PINTOZZI                      Director, Vice President and Chief
- -------------------------------------   Financial Officer (Principal Financial
John C. Pintozzi                        Officer)


*/JOHN R. RABEN, JR.                    Director
- -------------------------------------
John R. Raben, Jr.


*/PHYLLIS H. SLATER                     Director
- -------------------------------------
Phyllis H. Slater


*/MATTHEW E. WINTER                     Director, Chairman, President and
- -------------------------------------   Chief Executive Officer
Matthew E. Winter                       (Principal Executive Officer)

*/   By Susan L. Lees, pursuant to Power of Attorney.




                                  EXHIBIT LIST

The following exhibits are filed herewith:

Exhibit No. Description

10.11 Amendment No. 6 to Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance
      Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective
      December 1, 2007.

10.12 Amendment No. 7 to Reinsurance Agreement between Allstate Life Insurance
      Company and Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York effective
      November 1, 2009.

(23) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

(24) Powers of  Attorney for Marcia D. Alazraki, Robert K. Becker, Michael B.
     Boyle, Matthew S. Easley, Mark A. Green, Robert J. Holden, Cleveland
     Johnson, Jr., Susan L. Lees, Kenneth R. O'Brien, Samuel H. Pilch, John C.
     Pintozzi, John Raben, Jr., Phyllis Hill Slater, Matthew E. Winter.